Skip to main content

Full text of "Motorola Seminarsand Application Books Optoelectronics Selector Guide Cross Reference OCR"

See other formats


LINEAR AND INTERFACE 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 




Index/Cross Reference 

Amplifiers 
and Comparators 

Power Circuits 

Power/Motor 
Control Circuits 

Voltage References 
Data Conversion 
Interface Circuits 

Communication Circuits 

Consumer 
Electronic Circuits 

Automotive 
Electronic Circuits 

Other Linear Circuits 

Surface Mount 
Technology 

Packaging Information 

Quality and 
Reliability Assurance 

Applications Literature 


















MOTOROLA 



LINEAR AND INTERFACE 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 

This publication presents technical information for the broad line of Linear and Interface Inte- 
grated Circuit products. Complete device specifications are provided in the form of Data Sheets 
which are categorized by product type into ten chapters for easy reference. Selector Guides by 
product family are provided in the beginning of each Chapter to enable quick comparisons of 
performance characteristics. A Cross Reference chapter lists Motorola direct replacement and 
functional equivalent part numbers for other industry products. 

A chapter is provided to illustrate Package Outline and mounting hardware drawings, and 
includes information on Surface Mount Devices (SMD), and Industry Package Cross Reference 
Guide. 

Additionally, chapters are provided with information on Quality program concepts, high- 
reliability processing, and abstracts of available Technical Literature. 

The information in this book has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; 
however, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies. 

Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein to 
improve reliability, function or design. Motorola does not assume any liability arising out of the 
application or use of any product or circuit described herein; neither does it convey any license 
under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Motorola and (g) are registered trademarks of 
Motorola, Inc. 

Motorola, Inc. general policy does not recommend the use of its components in life support 
applications wherein a failure or malfunction of the component may directly threaten life or 
injury. Per Motorola Terms and Conditions of Sale, the user of Motorola components in life 
support applications assumes all risks of such use and indemnifies Motorola against all damages. 



ISBN 1 870760 11 5 



©MOTOROLA INC., 
"All Rights Reserved" 
First Edition 1985-B045 
Reprinted 1987-DLE128/D 
Revised and Reprinted 1988- DLE128R2/D 
Printed in Great Britain by Cambridge University Press, 10,000, 8/88 



C-QUAM®, Designer's, MDTL, MECL, MECL 10,000, MONOMAX, MOSAIC, MRTL, 
MTTL, SENSEFET and Switchmode are trademarks of Motorola Inc. 




In Brief . . . 

In the Cross Reference Section of this chapter, a 
complete interchangeability list linking over 3000 
devices is offered by most major Linear Integrated Cir- 
cuits manufacturers to the nearest equivalent Motorola 
device. The "Motorola Direct Replacement" column 
lists devices with identical pin connections and package 
and the same or better electrical characteristics and 
temperature range. The "Motorola Similar Replace- 
ment" column provides a device which performs the 
same function but with possible differences in package 
configurations, pin connections, temperature range or 
electrical specifications. 



Index/Cross Reference 



Alphanumeric Index 



Device 
Number 


Function 


Hage 


AM26Lb3 1 


Quad EIA-422 Line Driver with 






Three-State Output 


7-10 


A k poo 

AM2oLo32 


Quad EIA-422/3 Line Receiver 






with Three-State Outputs 


7-13 




Dual Differential Amplifier 


9-7 




Zero Voltage Switch 


4-8 




Zero Voltage Switch 


4-8 


UALz-Uo 


nign-opeea o-bit Multiplying 






D-to-A Converter 


6-5 


l_ro4/ 


hamiiy o* birb 1 uperationai 






Amplifiers 


2-14 


1 COC1 


hamiiy ot blt-t I Uperationai 






Amplifiers 


2-14 


LF353 


Family of BIFET Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-14 


LF355.B 


Monolithic JFET Operational 






Amplifier 


2-16 


LF356,B 


Monolithic JFET Operational 






Amplifier 


2-16 


LF357.B 


Monolithic JFET Operational 






Amplifier 


2-16 


LF411C 


Low Offset, Low Drift JFET 






Input Operational Amplifier 


2-26 


LF412C 


Low Offset, Low Drift JFET 






Input Operational Amplifier 


2-26 


LF441C 


Low Power JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-29 


LF442C 


Low Power JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-29 


LF444C 


Low Power JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-29 


LM1 1 ,G,GL 


Precision Operational Amplifiers 


2-37 


LM101 A 


General Purpose Adjustable 






Operational Amplifier 


2-44 


LM108.A 


Precision Operational Amplifiers 


2-48 


LM109 


Positive Voltage Regulator 


o- I O 


LM1 1 1 


High Performance Voltage 






Comparator 


2-53 


1 yi 17 

LM 1 17 


3-Terminal Adjustable Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-20 


LM1 17L 


Low-Current 3-Terminal 






Adjustable Positive Voltage 






Regulator 


3-28 


LM123,A 


3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-36 


LM124 


Quad Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-59 


LM137 


3-Terminal Adjustable Negative 






Voltage Regulator 


3-42 


LM139.A 


Quad Single-Supply 






Comparators 


2-65 


LM140.A 


Three-Terminal Positive Fixed 






Voltage Regulators 


3-49 


LM148 


Quad MC1741 Operational 






Amplifier 


2-69 


LM150 


3-Terminal Adjustable Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-65 



Device 


Fi mrtinn 
rui ii* uui i 


Page 


LM158 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-75 


LM lyo.A 


Dual Comparators 


O Q1 

<:-ol 


i ft JOfl-4 A 

LM201 A 


General Purpose Adjustable 






Operational Amplifier 


O AA 


LM208.A 


Precision Operational Amplifiers 


2-48 


LM209 


Positive Voltage Regulator 


3-15 


LM211 


High Performance Voltage 






Comparator 


2-53 


LM217 


3-Terminal Adjustable Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-20 


LM217L 


Low-Current 3-Terminal 






Adjustable Positive Voltage 






Regulator 


3-28 


LM223.A 


3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-36 


LM224 


Quad Low-Power Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-59 


LM237 


3-Terminal Adjustable Negative 






Voltage Regulator 


3-42 


LM239.A 


Quad Single-Supply 






Comparators 


2-65 


LM248 


Quad MC1741 Operational 






Amplifier 


2-69 


LM250 


3-Terminal Adjustable Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-65 


LM258 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


LM285 


Micropower Voltage Reference 






Diodes 


5-4 


LM293.A 


Dual Comparators 


2-81 


LM301A 


General Purpose Adjustable 






Operational Amplifier 


2-44 


LM307 


Internally Compensated 






Monolithic Operational 






Amplifier 


2-86 


LM308.A 


Precision Operational Amplifiers 


2-48 


LM309 


Positive Voltage Regulator 


3-15 


LM311 


High Performance Voltage 






Comparator 


2-53 


LM317 


3-Terminal Adjustable Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-20 


LM317L 


Low-Current 3-Terminal 






Adjustable Positive Voltage 






Regulator 


3-28 


LM317M 


Medium-Current 3-Terminal 






Adjustable Positive Voltage 






Regulator 


3-73 


LM323.A 


3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-36 


LM324.A 


Quad Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-59 


LM337 


3-Terminal Adjustable Negative 






Voltage Regulator 


3-42 


LM337M 


Medium-Current 3-Terminal 






Adjustable Negative Voltage 






Regulator 


3-81 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



ALPHANUMERIC INDEX — CONTINUED 



Device 
Number 


Function 


Page 


LM339.A 


Quad Single-Supply 






Comparators 


2-65 


LM340.A 


Three-Terminal Positive Fixed 






Voltage Regulators 


3-49 


LM348 


Quad MC1741 Operational 






Amplifier 


2-69 


LM350 


3-Terminal Adjustable Positive 






Voltage Regulator 


3-65 


LM358 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-75 


LM385 


Micropower Voltage Reference 






Diodes 


5-4 


LM393.A 


Dual Comparators 


2-81 


LM833 


Dual, Low Noise, Audio 






Operational Amplifier 


2-91 


LM2900 


Quad Single-Supply 






Operational Amplifier 


2-197 


LM2901 


Quad Single-Supply 






Comparators 


2-65 


LM2902 


Quad Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-59 


LM2903 


Dual Comparators 


2-81 


LM2904 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-75 


LM2931 


Low Dropout Voltage 






Regulators 


3-88 


LM3900 


Quad Single-Supply 






Operational Amplifier 


2-197 


MC8T26A 


Quad Three-State Bus 






Transceiver 


7-16 


MC8T28 


Noninverting Bus Transceiver 


7-21 


MC8T95 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC8T96 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC8T97 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC8T98 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC26S10 


Quad Open-Collector Bus 






Transceiver 


7-48 


MC75S110 


Dual Line Driver 


7-176 


MC1330 


Low-Level Video Detector 




A1P 




9-9 


MC1330 


Low-Level Video Detector 




A2P 


9-9 


MC1350 


IF Amplifier 


9-15 


MC1374 


TV Modulator Circuit 


9-19 


MC1377 


Color Television RGB to PAL/ 






NTSC Encoder 


9-27 


MC1378 


Complete Color TV Video 






Overlay Synchronizer 


9-31 


MC1391P 


TV Horizontal Processor 


9-35 


MC1403.A 


Precision Low-Voltage 






Reference 


5-8 


MC1404.A 


Precision Low-Drift Voltage 






Reference 


5-12 


MC1408 


8-Bit Multiplying Digital-to- 






Analog Converter 


6-15 


MC1411 


Peripheral Driver Array 


7-30 


MC1412 


Peripheral Driver Array 


7-30 


MC1413 


Peripheral Driver Array 


7-30 


MC1414 


Dual Differential Voltage 






Comparator 


2-96 



Device 






Number 


Function 


Page 


MC1416 


Peripheral Driver Array 


7-30 


MC1436.C 


High-Voltage Operational 






Amplifier 


2-100 


MC1437 


Dual Operational Amplifier 


2-104 


MC1439 


High-Slew-Rate Operational 






Amplifier 


2-108 


MC1445 


Wideband Amplifier 


2-116 


MC1454G 


1 -Watt Power Amplifier 


2-122 


MC1455 


Timing Circuit 


11-4 


MC1456.C 


High-Performance Operational 






Amplifier 


2-126 


MC1458.C 


Dual Operational Amplifier 


2-132 


MC1458S 


High-Slew-Rate Dual 






Operational Amplifier 


2-137 


MC1466L 


Voltage and Current Regulator 


3-95 


MC1468 


Dual ±15- Volt Tracking 






Regulator 


3-105 


MC1472 


Dual Peripheral Positive NAND 






Driver 


7-34 


MC1488 


Quad MDTL Line Driver 


7-37 


MC1489.A 


Quad MDTL Line Receiver 


7-43 


MC1490P 


Wideband Amplifier with AGC 


2-143 


MC1494L 


Four-Quadrant Multiplier 


11-11 


MC1495L 


Four-Quadrant Multiplier 


11-25 


MC1496 


Balanced Modulator- 






Demodulator 


8-13 


MC1503.A 


Precision Low-Voltage 






Reference 


5-8 


MC1504 


Precision Low-Drift Voltage 






Reference 


5-12 


MC1508 


8-Bit Multiplying Digital-to- 






Analog Converter 


6-15 


MC1514 


Dual Differential Voltage 






Comparator 


2-96 


MC1536 


High-Voltage Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-100 


MC1537 


Dual Operational Amplifier 


2-104 


MC1539 


High-Slew-Rate Operational 






Amplifier 


2-109 


MC1545 


Wideband Amplifier 


2-116 


MC1554G 


1 -Watt Power Amplifier 


2-122 


MC1556 


High-Performance Operational 






Amplifier 


2-126 


MC1558 


Dual Operational Amplifier 


2-132 


MC1558S 


High-Slew-Rate Dual 






Operational Amplifier 


2-137 


MC1568 


Dual ±15- Volt Regulator 


3-105 


MC1590G 


Wideband Amplifier with AGC 


2-149 


MC1594L 


Four-Quadrant Multiplier 


11-11 


MC1595L 


Four-Quadrant Multiplier 


11-25 


MC1596 


Balanced Modulator- 






Demodulator 


8-13 


MC1709, 


General-Purpose Operational 




A,C 


Amplifier 


2-157 


MC1723.C 


Adjustable Positive or Negative 






Voltage Regulator 


3-111 


MC1733.C 


Differential Video Amplifier 


2-161 


MC1741.C 


General-Purpose Operational 






Amplifier 


2-169 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-3 





i-iign-t)iew-naie operational 




sc 


Amplifier 


2-174 


ft A /~y A ~~? A ~f 

MC1747.C 


Dual MG1741 Operational 






Amplifier 


2-180 


MC 1748,U 


General-Purpose Operational 






Amplifier 


2-184 




Programmable Operational 






Amplifier 


2-188 


MC26S10 


Quad Open Collector Bus 






Transceiver 


7-48 


MO^oo 1 A 


Low Power FM Transmitter 






System 


8-23 


ft IfOQIO 

MC2833 


Low Power FM Transmitter 






System 


8-26 


MC3301 


Quad Operational Amplifier 




ft jpii r\o 

MC3302 


Quad Single-Supply 




Comparators 


2-65 


MO3303 


Quad Differential-Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-207 


ft il^OOOC 

M03325 


Automotive Voltage Regulator 


10-5 


ft A\f~*r\r\r\ a t~\ 

MC3334P 


High Energy Ignition Circuit 


10-9 


ft Jl/T>0 A C 

MG3346 


General-Purpose Transistor 






Array 


9-40 


MC3356 


Wideband FSK Receiver 


8-29 


MU3357 


Low-Power FM IF 


8-35 


ft O 

MC3358 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-229 


ft A O O fr A 

MC3359 


Low-Power Narrow-Band FM IF 


8-39 


MC3361 


Low-Voltage Narrow-Band FM 






IF 


8-45 


MC3362 


Low Power Dual Conversion 






FM Receiver 


8-47 


MC3363 


Low Power Dual Conversion 






FM Receiver 


8-52 


MC3367 


Low Voltage Single Conversion 




MC3373 


FM Receiver 


8-59 


Remote Control Amplifier- 






Detector 


9-43 


ft A /*~* O z^ /~\ ~ 7T~ 

MC3397T 


Transient Suppressor 


10-13 


MC3399T 


Automotive High Side Driver 






Switch 


10-16 


MC3401 


Quad Operational Amplifier 


2-197 


ML 3403 


Quad Differential-Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-207 


MC3405 


Dual Operational Amplifier plus 






Dual Voltage Comparator 


2-213 


ft JOn 1 j —y 

MC3417 


Continuously-Variable-Slope 






Delta Modulator/Demodulator 




MC3418 


Continuously- Variable-Slope 






Delta Modulator/Demodulator 




MC3419-1L 


Telephone Line-Feed Circuit 


. 


MC341 SA- 
IL 


Telephone Line-Feed Circuit 




MC3419C- 
1 L 


Telephone Line-Feed Circuit 




MU34^3 


Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 


3-1 1 7 


ft 4 O A OC 

M03425 


Power Supply Supervisory/ 






Over-Under- Voltage 






Protection Circuit 


3-124 



IV1U343U 


mgn-CDpeea uuaa oomparaior 




MC3431 


High-Speed Quad Comparator 


2-221 


MC3432 


High-Speed Quad Comparator 


on 

\ 


MC3433 


High-Speed Quad Comparator 




MC3437 


Hex Unified Bus Receiver 


7-51 


MC3440A 


Quad Interface Bus Transceiver 


7-54 


MC3441 A 


Quad Interface Bus Transceiver 


7-54 


MC3446A 


Quad Interface Bus Transceiver 


7-58 


MC3447 


Bidirectional Instrumentation 






Bus Transceiver 


7-61 


MC3448A 


Quad Three-State Bus 






Transceiver 


7-67 


MC3450 


Quad Line Receiver 


7-72 


MC3452 


Quad Line Receiver 


7-72 


MC3453 


Quad Line Driver 


7-79 


MC3456 


Dual Timing Circuit 


1 1-40 


ft Af^O A CO 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-229 


MC3467 


Triple Preamplifier 


7-83 


MG3469P 


Floppy Disk Write Controller 


7-88 


MC3470P, 


Floppy Disk Read Amplifier 




AP 


System 


7-98 


MC3471 P 


Floppy Disk Write Controller/ 






Head Driver 


7-1 12 


ft A O A T 

MC3476 


Programmable Operational 






Amplifier 


2-235 


MC3479P 


Stepper Motor Driver 


4-13 


MC3480 


Memory Controller Circuit 


7-123 


MC3481 


Quad Single-Ended Line Driver 


7-137 


MC3484S2 


Integrated Solenoid Driver 


10-19 


MC3484S4 


Integrated Solenoid Driver 


10-19 


MC3485 


Quad Single-Ended Line Driver 


7-137 


MC3486 


Quad EIA-422/423 Line 






Receiver 


7-142 


MC3487 


Quad EIA-422 Line Driver with 






Three-State Outputs 


7-145 


MC3488A 


Dual EIA-423/232C Driver 


7-149 


MC3503 


Quad Differential-Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-207 


ft JOnr f\ r~ 

MC3505 


Dual Operational Amplifier plus 






Dual Voltage Comparator 


2-213 


MC3517 


Continuously- Variable-Slope 
Delta Modulator/Demodulator 


* 


MC3518 


Continuously- Variable-Slope 
Delta Modulator/Demodulator 




ft iiooroi 

MC3523 


Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 


3-1 17 


ft A /"^ rrc 

M03556 


Dual Timing Circuit 


1 1-40 


M03558 


Dual Low-Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-229 


MC4558, 


Dual High-Frequency 




AC, C 


Operational Amplifier 


2-240 


ft A A~7 A 4 Z"* 1 

M04741 ,U 


Uuad MC1741 Operational 






Amplifier 


*:-£44 


MC6108 


8-Bit MPU Bus-Compatible 






High Speed A-to-D Converter 


6-27 


MC6875.A 


M6800 Clock Generator/Driver 


7-153 


MC6880A 


Quad Three-State Bus 






Transceiver 


7-16 


MC6885 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 



" See Telecommunication Device Data (DLE 1 36). 



MOTOROLA 



LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-4 



ALPHANUMERIC INDEX — CONTINUED 



Device 

Mil m ka r 


Fi mr*tinn 


age 


MC6886 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC6887 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC6888 


Hex Three-State Buffer/Inverter 


7-26 


MC6889 


Noninverting Bus Transceiver 


7-21 


MC7800 


3-Terminal Positive Voltage 




Series 


Regulators 


3-132 


MC78L00C, 


Positive Voltage Regulators 


3-145 


AC Series 






MC78M00 


Positive Voltage Regulator 


3-151 


BC Series 






MC78T00 


Three-Ampere Positive Voltage 


3-159 


Series 


Regulators 




MC7900C 


Three-Terminal Negative Fixed 


3-168 


Series 


Voltage Regulators 




MC79L00C, 


Three-Terminal Negative Fixed 


3-177 


AC Series 


Voltage Regulators 




MC79M00 


Three-Terminal Negative Fixed 


3-182 


Series 


Voltage Regulators 




MC10318L, 


High-Speed 8-Bit D/A 




L9.CL6, 


Converter 


6-45 


CL7 






MC10319 


High Speed 8-Bit Analog-to- 


6-62 




Digital Flash Converter 




MC 10320 


Triple 4-Bit Color Palette Video 


9-47 




DAC 




MC1 0320-1 


Triple 4-Bit Color Palette Video 


9-47 




DAC 




MC10321 


High Speed 7-Bit A-to-D Flash 


6-80 




Converter 




MC13001XP 


Monomax Black-and-White TV 


9-64 




Subsystem 




MC13002XP 


Monomax Black-and-White TV 


9-64 




Subsystem 


9-73 


MC13010P 


TV Parallel Sound IF and AFT 




MC13014P 


Companion Audio/Vertical 


9-78 




Subsystem 


9-84 


MC13020P 


C-QUAM* AM Stereo Decoder 




MC13021 


Motorola C-QUAM* AM Stereo 


9-89 




Tuning Stabilizer 




MC13022 


Advanced Medium Voltage AM 


9-91 




Stereo Decoder 




MC 13023 


AM Stereo Front End and 


9-95 




Tuner Stabilizer 




MC13024 


Low Voltage Motorola 






C-QUAM" AM Stereo 


9-101 




Receiver 


9-104 


MC13041 


AM Receiver Subsystem 


8-65 


MC 13055 


Wideband FSK Receiver 


9-110 


MC 13060 


Mini-Watt Audio Output 




' MC33030 


DC Servo Motor Controller/ 


4-21 




Driver 


4-34 


MC33034 


DC Brushless Motor Controller 




MC33039 


Closed Loop Brushless Motor 


4-54 




Adapter 




MC33060A 


Switchmode Pulse Width 


3-197 




Modulation Control Circuits 




MC33063 


DC to DC Converter Control 


3-227 




Circuits 




MC33063A 


DC to DC Converter Control 


3-233 




Circuits 





* See Telecommunication Device Data (DLE 1 36). 



Device 
Number 


Function 


Page 


MC33064 


Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 


3-242 


MC33065 


High Performance Dual 






Channel Current Mode 






Controller 


3-246 


MC33071 


High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifiers 


2-286 


MC33072 


Dual High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifiers 


2-286 


MC33074 


Quad High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifier 


2-286 


MC33077 


Dual, Low Noise 






Operational Amplifier 


2-249 


MC33078 


Low Noise Operational 






Amplifier 


2-260 


MC33079 


Low Noise Operational 






Amplifier 


2-260 


MC33129 


High Performance Current 






Mode Controller 


3-258 


MC33160 


Microprocessor Voltage 






Regulator and Supervisory 






Circuit 


3-271 


MC33171 


Low Power, Single Supply 






Operational Amplifiers 


2-269 


MC33172 


Low Power, Single Supply 






Operational Amplifiers 


2-269 


MC33174 


Low Power, Single Supply 






Operational Amplifiers 


2-269 


MC33181, 


Low Power JFET Input 




2,4 


Operational Amplifiers 


2-313 


MC33282 


JFET Operational Amplifiers 


2-276 


MC33284 


JFET Operational Amplifiers 


2-276 


MC34001 


JFET-lnput Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-279 


MC34002 


JFET-lnput Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-279 


MC34004 


JFET-lnput Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-279 


MC34010 


Electronic Telephone Circuit 




MC34011A 


Electronic Telephone Circuit 


* 


MC34012 


Telephone Tone Ringer 




Series 






MC34013A 


Speech Network and Tone 






Dialer 


* 


MC34014 


Telephone Speech Network 






with Dialer Interface 


* 


MC3401 7 


Telephone Tone Ringer 


* 


MC34018 


Voice Switched Speaker Phone 






Circuit 




MC34050 


Dual EIA-422/423 Transceiver 


7-164 


MC34051 


Dual EIA-422/423 Transceiver 


7-164 


MC34060 


Switchmode Pulse Width 




Modulation Control Circuits 


3-185 


MC34060A 


Switchmode Pulse Width 






Modulation Control Circuits 


3-197 


MC34061.A 


Three-Terminal Programmable 






Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 


3-209 


MC34062 


Pin-Programmable Overvoltage 






Sensing Circuit 


3-216 


MC34063 


DC to DC Converter Control 






Circuits 


3-227 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-5 



ALPHANUMERIC INDEX — CONTINUED 



Device 
Number 




runcuon 


Page 


MO34063A 


DC to DC Converter Control 






Circuits 


3-233 


ML-o4Ub4 


Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 


3-242 




High Performance Dual 






Channel Current Mode 






Controller 


Q OAR. 


k A/~*n a r\~7 a 

MO34071 


High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifiers 


2-286 


IVIOOnU/ c. 


Dual High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifiers 


2-286 


MC34074 


Quad High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifier 


2-286 


MC34080 


High Speed Decompensated 






(A VCL 2=2) Jrb I Input 




MOo4Uol 


Operational Amplifier 


2-302 


L_I.^.U OnAA<-l ICCT Inn, ,i 

nign bpeea Jrbi input 




MOo4UO£ 


Operational Amplifier 


2-302 


Dual High bpeea Jrb i input 






Operational Amplifier 






|-\ , . _ i i_t:_i_ 0_„_-J 

Dual High bpeed 






Decompensated (A VC l^2) 






Jrb I Input Operational 






Amplifier 


2-302 




uuao nign opeeu jrc i input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-302 


K Af*"5A noc 

MG34085 


Quad High Speed 




Decompensated (A VCL s=2) 






JFET Input Operational 






Amplifier 


2-302 


ML/o4i lb 


Continuously Variable Slope 






uena Moouiaior/uemoauiaior 






Low Power Audio Amplifier 


Q-1 1 A 
a I 1 f 










Circuit 


* 


MC34129 


High Performance Current 






Mode Controller 


3-258 


MU341 bU 


Microprocessor Voltage 






Regulator and Supervisory 






Circuit 


O-df I 


K Af^OA 101 

MU341o 1 , 


Low Power JFET Input 




2,4 


Operational Amplifiers 


2-313 


MC35001 


JFET-lnput Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-279 


MC35002 


JFET-lnput Operational 






Amplifiers 


2-279 


MC35004 


JFET-lnput Operational 






Amplifiers 


<L-<L f\3 


IVIwOOUDU 


OWIIL-I II 1 lUUfc? ruibc VVIUIN 






Modulation Control Circuits 


O I oo 


MOoOUbUA 


Switchmode Pulse Width 






Modulation Control Circuits 


Q 1 Q7 


MC35062 


Pin-Programmable Overvoltage 






Sensing Circuit 


3-216 


MUo5063 


DC to DC Converter Control 






Circuits 


3-227 


MC35063A 


DC to DC Converter Control 






Circuits 


3-233 


MC35071 


High Performance Single 






Supply Operational Amplifiers 


2-286 



* See Telecommunication Device Data (DLE 1 36). 



Device 


runciivn 


Page 


IVI003U / C. 


Di 13I Hinh Pprfnrrnanpf* ^innlo 
uuoi i i ly 1 1 rci iui 11 iai il-c on iy ie 






Sunnlv Onpratinnal AmnlifiprQ 


2-286 


MC35074 


Ouart Hinh Pprfnrmanrp Rinnlp 

wuou i nyii i ti_/i 1 1 iui oil ly 






fii mnlu Onprational AmnlifiprQ 


2-286 


MUOOUOU 


High-Speed Decompensated 






^vcl J' b I input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-302 


MOobUo 1 


nign-bpeea Jrbi input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-302 




P|. ,n| Uiinh CnoD/H ICCT Inni it 

uuai nign-bpeeo Jrbi inpui 






Operational Amplifier 




MOoOUoo 


uuai nign-bpeea 






Decompensated (A VC l^2) 






II I T Ir^nii ■+ nnm4inrtnl 

Jrbi input operational 






Amplifier 




MOobUo4 


uuaa nign-bpeea Jrb i input 






Operational Amplifier 




MOobUob 


Uuad High-bpeed 






Decompensated (A VCL ^2) 






Jrt l input Operational 






Amplifier 


2-302 


MOoo171 


Low Power, Single Supply 






Operational Amplifiers 


2-269 


MC35172 


Low Power, Single Supply 






Operational Amplifiers 


2-269 


MC35174 


Low Power, Single Supply 






Operational Amplifiers 


2-269 


MC35181 , 


Low Power JFET Input 




2,4 


Operational Amplifiers 


2-313 


MC44301 


System 4 High Performance 






Color TV IF 


9-123 


MC44802 


PLL Tuning Circuit with 






1 .3 GHz Prescaler 


9-129 


MC75107 


Dual Line Receiver 


7-171 


MC75108 


Dual Line Receiver 


7-171 


MO / bbl I U 


Dual Line Driver 


7-1 76 


MC75125 


Cpwpn-f^hflnnpl 1 inp RpppiuprQ 

veil \s IIC1IIIIC7I 1— 1 1 1 c i IvvCI VUI O 


7-1 fl1 

f t O I 


tJidw P7 


^Puon-Phannp] 1 inp Rp^piv/prc 
otJvci I oi leal II ttJi lii it; ncUcivtJf b 


/ - I O I 


MC7S1PR 

I V lO / O 1 ilO 


Pinht-r^h^nnpl 1 inp Rpnpix/prc 
i^iy i ii'Wi icii ii itri 1 — 1 1 ic ntJUcivtsio 


/ I OO 


MP7m 9Q 

IVIO / O I £9 


Pinht-i^hannQl 1 mo D^^^i\/^ro 
Ciyt Idllflcl Llilc rtcOclVcib 


7 1 QC 


MUOooo4 


High Energy Ignition Circuit 


10-9 


MCCF3334 


High Energy Ignition Circuit 


10-9 


NE592 


Video Amplifier 


2-322 


OP-27 


Ultra-Low Noise Precision, High 






Speed Operational Amplifiers 


2-327 


SAA1 042.A 


Stepper Motor Driver 


4-59 


SE592 


Video Amplifier 


2-322 


SG1525A 


Pulse Width Modulator Control 






Circuits 


3-279 


SG1526 


Pulse Width Modulation Control 






Circuits 


3-286 


SG1527A 


Pulse Width Modulator Control 






Circuits 


3-279 


SG2525A 


Pulse Width Modulator Control 






Circuits 


3-279 


SG2526 


Pulse Width Modulation Control 






Circuits 


3-286 


SG2527A 


Pulse Width Modulator Control 






Circuits 


3-279 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-6 



ALPHANUMERIC INDEX — CONTINUED 



Device 
Number 


Function 


Page 


SG3525A 


Pulse Width Modulator Control 






Circuits 


3-279 


SG3526 


Pulse Width Modulation Control 






Circuits 


3-286 


SG3527A 


Pulse Width Modulator Control 






Circuits 


3-279 


SN75172 


Quad EIA-485 Line Driver with 






Three-State Output 


7-189 


SN75173 


Quad EIA-485 Line Receiver 






with Three-State Output 


7-191 


SN75174 


Quad EIA-485 Line Driver with 






Three-State Output 


7-189 


SN75175 


Quad EIA-485 Line Receiver 






with Three-State Output 


7-191 


TBA120C 


FM IF Amplifier, Limiter and 






Detector 


9-137 


TCA0372 


Dual Power Operational 






Amplifier 


2-336 


TCA4500A 


FM Stereo Demodulator 


9-142 


TCA5550 


Stereo Sound Control System 


9-149 


TCA5600 


Universal Microprocessor 






Power Supply Controller 


3-294 


TCF6000 


Peripheral Clamping Array 


7-196 


TCF7000 


Pressure Transducer Amplifier 


10-29 


TDA1085A 


Universal Motor Speed 






Controller 


4-64 


TDA1085C 


Universal Motor Speed 






Controller 


4-71 


TDA1185A 


Triac Phase Angle Controller 


4-81 


TDA1190P 


TV Sound System 


9-153 


TDA1285A 


Universal Motor Speed 






Controller 


4-88 


TDA1524A 


Stereo Tone Control System 


9-156 


TDA3190P 


TV Sound System 


9-153 


TDA3301 


TV Color Processor 


9-161 


TDA3303 


TV Color Processor 


9-161 


TDA3330 


TV Color Processor 


9-175 


TDA3333 


TV Color Difference 






Demodulator 


9-183 


TDA4601.B 


Flyback Converter Regulator 






Control Circuit 


3-305 


TL061 


Low Power JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-343 


TL062 


Low Power JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-343 


TL064 


Low Power JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-343 


TL071 


Low-Noise JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-351 


TL072 


Low-Noise JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-351 


TL074 


Low-Noise JFET Input 






Operational Amplifier 


2-351 


TL081 


JFET Input Operational 






Amplifier 




TL082 


IFFT Inniit Onoratinnal 

iff l— 1 lll|JLil Vjpcl dUUMdl 






Amplifier 


2-358 


TL084 


JFET Input Operational 






Amplifier 


2-358 









Device 






Number 


Function 


Page 


TL431 

Series 
TL494 

TL594 

TL780 

UAA1016B 

UAA1041 

UC2842A 

UC2843A 

UC3842A 

UC3843A 

ULN2001A 

ULN2002A 

ULN2003A 

ULN2004A 

ULN2068B 

ULN2074B 

ULN2801 

ULN2802 

ULN2803 

ULN2804 

MA78S40 


Programmable Precision 

References 
Switchmode Pulse Width 

Modulation Control Circuits 
Switchmode Pulse Width 

Modulation Control Circuits 
Three-Terminal Positive Voltage 

Regulators 
Zero Voltage Controller 
Automotive Direction Indicator 
High Performance Current 

Mode Controller 
High Performance Current 

Mode Controller 
High Performance Current 

Mode Controller 
High Performance Current 

Mode Controller 
Peripheral Driver Array 
Peripheral Driver Array 
Peripheral Driver Array 
Peripheral Driver Array 
Quad 1 .5 A Darlington Switch 
Quad 1 .5 A Darlington Switch 
Octal Peripheral Driver Array 
Octal Peripheral Driver Array 
Octal Peripheral Driver Array 
Octal Peripheral Driver Array 
Universal Switching Regulator 

Subsystem 




5-17 

3-316 

3-327 

3- 338 

4- 95 
10-31 

3-344 

3-344 

3-344 

3-344 
7-30 
7-30 
7-30 
7-30 
7-200 
7-204 
7-208 
7-208 
7-208 
7-208 

3-53 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-7 



Cross Reference 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Similar 
Replacement 


Page 






MLiO 1 ■fbAL 


7-16 


8226 




MC8T28L 


7-21 


9614DC 




MC75S110L 


7-176 


9614DM 




MC75S110L 


7-176 


9615DC 




MC75108L 


7-171 


9616CDC 




MC 1 488L 




9616EDC 




MC1488L 


7 37 


9616DM 




MC1488L 


7-37 


961 7DC 




MC1489AL 


7-43 


9620DC 




MC75S110L 


7-176 


9620DM 




Mo/Dbl 1UL 




9621 DC 




MC75108L 


7 171 


9627CDC 




MC1489AL 


7-43 


9627DM 




MC1489AL 


7-43 


9636AT 


MC3488AP 




7-149 


9637 T 




MC3486P 


7-142 


9638T 




MC3487P 


7-145 


9640DC 


MC26S10L 




7-48 


9640NC 


MC3440AP 




7-54 


9640 PC 


MC26S10P 




7-48 


9665DC 


MC141 1L 






9665 PC 


MC141 1 P 




7 30 


9666 DC 


MC1412L 




7-30 


9666 PC 


MC1412P 




7-30 


9667DC 


MC1413L 




7-30 


9667PC 


MC1413P 




7-30 


9668DC 


MC1416L 




7-30 


9668 PC 


kAf* 1 1 A 1 fiD 
Mo ' 4 l 0" 






55110DM 




MC75SH0L 


7-176 


75107ADC 


MC75107L 




7-171 


75107APC 


MC75107P 




7-171 


75107BDC 




MC75107L 


7-171 


75107BPC 




MC75107P 


7-171 


75108ADC 


MC75108L 




7-171 


/ 3 1 UOnrL* 


MC75108P 




7-171 


75108BDC 




MC75108L 




75108BPC 




MC75108P 


7171 


75110DC 


MC75S110L 




7-176 


75110PC 


MC75S110P 




7-176 


75207DC 




MC75107L 


7-171 


7 5207 PC 




MC75107P 


7-171 


75208DC 




MC75108L 


7-171 


75208PC 




MC75108P 


7-171 


AD DAC-08AD 


DAC-08AO 




6-5 


AD DAC-08CD 


DAC-08CQ 




6-5 


AD DAC-08D 


DAC-08Q 




6-5 


AD DAC-08ED 


DAC-08EQ 




6-5 


AD DAC-08HD 


OAC-08HO 




6-5 


AD301AL 




LM301AH 


2-44 


AD 505 J 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


AD505K 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


AD505S 




MC1776G 


2-188 






i Mint a i-i 
L IVl JU 1 m n 




AD509K 




LM301AH 


2-44 


AD509S 




LM101AH 


2-44 


AD518J 




LM301AH 


2-44 


AD518K 




LM301 AH 


2-44 


AD518S 




LM101AH 


2-44 


AD530 




MC1595L 


11-25 


AD531 




MC1595L 


11-25 


AD532L 




MC1595L 


11-25 


AD580J 




MC1403U 


5-8 


AD580K 




MC1403P1 




AD580M 




MC1403AP1 


5-8 


AD580S 




MC1503U 


5-8 


AUSoU \ 




ivl O j DUoMU 


5-8 


AD589J 




LM385Z-1.2 


5-4 


AD589K 




LM385Z-1.2 


5-4 


AD589L 




LM3852-1 2 


5-4 


AD589M 




LM385BZ-12 


5-4 


AD741CJ 




MC1741CG 


2-169 


AD741J 




MC1741G 


2-169 


AD741K 




MC1741G 


2-169 


AD741L 




MC1741G 


2-169 


AD741S 




MC1741SG 


2-174 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Page 


AD1403AN 




MC1403AU 




AD1406-7D 


MC1408L7 




6 15 


AD1508-8D 


MC1508L8 




6-15 


AD6108 




MC6108 


6-27 


AM26LS31CJ 


AM26LS31DC 




7-10 


AM26LS31CN 


AM26LS31PC 




7-10 


AM26LS31D 


AM26LS31D 




7-10 


AM26LS31P 


AM26LS31P 




7-10 


AM26LS32ACJ 


AM26LS32D 




7-13 


AM26LS32ACN 


AM26LS32APC 


MC3486L 


7-13 


AM26LS32D 


AM26LS32D 


MC3486P 


I ~ 


AM26LS32P 


AM26LS32PC 




7-13 


AM26LS33DC 




MC3486L 


7-142 


AM26LS33PC 




MC3486P 


7-142 


AM26S10DC 


MC26S10L 




7-48 


AM26S10PC 


MC26S1 OP 






AM101 




LM101 AH 


2 44 


AM101A 


LM101AH 




2-44 


AM 101 AD 




LM101AH 


2-44 


AM101AF 




LM101AH 


2-44 


AM101D 




LM101AH 


2-44 


AM101F 




LM101AH 


2-44 


AM 107 


LM1 1 1J 






AM107D 




MC1741G 


2-169 


AM107F 




MC1741G 


2-169 


AM111D 




MC1741G 


2-169 


AM111H 


LM111H 




2-53 










AM201A 


LM201AH 




2-44 


AM201AD 




LM201AN 


2-44 


AM201 AF 




LM201AH 


2-44 


AM201D 




LM201AN 


2-44 


AM201F 




LM201AH 


2-44 


AM207 




MC1741C 


2-169 


AM207D 




MC1741C 


2-169 


AM207F 




MC1741C 


2-169 


AM21 1D 




MC1741C 


2-169 


AM211H 


LM211H 




2-53 


AM301 




LM301AH 


2-44 


AM301A 


LM301AH 




2-44 


AM301AD 




LM301AJ 


2-44 


AM 301 D 




LM301AJ 


2-44 


AM311D 


LM31 1J-8 




2-53 


AM31 1H 


LM311H 




2-53 


AM592DC 


NE592F 




2-322 


AM592DM 


SE592F 




2-322 


AM592HC 


NE592K 




2-322 


AM592HM 


SE592K 




2-322 


AM592PC 


NE592N 




2-322 


AM723DC 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


AM723DM 


MC1723L 




3-111 


AM723HC 


MC1723CG 




3-111 


MJV1 t i Oil IVl 






3-1 1 1 


AM723PC 


MC1723CP 




3-111 


AM725A31T 




MC1556G 


2-126 


AM725HM 




MC1556G 




AM733DC 


MC1733CL 




2 161 


AM733DM 


MC1733L 




2-161 


AM733HC 


MC1733CG 




2-161 


AM733HM 


MC1733G 




2-161 


AM741DC 




MC1741CU 


2-169 


AM741DM 




MC1741U 


2-169 


AM741HC 


MCI 741 CG 




2-169 


AM741HM 


MC1741G 




2-169 


AM747DC 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


AM747DM 


MC1747L 




2-180 


AM747HC 


MC1747CG 




2-180 


AM747HM 


MC1747G 




2-180 


AM748DC 








AM748DM 




MC1748U 


2-184 


AM748HC 


MC1748CG 




2-184 


AM748HM 


MC1748G 




2-184 


AM7936PC 




MC34129P 


3-258 


AN5150 




MC13002P 


9-64 


AN5151 




MC13001P 


9-64 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-8 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 


CA081AE 




TL081ACP 


2-358 


CA081AS 




TL081ACJG 


2-358 


CA081 BE 




TL081BCP 


2-358 


CA081CS 




TL081CJG 


2-358 


CA081E 




TL081CP 


2-358 


CA081S 




TL081 MJG 




CA082AE 




TL082ACP 


2 358 


CA082AS 




TL082ACJG 


2-358 


CA082BE 




TL082BCP 


2-358 


CA082CS 




TL082CJG 


2-358 


CA082E 




TL082CP 


2-358 


CA082S 




TL082MJG 


2-358 


CA084AE 




TL084ACN 


2-358 


CA084E 




TL084CN 




CA084S 




TL082MJ 


2-358 


CA101AT 


LM101AH 




2-44 


CA101T 




LM101AH 


2-44 


CA107T 




MC1741CG 


2-169 


CA108AS 


LM 108 A J -8 




2-48 


CA108AT 


LM108AH 




2-48 


CA108S 


LM108J-8 




2-48 


CA108T 


LM108H 




2-48 


CA139AG 


LM139AJ 




2-65 


CA139G 


LM139J 




2-65 


CA201AT 


LM201 AH 




2-44 


CA201T 




LM201AH 


2-44 


CA207T 




MC1741C 


2-169 


CA208AT 


LM208AH 




2-48 


CA208S 


LM208J-8 




2-48 


C A 208T 


LM208H 




2-48 


CA239AE 


LM239AN 




2-65 


CA239AG 


LM239AJ 






CA239E 


LM239N 




2-65 


CA239G 


LM239J 




2-65 


CA301 AT 


i m m iau 

l_ M OVJ I M M 




2-44 


CA308AS 


LM308N 




3-411 


CA308AT 


LM308AH 




2 48 


CA308S 


LM308H 




2-48 


CA339AE 


LM339AN 




2-65 


r" A T4Q A 






2-65 


CA339E 


LM339N 




2-65 


CA339G 


LM339J 




2-65 


CA723CE 


MC1723CP 




3-111 


CA723CT 


MC1723CG 




3-111 


CA723E 


MOT /2JL 




3-1 1 1 


CA723T 


MC1723G 




3-111 


CA741CS 


MC1741CP1 




2-169 


CA741CT 


MC1741CG 




2-169 


CA741S 


MCI 741 U 




2-169 


CA741T 


MC1741G 




2-169 


CA747CE 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


CA747CF 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


CA747CT 


MC1747CG 




2-180 


CA747E 


MC1747L 




2-180 


CA747F 


MC1747L 




2-180 


CA747T 


MC1747G 




2-180 


CA748CS 


MC1748CP1 




2-184 


CA748CT 


MC1748CG 




2-184 


CA748S 


MC1748U 




2-184 


CA748T 


MC1748G 




2-184 


CA1391E 


MC1391P 






CA1458S 


MC1458CP1 




2-132 


CA1458T 


MC1458G 




2-132 


CA 1 558S 




MC1558U 


2-132 


CA1558T 


MC1 5S8G 




2-132 


CA3008 




MC1709U 


2 157 


CA30O8A 




MC1709U 


2157 


CA3010 




MC1709G 


2-157 


CA3010A 




MC1709G 


2-157 


CA301 1 




MC1590G 


2-149 


CA3012 




MC1590G 


2-149 


CA3015 




MC1709G 


2-157 


CA3015A 




MC1709G 


2-157 


CA3016 




MC1709U 


2-157 


CA3016A 




MC1709U 


2-157 













Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 




CA3020 




MC1554G 


„ 


CA3020A 




MC1454G 


2 122 


CA3021 




MC1590G 


2-149 


CA3022 




MC1590G 


2-149 






MC1590G 


2-149 


CA3026 




CA3054 


9-7 


CA3029 




MC1709P1 


2-157 


CA3029A 




MC1709P1 


2-157 






MP 1 7f)QP1 




C A 3030 A 




MC1709P1 


2-157 


CA3031 




MC1733 


2-161 


CA3032 




MC1733 


2-161 


CA3037 




MC1709U 


2-157 


CA3037A 




MC1709U 


2-157 


CA3038 




MC1709U 


2-157 






Mb I (U3U 




CA3044 




Hilt" i tni no 

rvlL. 1 JU 1 Ur 


9 73 


CA3044V1 




MC13010P 


9-73 


CA3045 




MC3346P 


9-40 


CA3045F 




MC3346P 


9-40 


CA3046 


MC3346P 




9-40 


CA3048 




MC3301P 


2-197 


CA3052 




MC3301P 


2-197 


CA3054 


CA3054 




9-7 


CA3056 




MC1741CG 


2-169 


CA3056A 




MC1741G 


2-169 


CA3058 




CA3059 


4-8 


CA3059 


CA3059 




4-8 


CA3064 




MC13010P 


9-73 


CA3076 




MCI 590G 


2-149 


CA3078AS 




MC 1776G 




CA3078AT 




MC1776G 


2-188 


CA3078S 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


CA3078T 




MC 1 776CG 


2-188 


CA3079 


CA3079 


CA3059 


4-8 


CA3085 




MC1723G 


3-111 


CA3085A 




MC1723G 


3-111 


CA3085AF 




MC1723L 


3-111 


CA3085AS 




MC1723G 


3-111 


CA3085B 




MC1723G 


3-111 


CA3085BF 




MC1723L 


3-111 


CA3085BS 




MC1723G 


3-111 


CA3085F 




MCI 723L 


3-111 


CA3085S 




MC1723G 


3-111 


CA3086F 




MC3346P 


9-40 


CA3091D 




MC1594L 


11-11 


CA3121E 




TDA3333 


9-183 


CA3136A 




MC3346P 


9-40 


CA3139 




IVlLi 1 JU 1 \}r 


9-73 


CA3145E 




TDA3333 


9-183 


CA3146 




MC3346P 


9-40 


CA3151E 




TDA3333 


9-183 


CA3201E 




TDA3301 


9161 






MC 1 3001 P 


9-64 


CA3217E 




TDA3301 


9-161 


CA3221E 




TDA3333 


9-183 


CA3223E 




MC13002P 


9-64 


CA3302E 


MC3302P 




2-65 


CA3401E 


MC3401P 




2-197 


CA6078AS 




MC1 776G 


2-188 


CA6078AT 




MC1776G 


2-188 


CA6741 S 




MKj 1 / 'OU 




CA6741T 




MC1776G 


2-188 


CA7607E 




MC13010P 


9-73 


CA761 1 E 




MC13010P 


9-73 


CMP-01CJ 




MC1556G 


2-126 


CMP-01CP 




MC1556P 


2-126 


CS3471 


MC3471P 




7-112 


D8216 




MC8T26AL 


7-16 


D8226 




MC8T28L 


7-21 


DAC-08AO 


DAC-08AO 




6-5 


DAC-08CN 




DAC-08CP 


6-5 


DAC-08CP 


DAC-08CP 




6-5 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-9 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Dlrecl 
Replacement 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Page 


DAC-08CQ 




DAC-08CQ 




6-5 


DAC-08EN 






DAC-08EP 


6-5 


DAC-08EP 




DAC-08EP 




6-5 


OAC-08EQ 








6-5 


DAC-08HN 






DAC-08HP 


6-5 


DAC-08HP 




DAC-08HP 




6-5 


DAC-08HQ 




DAC-08HQ 




6-5 


DAC-08O 




DAC-08Q 




6-5 


DAC0800LCJ 


DAC-08EQ 




6-5 


DAC0800LCN 


DAC-08EP 




6-5 


DAC0800LD 


DAC-08Q 




6-5 


DAC0801 LCJ 


DAC-08CQ 




6-5 


DAC0801 LCN 


DAC-08CP 




6-5 


□ AC0802LCJ 


DAC-08HQ 




6-5 


DAC0802LCN 


DAC-08HP 




6-5 


DAC0802LD 


DAC-08AQ 




6-5 


DAC08O6LCJ 


MC1408L6 




6-15 


DAC0806LCN 


UC1408P6 




6-15 


DAC0807LCJ 


ML» 1 lyoL' 






DAC0807LCN 


MC1408P7 




6-15 


DAC0808LCJ 


MC1408L8 




6-15 


DAC0808LCN 


MC1408P8 




6-15 


DAC0808LD 


MC1508L8 




6-15 


DM7822J 






MC1489AL 


7-43 


DM7837J 






MC3437L 


7-70 


DM8822J 






MC1489AL 


7-43 


DM8822N 






MC1489AP 


7-43 


DM8837N 




MC3437P 




7-70 


DS26LS31J 








OS26LS31N 


AM26LS31P 




7-10 


DS26LS32J 


AM261S32D 




7-13 


OS26LS32N 


AM26LS32P 




7-13 


DS26S10CJ 


MC26S10L 




7-48 


DS26S10CN 


MC26S10P 




7-48 


DS1488J 




MC1488L 




7-37 


DS1488N 




MC1488P 




7-37 


DS1489AJ 




MC1489AL 




7-43 


DS1489AN 




MC1489AP 




7-43 


DS1489J 




MC1489L 




7-43 


DS1489N 




MC1489P 




7-43 


DS3486J 




MC3486L 




7-142 


DS3486N 




MC3486P 




7-142 


DS3487J 




MC3487L 




7-145 


DS3487N 




MC3487P 






DS3612H 






MC1472U 


7-34 


DS3612N 






MC1472P1 


7-34 


DS3632H 




MC1472U 




7-34 


DS3632J 




MC1472U 




7-34 


OS3632N 




MC1472P1 




7-34 


DS3650J 




MC3450L 




7-72 


DS3650N 




MC3450P 




7-72 


OS3651J 




MC3430L 




2-221 


DS3651N 




MC3430P 




2-221 


DS3652J 




A KOI 

MO-34D2L 




7-72 


□S3652N 




MC3452P 




7-72 


DS3653J 




MC3432L 




2-221 


DS3653N 




MC3432P 




2-221 


DS7837J 






MC3437L 


7-51 


DS7837W 






MC3437L 


7-51 


DS8833J 






MC8T28L 


7-21 


DSB833N 






MC8T28P 


7-21 


DS8834J 






MC8T26AL 


7-16 


DS8634N 






MC8T26AP 


7-16 


DS8835J 






MC8T26AL 


7-16 


DS8835N 






MC8T26AP 


7-16 


DS8837J 




MC3437L 




7-51 


DS8837N 




MC3437P 




7-51 


DS8839J 






MC8T28L 


7-21 


DS8639N 






MC8T28P 


7-21 


□ S8922.A 






MC34051 


7-164 


DS8923.A 






MC34050 


7-164 


DS55107W 






MC75107L 


7-171 


DS55110J 






MC75S110L 


7-176 


DS75107J 




MC75107L 




7-171 


DS75107N 




MC75107P 




7-171 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Dart >J ■ imkar 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 


DS75108J 


MC75108L 




-, IZ 


DS75108N 


MC75108P 




7-171 


DS751 10J 


MC75S110L 






DS75110N 


MC75S110P 




7-176 


DS75207J 




MC75107L 


7-171 


DS752G7N 




MC75107P 


,"]^] 


DS75208J 




MC75108L 


7-171 


DS75208N 




MC75108P 


7-171 


ICB8000C 




LM111J 


2-53 


ICB8001C 




LM111J 


2-53 


ICB8741C 




MC1741CG 


2-169 


ICH8500ATV 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


1CH8500TV 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


ICL101ALNDP 




LM101AH 


2-44 


ICL101 ALNFB 




LM101AH 


2-44 


ICL1 01 ALNTY 




LM101AH 


2-44 


(CL301 ALNPA 




LM301AH 


2-44 


ICL301 ALNTY 




LM301AH 


2-44 


ICL741CLNPA 




MC1741CP1 


2-169 


ICL741CLNTY 




MC1741CP1 


2-169 


ICL8001CT2 




LM111J 


2-53 


ICL8001MTZ 




LM111J 


2-53 


ICL8007CTA 




MC1709CG 


2-157 


ICL8007MTA 




MC1709CG 


2-157 


ICL8008CPA 




LM301AN 


2-44 


ICL8008CTY 




LM301AN 


2-44 


ICL8013A 




MC1594L 


11-11 


ICL8013B 




MC1594L 


11-11 


1 _■ ■ ■ :■ .' I 




Mr* 1 c;qji 




ICL8017CTW 




LM301AN 


2-44 


ICL8017MTW 




LM301AN 


2-44 


ICL8021C 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8021M 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8022C 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8022M 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8043CDE 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8043CPE 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8043MDE 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8048CDE 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8048CPE 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8048DPE 




MC1776G 


2-188 


ICL8069CCZR 




LM385BZ-1.2 


5-4 


ICL8069DCZR 




LM385BZ-1.2 


5-4 


IP494ACJ 




TL594CN 


3-327 


IP494ACN 




TL594CN 


3-327 


IP494AJ 




TL594MJ 


3-327 


IP1 525AJ 


SG 1526AJ 




3-286 


IP1 526J 


SG1526J 




3-286 


IP1527AJ 


SG1527AJ 




3-279 


IP2525AJ 


SG2525AJ 




3-279 


IP2526J 


SG2526J 




3-286 


IP2527AJ 


SG2527AJ 




3-279 


IP3525AJ 


SG3525AJ 




3-279 


IP3525AN 


SG3525AN 




3-279 


IP3526J 


SG3526J 




3-286 


IP3526N 


SG3526N 




3-286 


IP3527AJ 


SG3527AJ 




3-279 


IP3527AN 


SG3527AN 




3-279 


IP33063N 


MC33063P1 




3-227 


IP34060AN 


MC34060AP 




3-197 


IP34063N 


MC34063P1 




3-227 


IP35060AN 


MC35060AL 




3-197 


IP35063J 


MC35063U 




3-227 


ITT652 


MC1411P 




7-30 


ITT654 


MC1412P 




7-30 


ITT656 


MC1413P 




7-30 


ITT3064 


MC13010P 




9-73 


ITT3710 




MC1391P 


9-35 


L144AP 




LM324N 


2-59 


L201 


MC1411P 




7-30 


L202 


MC1412P 




7-30 


L203 


MC1413P 




7-30 


L563 




MC3484S2 


10-19 


LF3478N 


LF347BN 




2-14 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-10 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




rail numutff 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


fleplacement 


Replacement 




LF347N 


LF347N 


MC34004P 


2-14 


LF351AH 




MC34001 AG 


2-279 


LF351AN 




MC34001 AP 


2-279 


LF351BH 




MC34001BG 


2-279 


LF351BN 




MC34001BP 


2-279 


LF351H 


MC34001G 




2-279 


LF351N 


LF351N 


MC34001P 


2-14 


LF352D 




LF355J 


2-16 


i_ r jgjn n 


m c i Anno a rz 




2-279 


LF353AN 


MC34002AP 




2-279 


LF353BH 


MC34002BG 




2-279 


LF353BN 


MC34002BP 




2-279 


LF353H 


MC34002G 




2-279 


LF353N 


LF353N 


MC34002P 


2-14 


LF355BH 


LF355BH 




2-16 


LF355BJ 


LF355BJ 




2-16 


LF355H 


LF355H 




2-16 


LF355J 


LF355J 




2-16 


LF355JG 




LF355J 


2-16 


LF355L 




LF355H 


2-16 


LF355N 




LF355J 


2-16 


LF355P 




LF355J 


2-16 


LF356BH 


LF356BH 




2-16 




1 L1CCD 1 






LF356BN 




LF356J 


2-16 


LF356H 


LF356H 




2-16 


LF356J 


LF356J 




2-16 


LF356JG 




LF356J 


2-16 


LF356L 




LF356H 


2-16 


LF356N 




LF356J 


2-16 


LF356P 




LF356J 


2-16 


LF357BH 


LF357BH 




2-16 


LF357BJ 


LF357BJ 




2-16 


LrJD( BIN 




LF357BJ 


2-16 


LF357H 


LF357H 




2-16 


LF357J 


LF357J 




2-16 


LF357JG 




LF357J 


2-16 






LF357H 


2-16 






LF357J 


2-16 






LF357J 


2-16 


LF411C 


LF411C 




2-26 


LF411CH 




MC34001AG 


2-279 


LF41 2C 


LF412C 




2-26 


LF41 2CH 




MC34002AG 


2-279 


LF441C 


LF441C 






LF442C 


LF442C 




229 


LF444C 


LF444C 




2-29 


LG351AH 




MC34001AG 


2-279 


1 I^ICI AM 
LOJO 1 rtni 




MPidnm ap 

TVH M /0 1 **J*J 1 nr 


2-279 


LHOOOACD 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


LHOOOACF 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


LHOOOACH 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


LHOOOAD 




MC1776G 


2-188 


LHOOOAF 




MC1776G 


2-188 


LHOOOAH 




MC1776G 


2-188 


LH0004CH 




MC1436G 


2-100 


LH0004CHH 




MC1536G 


2-100 


LH0004H 




MC1536G 


2-100 


LH042CH 




MC1776G 


2-188 


LH101H 




MC1741G 


2-169 


LH201H 




MC1741G 


2-169 


LH740ACH 




LF355H 


2-16 


LH2101AD 




MC1537L 


2-104 


LH2101AF 




MC1537L 


2-104 


LH2201AD 




MC1537L 


2-104 


LH2201AF 




MC1537L 


2-104 


LH2301AD 




MC1437L 


2-104 


i i-i o in 1 a c 

Ln^JU I Mr 




MC 1 437L 


2-104 


LM11CH 


LM11CH 




2-37 


LM1 1CJ 


LM11CJ 




2-37 


LM11CJ-8 


LM11CJ-8 




2-37 


LM11CLH 


LM11CLH 




2-37 


LM1 1CLJ 


LM11CLJ 




2-37 


LM1 1 CLJ-8 


LM11CLJ-8 




2-37 


LM11CLN 


LM11CLN 




2-37 


LM11CLN-14 


LMllCLN-14 




2-37 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Pari Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


fleplacement 




LM11CN 


LM11CN 




2-37 


LM11CN-14 


LM1 1CN-14 




2-37 


LM11H 


LM1 1H 




2-37 


LM11J 


LM11J 




2-37 


LM11J-8 


LM11J-8 




2-37 


LM101AD 




LM101AH 


2-44 






L M 1 U IBM 


2-44 


LM 101 AH 


LM101AH 




2-44 


LM101AJ 


LM101AJ 




2-44 


LM101AJ-14 




LM101AJ 


2-44 


LM101AJG 


LM101AJ 




2-44 


LWl 'Ul ML 


LM 101 AH 






LM101D 




LM101AJ 


2-44 


LM101F 




LM101AH 


2-44 


LM101H 


LM101AH 




2-44 


LM101J-14 




LM101AJ 


2-44 


LM 107H 


MC1741 




2-169 


LM107L 


MC1741 




2-169 


LM108AF 


LM108AF 




2-48 


LM108AH 


LM108AH 




2-48 


LM 108AJ 


LM108AJ 


LM108J-8 


2-48 


i r- ', i na a t S 


LM 1 08AJ-8 






LM108H 


LM108H 




2-48 


LM108J 


LM108J 




2-48 


LM108J-8 


LM108J-8 




2-48 


LM109H 


LM109H 




3-15 


i m 1 

L M l uy\ 


LM 1 09K 




3-15 


LM109LA 


LM109K 




3-15 


LM111H 


LM111H 




2-53 


LM111HH 




LM1I1H 


2-53 


LM111J 


LM111J 




2-53 


1 M 1 1 1 Ufl 
LIVl 1 1 U'O 


LM 1 1 1 J-8 




2-53 


LM111JG 


LM111J-8 




2-53 


LM112H 




MC1556U 


2-126 


LM117H 


LM117H 




3-20 


LM117K 


LM117K 




3-20 


LM117LH 


LM117LH 




3-28 


LM 1 1 8H 






2-169 


LM120H-5 




MC7905CK 




LM120H-12 




MC7912CK 


31 68 


LM120H-15 




MC7915CK 


3-168 


LM120K-5.0 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


LM120K-12 




MC7912CK 


3-168 


LM120K-15 




MC7915CK 


3-168 


LM122H 




MC1556G 


2-126 


LM123AK 


LM 123AK 




3-36 


LM123K 


LM123K 




3-36 


LM 1 24AD 




LM124J 


2-59 


LM124AJ 




LM124J 


2-59 


LM124J 


LM124J 




2-59 


LM125H 




MC1568G 


3-105 






MC1568G 


3-105 


LM128H 




MC1568G 


3-105 


LM137H 


LM137H 




3-42 


LM137K 


LM137K 




3-42 


LM139AJ 


LM139AJ 




2-65 


LM139J 


LM139J 




2-65 


LM140AK-5.0 


LM140AK-5.0 




3-49 


LM140AK-12 


LM140AK-12 




3-49 


LM140AK-15 


LM140AK-15 




3-49 


LM140K-5.0 


LM140K-5.0 




3-49 


LM 1 40K-8.0 


LM 1 40K-8.0 




3-49 


LM140K-12 


LM140K-12 




3-49 


LM140K-15 


LM140K-15 




3-49 


LM140LAH-5.0 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


LM140LAH-6 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


LM140LAH-8 




MC73L08ACG 


3-145 


LM 140LAH-12 




MC78L12ACG 


3-145 


LM140LAH-15 




MC78L15ACG 


3-145 


LM140LAH-50 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


LM140LAH-80 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


LM 143H 




KAC 1 

IVI^ 1 JJDU 




LM145K 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


LM148J 


LM148J 




2-69 


LM149J 




MC4741L 


2-235 


LM150K 


LM150K 




3-65 


LM158AH 




LM158H 


2-69 


LM158H 


LM158H 




2-69 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-11 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacemenl 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Page 








LM 1 58 J 


LMl 5oJ 




2-69 






LMi bo J 


2-69 


LM158L 




LM158H 


2-69 


LM163J 




MC3450L 


7-72 


LM171H 




MC1590G 


2-149 


LM193AH 


LM193AH 




2-81 


LM193H 


LM193H 




2-81 


LM193JG 




LM193H 


2-81 


LM 193U 




LM 1 93H 


2-81 


LM201AH 


LM201AH 




2-44 


LM201AJ 


LM201AJ 




2-44 


LM201AJG 




IM201AJ 


2-44 


LM201AJ-14 




LM201AJ 


2-44 


LM201AL 


LM201AH 




2-44 


LM201AN 


LM201AN 




2-44 

\ 


LM201 AND 


L M 20 1 A N D 










I Mom AM 


2^44 


LM201H 




LM201AH 


2-44 


LM201J 


LM201AJ 




2-44 


LM201J-14 




LM201AJ 


2-44 


LM207H 




MC1741C 


2-169 


LM208AH 


LM208AH 




2-49 


LM208AJ 




LM208AJ-8 


2-49 


LM2U8AJ-0 


LM208AJ-8 




2-49 


LM208AN 


LM208AN 




2-49 


LM208H 


LM208H 




2-49 


LM208J 


LM208J 




2-49 


LM208J-8 


LM208J-8 




2-49 


i KAr/nOi-i 
LM^Uyn 






3-15 


LM209K 


LM209K 




3-15 


LM211M 


LM211D 




2-53 


LM211H 


LM211H 




2-53 


LM211J-8 


LM211J-8 




2-53 


LM211JG 




LM211J-8 


2-53 


LM212H 




MC1456U 


2-126 










LM2t7K 


LM217K 




320 


LM217KC 




LM217K 


3-20 


LM217KD 




LM217H 


3-20 


LM21 7LH 


LM217LH 




3-28 


LM218J-8 




MC1741SU 


2-169 


LM218H 




MCI 741 SG 


2-169 


LM220H-5.0 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


LM220H-12 




MC7912CK 


3-168 


LM220H-15 




MC7915CK 


3-168 


i-M££\JI\-a U 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


■ ii -yynte 1 o 

LIvlZZU^- 1 £ 




7Q1 OP 




LM220K-15 




MC7915CK 


3-168 


LM222H 




MC1556G 


2-126 


LM223AK 


LM223AK 




3-36 


l_M ccofy 






„ „ 






LM224J 


259 


LM224AJ 




LM224J 


2-59 


LM224M 


LM224D 




2-59 


LM224J 


LM224J 




2-59 


LM224M 


LM224N 




2-59 






MC 1 568G 




LM226H 




MC1568G 


3-105 


LM228H 




MC1568G 


3-105 


LM237H 


LM237H 




3-42 


LM237K 


LM237K 




3-42 


LM239AJ 


LM239AJ 




2-65 


LM239AN 


LM239AN 




2-65 


LM^jyM 


LM239D 




2-65 


LM239J 


LM239J 




2-65 


LM239N 


LM239N 




2-65 


LM204LAH-50 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


LM204LAH-80 




MC78L08ACG 


3-145 


LM240LAH-12 




MC78L1 2ACG 




LM240LAH-15 




MC78L15ACG 


3-145 


LM240LAZ-5 




MC78L05ACP 


3-145 


LM240LAZ-6 




MC78L05ACP 


3-145 


LM240LAZ-8 




MC78L08ACP 


3-145 


LM240LAZ-12 




MC78L12ACP 


3-145 


LM24QLAZ-15 




MC78L15ACP 


3-145 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 
Replacement 


Page 


Replacement 


LM240LAZ-18 




MC78L18ACP 


3-145 


LM240LAZ-24 




MC78L24ACP 


3-145 


LM243H 




MC1536G 


2-100 


LM245K 




MC7905CK 




LM248J 


LM248J 




2-69 


LM249N 




MC4741P 


2-244 


LM249J 




MC4741L 


2-244 


LM250K 


LM250K 




3-75 


LM258AH 




LM258H 


2-75 


LM258M 


LM25BD 




2-75 


LM258H 


LM258H 




2-75 


LM258J 


LM258J 




2-75 


LM258N 


LM258N 




2-75 


LM271H 




MC1590G 


2-149 








2-75 


LM285Z-2 5 


LM285Z-2.5 




2-75 


L M293AH 


LM293AH 




2-81 


LM293H 


LM293H 




2-81 


LM293P 




LM293H 


2-81 


LM293U 




LM293H 


2-81 


LM301AM 


LM301AD 




2-44 


LM301AH 


LM301AH 




2-44 


LM301AJ 


LM301AJ 




2-44 


LM301AJD 


LM301AJD 




2-44 


LM301AJDS 


LM301AJDS 




2-44 


LM3Q1AJG 




LM301AJ 


2-44 


LM301AJS 


LM301AJS 




2-44 


LM301AL 




LM301AH 


2-44 


LM301AN 


LM301AN 




2-44 


L_ M .IU I M IN L> 


L ivl jU imimu 




2-44 


LM301ANDS 


LM301ANDS 




2-44 


LM301ANS 


LM301 ANS 






LM301AP 




LM301AN 


2-44 


LM307N 


LM307N 




2-86 


LM307P 




LM307N 


2-86 


LM308AH 


LM308AH 




2-48 


LM308AH-1 




LM308AH 


2-48 


LM308AH-2 




LM308AH 


2-48 


LM308AJ 


LM308AJ 




2-48 


LM308AJ-8 


LM308AJ-8 




2-48 


LM308AJ-8D 


LM308AJ-8D 




2-48 


LM308AJ-8DS 


LM308AJ-8DS 




2-48 


LM308AJ-8S 


LM308AJ-8S 




2-48 


LM308AN 


LM308AN 




2-48 


LM308AND 


LM308AND 




2-48 


LM308ANDS 


LM308ANDS 




2-48 


LM308ANS 


LM308ANS 




2-48 


LM308M 


LM308D 




2-48 


LM308H 


LM308H 




2-48 




LM308J 




2-48 


LM308J-8 


LM308J-8 




2-48 


LM308J-8D 


LM308J-8D 




2-48 


LM308J-8DS 


LM308J-8DS 




2-48 


LM308J-8S 


LM308J-8S 




2-48 




i MinciM 




2 


LM306ND 


LM308ND 




2-48 


LM308NDS 


LM308NDS 




2-48 


LM308NS 


LM308NS 




2-48 


LM309H 


LM309H 




3-15 


LM309K 


LM309K 




3-15 


LM309KC 




LM309K 


3-15 


LM31 1M 


LM311D 




2-52 


LM311H 


LM311H 




2-52 


LM311J-8 


LM311J-8 




2-52 


LM31 1 J-8D 


LM31 1J-8D 




2-52 


LM311J-8DS 


LM311J-8DS 




2-52 


LM311J-8S 


LM311J-8S 




2-52 


LM311JG 




LM31 1 J-8 


2-52 


LM311N 




LM311J 


2-52 


LM311N-14 




LM311J 


2-52 


LM311ND 


LM311ND 




2-52 


LM311NDS 


LM311NDS 




2-52 


LM311NS 


LM311NS 




2-52 


LM311P 




LM31 IN 


2-52 


LM312H 




MC1456G 


2-126 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-12 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 




Replacement 


Replacement 




LM317H 


LM317H 




3-20 


LM317K 


LM317K 




3-20 


LM317KC 


LM317T 




3-20 


LM317KD 




LM317T 


3-20 


I Mil 7 H 


i r i "< 1 71 h 




3-28 


LM317LZ 


LM317LZ 




3-28 


LM317MP 




LM317MT 


3-20 


LM317MT 


LM317MT 




3-20 


LM317P 




LM317T 




LM317T 


LM317T 




3-20 


LM318D 




MC1741SCU 


2-169 


LM318H 




MC1741SCG 


2-169 


LM318N 




MC1741SCP1 


2-169 


LM320H-5.0 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


LM320H-12 




MC7912CK 


3-168 


LM320H-15 




MC7915CK 


3-168 


LM320K-5.0 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


LM320K-12 




MC7912CK 


3-168 


LM320K-15 




MC7915CK 


3-168 


LM320LZ-50 




MC79L05ACP 


3-177 


LM320LZ-12 




MC79L12ACP 


3-177 


LM320LZ-15 




MC79L1 5ACP 


3-177 


LM320MP-5.0 




MC7905CT 


3-168 


i m ^orifc m t o 
LMJiiUMr-aV 




MC ' yut>.2c I 




LM320MP-6.0 




MC7906CT 


3-168 


LM320MP-8.0 




MC7908CT 


3-168 


LM320MP-12 




MC7912CT 


3-168 


LM320MP-15 




MC7915CT 


3-168 


LM320MP-18 




MC7918CT 


3-168 


LM320MP-24 




MC7924CT 


3-168 


LM32QT-5 




MC7905CT 


3-168 


LM320T-5.2 




MC7905.2CT 


3-168 


LM320T-12 




MC7912CT 


3-168 


LM320T-15 




MC7915CT 


3-168 


LM322H 




MC1455G 


11-4 


LM322N 




MC1455P1 


11-4 


LM323AK 


LM323AK 




3-36 


LM323AT 


LM323AT 




3-36 










LM323T 


LM323T 




3-36 


LM324AJ 




LM324J 


2-59 


LM324AN 


LM324AN 


LM324N 


2-59 


LM324M 


LM324D 




2-59 


LM324J 


LM324J 




2-59 


LM324JD 


LM324JD 




2-59 


LM324JDS 


LM324JDS 




2-59 


LM324JS 


LM324JS 




2-59 


LM324N 


LM324N 


MC3403P 


2-59 


LM324ND 


LM324ND 






LM324NDS 


LM324NDS 




2-59 


LM324NS 


LM324NS 




2-59 


LM325AN 




MC1468L 


3-105 


LM325H 




MC1468G 


3-105 


LM325N 




MC 1468L 


3-105 


LM326H 




MC1468G 


3-105 


LM326H 




MC1468G 


3-105 


LM326N 




MC1466L 


3-105 


LM328AN 




MC1468L 


3-105 


1 M '!OQU 

LMJ<:on 




MC 1 468G 




LM328N 




MC 14661 


3-105 


LM337H 


LM337H 




3-42 


LM337K 


LM337K 




3-42 


LM337MP 




LM337MT 


3-42 


LM337MT 


LM337MT 




3-42 


LM337T 


LM337T 




3-42 


LM339AM 


LM339AD 




2-65 


LM339AJ 


LM339AJ 




2-65 


LM339AN 


LM339AN 




2-65 


LM339M 


LM339D 




2-65 


LM339J 


LM339J 




2-65 


LM339JD 


LM339JD 




2-65 


LM339JDS 


LM339JDS 




2-65 


LM339JS 


LM339JS 




2-65 


LM339N 


LM339N 




2-65 


LM339ND 
., . 


LM339ND 




2-65 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 




Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 


LM339NDS 


LM339NDS 




2-65 


LM339NS 


LM339NS 




2-65 


LM339P 




LM339N 


2-65 


LM340AK-5 


LM340AK-5 




3-49 


LM340AK-12 


LM340AK-12 




3-49 


LM340AK-15 


LM340AK-15 




3-49 


LM340AT-5 


LM340AT-5.0 




3-49 


LM340AT-12 


LM340AT-12 




3-49 


LM340AT-15 


LM340AT-15 




3-49 


LM340K-50 


LM340K-5 


MC7805CK 


3-49 


LM340K-6.0 




MC7806CK 


3-132 


LM340K-8.0 


LM340K-8 


MC7808CK 


3-49 


LM340K-12 


LM340K-12 




3-49 


LM34Ur\-lD 


LM340K- 1 5 




3-49 


LM340KC-50 


LM340T-5 




3-49 


LM340KC-6.0 




MC7806CK 


3-132 


LM340KC-8.0 




MC7808CK 


3-132 


LM340KC-12 


LM340T-12 




3-49 


LM340KC-15 


LM340T-15 




3-49 


LM340KC-18 




MC7818CK 


3-132 


LM340KC-24 




MC7824CK 


3-132 


LM340LAH-50 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


LM340LAH-8 




MC78L08ACG 


3-145 


LM340LAH- 1 2 








LM340LAH-15 




MC78L15ACG 


3-145 


LM340LAZ-5 




MC78L05ACP 


3-145 


LM340LAZ-6 




MC /HLUbACr 




LM340LAZ-8 




MC78L08ACP 


3-145 


LM340LAZ-12 




MC78L12ACP 


3-145 


LM340LAZ-15 




MC78L15ACP 


3-145 


LM340LAZ-18 




MC78L18ACP 


3-145 


LM340LAZ-24 




MC78L24ACP 


3-145 


LM340T-5.0 


LM340T-5.0 


MC7805CT 


3-49 


LM340T-60 


LM340T-6.0 


MC7806CT 


3-49 


LM340T-80 


LM340T-8.0 


MC7808CT 


3-49 


LM340T-12 


LM340T-12 


MC7812CT 


3-49 


LM340T-15 


LM340T-15 


MC7815CT 


3-49 


LM340T-18 


LM340T-18 


MC7818CT 


3-49 


LM340T-24 


LM340T-24 


MC7824CT 


3-49 


LM341P-5.0 




MC78M05CT 


3-151 


LM341P-6.0 




MC78M06CT 


3-151 


LM341P-8 




MC78M08CT 


3-151 


LM341P-12 




MC78M12CT 


3-151 






ur7fiu 1 err 


3-151 


LM341P-18 




MC78M18CT 


3-151 


LM341P-24 




MC78M24CT 


3-151 


LM342P-5.0 




MC78M05CT 


3-151 


IM342P-6.0 




MC78M06CT 


3-151 


LM342P-8.0 




MC78M08CT 




LM342P-12 




MC78M12CT 


3-151 


LM342P-15 




MC78M15CT 


3-151 


LM342P-18 




MC78M18CT 


3-151 


LM342P-24 




MC78M24CT 


3-151 


LM343H 




MC1436G 


2-100 


LM345K 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


LM348M 


LM348D 




2-69 


LM348J 


LM348J 




2-69 


LM348N 


LM348N 




2-69 


LM349J 




MC4741CL 


2-244 


LM349N 




MC4741CL 


2-244 


LM350K 


LM350K 




3-65 


LM351T 


LM350T 




3-65 


LM358AH 




LM358H 


2-69 


LM358AN 




LM358N 




LM358M 


LM358D 




2-69 


LM358H 


LM358H 




2-69 


LM358J 


LM358J 




2-69 


LM358JD 


LM358JD 




2-69 


LM358JOS 


LM358JDS 




2-69 


LM358JG 




LM358J 


2-69 


LM358JS 


LM358JS 




2-69 


LM358N 


LM358N 




2-69 


LM358ND 


LM358ND 




2-69 


LM358NDS 


LM358NDS 




2-69 


LM358NS 


LM358NS 




2-69 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-13 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 






Page 




Replacement 


Replacement 




LM363AJ 




MC3450L 


7-72 


LM363AN 




MC3450P 


7-72 


LM363J 




MC3450L 


7-72 


LM363N 




MC3450P 


7-72 


LM371H 




MC1590G 


2-149 


LM385BZ-1.2 


LM385BZ-1.2 




5-4 


LM385M-1.2 


LM385D-1.2 




5-4 


LM385Z-1.2 


LM385Z-1.2 




5-4 


LM385BZ-2 5 


LM385BZ-2.5 






LM385M-2.5 


LM385D-2.5 




5-4 


LM385Z-2.5 


LM385Z-2.5 




5-4 


LM386N 




MC34119P 




LM393AH 


LM393AH 




2-81 


LM393AN 


LM393AN 




2-81 


LM393M 


LM393D 




2-81 


LM393H 


LM jyjn 




2-81 


LM393J 


i mn'i i 




2-81 


LM393JG 




LM393N 


2-81 


LM393N 


LM393N 




2-81 


LM393ND 


LM393ND 




2-81 


LM393NDS 


LM393NDS 




2-81 


LM393NS 


LM393NS 




2-81 


LM555CH 


MC1455G 




11-4 


LM555CN 


MC1455P1 




11-4 


LM555H 


MC1455G 




11-4 


LM556CD 


&Ad a c£i 

ML,J*t3t>L 




40 


LM556CJ 


MC3456L 






LM556CN 


KAf* 1A CCD 




11 An 


LM556L 


ML<J45bL 




11 40 


LM703LN 




MC1350P 


9-15 


LM709AH 


MC1709AG 




2-157 


LM709CN 


MCI 709CG 




2-157 


LM709AN-8 


MC1709CP1 




2-157 


LM709H 


MC1709G 




2-157 


LM723CD 


MC1723CJ 




3-111 


LM723CH 


MC1723CG 




3-1 1 1 


LM723CJ 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


LM / ^JLiN 


i * 1 -Til/"* CD 

ML. l f^JCH 




3 111 








3 1 1 1 


LM723J 


MC1723L 




3-111 


LM733CD 


MC1733CL 




2-161 


LM733CH 


MC1733CG 




2-161 


LM / ..5oL.J 






? 161 


LIV* / JOuIN 


MC 1 733CP 




2 161 


LM733H 


MC1733G 




2-161 


LM733J 


MC1733L 




2-161 


LM741AH 




MC1741G 


2-169 


LM f H IKsuJ 


LM741CJ 




2-169 


LM/ H i L* rl 


r iA7A iru 

LM / 1 1 L,n 






LM741CJ-14 


LM741CJ 




2-169 


LM741CN 


LM741CN 




2-169 


LM741EH 




MC1 741CG 


2-169 


LM741 EJ 




MC1741CU 


2-169 


LM741EN 




MC 1 741CP1 


2-169 


LM741H 


LM741H 




2-169 


LM747CD 


LM747CJ 




2-180 


LM747CH 


LM747CH 




2-180 


LM747CJ 


LM747CJ 




2-180 


LM747CN 


LM747CN 




2-180 


LM747H 


LM747H 




2-180 


LM747J 


LM747.J 




2-180 


LM748CH 


MC1748CQ 




2-184 


LM748CJ 


MC1748CU 




2-184 


LM748CN 


MC1748CP1 




2-184 


LM748H 


MC1748G 




2-184 




ML. 1 1 4oU 




2-184 


LM833D 


LM833D 




2-90 


LM833N 




rVIL^OOU/ or 


2-249 


LM833P 


LM833P 




2-90 


LM837N 




MC33079P 


2-249 


LM1035 




TCA5550 


9-149 


LM1391N 


MC1391P 




9-35 


LM1408J6 




MC1408L6 


6-15 


LM1408J7 




MC1408L7 


6-15 


LM1408J8 




MC1408L8 


6-15 


LM1408N6 




MC1408P6 


6-15 


LM1408N7 




MC1408P7 


6-15 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 




Replacement 


fleplacement 




LM1 408N8 




MC1408P 


6-15 




MC1 414L 




2-96 


LM1414N 


MC1414P 




2-96 


LM1458H 


MC1458G 




2-132 


LM1458J 


MC1458U 




2-132 


LM1458N 


MC1458P1 




2-132 


LM1488J 


MC1488L 




7-37 


LM1488N 


MC1488P 




7-37 


LM 1 489A J 


MC1489AL 




7-43 


LM1489AN 


MC1489AP 




7-43 


LM1489J 


MC1489L 




7-43 


LM1489N 


MC1489P 




7-43 


LM1496H 


MC1496G 




8-13 


LM1496J 


MC1496L 




8-13 


LM1496N 


MC1496P 




8-13 


LM1514J 


MC1 51 4L 




2-96 


LM 1 558H 


Mbl bbfcKj 






LM1558J 


MC1558U 




2-132 


LM1596H 


MC1596G 




8-13 


LM1596J 


MC1596L 




8-13 


LM1822 




MC13010P 


9-73 


LM1849A 




MC3484S2 


10-19 


LM1889 




MC1374P 


9-19 


L M 1 900D 




MC3301P 


2-197 


LM1981 




MC13020P 


9-84 


LM2900N 


L.M2900N 


MC3301P 


2-197 


LM2901M 


LM2901D 




2-65 


LM2901N 


LM2901N 




2-65 


LM2901 ND 


LM2901ND 






LM2901NDS 


LM2901NDS 




2-65 


LM2901 NS 


LM2901 NS 




2-65 


LM2902M 


LM2902D 




2-59 


LM2902J 


LM2902J 




2-59 


LM2902N 


LM2902N 






LM2903 


LM2903N 




2-81 


LM2903M 


LM2903D 




2-81 


LM2903JG 


LM2903JG 




2-81 


LM2903N 


LM2903N 




2-81 


LM2903P 


LM2903N 




2-81 


LM2903U 


LM2903U 




2-81 


LM2904M 


LM2904D 




2 75 








2-75 


LM2904J 


LM2904J 




2-75 


LM2904N 


LM2904N 




2-75 


LM2905N 




MC1455P1 


11-4 


L.M2931AT-5.0 


LM2931AT-5.0 




3-88 


LM2931AZ-50 


LM2931AZ-5.0 




3-88 


LM2931CM 


LM2931CD 




3-88 


LM2931CT 


LM2931CT 




3-88 


LM2931T-5.0 


LM2931T-5.0 




3-88 


LM2931Z-5.0 


LM2931Z-5 




3-88 


LM3026 




CA3054 


9-7 


LM3045 




MC3346P 


9-40 


LM3046N 


MC3346P 




9-40 


LM3054 


CA3054 




9-7 


LM3064N 




MC13010P 


9-73 


LM3089 




MC3356P 


8-29 


LM3146 




MC3346P 


9-40 


LM3146A 




MC3346P 


9-40 


LM3189 




MC3356P 


8-29 


LM3301N 


MC3301P 




2-197 


LM3302 


MC3302P 




2-65 


LM3302J 


MC3302L 




2-65 


LM3302N 


MC3302P 




2-65 


LM3401N 


MC3401P 




2-197 


LM39O0N 


LM3900N 


MC3401P 


2-197 


LM3905 




MC1455P1 


11-4 


LM3905N 




MC1455P1 


11-4 


LM4250CH 








LM4250CN 




MC1776CP1 


2-188 


LM4250H 




MC1776G 


2-188 


LM4500A 


TCA4500A 




9-142 


LM7805CK 


MC7805CK 




3-132 


LM7805CT 


MC7805CT 




3-132 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-14 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Pa e 


LM7805KC 


MC7805CK 




3-132 


LM7806KC 


MC7806CK 




3-132 


LM7808KC 


MC7808CK 




3-132 


Ltvl 1 a 1 c\j r\ 






3-132 


LM7812CT 


MC7812CT 




3-132 


LM7812KC 


MC7812CK 




3-132 


LM7815CK 


MC7815CK 




3-132 


LM7815CT 


MC7815CT 




3-132 


LM7815KC 


MC7815CK 




3-132 


LM7818KC 


MC7818CK 




3-132 


LM7824KC 


MC7824CK 




3-132 


LM7905CK 


MC7905CK 




3-168 


LM7905CT 


MC7905CT 




3-168 


I fc a 7Q1 IV" 

LM f y 1 iJorv 


h At~*~TQ \ or- it 
ML- ' 3 I dVit\ 




3-168 


LM7912CT 


MC7912CT 




3-168 


LM7915CK 


MC791 5CK 






LM791 5CT 


MC791 5CT 




V 1RR 


LM78L05ACH 


MC78L05ACG 




3 145 


LM78L05ACZ 


MC78L05ACP 




3-145 


LM78L05CH 


MC78L05CG 




3-145 


LM78L05CZ 


MC78L05CP 






LM78L08ACH 


MC78L08ACG 




3-145 


LM78L08ACZ 


MC78L08ACP 




3-145 


LM78L08CH 


MC78L08CG 




3-145 


LM7SL08CZ 


MC78L08CP 




3-145 


LM78L12ACH 


MC78L12ACG 






LM78L1 2ACZ 


MC78L12ACP 






LM78L1 2CH 


MC78L12CG 




31 45 


LM78L12CZ 


MC78L12CP 




3-145 


LM78L15ACH 


MC78L15ACG 




3-145 


LM78L1 5ACZ 


MC78L1 5ACP 




3-145 


LM78L15CH 


MC78L15CG 




3-145 


LM78L15CZ 


MC78L15CP 




3-145 


LM78L1 8ACZ 


MC78L1 SACP 






LM78L18CZ 


MC76L18CP 




3-145 


LM78L24ACZ 


MC78L24ACP 




^ l ,r 


LM78L24CZ 


MC78L24CP 




3-145 


LM78M05CP 




MC78M05CT 


3-151 


LM78M12CP 




MC78M12CT 


3-151 


LM78M15CP 




MC78M15CT 


3-151 


LM79L05ACZ 


MC79L05ACP 




3-177 


LM79L1 2ACZ 


MC79L12ACP 




3-177 


LM79L1 5ACZ 


MC79L15ACP 




3-177 


LM79M05CP 




MC79M05CT 


3-182 


1 K A ~7C1\ A 1 Or" 1 D 

LM / yn/1 1 £.KjY 






3-182 


LM79M1 5CP 




MC79M15CT 


3-182 


LM55109J 




MC75S1 10L 


7-176 


LM55110J 




MC75S110L 


7-176 


LM75107AN 


MC75107P 




7-171 


LM75108AJ 


MC75108L 




7-171 


LM 751 08 AN 


MC751 08P 




7-171 


LM751 10J 


MC75S1 10L 




7-176 


LM751 10N 


MC75S1 10P 




7-176 


LM75207L 




MC75107L 


7-171 


LM75207N 




MC75107P 


7-171 


LM 75208 J 




MC75108L 


7-171 


LM75208N 




MC75108P 


7-171 


MB3759 


TL494CN 




3-316 


MC1458JG 


MC1458U 




2-132 


MC1458L 


MC1458G 




2-132 


MC 1 458P 


MC 1 458P1 




2-132 


MC 1 489N 


MC 1 489P 




7-43 


MC1489N3 


MC1 489PDS 




7-43 


MC1545J 


MC1545L 




2-116 


MC3446J 




MC3446AP 


7-58 


MC3446N 


MC3446AP 




7-58 


MC3470N 


MC3470P 


MC3470AP 


7-98 


MC3481J 


MC3481 L 




7-137 


MC3481N 


MC3481P 




7-137 


MC3485J 


MC3485L 




7-137 


MC3485N 


MC3485P 




7-137 


MC3486J 


MC3486L 




7-142 


MC3486N 


MC3486P 




7-142 


MC3487J 


MC3487L 




7-145 


MC3487N 


MC3487P 




7-145 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Man Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 


MP5531CP 


MC1404U5 






MP5531DP 


MC1404U5 




5-12 


MP5532CP 


MC1404U10 






MP5532DP 


MC1404LM0 




5-12 


N8T15A 




MC1488L 


7-37 


N8T15F 




MC1488L 


7-37 


N8T16A 




MC1489L 


7-43 


N8T26AB 


MC8T26AP 




7-16 


IN O ( ZOMt 


MC8T26AL 




7-16 


N8T26AJ 


MC8T26AL 




7-16 


N8T26AN 


MC8T26AP 






N8T26B 


MC8T26AP 




71 K 


N8T26J 


MC8T26AL 




7 16 


N8T26N 


MC8T26AP 




7-16 


N8T28B 


MC8T28P 




7-21 


N8T37A 


h lli^Oyl^7D 

MUo4d fr 






No 1 9bb 


MWJ I ybr 




TOR 


N8T95F 


Muo I 9bL 




7 26 


N8T95N 


MC8T95P 




7-26 


N8T96B 


MC8T96P 




7-26 


N8T96F 


MCST96L 




7 26 


N8T96N 


MC8T96P 




7-26 


N8T97B 


MC8T97P 




7-26 


N8T97F 


MC8T97L 




7-26 


N8T97N 


MC8T97P 




7-26 


N8T98B 


MC8T98P 




7-26 


N8T98F 


MC8T98L 




7-26 


N8T98N 


MC8T98P 




7-26 




MC1 456G 




2-126 


IvjDDdv 


MP 1 jl^KPI 
IVI \j 1 HDDr I 




2-126 


N5558F 


U/ 1 1 A COI 1 

ML. 1 flSOU 




2-132 


N5558T 


MC1458G 




2-132 


N5558V 


MC1458P1 




2-132 


N5595A 


MC1495L 




11-25 


N5595F 


MCT495L 




11-25 


N5596A 


MC1496L 




8-13 


N5596K 


MC1496G 




8-13 


N5709A 




MC1709CP1 


2-157 


(N 3 / uyij 




MC1 709CU 


2-157 


in □ / uy 1 


w\\j \ i uyL^Li 






N5709V 


tin 7nQ^D1 




21 57 


N5723A 




MC1723CP 


3-111 


N5723T 


MC1723CG 




3-111 


N5723K 


MC1733CG 




2-161 


N5741A 




MC1741CP1 


2-169 


N5741T 


MC1741CG 




2-169 


N5741 V 


MC1741CP1 




2-169 


N5747A 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


N5747F 


MUlitiOL 




2-180 


M G 7 '1 8 A 




MC1747CG 


2-180 


N5748T 


7/iHPl^ 




2-184 


NE501A 




MC1733CL 


2-161 


NE501K 




MC1733CG 


2-161 


NE531G 




MC1439G 




NE531T 




MC1439G 


2-108 


NE531V 




MC1439P 


2-108 


NE533G 




ML I / f OL-o 


2-188 


NE533T 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


NE533V 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


NE537G 




MC1456G 


2-126 


NE537T 




MC1456G 


2-126 


NE540L 




rvi L/ 1 jj^u 


2-126 


NE550A 




MC1723CP 


3-111 


NE550L 






3-1 1 1 


NE555JG 


MCl 455U 




11-4 




MC1 455G 




11-4 


NE555N 


MC1 455P1 




11-4 


NE555T 


MC1 455G 




11-4 


NE55bV 


MC1455P1 




11-4 


NE556A 


MC3456P 






NE556I 


MC3456L 




11-40 


NE592A 


NE592A 




2-322 


NE592K 


NE592K 




2-322 


NE5561FE 




MC34060L 


3-185 


NE5561N 




MC34060P 


3-185 


OP-01C 




MC1536 


2-100 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-15 



UK-UHj 




MCJ1536 


2-1 UU 


OP-01H 




MC1536 


2-100 


OP-01J 




MC1536G 


2-100 


OP-01L 




MC1536G 


2-100 


OP-01P 




MC1436P1 


2-100 


OP-08 




MC1776 


2-188 


OP-08A 




MC1776 


2-188 


OP-08B 




MC1776 


2-188 


OP-08C 




MC1776 


2-188 


OP-08E 




MC1776 


2-188 


OP-27AJ 




OP-27AZ 


2-327 


OP-27AZ 


OP-27AZ 




2-327 


OP-27BJ 




OP-27BZ 


2-327 


OP-27BZ 


OP-27BZ 




2-327 


OP-27C J 




OP-27CZ 


2-327 


OP-27C2 


OP-27CZ 




2-327 


OP-27EJ 




OP-27EZ 


2-327 


OP-27EP 


OP-27EP 




2-327 


OP-27EZ 


OP-27EZ 




2-327 


OP-27FJ 




OP-27FZ 


2-327 


OP-27FP 


OP-27FP 




2-327 


OP-27FZ 


OP-27FZ 




2-327 


OP-27GJ 




OP-27GZ 


2-327 


OP-27GP 


OP-27GP 




2-327 


OP-27GZ 


OP-27GZ 




2-327 


PWM125AK 


SG1525AJ 




3-279 


PWM125BK 


SG2525AJ 




3-279 


PWM125CK 


SG3525AJ 




3-279 


RC702T 




MC1733C 




RC709DN 


MC1 709CP1 




2 157 


RC709T 


MC1709CG 




2 157 


RC723D 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


RC723DB 


MC1723CP 




3-111 


RC723DC 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


RC723T 


MC1723CG 




3-111 




MC1 733CL 




2-161 


RC733T 


MC1733CG 




2-161 


RC741DN 


MC1741CP1 




2-169 


RC741T 


MC1 741CG 






RC747D 


MCI 747CL 




2-180 




MC1 747CG 




2-180 


RC748T 


MC1748CG 




2-184 


RC1414DC 


MC1414L 




2-96 


RC1414DP 


MC1414P 




2-96 


RC1488DC 


MC1488L 




7-37 


RC1489ADC 


MC1489AL 




7-43 


RC1489DC 


MC1489L 




7-43 


RC1437D 


MC1437L 




2-104 


RC1437DP 


MC1437P 




2-104 


RC1458DN 


MC1458P1 




2-132 


RC1458T 


MC1 458G 




2-132 


RC1556T 


MC1456CG 




2-126 


RC1558T 


MC1558G 




2-132 


RC3302DB 


MC3302P 




2-65 


RC41 31 DP 




MC1 741SCP1 


2-169 


RC4131T 




MC1 741 SG 


2 169 


RC4136D 




MC3403L 


2-207 


RC4136DP 




MC3403P 


2-207 






MC3403L 


2-207 






MGJ403H 


2-207 


RC41940C 




MO t 4ooL 


3-105 


RC4195N8 




MC1468L 


3-105 


RC4195T 




MC1468G 


3-105 


RC4558DN 


MC4558CP1 




2-240 


RC4558JG 


MC4558CU 




2-240 


RC4558L 


MC4558CG 




2-240 


RC4558P 


MC4558CP1 




2-240 


RC4558T 


MC4558CG 




2-240 


Q*-* 7C 1 f\-7 A Pi 
MO / D lU/nU 


ML. / 3 1U/L 






rtLW D lU'nUr 


ML. / 3lU/r 




7-171 


RC75108AD 


MC75108L 




7 171 


RC75108ADP 


MC7S108P 




7-171 


RC75109D 




UC75S110L 


7-176 


RC75109DP 




MC75S1 1 0P 




RC75110D 


MC75S110L 




7-176 



MOTOROLA 



RC75110DP 


MC75S110P 




7-176 


REF-01CJ 




MC1404U10 


5-12 


REF-01CP 


MC1404U10 




5-12 


REF-01CZ 


MC1404U10 




5-12 


REF-01DJ 




MC1404U10 


5-12 


REF-01DP 


MC1404U10 




5-12 


REF-OIDZ 


MC1404U10 




5-12 


REF-02CJ 




h A r 1 Af\A I \c 

MC 1 4U4UD 




REF-02CP 


MC1404U5 




5-12 


REF-02CZ 


MC1404U5 




5-12 


REF-02DJ 




MC1404U5 


5-12 


REF-02DP 


MC1404U5 




5-12 


REF-02DZ 


MC1404U5 




5-12 


H M 1 Oc 1 




111" 1 7TJ 




R M 709T 


MC1 709G 




2-157 


RM723D 


MC1723L 




3-111 


RM723DC 


MC1723L 




3-111 


RM723T 


MC1 723G 






RM733D 


MC1733L 




3-111 


RM733T 


MC1733G 




3-111 


RM741DP 


MC1741P 




2-169 


RM741T 


MC1741G 




2-169 


RM747D 


MC1747L 




2-180 


RM747T 


MC1747G 




2-180 


RM748T 


MC1748G 




2-184 


RM1514DC 


MC1514L 




2-96 


RM1537D 


MC1537L 




2-104 


RM4136D 




MC3503L 


2-207 






MC3503L 


2-207 


RM4194DC 




MC1568L 


3-105 


RM4195T 




MC1568G 


3-105 


RM4558D 


MC4558U 




2-240 


RM4558JG 


MC4558U 






RM4558L 


MC4558G 




2-240 


RM4558T 


MC4558G 




2-240 


RV3301DB 


MC3301P 




2-197 


S5556T 


UC1556G 




2-126 


S5558E 


MC1558U 




2-132 


S5558T 


Wl\j I jjoU 




2-132 


S5596F 


■ill /"* 1 CQfil 

ML T OSJOL 




8-13 


S5596K 


MC1596G 




8-13 


S5709G 


MC1709U 




2-157 


S5709T 


MC1709G 






S5723T 


MC1723G 




3-111 


S5733K 


MC1733G 




2-161 


S5741T 


MC1741G 




2-169 


SA555N 


MC1455BP1 




11-4 


SE501K 




MC1733G 


2-161 


SE531G 




MC1539G 




SE531T 




MC1539G 


o inn 
2-108 


SE533G 




MC1776G 


2-188 


SE533T 




MC1776G 


2-188 


SE537G 




MC1556G 


2-126 


SE537T 




MC1556G 


2-126 


SE550L 




MC1723G 


3-111 


SE556A 


MC3556L 




11-40 


SE592A 


SE592L 




2-322 


SE592K 


SE592G 




2-322 


jtSJDi 




MO JOUbUL 


^ i*m 


SG100T 




MO 1 / d JO 


3-111 


SG101AD 




LM101AH 


2-44 


SG101AT 


LM101AH 




2-44 


SG101J 




LM101AH 


2-44 


SG101T 


LM101AH 




2-44 


SG107J 




MC1741 


2-169 


SG107T 




MC1741 


2-169 


SG108AJ 


LM108AJ 




2-48 


SG108AT 


LM108AH 




2-48 


i/io i 

5U 1 UOJ 


LM 1 08J 




2-48 


3U I UO I 


LM 1 Uon 




2-48 


SG109K 


LM109K 




3-15 


SG109R 




LM109K 


3-15 


SG109T 


LM109H 




3-15 


SG111D 


LM111J 




2-53 


SG111T 


LM111H 




2-53 



DEVICES 



1-16 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 



Part Number 

SG117K 
SG11TR 
SG117T 
SG118T 
SG123K 

SG124J 
SG137K 
SG137R 
SG137T 
SG140K-05 

SG140K-08 

SG140K-12 

SG140K-15 

SG150K 

SG200T 

SG201AD 
SG201AM 
SG201AN 
SG201AT 
SG201J 

SG201M 
SG201N 
SG201T 
SG207J 
SG207M 

SG207N 

SG207T 

SG208AJ 

SG208AM 

SG208AT 

SG208J 
SG208M 
SG208T 
SG209K 
SG209R 

SG209T 
SG211D 
SG211M 
SG211T 
SG217K 

SG217R 
SG217T 
SG218J 
SG218M 
SG218T 

SG223K 
SG224J 
SG224N 
SG237K 
SG237R 

SG237T 
SG250K 
SG300N 
SG300T 
SG301AD 

SG301AM 

SG301AN 

SG301AT 

SG307J 

SG307M 

SG307N 
SG308AJ 
SG 308AM 
SG308AT 
SG308J 

SG308M 
SG308T 
SG309K 
SG309P 
SG309R 

SG309T 
SG311D 
SG311M 
SG311T 
SG317K 



Motorola 


Motorola 




Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


ep acemen 




LM1 1 7K 




3-20 




LM117K 


3-20 


LM117H 




3-20 




MC1741SG 


2-174 


LM123K 




3-36 


LM 1 24J 




2-59 


LM137K 




3-42 


LM137H 


LM137K 


3-42 




3-42 


LM140K-5.0 




3-49 


LM140K-8.0 




3-49 


LM140K-12 




3-49 


LM 1 40K-1 5 






LM150K 




3-65 




MC1723G 


3-111 


LM201AN 


LM201 AH 


2-44 




2-44 




LM201AN 


2-44 


LM201AH 




2-44 




LM201AH 


2-44 


LM201AN 




2-44 




LM201AN 


2-44 


LM201AH 








MC1741C 


2-169 




MC1741C 


2-169 




WUl t4 I u 


2-169 




MC1741C 


2-169 


LM208AJ 




2-48 


LM208AJ-8 




2-48 


LM208AH 




2-48 


LIV1 tVoJ 




2 48 


LM208J-8 




2-48 


LM208H 




2-48 


LM209K 




3-15 




LM209K 


3-15 


LM209H 




3-15 


LM211J-8 




2-53 


LM21 1 J-8 






LM211H 




2-53 


LM217K 




3-20 




LM217K 


3-20 


LM217H 




3-20 




MC1 741SL 


2-174 




MC1741SL 


2-174 




MC1741SG 


2-174 


LM223K 




3-36 


LM224J 




2-59 


LM224N 




2-59 


LM237K 




3-42 




LM237K 


3-42 


LM237H 




3-42 


LM250K 




3-65 




MC1723CP 


3-111 




MC1723CG 


3-111 




LM301AH 


2-44 


LM301AN 




2-44 




LM301AN 


2-44 


LM3Q1 AH 




2-44 




LM307N 


2-86 


LM307N 




2-86 




LM307N 


2-86 


LM308AJ 




2-48 


LM308AN 




2-48 


LM308AH 




2-48 


LM308J 




2-48 


L M 308 N 




2-48 


LM308H 




2-48 


LM309K 




3-15 




LM309K 


3-15 




LM309K 


3-15 


LM309H 




3-15 


LM311J 




2-53 


LM311N 




2-53 


LM311H 




2-53 


LM317K 




3-20 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 




Replacement 


Replacement 




SG317P 


LM317T 




3-20 


SG317R 




LM317T 


3-20 


SG317T 


LM317H 




3-20 


bGoloJ 




MfM 7/11 C^l 


2-174 


SG31 8M 




fifli" 17^1TP1 
IVTO I '*)IL*r I 


2-169 


SG318T 




MCI 741CG 


2-169 


SG324J 


LM324J 




2-59 


SG324N 


LM324N 




2-59 


SG337K 


LM337K 






SG337P 


LM337T 




3-42 


SG337R 




LM337T 


3-42 


SG337T 


LM337H 




3-42 


SG340K-05 


LM340K-j5.0 




3-49 


SG340K-08 


LM340K-8.0 




3-49 


SG340K-12 


LM340K-12 




3-49 


SG340K-24 


LM340K-24 




3-49 


SG350K 


LM350K 




3-65 


SG501AJ 




MC1468G 


3-105 


SG555CM 


MC1455P1 




11-4 


SG555CT 




MC1455G 


11-4 


SG556CJ 




MC3456L 


11-40 


SG556CN 


MC3456P 




11-40 


SG556J 


MC3556L 




1 1-40 


SG556N 




MC3556L 


11-40 


SG723CD 




MC1723CL 


3-111 


SG723CJ 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


SG723CN 


MC1723CP 




3-111 


SG723CT 


MCI 723CG 




3-111 


SG723D 




MC1723L 


3-111 


SG723J 


MC1723L 




3-111 


SG723T 


MC1723G 




3-111 


SG733CD 




MC1733CL 


2-161 


SG733CN 


MC1 733CP 




2-161 


SG733CT 


MC1733CG 




2-161 


SG733D 


MC1 733L 




2-161 


SG733N 




MC1733L 


2-161 


SG733T 


MC1733G 




2-161 


SG741 CM 


MC1741CP1 






SG741CT 


MC1741CG 




2-169 


SG741 SCM 


MC1741SCP1 




2-174 


SG741SCT 


MC1 741SCG 




2-174 


SG741 ST 


MC1741SG 




2-174 


SG741T 


MC1741G 




2-169 


SG747CJ 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


SG747CN 


MC1747CP2 




2-180 


SG747CT 


MC1747CG 




2-180 


SG747J 


MC1747L 




2-180 


SG747T 


MC1747G 




2-180 


SG748CD 




MC1748CP1 


2-184 


SG748CM 




MC1748CP1 


2-184 


SG748CN 




MC1748CP1 


2-184 


SG748CT 


MC1748CG 




2-184 


SG748D 




MC1748G 


2-184 


SG748T 


MC1748G 




2-184 


SG777CJ 




LM308AJ 


2-48 


SG777CM 




LM308AN 


2-48 


SG777CN 




LM308AN 


2-48 


JU f ( 1 




LMJUon rl 




SG777J 




LM108AJ 


2-48 


SG777T 




LM108AH 


2-48 


SG1 1 18AJ 




( M1 ORA I 


2-48 


SG1118AT 




LM108AH 


2-48 


SG1118J 




LM108J 


2-48 


SG1118T 




LM 1 08H 


2-48 


SG1217 




MC1741G 


2-169 


SG1217T 




MC1741SG 


2-174 


SG1250T 




MC1776G 


2-188 


SG1402N 




MC1594L 


11-11 


SG1402T 




MC1594L 


11-11 


SG1436CT 


MC1436CG 




2-100 


SG1436M 


MC1436U 




2-100 


SG1436T 


MC1436G 




2-100 


SG1456CT 


MC1456CG 






2-126 


SG1456T 


MC1456G 






2-126 


SG1458M 


MC1458P1 






2-132 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-17 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 



Part Number 


Direct 
Replacement 


Similar 
Replacement 


Page 


SG1458T 


MC1458G 




2-132 


SG1468J 


MC1468L 




3-105 


SG1468N 




MC1468L 




SG1468T 


MC1468G 




3-105 


SG1495D 


MC1495L 




11-25 


c 1 iqcm 
bu 1 4ysr\i 




t > i— i Ana 

mo 1 4ysi_ 


1 1 25 


SG1496D 


MC1496L 




8-13 


SG1496N 




MC1496L 


8-13 


SG1496T 


MC1496G 




8-13 


SG 1501 AD 




MC 1568L 


3-105 


SG 1501 A J 




MC1568L 


3-105 


SG 1501 AT 




MC1568G 


3-105 


OO 1 OU 1 J 


nn I jDOL 




3-105 


SG1501T 


MC1568G 




3-105 


SG1502D 




MC1568L 


3-105 


SGI 502 J 




MC1568L 


3-105 


SG1502N 




MC1566L 


3-105 


S G 1 503 


IVl \j I JUJ Kj 




5-8 


SG1503T 




MC1503U 


5-8 


SG1503Y 




MC1503U 


5-8 


SG1524J 




TL494MJ 


3-316 


SG1525AJ 


SG1525AJ 




3-279 


SG1526J 


SG1526J 




3-286 


SG1527AJ 


SG1527AJ 




3-279 


SG1536T 


MC1536G 




2-100 


SG 1 556T 


MC1556G 




2 126 


SG1558T 


MC1558G 




2-132 


SG1568J 


MC1568L 






3-105 


SG1 568T 


MC1568G 






3-105 


SG 1 595D 


MC1595L 




1 1-25 


SG1596D 


MC1596L 




8-13 


SG1596T 


MC1596G 




8-13 


SG1660D 




LM301AH 


2-44 


ovj 1 ODU J 




UMOUOJ 


2-48 


I ODUM 




LIVIOUOIN 




SG1660T 




LM308H 


2-48 


SGU60J 




LM308J 


2-48 


SG1760M 




LM308N 


2-48 


C/; t 7CnT 






2-48 


ciLj £ i l OA J 




i M*?riftA i 

L IvIdUOrt J 


2-48 


SG2118AM 




LM208AJ-8 


2-48 


SG2118AT 




LM208AH 


2-48 


SG2118J 




LM208J 


2-48 


OUZ 1 1 SIVI 




Llvli:UOJ-H 


2-48 






LM208H 




SG2250T 




MC1 776G 


2-188 


SG2402N 




MC1494L 


11-11 


SG2402T 




MC1494L 


11-11 


SG2501 AD 




MC1468L 


3-105 


SG2501 AT 




MC1468G 


3-105 


SG2501D 


MC1468L 




3-105 


SG2501J 




MC1468L 


3-105 


SG2501N 




MC1468L 


3-105 


SG2501 T 


MC1466G 




3-105 


SG2502J 




MC1468L 


3-105 


SG2502N 




MC1468L 


3-105 


SG2503M 




MC1403AU 


5-8 


SG2503T 




MC1403AU 


5-8 






MC 1 403AU 




SG2524J 




TL494IJ 


3-316 


SG2525AJ 


SG252SAJ 




3-279 


SG2526J 


SG2526J 




3-286 


SG2527AJ 


SG2527AJ 




3-279 


SG31 1 8AJ 




LMOUOAJ 


\ ~2r 


OOO 1 1 oAM 




i — i .' d JOM * 




SG31 18AT 




LM308AH 


2-48 


SG3118J 




LM308J 


2-48 


SG3118M 






LM308N 


2-48 


SG3118T 




LM308H 


2-48 


SG3250T 




MC1776G 


2-188 


SG3402N 




MC1494L 


11-11 


SG3402T 




MC1494L 


11-11 


SG3423M 






MC3423P1 


3-117 


SG 3423V 






MC3423U 


3-117 


SG3501AD 






MC1468L 


3-105 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Page 


SG3501AJ 

SG3501AN 

SG3501AT 

SG3501J 

SG3501D 




MC1468L 
MC1468L 
MC1468G 
MC1468L 
MC1468L 


3-105 
3-105 
3-105 
3-105 
3-105 


SG3501N 
SG3501T 
SG3502D 
SG3502G 
SG3502J 


MC1468G 


MC1468L 

MC1468L 
MC1468G 
MC1468L 


3-105 
3-105 
3-105 
3-105 
3-105 


SG3502N 
SG3503 

SG3503T 
SG3503Y 


MC1403U 
MC1403U 


MC1468L 
MC1403U 


3-105 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 
5-8 


SG3523Y 

SG3524J 

SG3525AJ 

SG3525AN 

SG3526J 


SG3525AJ 
SG3525AN 
SG3526J 


MC3523U 
TL494CJ 


3-117 
3-316 
3-279 
3-279 
3-286 


SG3527AJ 

SG3527AN 

SG4194CJ 

SG4194J 

SG4250CM 


SG3527AJ 
SG3527AN 


MC1468L 
MC1568L 
MC1776CP1 


3-279 
3-279 
3-105 
3-105 
2-188 


SG4250CT 

SG4250T 

SG4501D 

SG4501J 

SG4501N 


MC1468L 


MC1776CG 
MC1776G 

MC1468L 
MC1468L 


2-188 

2- 188 

3- 105 
3-105 
3-105 


SG4501T 

SG7805ACK 

SG7805ACP 

SG7805ACR 

SG7805ACT 


WC7805ACK 
MC7805ACT 


MC1468G 

MC7805ACT 
MC7805ACT 


3-105 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 


SG7805AK 
SG7805AR 
SG7805AT 
SG7805CK 
SG7805CP 


MC7805AK 

MC7805CK 
MC7805CT 


MC7805AK 
MC7805AK 


3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 


SG7805CR 

SG7805CT 

SG7805K 

SG7805R 

SG7805T 


MC7805K 


MC7805CT 
MC78M05CG 

MC7805K 
MC7805K 


3-132 
3-151 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 


SG7806ACP 

SG7806ACR 

SG7806ACT 

SG7806CK 

SG7806CP 


MC7806ACT 

MC7806CK 
MC7806CT 


MC7806ACT 
MC7806ACT 


3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 


SG7806CR 

SG7806K 

SG7806R 

SG7806T 

SG7808ACP 


MC7806K 
MC7808ACT 


MC7806CT 

MC7806K 
MC7806K 


3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 


SG7808ACR 
SG7808ACT 

SG7608CP 
SG7808CR 


M C 7 808C K 
MC7808CT 


MC78M08ACT 
MC7808ACT 

MC7808CT 


3-151 
3-132 

3-132 
3-132 


SG7808CT 

SG7808K 

SG7808R 

SG7808T 

SG7812ACK 


MC7808K 
MC7812ACK 


MC78M 1 8CG 

MC7808K 
MC7808K 


3-151 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 


SG7812ACP 
SG7812ACR 
SG7812ACT 

Ci^70lOA 
OO ( O 1 i£Mt\ 

SG7812AR 


MC7812ACT 


MC7812ACT 
MC7812ACT 

MC7812AK 


3-132 
3-132 
3-132 

3-132 


SG7812AT 
SG7812CK 
SG7812CP 
SG7812CR 
SG7812CT 


MC7812CK 
MC7812CT 


MC7812AK 

MC7812CT 
MC78M12CG 


3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-151 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-18 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 







Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 




Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Page 










SG7812K 


MC7812K 




3-132 


SG7815ACK 


MC7815ACK 




3-132 


SG7815ACP 


MC7815ACT 




3-132 


SG7815ACR 




MC7815ACT 


3-132 


SG7815ACT 




MC7815ACT 


3-132 


SG781 5AK 


MC7815AK 




3-132 


SG7815AR 




MC7815AK 


3-132 


SG7815AT 




MC7815AK 


3-132 


SG7815CK 


MC7815CK 




3-132 


SG7815CP 


MC7815CT 




3-132 


3G7815CR 




MC7815CT 


3-132 


SG7815CT 




MC78M15CG 


3-151 


SG7815K 


MC781 5K 




3-132 


SG7815R 




MC7815K 


3-132 


SG7815T 




MC7815K 


3-132 


SG781 SACK 


MC7818ACK 




3-132 


SG7818ACP 


MC7818ACT 




3-132 


SG7818ACR 




MC7818ACT 


3-132 


SG781 8ACT 




MC7818ACT 


3-132 


SG7818AK 


MC7818AK 




3-132 


<Z.fl 7Q 1 BAD 

oo ft) I OMn 




tVJIl"7fi1 Q A W 
rVIO 10 1 OAP, 


3-132 


Cr7Q1 DAT 

bo it) l t)M I 




MO 1 l t)Af\ 


3-132 


SG7818CK 


MC7818CK 




3-132 


SG7818CP 


MC7818CT 




3-132 


SG7818CR 




MC7818CT 


3-132 


SG7818CT 




MC78M 18CG 


3-151 


SG7818K 


MC7818K 




3-132 


SG7818R 




MC7818K 


3-132 


SG7818T 




MC7818K 


3-132 


SG7824ACP 


MC7824ACT 




3-132 


SG7824ACR 




MC7824ACT 


3-132 


SG7824ACT 




MC7824ACT 


3-132 


SG7824CK 


MC7824CK 




3-132 


SG7824CP 


MC7824CT 




3-132 


SG7824CR 




MC7824CT 


3-132 


OO / Ot'tr. 


ML. / t)£l i *r. 




3-132 


bo / S4*n 




ML/ /U^4K 


3-132 


SG7824T 




MC7824K 


3-132 


SG7905ACK 


MC7905AGK 




3-168 


SG7905ACP 


MC7905ACT 




3-168 


C yafic a 1" D 

bo /yuoAOn 




in (~ Tone a /— t 


3-168 


bo /yuoMo ' 






3-168 


SG7905CK 




MC7905CK 


3-168 


SG7905CP 


MC7905CT 




3-168 


SG7905CR 




MC7905CT 


3-168 


SG7905CT 




MC7905CT 


3-168 


SG7905.2CP 


MC7905.2CT 




3-168 


SG7905 2CR 




MC7905.2CT 


3-168 


SG7905.2CT 




MC7905 2CT 


3-168 


SG7908CP 


MC7908CT 




3-168 


SG7908CR 




MC7908CT 


3-168 


SG7908CT 




MC7908CT 


3-168 


SG7912ACK 


MC7912ACK 




3-168 


SG7912ACP 


MC7912ACT 




3-168 


SG7912ACR 




MC7912ACT 


3-168 


SG7912ACT 




MC7912ACT 


3-168 


SG7912CK 


MC7912CK 




3-168 


SG7912CP 


MC791 2CT 




3-168 


SG7912CR 




MC7912CT 


3-168 


SG7912CT 




MC7912CT 


3-168 


su /y 1 □aoiv 


MC791 5ACK 






bo /a 1 uA^r 


ML> ( y 1 bAL 1 




3 168 


SG7915ACR 




MC7915ACT 


3-168 


SG7915ACT 




MC7915ACT 


3-168 


SG7915CK 


MC7915CK 




3-168 


SG7915CP 


MC7915CT 




3-168 


SG7915CR 




MC7915CT 


3-168 


SG7915CT 




MC7915CT 


3-168 


SG7918CP 


MC7918CT 




3-166 


SH323SKC 


LM323K 




3-36 


SH8090FM 




MC1506L8 


6-15 


SN52101AL 


LM101AH 




2-44 


SN52104L 


LM101H 




2-44 


SN52107L 




MC1741 


2-169 


SN52108AL 


LM108AH 




2-48 











Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Page 










SN52108L 


LM108H 




2-48 


SN52109L 


LM109H 




3-15 


SN52514J 


MC1514L 




2-96 


SN75107AJ 


MC75107L 




7-171 


SN75107AN 


MC75107P 




7-171 


SN75107BJ 




MC75107L 


7-171 


SN751 07BN 




MC75107P 


7-171 


SN75108AJ 


MC75108L 




7-171 


SN75108AN 


MC75108P 




7-171 






Ml — 7K10QI 


7-171 


SN75108BN 




MC75108P 


7-171 


SN75110AJ 


MC75S110L 




7-176 


SN75110AN 


MC75S1 10P 




7-176 


SN75121J 




MC3481/5L 


7-137 


SN75121N 




MC3481/5P 


7-137 


SN75122J 




MC75125L 


7-181 


2N75122N 




MC75125P 


7-181 


blN ID I ttDj 








SN75125N 






7-161 


SN75126J 




MC3481/5L 


7-137 


SN75126N 




MC3481/5P 


7-137 


SN75127J 


MC75127L 




7-181 


SN75127N 


MC75127P 




7-181 


SN75128J 


MC75128L 




7-165 


SN75128N 


MC75128P 




7-185 


SN75129J 


MC75129L 




7-185 


SN75129N 


MC75129P 




7-185 


SN75150J 




MC1488L 


7-37 


SN75150N 




MC1488P 


7-37 


SN75154J 




MC1489L 


7-43 


SN75154N 




MC1489P 


7-43 


SN75160J 




MC3447L 


7-61 


SN75160N 




MC3447P/P3 


7-61 


SN75172J 


SN75172J' 




7-189 


SN751 72NG 


SN75172NG* 




7-189 


SN75173J 


SN75173J 




7-191 


SN75173N 


SN75173N 




7-191 


SN75174J 


SN75174J' 




7-189 


SN75174NG 


SN75174NG' 




7-189 


SN75175J 


SN75175J 




7-191 


SN75175N 


SN75175N 




7-191 


SN75188J 


MC1488L 




7-37 


SN75188N 


MC1488P 




7-37 


SN75188N3 


MC1488PDS 




7-37 


SN75189AJ 


MC1489AL 




7-43 


SN75189AJ4 


MC1489ALDS 




7-43 


SN75189AN 


MC1489AP 




7-43 


SN75189J 


MC1489L 




7-43 


SN75189J4 


MC1489LDS 




7-43 


SN75189N 


MC1 489P 




7-43 


SN75189N3 


MC1 489PDS 




7-43 


SN75207J 




MC75107L 


7-171 


SN75207N 




MC75107P 


7-171 


SN75208J 




MC75108L 


7-171 


SN76208N 




MC75108P 


7-171 


SN75251N 




MC3471P 


7-112 


SN75466J 


MC1411L 




7-30 


SN75466N 


MC1411P 




7-30 


SN75467J 


MC1412L 




7-30 


SN75467N 


MC1 41 2P 




7-30 


SN75468J 


MC 1 41 3L 




7-30 


SM75468N 


MC1413P 




7-30 


SN75475JG 


MC1472U 




7-34 


SN75475P 


MC1472P1 




7-34 


SN76514L 




MC1496G 


8-13 


SN76514N 


MC1496P 




8-13 


SN76564N 




MC13010P 


9-73 


SN76565N 




MC13010P 


9-73 


SN76591 P 


MC1391P 




9-35 


SN76600P 


MC1350P 




9-15 


SN76665N 




MC13010P 


9-73 


SSS101AL 




LM101AH 


2-44 


SSS101AJ 


LM101AH 




2-44 


SSS107J 




MC1741 


2-169 


SSS107P 




MC1741 


2-169 


SSS201AJ 


LM201AH 




2-44 



"To be introduced 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-19 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 




SSS201AL 




LM201AH 


2-44 


SSS201AP 




LM201AN 


2-44 


SSS207J 




MC1741C 


2-169 


SSS207P 




MC1741C 


2-169 


SSS301AJ 


LM301AH 




2-44 


SSS301AL 
SSS301AP 


LM301AN 


LM301AH 


2-44 
2-44 


SSS741BJ 




MC1741G 


2-169 


SSS741 CJ 




MC1741CG 


2-169 


ooo / t l lj J 


MC1 74 1 SG 






SSS741GP 




MC1741SG 


2-174 


SSS741J 




MC1741G 


2-169 


SSS747BP 




MC1747L 


2-180 


SSS747CK 




MC1747CG 


2-180 


SSS747CM 




MP 1 747CF 




SSS747CP 




MC1747CL 


2-180 


SSS747GK 




MIC1747G 


2-180 


SSS747GP 




MC1747L 


2-180 


SSS747P 




MC1747L 


2-180 


SSS1408A-6Z 


MCI 40816 




6-15 


SSS1406A-7Z 


MCI 408L7 




6-15 


SSS 1408A-8Z 


MC 1 408L8 




6-15 


SSS1458J 


MC1458G 




2-132 


SSS1 508A-8Z 


ML. 1 3UOLO 






SSS1558J 


MC1558G 




2-132 


TA78L005AP 




MC78L05ACP 


3-145 


TA78L005P 




MC78L05CP 


3-145 


TA78L008AP 




MC78L08ACP 


3-145 


TA78L008P 




MC7BI nsrp 


3-145 


TA78L012AP 




MC78L12ACP 


3-145 


TA78L012P 




MC78L1 2CP 


3-145 


TA78L015AP 




MC78L15ACP 


3-145 


TA78L015P 




MC78L1 5CP 


3-145 


TA78L018AP 




MC78L1 8ACP 


3-145 


TA78L018P 




MC78L1 8CP 


3-145 


TA78L024AP 




MC78L24ACP 


3-145 


TA78L024P 




MC78L24CP 


3-145 


TA78M05P 


MC78M05CT 




3-151 


TA78M06P 


MC78M06CT 




3-151 


TA78M08P 


MC78M08CT 




3-151 


TA78M12P 


MC78M12CT 




3-151 


TA78M18P 


MC78M18CT 




3-151 


TA78M20P 


MC78M20CT 




3-151 


TA78M24P 


MC78M24CT 




3-151 


TA79L005P 




MC79L05CP 


3-177 


TA79L012P 




MC79L12P 


3-177 


TA79L015P 




MC79U5P 


3-177 


TA79L018P 




MC79L18P 


3-177 


TA79L024P 




MC79L24P 


3-177 


TA7179P 


MC1468L 




3-105 


TA7502P 


MC1709P1 




2-157 


TA7504P 


MC1 741CP1 




2-169 


TA7506P 


LM301AN 




2-44 


TA7555F 


MC1455D 




11-4 


TA7555P 


MC1455P1 




11-4 


TA75071P 




MC34001 P 


2-279 


TA75072P 




MC34002P 


2-279 


TA75074F 




MC34004P 


2-279 


TA75339F 


LM339D 


LM2901 D 




TA75339P 


LM339N 


LM2901N 


2-65 


TA75358CF 


LM358D 




2-75 


TA75358CP 


LM358N 


LM2904N 


2-75 


TA75393F 


LM393D 


LM2903D 


2-81 


TA75393P 


LM393N 


LM2903N 


2-81 


TA75458F 


MC1458D 




2-132 


TA75458P 


MC1458CP1 




2-132 


TA75558P 


MC4558CP1 




2-240 


TA75902F 


LM324D 


LM2902D 


2-59 


TA75902P 


LM324N 


LM2902N 


2-59 


TA76494P 




TL494IN 


3-312 


TA78005AP 


MC7805CT 




3-132 


TA78006AP 


MC7806CT 




3-132 


TA78008AP 


MC7808CT 




3-132 


TA78012AP 


MC7812CT 




3-132 


TA78015AP 


MC7815CT 




3-132 


TA78018AP 


MC7818CT 




3-132 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 


TA78024AP 


MC7824CT 




3-132 


TA79005P 


MC7905CT 




3-168 


TA79006P 


MC7906CT 




3-168 


TA79008P 


MC7908CT 




3-168 


TA79012P 


MC7912CT 




3-168 


TA79015P 


MC7915CT 




3-168 


TA79018P 


MC7918CT 




3-168 


TA79024P 


MC7924CT 




3-168 


TBA120 




TBA120C 




T8A440 




MC13010P 


9-73 


TB920 




MC1391P 


9-35 


TBA920S 




MC1391P 


9-35 


TBA1440 




MC13010P 


9-73 


TD62001P/AP 


MC1411P 




7-30 


TD62002P/AP 


MC1412P 




7-30 




MCl 41 3P 




7 30 




MC1 414P 




2-96 


1 Ub^4 1 Ir 


ML 1 H 1 






TD62479P 


MC1374P 




9-19 


TDA1085 


TDA1085C 




4-71 


TDA1524 




TCA5550 


9-149 


TDA2540 




MC13010P 




TDA2544 




MC1 301 OP 


9 73 


TDA4420 




MC13010P 


9-73 


TDA4500A 


TCA4500A 




9-142 


TDA4601 


TDA4601 




3-305 


TDA4601B 


TDA4601B 




3-305 


TDA5600 




MC13010P 


9-73 


TDC1048 




MC10319 


6-62 


TL022CJG 




I Ul^ft 1 
i_ ivi joa j 




TL022CL 




LM358H 


2-75 


TL022CP 




LM358N 


2-75 


TL022MJG 




LM 1 58J 


2-75 


TL022ML 




LM 1 58H 


2-75 


TL044CJ 




LM324J 


2-59 


TL044CN 




LM324N 


2-59 


TL044MJ 




LM124J 


2-59 


TL061ACD 


TL061ACD 




2-343 


TL061ACP 


TL061ACP 




2-343 


TL061BCD 


TL061 BCD 




2-343 


TL061BCP 


TL061 BCP 




2-343 


TL061CD 


TL061CD 




2-343 


Ti rift 1 d 


TL061 CP 






TI DR1 M ifi 


I LUOl MJU 




2 343 


TL062ACD 


TL062ACD 




2-343 


TL062ACP 


TL062ACP 




2-343 


TL062BCD 


TL062BCD 




2-343 


TI ftCnDrD 

1 LUbiibOr 


______ 

TL062BCP 




t. ~ 




TL062CD 




2-343 


TL062CP 


TL062CP 




2-343 


TL062MJG 


TL062MJG 




2-343 


TL064ACD 


ti nfi4APn 




2-343 


TL064ACN 


TL064ACN 




2-343 


TL064BCD 


TL064BCD 




2-343 


Ti rift^tRPM 


I LUo4bUN 






TL064CD 


TL064CD 




2-343 


TL064CN 


TL064CN 




2-343 


ti nft/iM i 


TI fiCAM I 




2 343 


TL071ACJG 


TL071 ACJG 




2-351 


TL071ACP 


TL071ACP 




2-351 


TL071 BCJG 


TL071BCJG 




2-351 


TL071 BCP 


TL071BCP 




2-351 


TL071CJG 


TL071CJG 




2-351 


TL071CP 


TL071CP 




2-351 


TL072ACJG 


TL072ACJG 




2-351 


TL072ACP 


TL072ACP 




2-351 


TL072BCJG 


TL072BCJG 




2-351 


TL072BCP 


TL072BCP 




2 351 


TL072CJG 


TL072CJG 




2-351 


TL072CP 


TL072CP 




2-351 


TL074ACJ 


TL074ACJ 




2-351 


TL074ACN 


TL074ACN 




2-351 


TL074BCJ 


TL074BCJ 




2-351 


TL074BCN 


TL074BCN 




2-351 


TL074CJ 


TL074CJ 




2-351 


TL074CN 


TL074CN 




2-351 


TL081 ACJG 


TL081ACJG 




2-358 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-20 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 



Part Number 


Motorola 
Direct 
Replacement 


Motorola 
Similar 
Replacement 


Page 


TL081ACP 


TL081ACP 




2-358 


TL081BCJG 


TL081BCJG 




2-358 


TL081 BCP 


TL081BCP 




2-358 


TL081CJG 


TL081CJG 




2-358 


TL081CP 


TL081CP 




2-358 


TL082ACJG 


TL082ACJG 




2-358 


TL082ACP 


TL082ACP 




2-358 


TL082BCJG 


TL082BCJG 




2-358 


TL082BCP 


TL082BCP 




2-358 


I LUtteCJo 


TL082CJG 




2-358 


TL082CP 


TL082CP 




2-358 


TL084ACJ 


TL084ACJ 




2-358 


TL084ACN 


TL084ACN 




2-358 


TL0848CJ 


TL084BCJ 




2-358 


1 LUOhDI^IN 


ti ntJiipr^M 

\ LUqhDIjIN 




2-358 


TL.084CJ 


TL084CJ 






TL084CN 


TL084CN 




2 358 


TL431CJG 


TL431CJG 




5-17 


TL431CLP 


TL431CLP 




5-17 


TL431 CP 


TL431 CP 




5-17 


TL431IJG 


TL431UG 




5-17 


TL431 IP 


TL431IP 




5-17 


TL431ILP 


TL431ILP 




5-17 


TL431MJG 


TL431MJG 




5-17 


TL494CJ 


TL494CJ 




3-316 


TL494CN 


TL494CN 




3-316 


TL494IJ 


TL494IJ 




3-316 


TL494IN 


TL494IN 




3-316 


TL494MJ 


TL494MJ 




3-316 


TL497CJ 




MC34063U 


3-227 


TL497CN 




MC34063P1 


3-227 


TL497MJ 




MC35063U 


3-227 


TL514MJ 


MC1514L 




2-96 


TL594CN 


TL594CN 




3-327 


TL594IN 


TL594I N 




3-327 


TL594MJ 


TL594MJ 




3-327 


TL780-05CKC 


TL780-05CKC 




3-338 


TL780-12CKC 


TL780-12CKC 




3-338 


TL780-15CKC 


TL780-15CKC 




3-338 


TL7805ACKC 






3-132 


IJC1 17K 


LM117K 




3-20 


UC137K 


LM137K 




3-42 


UC1S0K 


LM150K 




3-65 


UC217K 


LM217K 




3-20 


i \t~ "7fcf 


LM237K 




3-42 


UC250K 


LM250K 




3-65 


UC317K 


LM317K 




3-20 


UC317T 


LM317T 




3-20 


UC337K 


LM337K 




3-42 


i tr* 7t 


LM337T 




3-42 


UC350K 


LM350K 




3-65 


UC494ACN 




TL594CN 


3-327 


UC494AJ 




TL594MJ 


3-327 


UC494CN 








UC494J 




T 1 A QA ft A J 


3-316 


UC1525AJ 


SG1525AJ 




3-279 


UC1526J 


SG1526J 




3-286 


UC1527AJ 


SG1527AJ 




3-279 


UC2525AJ 


SG2525AJ 




3-279 


UC2526J 


SG2526J 




3-286 


UC2526N 


SG2526N 




3-286 


UC2527AJ 


SG2527AJ 




3-279 


UC2842D 


UC2842AD 




3-344 


UC2842N 


UC 2842 AN 




3-344 


UC2843D 


UC2843AD 




3-344 


UC2843N 


UC2843AN 






UC3525AJ 


SG 3525 A J 




3-279 


UC352SAN 


SG3525AN 




3-279 


UC3526J 


SG3526J 




3-286 


UC3526N 


SG3526N 




3-286 


UC3527AJ 


SG3527AJ 




3-279 


UC3527AN 


SG3527AN 




3-279 


UC3842D 


UC3842AD 




3-344 


UC3842N 


UC3842AN 




3-344 


UC3843D 


UC3843AD 




3-344 





~ 

Motorola 


~ 

Motorola 




Pari Number 


Direct 




Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 




UC3843N 


UC3843AN 




3-344 


UDN5712M 


MC1472P1 




7-34 


ULN2001A 


ULN2001A 


MC1411P 


7-30 


ULN2001AN 


MC141 1P 




7 -VI 


ULN2002A 


ULN2002A 


MC1412P 


7 30 


ULN2002AJ 


MC1412L 




7-30 


ULN2002AN 


MC1412P 




7-30 


ULN2003A 


ULN2003A 


MC1413P 


7-30 


ULN2003AJ 


MC1413L 




7 


ULN2003AJ4 


MC1413LDS 




7-30 


ULN2003AN 


MC1413P 




7-30 


ULN2003AN3 


MC1413PDS 




7-30 


ULN2004A 


ULN2004A 


MC1416P 


7-30 


ULN2004AJ 


MC 1 41 6L 






ULN2004AJ4 


MC1416LDS 




730 


ULN2004AN 


MC1416P 




7-30 


ULN2004AN3 


MC1416PDS 




7-30 


ULN2068B 


ULN2068B 




7-200 


ULN2068NE 


ULN2068B 




7-200 


ULN2074B 


ULN2074B 






ULN2074NE 


ULN2074B 




7-204 


ULN2139D 




MC1439G 


2-108 


ULN2139G 




MC1439G 


2-108 


ULN2139H 




MC1439P2 


2-108 


ULN2139M 




MC1439P1 


2-108 


ULN2151D 




MC 1741 CG 


2-169 


ULN2151H 




MC1741CP1 


2-169 


ULN2151M 




MC1741CP1 


2-169 


ULN2156D 




MC1456G 


2-126 


ULN2156G 




MC1456G 


2-126 


ULN2156H 




MC1456G 


2-126 


ULN2156M 




MC1456G 


2-126 


ULN2157K 




MC1458G 


2-132 


ULN2264A 




MCI 301 OP 


9-73 


ULN2741D 




MC1741CG 


2-169 


ULN2747A 




MC1747CL 


2-180 


ULN2801A 


ULN2801A 




7-208 


ULN2802A 


ULN2802A 




7-208 


ULN2803A 


ULN2803A 




7-208 


ii i m oar\A a 


I II K!9fifldA 




7-208 


ULN8126A 


SG3526N 




3-286 


ULN8126R 


SG3526J 




3-286 


ULQ8126A 


SG2526N 




3-286 


ULQ8126R 


SG2526J 




3-286 






ML I 3030 


2-108 


ULS2139G 




MC1539G 


2-108 


ULS2139H 




MC1539L 


2-108 


ULS2139M 




MC1439P1 




ULS2151D 




MCI 741G 


2 169 


ULS2151M 




MC1741CP1 


2-169 


ULS2156D 




MC1556G 


2-124 


ULS2156G 




MC1556G 


2-124 


ULS2156H 




MC1556G 


2-124 


ULS2156M 




MC1556G 


2-124 


ULS2157A 




MC1558U 


2-132 


ULS2157K 




MC1558U 


2-132 


ULS2157K 




MC1558G 


2-132 


ULS8126R 


SG1526J 




3-286 


ULX8161M 




MC34060P 


3-185 


UPD6950C 




MC 1031 9 


6-62 


UVC3101 




MC10319 


6-62 


XR082CN 


TL082CJG 




2-358 


XR082CP 


TL082CP 




2-358 


XR082M 


TL082MJG 




2-358 


XR084CN 


TL084CJ 




2-358 


XR084CP 


TL084CN 




2-358 


XR084M 


TL084MJ 




2-356 


XR3470A 


MC3470AP 




7-98 


^A0802DC-1 


MC1408L 




6-15 


liA0802DC-2 


MC1408L 




6-15 


UA0802DC-3 


MC1408L 




6-15 


liA0802DM-1 


MC1508L 




6-15 


HA0802PC-1 


MC1408P 




6-15 


wA0802PC-2 


MC1408P 




6-15 


HA0802PC-3 


MC1408P 




6-15 


»jA78GHM 




LM117K 


3-20 


„A78GKC 




LM117K 


3-20 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-21 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 




,iA78GKM 




LM1 17K 




*iA78GUC 






3 20 


^A78GU1C 




LM317T 


3-20 


kA78H05KC 




MC7805CK 


3-132 


W A78L05ACJG 




MC78L05ACG 


3-145 


pA78L05ACLP 


MC78L05ACP 






^A78L05AHC 


MC78L05ACG 




3 145 


^A78L05AWC 




MC78L05ACP 


3-145 


m A78l05CJG 




MC78L05CG 


3-145 


M A78L05CLP 


MC78L05CP 




3-145 


^A78L05HC 


MC78L05CG 






yA78L05WC 




MU /oLUOLjr 


3 145 


iiA78L08ACJG 




MC78L08ACG 


3-145 


nA78L08ACLP 


MC78L08ACP 




3-145 


*iA78L08AWC 




MC78L08ACP 


3-145 


^A78L08CJG 




MC78L08CG 


3-145 


^A78L08CLP 


MC78L08CP 




3-145 


uA78L12ACJG 




MC78L12ACG 


3-145 


MA78L12ACLP 


MC78L12ACP 




3-145 


^A78L12AHC 


MC78L12ACG 




3-145 


j 

(jA78L1 2AWC 




IVT ^ / OL I ^«L.r 


3-145 


»iA78L1 2CJG 




t,AC7Ql llPfi 
ML /OL 1 /LiU 


3 145 


M A78L12CLP 


MC78L12CP 




3-145 


M A78L12HC 


MC78L12CG 




3-145 


y A78L12WC 




MC78L12CP 


3-145 


mA78L15ACJG 




MC78L1 5ACG 


3-145 


mA78L15ACLP 


MC78L15ACP 




3-145 


mA78L15AHC 


MC78LI5ACG 




3-145 


m A78L15AWC 




MC78L15ACP 


3-145 


nA78L15CJG 




MC78L15CG 


3-145 


mA78L15CLP 


MC78L15CP 




3-145 


(iA78L15HC 


MC78L15CG 




3-145 


mA78L15WC 




MC78L15CP 


3-145 


y A78L18AWC 




MC78L18ACP 


3-145 


M A78L24AHC 


MC78L24ACG 




3-145 


MA78L24AWC 


MC78L24ACP 




3-145 


^A78MGT2C 




LM317T 


3-20 


M A78MGU1C 




LM317T 


3-20 


M A78MGUC 




LM317MT 


3-20 


^A78M05CKC 


MC78M05CT 




3-151 






tkA c 7 ma rifii" t 

/ OlylUatj 1 


3-151 




rv?^, / oivl UDO vj 




3-151 


W A78M05HC 


MC78M05CG 




3-151 


^A78M05HM 




MC78M05CG 


3-151 


^A78M05UC 


MC78M05CT 




3-151 


y A78M06CKC 


MC78M06CT 




3-151 


>jA78M06CKD 




MC78M06CT 


3-151 


mA78M06UC 


MC78M06CT 




3-151 


pA78M08CKC 


MC78M08CT 




3-151 


M A78M08CKD 




MC78M08CT 


3-151 


>jA78M08CLA 


MC78M08CG 




3-151 


jjA78M08HC 


MC78M08CG 




3-151 


aj A78M08HM 




MC78M08CG 


3-151 


y A78M08UC 


MC78M08CT 




3-151 


., A7BM1 Of^UC- 

m / orvt i dOAL- 


KAC7RKA 1 OCT 
ML / Orvl I c\j I 




3-151 


a 7qka 1 or* U* r\ 




MC78M 1 2CT 


3 151 


.. A7BM1 OCX A 


Mj"*7fllnM OCd 
IV1L t oFvt I £ O Ij 




31 51 


*jA78M12HC 


MC78M12CG 




3-151 


M A78M12HM 




MC78M12CG 


3-151 


>jA78M12UC 


MC78M12CT 




3-151 


a 7hm i srKr 


MC78M15CT 




3-151 


^A78M 15CKD 




MC78M15CT 


3-151 


M A78M15CLA 


MC78M15CG 




3-151 


M A78M15HC 




MC78M15CG 


3-151 


W A78M15HM 




MC78M15CG 


3-151 


/iA78M15UC 


MC78M15CT 




3-151 


fiA78M18HC 


MC78M18CG 




3-151 


MA78M18HM 


MC78M18CT 


MC78M18CG 


3-151 


M A78M18UG 




3-151 


W A78M20CKC 


MC78M20CT 




3-151 


^A78M20CKD 




MC78M20CT 


3-151 


.,A7RM9m \n 
/irt/Olvl^UUO 


lul C 7 HM CiC T 




3-151 


<iA78M24CKC 


MC78M24CT 




3-151 


nA78M24CKD 




MC78M24CT 


3-151 


«A78M24UC 


MC78M24CT 




3-151 


uA78S40DC 


I.A78S40DC 




3-357 


BA78S40DM 


MA78S40DM 




3-357 


„A78S40PC 


jiA78S40PC 




3-357 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 
Replacement 


Page 




Replacement 




M A78S40PV 


PA78S40PV 




3-357 


A7QI AC A LJ(~ 


MP7QI fl^APf^ 




3-177 


pA79L05AWC 


MC79L05ACP 




3-177 


(iA79L05HC 


MC79L05CG 




3-177 


pA79L05WC 


MC79L05CP 




3-177 


pA79L1 2AHC 


MC79L12ACG 




3-177 


jjA79L1 2AWC 


MC79L12ACP 




3-177 


^A79L12HC 


MC79L12CG 






mA79L12WC 


MC79L12CP 




31 77 


^A79L15AHC 


MC79L15ACG 




3-177 


M A79L15AWC 


MC79L15ACP 




3-177 


M A79L15HC 


MC79L15CG 




3-177 


jjA79L1 5WC 


ltj(r*7Q1 itro 
IviLj /yL 1 aljr 




3-177 


^A79M05AUC 


ML. /yMUbU 1 




3-182 


^A79M05CKC 


MC79M05CT 




3-182 


,uA79M06AUC 




MC7906CT 


3-168 


,uA79M06CKC 




MC7806CT 


3-132 


^A79M06UC 




MC7906CT 


3 168 


pA79M08AUC 




MC7908CT 


3 168 


^A79M08CKC 




MC7908CT 


3-168 


M A79M08UC 




MC7908CT 


3-168 


^A79M12AUC 


MC79M12CT 




3-182 


^A79M12CKC 


MC79M12CT 




3-182 


^A79M15AUC 


MC79M15CT 




3-182 


^A79M1 5CKC 


MC79M15CT 




3-182 


^A79M18AUC 




MC7918CT 


3-168 


pA79M18UC 




MC7918CT 


3-168 


M A79M24AUC 




MC7924CT 




y A79M24CKC 




MC7924CT 


31 68 


M A79M24UC 




MC7924CT 


3-168 


mA101AD 




LM101AJ 


2-44 


^A101AF 




LM101AJ 


2-44 


^A1 01 AH 


' i 

LM 1 01 AH 




2-44 






L IVI 1 U 1 MJ 


2-44 


£aioif 




LM101AJ 


2-44 


^A101H 


LM101AH 




2-44 


,jA107H 




MC1741 


2-169 


/a A 108 AD 


LM 1 08A J 




2-48 


jiA108AF 




LM1 08AH 




^ A 1 08 AH 


LM108AH 




2-48 


M A108D 


LM108J 




2-48 


M A108H 


LM108H 




2-48 


^A109KM 


LM109K 




3-15 


^A117KM 


LM117K 




3-20 


,. A An 




L IVliU I r\*J 


2-44 


^A201AF 




LM201AJ 


2-44 


M A201AH 


LM201AH 




2-44 


*iA20lD 




LM201AJ 


2-44 


M A201F 




LM201AJ 


2-44 




LM201 AH 




2-44 


W A207H 




MC1741C 


2-169 


^A208AD 


LM208AJ 




2-48 


^A208AF 




LM208AH 




n A 208 AH 


LM208AH 




2 48 


nA208D 


LM208J 




2-48 


,iA208H 


LM208H 




2-48 


MA209KM 


LM209K 




3-15 


fiA21 7UV 




LM217K 




pA301 AD 




t tnm a t 
LMJU l AJ 


2 44 


^A301AH 


LM301AH 




2-44 


^A301AT 


LM301AN 




2-44 


/iA307T 


LM307N 




2-86 


^A308AD 


LM308AJ 




2-48 


uA308AH 


LM308AH 




2-48 


aiA308D 


LM308J 




2-48 


*iA308H 


LM308H 




2-48 


KA309KC 


LM309K 




3-15 


mA311T 


LM311N 




2-53 


^A317KC 


LM317K 




3-20 


M A317UC 


LM317T 




3-20 


mA431AWC 


TL431CP 




5-17 


AiA494DC 


TL494CJ 




3-316 


pA494DM 


TL494MJ 




3-316 


^A494PC 


TL494CN 




3-316 


aiA555HC 


MC1455G 




11-4 


y A555TC 


MC1455P1 




11-4 


M A556DC 


MC3456L 




11-40 


^A556DM 


MC3556L 




11-40 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-22 



CROSS REFERENCE — CONTINUED 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 


Direct 


Similar 


Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 




M A556PC 


MC3456P 




11-40 


^A702DC 




MC1733C 


2-161 


y A702DM 




MC1733 


2-161 


^A702FM 




MC1733 




mA702HC 




MC1733C 


2 161 


M A702HM 




MC1733 


2-161 


y A702MJ 




MCI 733 


2-161 


M A702ML 




MC1733 


2-161 


mA709AHM 


MC1709AG 




2-157 


nA709AMJG 


MC1 709AU 




2-157 


MA709AML 


MC1709AG 




2-157 


y A709CJG 


MC1709CU 




2-157 


mA709CL 


MC1709CG 




2-157 


(j A709CP 


MC1 709CP1 




2-157 


M A709HC 


MC1 709CG 




2-157 


y A709HM 


MC1709G 




2-157 


M A709MJG 


MC1709U 




2-157 


y A709ML 


MC1709G 




2-157 


^A709TC 


MC1709CP1 




2-157 


^A715DC 




MC1741SCU 


2-174 


*iA715DM 




MC1 741SU 




^A715HC 




MC1741SCG 


2-174 


P A715HM 




MC1741SG 


2-174 


mA723CF 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


>jA723CJ 


MC1723CL 




3-111 








3-1 1 1 


>jA723CN 


MC1723CP 




3-111 


tiA723DC 


MC1723CL 




3-111 


W A7230M 


MC1723L 




3-111 


nA723F 


MC1723L 




3-111 


A 70QLJ/™* 

jiA /^JHo 


MC1 723CG 






M A723HM 


MC1723G 




3-111 


H A723MJ 


MC1723L 




3-111 


m A723ML 


MC1 723G 




3 111 


y A723PC 


MC1 723CP 




3111 


pA725AHM 




LM108AH 


2-48 


W A725EHC 




LM308AH 


2-48 


*j A725HC 




LM308AH 


2-48 


^A725HM 




LM108AH 


2-48 


*iA733CJ 


MC1733CL 




2-161 


^A733CL 


IVPO 1 / JOI^O 




2-161 


„A733CN 


MC1733CP 




2-161 


„A733DC 


MC1733CL 




2-161 


W A733DM 


MC1733L 




2-161 


y A733FM 


MC1733F 




2-161 








2-161 


HA733HM 


MC1733G 




2-161 


nA733MJ 


MC1733L 




2-161 


^A733ML 


MC1733G 




2-161 


^A734DC 




LM311J 


2-53 


jiA / J4UM 




LM31 1J 




^A734HC 




LM31 1H 


2-53 


^A734HM 




LM311H 


2-53 


MA740HC 




LF355H 


2-16 


(1 A741 ADM 




MC1 741L 


2-169 


,,A741AHM 




MC1741G 


2-169 


J.A741CJG 


MC1741CU 




2-169 


,iA74lCL 


MC1741CG 




2-169 


M A741CP 


MC1741CP1 




2-169 


^A741EHC 




MC1741G 


2-169 


^A741HM 


MC1741G 


MC1741G 


2-169 


M A741MJG 


MC1741U 




2-169 


jiA741ML 


MC1 741 G 




2-169 


,iA741RC 


MC1741CU 




2-169 


M A741RM 


MC1741U 


MC1741G 


2-169 


m A742DC 




CA3059 


4-8 


^iA747ADM 




MC1747L 


2-180 


jiA747AHM 




MC1747G 


2-180 


m A747CL 


MC1747CG 




2-180 


m A747CN 


MC1747CP2 




2-180 


m A747DC 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


fiA747DM 


MC 1 747L 






^A747EDC 


MC1747CL 




2-180 


MA747EHC 


MC1747CG 




2-180 


^A747HC 


MC1747CG 




2-180 


^A747HM 


MC1747G 




2-180 





Motorola 


Motorola 




Part Number 






Page 


Replacement 


Replacement 


^iA747M J 


MC1 747L 






I/A747ML 


MC1747G 




21 80 


H A747PC 


MC1747CP2 


MC1748G 


2-180 


M A748AHM 




2-184 


M A748CJG 


MC1748CU 




2-184 


yA748CL 


MC1748CG 




2-184 




MC1 748CP1 




2-184 


mA748HC 


MC1748CG 




2-184 


M A748HM 


MC1748G 




2-184 


,iA748MJG 


MC1748U 




2-184 


jjA748ML 


MC1748G 




1 A4 


^A748TC 


MC1748CP1 




2 184 


^iA757DC 




MC1350P 


9-15 


^A757DM 




MC1350P 


9-15 


fiA772 




MC1741S 


2-174 


^A775DC 


LM339J 




^"if 


/jA775DM 


LM339J 




2-65 


^A775PC 


LM339N 




2-65 


^A776DC 




MC1776CG 


2-188 


fjA776DM 




MC1776G 


2-188 


fiA776HC 


IviO 1 / / D^O 






fJ A776HM 






2 188 


,iA776TC 


MC1776CP1 




2-188 


^A777CJ 




LM308AJ-8 


2-48 


pA777CJG 




LM308AJ-8 


2-48 


(iA777CL 




LM308AH 


2-48 


fiA777CN 




LM308AN 


2-48 






LlvloUOAIN 




nA777DC 




LM308AJ-8 


2-48 


^A777HC 




LM308AH 


2-48 


M A777MJ 




LM108AJ-8 


2-48 


^A777MJG 




LM108AJ-8 


2-48 


jjA777ML 




LM108AH 


2-48 


M A777TC 




LM308AN 


2-48 


jiA796DC 


MC1496L 




8-13 


^iA796DM 


MC1 596L 






^iA796HC 


MC1496G 




8 13 


yA796HM 


MC1596G 




8-13 


fiA798HC 


MC3458G 




2-229 


fiA798HM 


M03558G 




2-229 


jjA798RC 


MC3458U 




•> OOQ 


/jA798RM 


MC3558U 




2 229 


^jA798TC 


MC3458P1 




2-229 


M A799HC 




MC1741G 


2-169 


P A799HM 




MC1741G 


2-169 


^A 1391 PC 


MC1391P 




- 

9-35 


mA1458CHC 


MC1458CG 




2-132 


uA1458CP 


MC1458CP1 




2-132 


*<A1458CRC 


MC1458CU 




2-132 


(iA1458CTC 


MC1458CP1 




2-132 


MA1458E 


MC1458G 




2-132 


M A1458HC 


MC1558G 




2-132 


^A1458P 


MC1458P1 




2-132 


M A1458RC 


MC1458U 




2-132 


/iA1458TC 


MC1458P1 




2-132 


*,A1558E 


MC1558G 




2-132 


P A1558HM 


MC1558G 




2-132 


*iA2240DC 




MC1455U 


11-4 


^A2240PC 




MC1455P1 


11-4 


nA3026HM 




CA3054 


9-7 


ti A 3045 




MC3346P 


9-40 


yA3046DC 


MC3346P 




9-40 


y A3054DC 


CA3054P 




9-7 


^A3064PC 




MC13010P 


9-73 


^A3301P 


MC3301 P 




2-197 


fjA3302P 


MC3302P 




2-65 


^3303 P 


MC3303P 




2-207 


M A3401P 


MC3401P 




2-197 


M A3403D 


MC3403L 




2-207 


M A3403P 


MC3403P 




2-207 


A «A4136DC 




MC4741CL 


2-244 


^A4136DM 




MC4741L 


2-244 


MA4136PC 




MC4741CP 


2-244 


(jA4558HC 


MC4558CG 




2-240 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

1-23 



uA7805CKC 

..A7805KC 

U A7805KM 

»A7805UC 

1.A7805UV 

MA7806CKC 

,;A7806KC 

t iA7806KM 

I.A7806UC 

„A7806UV 

U A7808CKC 

U A7808KC 

_A7808KM 

BA7808UC 

„A7808UV 

U A7812CKC 

„A7812KC 

M A7812KM 

| 1 A7812UC 

^A7812UV 

„A7815CKC 

M A7815KC 

U A7815KM 

„A7815UC 

■.A7815UV 

-A7818CKC 

U A7818KC 

_A7818KM 



MC7805CT 
MC7805CK 
MC7805K 

MC7805CT 
MC7805BT 
MC7806CT 
MC7806CK 
MC7606K 

MC7806CT 

MC7806BT 

MC7808CT 

MC7808K 

MC7808K 

MC7808CT 
MC7808BT 
MC7812CT 
MC7812CK 
MC7812K 

MC7812CT 
MC7812BT 
MC7815CT 
MC7815CK 
MC7815K 

MC7815CT 
MC7815BT 
MC7818CT 
MC7818CK 
MC7818K 



3-132 
3-132 
3-132 

3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 

3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 

3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 

3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 

3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 
3-132 



,iA7824CKC 


MC7824CT 


M A7824KC 


MC7824CK 


^A7824KM 


MC7824K 


mA7624UC 


MC7824CT 


mA7824UV 


MC7824BT 


MA7905CKC 


MC7905CT 


mA7905KC 


MC7905CK 


MA7905KM 




«A7905UC 


MC7905CT 


uA7905 2CKC 


MC7905 2CT 


UA7906CKC 


MC7906CT 


uA7906UC 


MC7906CT 


M A7908OKC 


MC7908CT 


«A7908KC 


MC7908CT 


yA7908UC 




^A7912CKC 


MC7912CT 


„A7912KC 


MC7912CK 


#iA7912KM 




<iA7912UC 


MC7912CT 


UA7915CKC 


MC7915CT 


jiA7915KC 


MC7915CK 


M A7915KM 




*iA791SUC 


MC7915CT 


*iA7918CKC 


MC7918CT 


nA7918UC 


MC7918CT 


„A7924CKC 


MC7924CT 


*A7924UC 


MC7924CT 


(.PC1373 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
1-24 




In Brief . . . 

For over two decades, Motorola has continually 
refined and updated integrated circuit technologies, 
analog circuit design techniques and processes in 
response to the ever-expanding needs of the market 
place. The enhanced performance of present day oper- 
ational amplifiers and comparators have come into 
being through innovative application of these technol- 
ogies, designs and processes. Some early designs, 
though of inferior performance by today's standards, 
are still available but are rapidly giving way to the new, 
higher performance operational amplifier and compar- 
ator circuits. Motorola has pioneered in JFET inputs, 
low temperature coefficient input stages, Miller loop 
compensation, all NPN output stages, dual-doublet fre- 
quency compensation and analog "in-the-package" 
trimming of resistors to produce superior high perfor- 
mance operational amplifiers and comparators, oper- 
ating in many cases from a single supply, with low input 
offset, low noise, low power, high output swing, high 
slew rate and high gain-bandwidth product at reason- 
able cost to the customer. 

Present day operational amplifiers and comparators 
find application in all segments of society to include 
motor controls, instrumentation, aerospace, automo- 
tive, telecommunication, medical and consumer 
products. 



Amplifiers 
and Comparators 



Selector Guide 

Operational Amplifiers 2-2 

High Frequency Amplifiers 2-8 

Miscellaneous Amplifiers 2-9 

Comparators 2-10 

Alphanumeric Listing 2-11 

Related Application Notes 2-13 

Data Sheets 2-14 



Amplifiers and 
Comparators 

Operational Amplifiers 

Motorola offers a broad line of bipolar operational 
amplifiers to meet a wide range of applications. From 
low-cost industry-standard types to high precision cir- 
cuits, the span encompasses a large range of perfor- 
mance capabilities. These linear integrated circuits are 
available as single, dual, and quad monolithic devices 
in a variety of temperature ranges and package styles. 
Most devices may be obtained in unencapsulated 
"chip" form as well. For price and delivery information 
on chips, please contact your Motorola Sales Repre- 
sentative or Distributor. 



Page 



Operational Amplifiers 

Single 2-2 

Dual 2-4 

Quad 2-6 

High Frequency Amplifiers 

AGC 2-8 

Non-AGC 2-8 

Miscellaneous Amplifiers 
CMOS 

Quad Programmable Op Amp 2-9 

Quad Programmable Comparator 2-9 

Dual Prog. Op Amp/Dual Prog. Comp 2-9 

Bipolar 

Dual Op Amp-Comp 2-9 

Power Amplifiers Variable Gain 2-9 

Comparators 

Single 2-10 

Dual 2-10 

Quad 2-10 



Single Operational Amplifiers 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








■IB 


VlO 


TCviO 


ho 


A vo | 


(A v = 1) 


IA V = 1) 


Voltage 








MA 


mV 




nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


V/jis 


V 




Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min Max 


Description 


Suffix 



Noncompensated 



Commercial Temperature Range (0°C to +70°C) 



LM301A 


0.25 


7.5 


10 


50 


25 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


± 18 


General Purpose 


H, N/626, J/693 


LM308 


7.0 


7.5 


15 


1.0 


25 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±18 


Precision 


H, N/626 


LM308A 


7.0 


0.5 


5.0 


1.0 


80 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±18 


Precision 


H, N/626 


MC1439 


1.0 


7.5 


15 


100 


15 


2.0 


4.2 


±6.0 


±18 


High Slew Rate 


G/601, PI 


MC1709C 


1.5 


7.5 


15 


500 


15 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±18 


General Purpose 


G/601, PI, U 


MC1748C 


0.5 


6.0 


15 


200 


20 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


General Purpose 


G/601, PI, U 


Industrial Temperature Range (-25X to + 85°C) 














LM201A 


0.075 


2.0 


10 


10 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±22 


General Purpose 


H, N/626, J/693 


LM208 


0.002 


2.0 


3.0 


0.2 


50 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±20 


Precision 


H, N/626, J/632, J-8 


LM208A 


0.002 


0.5 


1.0 


0.2 


80 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±20 


Precision 


H, N/626, J/632, J-8 


Military Temperature Range |-55°C to + 125T) 


LM101A 


0.075 


2.0 


10 


10 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±22 


General Purpose 


H, J/693 


LM108 


0.002 


2.0 


3.0 


0.2 


50 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±20 


Precision 


H, J, J-8/693 


LM108A 


0.002 


0.5 


1.0 


0.2 


80 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±20 


Precision 


H, J, J-8/693 


MC1539 


0.5 


3.0 


15 


60 


50 


2.0 


4.2 


±4.0 


±18 


High Slew Rate 


G/601 


MC1709 


0.5 


5.0 


15 


200 


25 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±18 


General Purpose 


G/601, U 


MC1709A 


0.6 


3.0 


5.0 


100 


25 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


High Performance 


G/601 






















MCI 709 




MCI 748 


0.5 


5.0 


15 


200 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±22 


General Purpose 


G/601, U 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








l|B 


VlO 


TCviO 


'10 


A vol 


(A v = 1) 


(A v = 1) 


Voltage 




Package 




MA 


mV 




nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


V//15 


V 




Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min Max 


Description 


Suffix 



Internally Compensated 

Commercial Temperature Range |0°C to + 70X) 



LF351 


200 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


N/626 


LF355 


200 pA 


10 


5.0 


50 pA 


50 


1.0 


5.0 


:t 5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


H/601, J/693 


LF355B 


100 pA 


5.0 


5.0 


20 pA 


50 


2.5 


5.0 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


H/601, J/693 


LF356 


200 pA 


10 


5.0 


50 pA 


50 


2.0 


15 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


H/601, J/693 


LF356B 


100 pA 


5.0 


5.0 


20 pA 


50 


5.0 


12 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


H/601, J/693 


LF357 


200 pA 


10 


5.0 


50 pA 


50 


3.0 


75 


±5.0 


±18 


Wideband FET Input 


H/601, J/693 


LF357B 


100 pA 


5.0 


5.0 


20 pA 


50 


20 


50 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


H/601, J/693 


LF441C 


100 pA 


5.0 


10 


50 pA 


25 


2.0 


6.0 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/626 


LM11C 


100 pA 


0.6 


2.0 


10 pA 


250 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±20 


Precision 


H, N/626, J/632, 






















J-8/693 


LM11CL 


200 pA 


5.0 


3.0 


25 pA 


50 


1.0 


0.3 


±3.0 


±20 


Precision 


H, N/626, J/632, 






















J-8/693 


LM307 


0.25 


7.5 


10 


50 


25 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


General Purpose 


N/626 


MC1436 


0.04 


10 


12 


10 


70 


1.0 


2.0 


±15 


±34 


High Voltage 


G/601, U 


MC1456 


0.03 


10 


12 


10 


70 


1.0 


2.5 


±3.0 


±18 


High Performance 


G/601, PI, U 


MC1733C 


30 


— 


— 


5.0 nA 


80 


90 


— 


±4.0 


±8.0 


Differential Wideband 
Video Amp 


G/601, L, P/646 


MC1741C 


0.5 


6.0 


15 


200 


20 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


General Purpose 


G/601, PI, U 


MC1741SC 


0.5 


6.0 


15 


200 


20 


1.0 


10 


±3.0 


±18 


High Slew Rate 


G/601, PI 


MC1776C 


0.003 


6.0 


15 


3.0 


100 


1.0 


0.2 


±1.2 


±18 


/iPower, Programmable 


G/601, PI, U 


MC3476 


0.05 


6.0 


15 


25 


50 


1.0 


0.2 


±1.5 


±18 


Low Cost 
/iPower, Programmable 


G/601, PI, U 


MC34001 


200 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


± 18 


JFET Input 


G/601, P/626, U 


MC34001A 


100 pA 


2.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


G/601, P/626, U 


MC34001B 


200 pA 


5.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


± 18 


JFET Input 


G/601, P/626, U 


MC34071 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


P/626, U 


MC34071A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Single Supply 


P/626, U 


MC34080 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


Decompensated 


P/626, U 


MC34080A 


200 pA 


0.5 


10 


100 pA 


50 


16 


55 


±5.0 


+ 22 


MC34081 for A v s2 


P/626, U 


MC34081 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


P/626, U 


MC34081A 


200 pA 


0.5 


10 


100 pA 


50 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


P/626, U 


MC34181 


0.1 nA 


2.0 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


:2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/626 


OP-27E 


0.040 


0.025 


0.2 


35 


1000 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


P/626 


OP-27F 


0.055 


0.060 


0.3 


50 


1000 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise. Precision 


P/626 


OP-27G 


0.080 


0.100 


0.4 


75 


700 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


P/626 


TL061 AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/626 


TL061BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/626 


TL061C 


200 pA 


15 


10 


200 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P'626 


TL071 AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise. JFET Input 


P/626. JG 


TL071BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


P/626, JG 


TL071C 


200 pA 


10 


10 


50 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


P/626, JG 


TL081AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


± 18 


JFET Input 


P/626, JG 


TL081BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


P/626. JG 


TL081C 


400 pA 


15 


10 


200 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


P/626, JG 



industrial Temperature Range ( - 25°C to + 85°C) 



OP-27E 


0.040 


0.025 


0.2 


35 


1000 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


Z 


OP-27F 


0.055 


0.060 


0.3 


50 


1000 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


Z 


OP-27G 


0.080 


0.100 


0.4 


75 


700 


8.0 


2.8 


■ 4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


Z 


Automotive Temperature Range I - 


40°Cto +85°CI 












MC33071 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


?5 


4.5 


10 


■ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


P/626, U 


MC33071A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Single Supply 


P/626. U 


MC33171 


0.10 


4.5 


10 


20 


50 


1.8 


2.1 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Low Power, Single 


P/626 






















Supply 




MC33181 


0.1 nA 


2.0 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


± 18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/626 


TL061V 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P'626 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-3 



Single Operational Amplifiers (continued) 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








'IB 


V|0 


TCyiO 


ko 


A vo | 


IA V =1) 


IA V = 1I 


Voltage 








M A 


mV 


»iV/ c 


nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


V/fis 


V 




Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min 


Max 


Description 


Suffix 


Internally Compensated 


















Military Temperature Range ( - 55°C to + 125'C) 














LM11 


60 pA 


0.3 


1.0 


10 pA 


250 


1.0 


0.3 


t is 


* Jn 


Precision 


H, J/632, J-8 693 


MCI 636 


0.02 


5.0 


10 


3.0 


100 


1.0 


2.0 






High Voltage 


G/601, U 


MC1656 


0.015 


4.0 


10 


2.0 


100 


1.0 


2.5 




*99 


High Performance 


G 601, 693, U 


MC1733 


0.20 


— 


— 


3.0 piA 


90 


90 




± 4.0 


± 8.0 


Differential Wideband 


G/603, L 






















Video Amp 




MC1741 


0.5 


5.0 


15 


200 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


± 3.0 


±22 


General Purpose 


G 601. U 


MC1741S 


0.5 


5.0 


15 


200 


50 


1.0 


10 


± 3.0 


± 22 


High Slew Rate 


G 601, U 


MC1776 


0.0075 


5.0 


15 


3.0 


200 


1.0 


0.2 


1 7. 




^Power, Programmable 


G 601, L 


MC35001 


100 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


± 5.0 


± 22 


JFET Input 


G 601, U 


MC35001A 


75 pA 


2.0 


10 


25 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


± 5.0 


± 22 


JFET Input 


G 601, U 


MC35001B 


100 pA 


5.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


± 5.0 


± 22 


JFET Input 


G 601, U 


MC36071 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


- 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


U 


MC35071A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Single Supply 


U 


MC36080 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


16 


55 


' 5.0 


± 22 


Decompensated 


U 


MC35080A 


200 pA 


0.5 


10 


100 pA 


50 


16 


55 


£ 5.0 


+ 22 


MC35081 for A v i-2 


u 


MC35081 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


8.0 


30 


-5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


u 


MC35081A 


200 pA 


0.5 


10 


100 pA 


50 


8.0 


30 


± 5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


u 


MC35171 


0.10 


4.5 


10 


20 


50 


1.8 


2.1 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Low Power, Single 


u 






















Supply 




MC35181 


0.1 nA 


2.0 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


± 18 


Low Power JFET Input 


u 


OP-27A 


0.040 


0.025 


0.2 


35 


1000 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


z 


OP-27B 


0.055 


0.060 


0.3 


50 


1000 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


z 


OP-27C 


0.080 


0.100 


0.4 


75 


700 


8.0 


2.8 


±4.0 


±22 


Low Noise, Precision 


z 


TL061M 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


JG 


TL071M 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


50 pA 


35 


4.0 


13 


= 5.0 


±18 


Low Noise. JFET Input 


JG 


TL081M 


200 pA 


9.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


■ 5.0 


± 18 


JFET Input 


JG 


Dual Operational Amplifiers 














BW 


SR 


Supply 








'IB 


vio 


TCviO 


'10 


A vo | 


(A v = 1) 


(A„=1| 


Voltage 








uA 


mV 




nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


Vlfis 


V 




Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min 


Max 


Description 


Suffix 


Noncompensated 




















Commercial Temperature Range (0°C to + 70°C) 














MC1437 


1.5 


7.5 


10 


500 


15 


1.0 


0.25 


±3.0 


±18 


Dual MC1709 


L, P'646 


Military Temperature Range ( - 56°C to + 125X1 


MC1537 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


200 


25 


1.0 


0.25 


±3.0 


±18 


Dual MCI 709 





Internally Compensated 

Commercial Temperature Range (0°C to +70°C| 



LF353 


200 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


N/626 


LF442C 


100 pA 


5.0 


10 


50 pA 


25 


2.0 


6.0 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/626 


LM358 


0.25 


6.0 


7.0 


50 


25 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Single Supply 


H, N/626, J 693 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


(Low Power 
























Consumption) 




LM833 


1.0 


5.0 


2.0 


200 


31.6 


15 


7.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Dual, Low Noise, Audio 


P/626 


MC1458 


0.5 


6.0 


10 


200 


20 


1.1 


0.8 


±3.0 


±18 


Dual MC1741 


G/601, PI, U 


MC1458C 


0.70 


10 


10 


300 


20 


1.1 


0.8 


±3.0 


±18 


Dual General Purpose 


G/601, P1 


MC1458S 


0.5 


6.0 


10 


200 


20 


1.0 


10 


±3.0 


±18 


High Slew Rate 


G/601, P1, U 


MC1747C 


0.5 


6.0 


10 


200 


25 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


Dual MC1741 


G/603, L, P2 


MC3458 


0.5 


10 


7.0 


50 


20 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Split Supplies 


G/601, P1, U 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


Single Supply 
























{Low Crossover 
























Distortion) 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-4 



Dual Operational Amplifiers (continued) 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








'IB 


V|0 


TCviO 


Mo 




(A v = 1) 


(A„ = 1) 


Voltage 








MA 


mV 




nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


Ml,is 


V 


Description 


Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min Max 


Suffix 



Commercial Temperature Range (0°C to + 70°C) (continued) 



MC4558AC 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


200 


50 


2.8 


1.6 


±-3.0 


±22 


High Frequency 


P1 


MC4558C 


0.5 


6.0 


10 


200 


20 


2.8 


1.6 


±3.0 


± 18 


High Frequency 


G'601, PI, U 


MC34002 


100 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


± 18 


JFET Input 


G 601 , P'626, U 


MC34002A 


75 pA 


2.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


G/601, P'626, U 


MC34002B 


100 pA 


5.0 


10 


70 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


G/601, P 626, U 


MC34072 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


»3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


P/626, U 


MC34072A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Single Supply 


P/626, U 


MC34082 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


P/626, U 


MC34082A 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


P'626, U 


MC34083 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


Decompensated 


P/626. U 


MC34083A 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


MC34082 for A v s2 


P 626, U 


MC34182 


0.1 nA 


3.0 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P626 


TL062AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P626 


TL062BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/626 


TL062C 


200 pA 


15 


10 


200 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


± 18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/626 


TL072AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


P'626, JG/693 


TL0728C 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


± 18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


P'626, JG/693 


TL072C 


200 pA 


10 


10 


50 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


P/626, JG/693 


TL082AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


P/626, JG 693 


TL082BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


P 626, JG 693 


TL082C 


400 pA 


15 


10 


200 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


P 626, JG 693 


Industrial Temperature Range (-25°C to +85°CI 


LM258 


0.15 


5.0 


10 


30 


50 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 
= 3.0 


± 18 
■ 36 


Split or Single 
Supply Op Amp 


H, N 626, J 693 



Automotive Temperature Range ( -40°C to + 85°C) 



LM2904 


025 


7.0 


7.0 


50 


100 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


i 13 


Split or Single 


H, N 626. J-693 












typ 






+ 3.0 


±26 


Supply Op Amp 




MC3358 


5.0 


8.0 


10 


75 


20 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Split Supplies 


PV626 


















±3.0 


±36 


Single Supply 




MC33072 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


P'626, U 


MC33072A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Single Supply 


P/626, U 


MC33077 


1.0 


1.0 


2.0 


180 


150 


37 


11 


±2.5 


±18 


Dual, Low Noise 


P/626 


MC33078 


750 nA 


2.0 


2.0 


150 


31.6 


16 


7.0 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise 


N/626 


MC33172 


0.10 


4.5 


10 


20 


50 


1.8 


2.1 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Low Power, Single 


P/626 






















Supply 




MC33182 


0.1 nA 


3.0 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P626 


MC33282 


100 pA 


200(iV 


5.0 


50 pA 


50 


30 


12 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Input Offset JFET 


P646 


TL062V 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P626 


Military Temperature Range (-55°C to + 125°C) 


LM158 


0.15 


5.0 


10 


30 


50 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Split Supplies 


H. J 693 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


Single Supply 
























(Low Power 
























Consumption) 




MCI 558 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


200 


50 


1.1 


0.8 


±3.0 


±22 


Dual MC1741 


G.601, U 


MC1558S 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


200 


50 


1.0 


10 


±3.0 


±22 


High Slew Rate 


G/601, U 


MC1747 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


200 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±22 


Dual MC1741 


G/601, L 


MC3558 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


50 


50 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Split Supplies 


G/601, U 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


Single Supply 




MC4558 


0.5 


5.0 


10 


200 


50 


2.8 


1.6 


±3.0 


±22 


High Frequency 


G/601, U 


MC35002 


100 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


G/601, U 


MC35002A 


75 pA 


2.0 


10 


25 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


G/601, U 


MC35002B 


100 pA 


5.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


G/601. U 


MC35072 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


U 


MC35072A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


60 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


»44 


Single Supply 


U 


MC35082 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed. JFET Input 


U 


MC35082A 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


u 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-5 



Dual Operational Amplifiers (continued) 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








l|B 


V|0 


TCviO 


'10 


Ayol 


(A« = 1) 


(A v =1l 


Voltage 








MA 


mV 


/iV/X 


nA 


V/mV 


MHz 




V 




Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min 


Max 


Description 


Suffix 


Military Temperature Range (-55T to +125X) 














MC35083 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


Decompensated 


U 


MC35083A 


200 pA 


1.0 


10 


100 pA 


5C 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


MC35082 for A v s2 


u 


MC35172 


0.10 


4.5 


10 


20 


50 


1.8 


2.1 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Low Power, Single 


u 






















Supply 




MC35182 


0.1 nA 


3.0 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


u 


TL062M 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


JG 


TL072M 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


50 pA 


35 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


JG 


TL082M 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


JG 



Quad Operational Amplifiers 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








Ub 


VlO 


TCviO 


■to 


Ayol 


IA V = 1I 


(A v =1) 


Voltage 










mV 




nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


V/*.s 


V 




Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Typ 


Min Max 


Description 


Suffix 



Internally Compensated 



Commercial Temperature Range (0°C to +70°C) 



LF347 


200 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


N/646 


LF347B 


200 pA 


5.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


N'646 


LF444C 


100 pA 


10 


10 


50 pA 


25 


2.0 


6.0 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/646 


LM324 


0.25 


6.0 


7.0 


50 


25 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±16 


Low Power 


J/632, N/646 


















+ 3.0 


+ 32 


Consumption 




LM348 


0.20 


6.0 




50 


25 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


Quad MC1741 


J/632, N/646 


MC3401/ 


0.3 








1.0 


5.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Norton Input 


J/632, N/646 


LM3900 
















+ 3.0 


+ 36 






MC3403 


0.5 


10 


7.0 


50 


20 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


No Crossover 


L, P'646 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


Distortion 




MC4741C 


0.5 


6.0 


15 


200 


20 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


Quad MC1741 


L, P/646 


MC34004 


200 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


± 18 


JFET Input 


L, P/646 


MC34004B 


200 pA 


5.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


L, P/646 


MC34074 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


L. P/646 


MC34074A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


»44 


Single Supply 


L, P/646 


MC34084 


200 pA 


12 


10 


100 pA 


25 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


Hi-Speed, JFET Input 


P/646 


MC34084A 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


Hi-Speed, JFET Input 


P'646 


MC34085 


200 pA 


12 


10 


100 pA 


25 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


Decompensated 


P/646 


MC34085A 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


MC34084 for A v a2 


P/646 


MC34184 


0.1 nA 


10 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/646 


TL064AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/646 


TL064BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/646 


TL064C 


200 pA 


15 


10 


200 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/646 


TL074AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


J/632, N/646 


TL074C 


200 pA 


10 


10 


50 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


J/632, N/646 


TL084AC 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


J/632, N/646 


TL084BC 


200 pA 


3.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


J/632, N/646 


TL084C 


400 pA 


15 


10 


200 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


+ 5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


J/632, N/646 


Industrial Temperature Range ( - 25°C to + 85°C) 


LM224 


0.15 


5.0 


7.0 


30 


50 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±16 


Split or Single 


J/632, N/646 


















±3.0 


±32 


Supp'y OP Amp 




LM248 


0.20 


6.0 




50 


25 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±18 


Quad MC1741 


J/632, N/646 


Automotive Temperature Range ( - 


40°Cto + 85X 














LM2902 


0.5 


10 




50 




1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±13 


Differential 


N/646 


















+ 3.0 


+ 26 


Low Power 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-6 



Quad Operational Amplifiers (continued) 















BW 


SR 


Supply 








>IB 


VlO 


TCviO 


ho 


A V ol 


(A v = 1) 


(A v = 1) 


Voltage 




Package 






mV 




nA 


V/mV 


MHz 


V/(»s 


V 




Device 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Tvp 


Typ 


Min Max 


Description 


Suffix 

1 


Automotive Temperature Range ( - 


40 Q C to +85°C) (continued) 









MC3301/ 


0.3 








1.0 


4.0 


0.6 


±2.0 


±15 


Norton Input 


P/646 


LM2900 
















+ 4.0 


+ 28 




N/646 


MC3303 


0.5 


8.0 


10 


75 


20 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


Differential 


P/646 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


General Purpose 




MC33074 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


L, P/646 






















Single Supply 




MC33074A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Quad High Performance 


L, P/646 


MC33079 


750 nA 


2.5 


2.0 


150 


31.6 


16 


7.0 


±5.0 


±18 


Quad Low Noise 


N/646 


MC33174 


0.10 


4.5 


10 


20 


50 


1.8 


2.1 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Low Power, Single 


P/646 






















Supply 




MC33184 


0.1 nA 


10 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


P/646 


MC33284 


100pA 


200mV 


5.0 


50pA 


50 


30 


12 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Input Offset JFET 


P/646 


TL064V 


200 pA 


9.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


N/646 



Telecommunications Temperature Range (-40°C to +85°C) 



MC143403 


1.0 nA 


30 




200 pA 


45 dB 


0.8 


1.5 


4.75 


12.6 


CMOS, Low Power, 


L, P/646 






















Drives Low-Impedance 
























Loads 




MC1 43404 


1.0 nA 


30 




200 pA 


60 dB 


0.8 


1.0 


4.75 


12.6 


CMOS, Very Low Power 


L, P/646 


Military Temperature Range (-55"C to +125°CI 


LM124 


0.15 


5.0 


7.0 


30 


50 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±16 


Low Power 


J/632, N/646 


















+ 3.0 


+ 32 


Consumption 




LM148 


0.10 


5.0 




25 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


± 18 


Quad MC1741 


J/632 


MC3503 


0.5 


5.0 


7.0 


50 


50 


1.0 


0.6 


±1.5 


±18 


General Purpose 


L, P/646 


















+ 3.0 


+ 36 


Low Power 




MC4741 


0.5 


5.0 


15 


200 


50 


1.0 


0.5 


±3.0 


±22 


Quad MC1741 


L 


MC35004 


100 pA 


10 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


L 


MC35004B 


100 pA 


5.0 


10 


50 pA 


50 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±22 


JFET Input 


L 


MC35074 


0.50 


5.0 


10 


75 


25 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


High Performance, 


L 






















Single Supply 




MC35074A 


500 nA 


3.0 


10 


50 


50 


4.5 


10 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Quad High Performance 


L 


MC35084 


200 pA 


12 


10 


100 pA 


25 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


L 


MC35084A 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


8.0 


30 


±5.0 


±22 


High Speed, JFET Input 


L 


MC35085 


200 pA 


12 


10 


100 pA 


25 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


Decompensated 


L 


MC35085A 


200 pA 


6.0 


10 


100 pA 


50 


16 


55 


±5.0 


±22 


MC35084 for A v 32 


L 


MC35174 


0.10 


4.5 


10 


20 


50 


1.8 


2.1 


+ 3.0 


+ 44 


Low Power, Single 


L 






















Supply 




MC35184 


0.1 nA 


10 


10 


0.05 


25 


4.0 


10 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


L 


TL064M 


200 pA 


9.0 


10 


100 pA 


4.0 


2.0 


6.0 


±2.5 


±18 


Low Power JFET Input 


J/632 


TL074M 


200 pA 


9.0 


10 


50 pA 


35 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


Low Noise, JFET Input 


J/632 


TL084M 


200 pA 


9.0 


10 


100 pA 


25 


4.0 


13 


±5.0 


±18 


JFET Input 


J/632 



























MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-7 



High Frequency Amplifiers 



A variety of high frequency circuits with features rang- nications applications. For devices especially dedicated to 

ing from low cost simplicity to multi-function versatility consumer products, i.e., TV and entertainment radio, see 

marks Motorola's line of integrated amplifiers. Devices the "Consumer Electronics" section, 
described here are intended for industrial and commu- 



AGC Amplifiers 

MC1590G Family — Wide-Band General Purpose 
Amplifiers 

The MC1590G, MC1490, MC1350 family are basic 
building blocks — AGC (Automatic Gain Controlled) RF/ 
Video Amplifiers. These parts are recommended for 
applications up through 70 MHz. The best high fre- 
quency performance may be obtained by using the 
physically smaller SOIC version (shorter leads) — 
MC1350D. There are currently no other RF IC's like 
these, because other manufacturers have dropped their 
copies. Applications include variable gain video and 
instrumentation amplifiers, IF (Intermediate Frequency) 
amplifiers for radio and TV receivers, and transmitter 
power output control. Many uses will be found in med- 
ical instrumentation, remote monitoring, video/graph- 
ics processing, and a variety of communications equip- 
ment. The family of parts using the same basic die 
(identical circuit with slightly different test parameters) 
is listed in the following table. 

MCI 545/1 445 — Gated 2-Channel Input 

Differential input and output amplifier with gated 2- 
channel input for a wide variety of switching purposes. 
Typical 50 MHz bandwidth makes it suitable for high 



frequency applications such as video switching, FSK 
circuits, multiplexers, etc. Gating circuit is useful for 
AGC control. 

Non-AGC Amplifiers 

SE/NE592 — Differential Two Stage Video 
Amplifier 

A monolithic, two stage differential output, wideband 
video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of 1 00 and 400 with- 
out external components and adjustable gainsfrom 400 
to with one external resistor. The input stage has been 
designed so that with the addition of a few external 
reactive elements between the gain select terminals, the 
circuit can function as a high pass, low pass, or band 
pass filter. This feature makes the circuit ideal for use 
as a video or pulse amplifier in communications, mag- 
netic memories, display and video recorder systems. 

MC1733/MC1733C — Video Amplifier 

Differential input and output amplifier provides three 
fixed gain options with bandwidth to 120 MHz. External 
resistor permits any gain setting from 10 to 400 V/V. 
Extremely fast rise time (2.5 ns typ) and propagation 
delay time (3.6 ns typ) makes this unit particularly useful 
as pulse amplifier in tape, drum, or disc memory read 
applications. 



High-Frequency Amplifier Specifications 



Operating 
Temperature Range 


Ay Bandwidth 
dB @ MHz 


vcc/vee 

Vdc 


Case/Suffix 


-55° to +125X 


-40° to +85°C 


0°to +70°C 


(Typ) 


Min 


Max 


MC1590G 






50 10 
35 100 


+ 6.0 


+ 18 


601 






MC1350 


50 45 
50 45 


+ 6.0 


+ 18 


626/P, 
751/D 




MC1490 




50 10 
35 100 


+ 6.0 


+ 18 


626/P 


MC1545 




MC1445 


19 50 


±4.0 


±12 


603/G, 632/L 


SE592 




NE592 


52 40 
40 90 


±4.0 


±8.0 


603/H, 632/F 
646/N 


MCI 733 




MC1733C 


52 40 
40 90 
20 120 


+ 4.0 


±8.0 


603/G, 632/L 
646/P 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-8 



Miscellaneous Amplifiers 

devices range from low power CMOS programmable 
Motorola provides several bipolar and CMOS special amplifiers and comparators to variaDle-gain bipolar 

purpose amplifiers which fill specific needs. These power amplifiers. 



CMOS 

MC14573: Quad Programmable Operational Amplifier 
MC14574: Quad Programmable Comparator 
MC14575: Dual Programmable Operational 

Amplifier and Dual Programmable 

Comparator 
These low power devices are designed for applica- 
tions such as active filters, voltage reference circuits, 
function generators, oscillators, and limit set alarms. 




Bipolar 

MC3505 MC3405: Dual Operational Amplifier 
and Dual Comparator 

This device contains two Differential Input Opera- 
tional Amplifiers and two Comparators each set capable 
of single supply operation. This operational amplifier- 
comparator circuit will find its applications as a general 
purpose product for automotive circuits and as an in- 
dustrial "building block." 



Out ■ [7^ 

(E 

Out 2 £T 



2 Amp 2 



I"' 

is 

7TJ tf £E Gnd 

m 

> Inputs 3 

~a] Out 3 





llB 


VlO 


ho 


Avol 


Response 


Supply Voltage 






(iA 


mV 


nA 


V/mV 








Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Single 


Dual 


Suffix 


Bipolar 


MC3505 


0.5 


5.0 


50 


20 


1.3 


3.0 to 36 


— 1.5 to ±18 


L632 


MC3405 


10 


L632, P646 



CMOS 



MC14573 


















MC14574 


50 pA 


±30 


100 pA 


1.0 


10* 


3.0 to 15 


± 1.5 to ±7.5 


D/751F. P/648 


MC14575 



















•Propagation Delay 

Power Amplifiers Variable Gain 

MC1554G— Ta = -55° to + 125°C, Case 603C 
MC1454G— Ta = 0°to +70°C, Case 603C 

One-watt Power Amplifier for single or split supply 
operation. Typical voltage gain of 10, 18, or 33 V V with 
0.4% THD. 



VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY !R L - 16 OHMSI 



£ 35 
2 30 











Gain Opiion #1 






V " 36 VV 






























rim t t=q 
3ain Option #2 






18 


■ V 






























3am Option « 


3 






1 1 
10 






















i 
























































































p 


.i n 


= 1.0 w 




s 






































vcc 


- 16 OHMS I 
= 16V | 







































10 k 2 k 5 k 10 k 
f FREQUENCY (Mil 



UK 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-9 



Comparators 



■ 





l|B 


VlO 


■to 


A V 


"0 


Response 


Supply 




Temperature 






/iA 


mV 


MA 


v/v 


tnA 


Time 


Voltage 




Range 


Package 


Device 


Max 


Max 


Max 


Typ 


Min 


ns 


V 


Description 


CO 


Suffix 


Single 






















BIPOLAR 






















LM111 


0.10 


3.0 


0.01 


200K 


8.0 


200 


+ 15, -15 


With strobe, will operate 


-55 to +125 


H, J-8 


LM211 


0.10 


3.0 


0.01 


200K 


8.0 


200 


+ 15, -15 


from single supply 


- 25 to + 85 


H, J-8 


LM311 


0.25 


7.5 


0.05 


200K 


8.0 


200 


+ 15, -15 




to +70 


H, N/626, J-8 



CMOS 



MC14578 


1.0 pA 


50 | — 




1,1 




+ 3.5 to +14 


Requires only 10 fiA from 


-30 to +70 


D/751B, 














single-ended supply 




P/648 



Dual 

BIPOLAR 



LM193 


0.10 


5.0 


0.025 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


±1.5 to 


Designed for single or split 


-55 to +125 


H 


LM193A 


0.10 


2.0 


0.025 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


±18 or 


supply operation, input 


-55 to +125 


H 


LM293 


0.25 


5.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


+ 3.0 to +36 


common mode includes 


- 25 to +85 


H 


LM293A 


0.25 


2.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 




ground (negative supply) 


-25 to +85 


H 


LM393 


0.25 


5.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 






to +70 


H, N/626 


LM393A 


0.25 


2.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 






to +70 


H, N/626 


LM2903 


0.25 


7.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1500 






-40 to +85 


N/626 


MC3405 


0.5 


10 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


±1.5 to 


This device contains two 


to +70 


L/632, P/646 


MC3505 


0.5 


5.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


±7.5 or 
+ 3.0 to 15 


op amps and two 
comparators in a single 
package 


-55 to +125 


L/632 



CMOS 



MCI 4575 


0.001 


30 


0.0001 


20K 


3.0 


1000 


± 1 .5 to 


This device contains two 


-40 to +85 


P/648 
















±7.5 or 


op amps and two 




















+ 3.0 to 15 


comparators in a single 






















package 







Quad 

BIPOLAR 



LM139 


0.10 


5.0 


0.025 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


±1.5 to 


Designed for single or split 


-55 to +125 


J 


LM139A 


0.10 


2.0 


0.025 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


±18 or 


supply operation, input 


-55 to +125 


J 


LM239 


0.25 


5.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 


+ 3.0 to +36 


common mode includes 


- 25 to +85 


J, N/646 


LM239A 


0.25 


2.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 




ground (negative supply) 


- 25 to +85 


J, N/646 


LM339 


0.25 


5.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 






to +70 


J, N/646 


LM339A 


0.25 


2.0 


0.050 


200K 


6.0 


1300 






to +70 


J, N/646 


LM2901 


0.25 


7.0 


0.050 


100K 


6.0 


1300 






-40 to +85 


N/646 


MC3302 


0.50 


20 


0.500 


30K 


6.0 


1300 






- 40 to + 85 


N/646 


MC3430 


40 


6.0 


1 .0 Typ 


1.2K 


16 


33 


+ 5.0, -5.0 


High speed comparator/ 


to +70 


L, P 


MC3431 


40 


10 


1.0 Typ 


1.2K 


16 


33 


+ 5.0, -5.0 


sense-amplifier 


to +70 


L, P 


MC3432 


40 


6.0 


1.0 Typ 


1.2K 


16 


40 


+ 5.0, -5.0 




to +70 


L, P 


MC3433 


40 


10 


1.0 Typ 


1.2K 


16 


40 


+ 5.0, -5.0 




Oto +70 


L, P 


CMOS 


MC14574 


0.001 


30 


0.0001 


20K 


3.0 


10000 


±1.5 to 


Externally programmable 


-40 to +85 


L7620 
















±7.5 or 


power dissipation with one 




















+ 3.0 to +15 


or two resistors 







MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-10 



AMPLIFIERS 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

Device Function Page 

LF347 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-14 

LF351 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-14 

LF353 Family of BIFET Operational Amplifiers 2-14 

LF355,B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifier 2-16 

LF356.B Monolithic JFET Operation Amplifier 2-16 

LF357,B Monolithic JFET Operational Amplifier 2-16 

LF411C Low Offset, Low Drift JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-26 

LF412C Low Offset, Low Drift JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-26 

LF441C Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-29 

LF442C Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-29 

LF444C Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-29 

LM11.CCL Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-37 

LM101A General Purpose Adjustable Operational Amplifier 2-44 

LM108.A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-48 

LM124 Quad Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-59 

LM148 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-69 

LM158 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-75 

LM201A General Purpose Adjustable Operational Amplifier 2-44 

LM208.A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-48 

LM224 Quad Low Power Operational Amplifiers 2-59 

LM248 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-69 

LM258 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-75 

LM301A General Purpose Adjustable Operational Amplifier 2-44 

LM307 Internally Compensated Monolithic Operational Amplifier 2-86 

LM308.A Precision Operational Amplifiers 2-48 

LM324,A Quad Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-59 

LM348 Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-69 

LM358 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-75 

LM833 Dual, Low Noise, Audio Operational Amplifier 2-90 

LM2900 Quad Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-197 

LM2902 Quad Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-59 

LM2904 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-75 

LM3900 Quad Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-197 

MC1436 C High Voltage Operational Amplifier 2-100 

MC1437 Dual Operational Amplifier 2-104 

MC1439 High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier 2-108 

MC1456,C High Performance Operational Amplifier 2-126 

MC1458 C Dual Operational Amplifiers 2-132 

MC1458S High Slew Rate Dual Operational Amplifier 2-137 

MC1490P Wideband Amplifier with AGC 2-143 

MC1536 High Voltage Operational Amplifiers 2-100 

MC1537 Dual Operational Amplifier 2-104 

MC1539 High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier 2-108 

MC1556 High Performance Operational Amplifier 2-126 

MC1558 Low Noise Dual Operational Amplifier 2-130 

MC1558S High Slew Rate Dual Operational Amplifier 2-137 

MC1709,A,C General Purpose Operational Amplifier 2-157 

MC1741,C General Purpose Operational Amplifier 2-169 

MC1741S,SC High Slew Rate Operational Amplifier 2-174 

MC1747.C Dual MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-180 

MC1748.C General Purpose Operational Amplifier 2-184 

MC1776,C Programmable Operational Amplifier 2-188 

MC3301 Quad Operational Amplifier 2-197 

MC3303 Quad Differential Input Operational Amplifier 2-207 

MC3358 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-229 

MC3401 Quad Operational Amplifier 2-197 

MC3403 Quad Differential Input Operational Amplifier 2-207 

MC3458 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-229 

MC3476 Programmable Operational Amplifier 2-235 

MC3503 Quad Differential Input Operational Amplifier 2-207 

MC3558 Dual Low Power Operational Amplifier 2-229 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-11 



Device Function Page 

MC4558,AC,C Dual High Frequency Operational Amplifier 2-240 

MC4741.C Quad MC1741 Operational Amplifier 2-244 

MC33071 High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-286 

MC33072 Dual High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-286 

MC33074 Quad High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-286 

MC33077 Dual, Low Noise Operational Amplifier 2-249 

MC33078 Low Noise Operational Amplifier 2-260 

MC33079 Low Noise Operational Amplifier 2-260 

MC33171 Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-269 

MC33172 Dual Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-269 

MC33174 Quad Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-269 

MC33181 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC33182 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC33184 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC33282 JFET Operational Amplifier 2-276 

MC33284 JFET Operational Amplifier 2-276 

MC34001 JFET Input Operational Amplifiers 2-279 

MC34002 JFET Input Operational Amplifiers 2-279 

MC34004 JFET Input Operational Amplifiers 2-279 

MC34071 High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-286 

MC34072 Dual High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-286 

MC34074 Quad High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-286 

MC34080 High Speed Decompensated (AvcL * 2 > JFET Input Operational 

Amplifier 2-302 

MC34081 High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC34082 Dual High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC34083 Dual High Speed Decompensated (A\/CL * 2 > JFET ln P ut 

Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC34084 Quad High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC34085 Quad High Speed Decompensated (AvcL 55 2 i JFET Input 

Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC34181 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC34182 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC34184 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC35001 JFET Input Operational Amplifiers 2-279 

MC35002 JFET Input Operational Amplifiers 2-279 

MC35004 JFET Input Operational Amplifiers 2-279 

MC35071 High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-279 

MC35072 Dual High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-279 

MC35074 Quad High Performance, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-279 

MC35080 High Speed Decompensated (AvcL 35 2 > JFET ln P ut Operational 

Amplifier 2-302 

MC35081 High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC35082 Dual High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC35083 Dual High Speed Decompensated (A\/cl s 2 > JFET Input 

Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC35084 Quad High Speed JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC35085 Quad High Speed Decompensated (Ay/CL 35 2 > JFET Input 

Operational Amplifier 2-302 

MC35171 Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-269 

MC35172 Dual Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-269 

MC35174 Quad Low Power, Single Supply Operational Amplifier 2-269 

MC35181 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC35182 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

MC35184 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-313 

OP-27 Ultra Low Noise Precision, High Speed Operational Amplifiers 2-327 

TL061 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-343 

TL062 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-343 

TL064 Low Power JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-343 

TL071 Low Noise JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-351 

TL072 Low Noise JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-351 

TL074 Low Noise JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-351 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



2-12 



AMPLIFIERS 

TL081 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-358 

TL082 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-358 

TL084 JFET Input Operational Amplifier 2-358 

HIGH FREQUENCY AMPLIFIERS 

Device Function Page 

MC1350 IF Amplifier See Chapter 9 

MC1445 Wideband Amplifier 2-116 

MC1490P Wideband Amplifier with AGC 2-143 

MC1545 Wideband Amplifier 2-116 

MC1590G Wideband Amplifier with AGC 2-149 

MC1733,C Differential Video Amplifier 2-161 

NE592 Video Amplifier 2-322 

SE592 Video Amplifier ! 2-322 

MISCELLANEOUS AMPLIFIERS 

Device Function Page 

MC1454G 1 -Watt Power Amplifier 2-122 

MC1554G 1 -Watt Power Amplifier 2-122 

MC3405 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-213 

MC3505 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-213 

TCA0372 Dual Power Operational Amplifier 2-336 

COMPARATORS 

Device Function Page 

LM111 High Performance Voltage Comparator 2-53 

LM139.A Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-65 

LM193.A Dual Comparators 2-81 

LM211 High Performance Voltage Comparator 2-53 

LM239 A Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-65 

LM293.A Dual Comparators 2-91 

LM311 High Performance Voltage Comparator 2-53 

LM339.A Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-65 

LM393.A Dual Comparators 2-81 

LM2901 Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-65 

LM2903 Dual Comparators 2-81 

MC1414 Dual Differential Voltage Comparator 2-96 

MC1514 Dual Differential Voltage Comparator 2-96 

MC3302 Quad Single Supply Comparators 2-65 

MC3405 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-213 

MC3430 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-221 

MC3431 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-221 

MC3432 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-221 

MC3433 High Speed Quad Comparator 2-221 

MC3505 Dual Operational Amplifier plus Dual Voltage Comparator 2-213 

RELATED APPLICATION NOTES 



AN926, AR115 Techniques for Improving the Settling of a DAC and Op. LF357, MC34084, 



AN273A Getting More Value Out of an Int. Op. Amp. Data Sheet MC1439, 1539 

AN513A A High Gain Int. Circuit RF-IF Amp. with Wide Range AGC . . . MC1490P, MC1590G 



AN587, EB20 Analysis and Design of the Op. Amp. Current Source MC1741 

EB57 An Economical FM Trans. Voice Proc. from a Single 

Integrated Circuit MC3401 

MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-13 








LF347 


OTOROLJk 




LF351 






LF353 



JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

These low cost JFET input operational amplifiers combine two 
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte- 
grated circuit. Each internally compensated operational amplifier 
has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for low input 
offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths 
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset cur- 
rents, and supply currents. 

These devices are available in single, dual and quad operational 
amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry standard 
MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar devices. 



• Input Offset Voltage of 5.0 mV Max (LF347B) 



• Low Input Bias Current - 50 pA 

• Low Input Noise Voltage - 16 nV/VRz 



• Wide Gain Bandwidth - 4.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate - 13 V/ps 

• Low Supply Current - 1.8 mA per Amplifier 

• High Input Impedance - lO 1 ^ SI 

• High Common-Mode and Supply Voltage Rejection 

Ratios - 100 dB 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


v C c 


+ 18 


V 




VEE 


-18 




Differential Input Voltage 


V|D 


±30 


V 


Input Voltage Range (Note 1} 


V|DR 


±15 


V 


Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


ts 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation at T/\ = + 25°C 


pd 


900 


mW 


Derate above = + 25°C 


1'&JA 


10 


mW/°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


TA 


to +70 


°C 


Operating Junction Temperature Range 


Tj 


115 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


Tstg 


- 65 to + 1 50 


X 



FAMILY OF BIFET 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 
SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 




N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 

CASE 626-05 
(LF351, LF353 Onlyl 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 

(LF351, LF353 Only) 



Offset Null E 
Irwt Input E 
Noninvt lnput[7 

VeeE 





3Vcc 

3 Output B LF353 
||inpunB (TopViewl 




N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(LF347 Only) 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 




(Top View} 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



1. Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input voltage is 
limited to the negative power supply. 

2. Any amplifier output can be shorted to ground indefinitely. However, if more 
than one amplifier output is shorted simultaneously, maximum junction temperature 
ratings may be exceeded. 



Function 


Device 


Package 


Single 


LF351D 


SO-8 


Single 


LF351N 


Plastic DIP 


Dual 


LF353D 


SO-8 


Dual 


LF353N 


Plastic DIP 


Quad 


LF347D 


SO-14 


Quad 


LF347BN 


Plastic DIP 


Quad 


LF347N 


Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-14 



LF347, LF351, LF353 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 



Symbol 



Typ 



LF347, LF351, LF353 



Typ 



Input Offset Voltage (Rs n 10 k, Vcm = 0) 

T A = +25°C 
0°C s T A s +70°C 



VlO 



5.0 
8.0 



Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset 
Voltage 

R S s 10 k, 0°C s T A g +70°C 



10 
13 



mV 



AV| /AT 



u.V/°C 



Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0, Note 31 

T A = +25X 
0°C s T A s +70X 



ho 



100 
4.0 



100 
4.0 



PA 
nA 



Input Bias Current (Vcm = 0, Note 3) 

T A = + 25°C 
0°C s T A s + 70°C 



200 
8.0 



200 
8.0 



PA 
nA 



Input Resistance 



1012 



1012 



Common Mode Input Voltage Range 





VlCR 



+ 15 

-12 



-15 
-12 



Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vq = ±10 V, R|_ = 2.0 kl 
T A = + 25°C 
0°C s T A s +70°C 



AVOL 



50 
25 



25 
15 



V/mV 



Output Voltage Swing (Rl = 10 k) 



Vo 



Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs * 10 k) 



dB 



Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rg " 10 k) 



PSRR 



Supply Current 



LF347 
LF351 
LF353 



7.2 
1.8 
3.6 



11 
3.4 

6.5 



Slew Rate (Ay = +1) 



SR 



V//iS 



Gain-Bandwidth Product 



BWp 



MHz 



Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
(RS = 100 0, f = 1000 Hz) 



nV/ViHz 



Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1000 Hz) 



pA/VHz 



Channel Separation (LF347, LF353) 
1.0 Hz s f s 20 kHz (Input Referred) 



-120 



For Typical Characteristic Performance Curves, refer to MC34001/34002/34004 data sheet. 



NOTES: (continued) 

3. Input bias currents of JFET input op amps approximately double for every 10°C rise in junction temperature. To maintain junction temperatures as 
close to ambient as is possible, pulse techniques are utilized during test. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-15 



® 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



MONOLITHIC JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

These internally compensated operational amplifiers incorporate 
highly matched JFET devices on the same chip with standard 
bipolar transistors. The JFET devices enhance the input charac- 
teristics of these operational amplifiers by more than an order 
of magnitude over conventional amplifiers. 

This series of op amps combines the low current characteristics 
typical of FET amplifiers with the low initial offset voltage and 
offset voltage stability of bipolar amplifiers. Also, nulling the offset 
voltage does not degrade the drift or common mode rejection. 

• Low Input Bias Current — 30 pA 

• Low Input Offset Current - 3.0 pA 

• Low Input Offset Voltage - 1 .0 mV 

• Temperature Compensation of Input Offset Voltage - 

3.0 /iV/°C 

• Low Input Noise Current - 0.01 pA/\/Hz 

• High Input Impedance - 10l2f2 

• High Common-Mode Rejection Ratio - 100 dB 

• High DC Voltage Gain - 106 dB 



— 



SERIES FEATURES 



LF355/355B — Low Power Supply Current 
LF356/356B — Wide Bandwidth 

LF357/357B — Wider Bandwidth Decompensated (Av m jn 





LF355/355B 


LF356/356B 


LF357/357B 


Fast Settling Time to 0.01% 


4.0 /is 


1.5 /is 


1.5 fis 


Fast Slew Rate 


5.0 Ml lis 


12 Ml lis 


50 V/ms 


Wide Gain Bandwidth 


2.5 MHz 


5.0 MHz 


20 MHz 


Low Input Noise Voltage 


20 nV/VHz 


12 nV/VHz 


12 nV/Vfiz" 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



LF355, LF356, 
LF357* LF355B, 
LF356B, LF357B* 



MONOLITHIC JFET 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 





J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 




8 NC 

7 v cc 

6 Output 
5 Offset Null 



(Top View) 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


LF355BH.H 


Oto + 70°C 


Metal Can 


LF355BJ.J 


to + 70°C 


Ceramic DIP 


LF356BH.H 


Oto +70°C 


Metal Can 


LF356BJ.J 


to + 70°C 


Ceramic DIP 


LF357BH.H 


to + 70"C 


Metal Can 


LF357BJJ 


Oto +70X 


Ceramic DIP 



APPLICATIONS 



The LF series is suggested for all general 
purpose FET input am pi ifier requirements 
where precision and frequency response 
flexibility are of prime importance. 

Specific applications include: 

• Sample and Hold Circuits 

• High Impedance Buffers 

• Fast D/A and A/D Converters 

• Precision High Speed Integrators 

• Wideband, Low Noise, Low Drift Amplifiers 



•NOTE: The LF357/357B are designed for wider 
bandwidth applications. They are decompensated 
(Avmin = 5). 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-16 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


LF355B/ 
356B/357B 


LF355/356/357 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


vcc 
vee 


+ 22 
-22 


+ 18 
-18 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


V|D 


±40 


±30 


V 


Input Voltage Range (Note 11 


V|DR 


±20 


±16 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


Ts 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


TA 


to +70 


°c 


Operating Junction Temperature 


Tj 


115 


°c 


Storage Temperature Range 


Tstg 


-65 to + 150 


°c 



Note 1. Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input voltage is equal to the negative power supply 



voltage. 

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



Offset Null 




»*C2 = 2.0 pF on LF357. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-17 



LF355, LF356, LF357, 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 15 to 20 V, V E E = - 15 to -20 V for LF355B/356B/357B; V cc = 

- 15 V for LF355/356/357; Ta = 0°C to +70°C unless otherwise noted) 



15 V, V EE 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LF365B/6B/7B 


LF355/6/7 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


input Offset Voltage (Rs = 50 fi, Vcm = OI 
(Ta = 25°CI 
(Over Temperature! 


VlO 


- 


3.0 


5.0 
6.5 


- 


3.0 


10 
13 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset 
Voltage 
(Rc ~ 50 ni 


iV|0'AT 


- 


5.0 


- 


- 


5.0 


- 




Change in Average TC with V|q Adjust 
(R S = 50 ill (Note 2) 


ATC/1V|0 


- 


0.5 


- 


- 


0.5 


- 


iivrc 

per mV 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = 01 (Note 3) 
(Tj = 25°C) 
(Tj s 70X) 


ho 


- 


3.0 


20 
1.0 


- 


3.0 


50 
2.0 


pA 
nA 


Input Bias Current (V CM = 0) (Note 3) 
(Tj = 25X) 
(Tj s 70X) 


>IB 


— 


30 


100 

5.0 


— 


30 


200 
8.0 


pA 
nA 


Input Resistance (Tj = 25X1 


r i 


— 


1012 


— 


- 


1012 


— 


n 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(Vo = ± 10 V, Rl = 2.0 k, Vcc = 15 V, 
V EE = - 15 V) 
(T A = 25X1 
(OX s Ta « +70X) 


AVOL 


50 
25 


200 


- 


25 
15 


200 


- 


V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 
(V C c = 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L = 10 km 
ivcc — if *, v EE — id v, nL — ' kiij 


vo 


±12 
±10 


±13 
±12 




±12 
±10 


±13 
±12 




V 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 
(V CC = 15 V, V EE = -15 V) 


V|CR 


±11 


+ 15.1 
-12.0 




±10 


+ 15.1 
- 12.0 




V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


85 


100 




80 


100 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Note 4) 


PSRR 


85 


100 




80 


100 




dB 


Supply Current (Ta = 25X. Vcc = 15 V, 
V EE = -15 V) 
LF355B/355 
LF356B/357B 
LF356/357 


ID 




2.0 
5.0 


4.0 
7.0 




2.0 
5.0 


4.0 
10 


mA 


AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25X) 


Characteristic 


Symbol 


LF355B/355 


LF356B/356 


LF357B 357 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Slew Rate (Note 5) 
(A v = 1) LF355/356 
IA V = 5) LF357 


SR 




5.0 




7.5 


12 




30 


50 




Mips 


Gain-Bandwidth Product 


GBW 




2.5 






5.0 






20 




MHz 


Settling Time to 0.01% (Note 6) 


ts 




4.0 






1.5 






1.5 




MS 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
(R S = 100 O, f = 100 Hz) 
(RS = 100 SI, f = 1000 Hz) 


en 




25 
20 






15 
12 






15 
12 




nV/VRz 


Equivalent Input Noise Current 
(f = 100 Hz) 
(f = 1000 Hz) 


'n 




0.01 
0.01 






0.01 
0.01 






0.01 
0.01 




pA/Vfiz 


Input Capacitance 


c, 




3.0 






3.0 






3.0 




pF 



(1) Unless otherwise specified, the absolute maximum negative input 
voltage is equal to the negative power supply. 

(2) The temperature coefficient of the adjusted input offset voltage 
changes only a small amount (0.5 /iVT typically) for each mV of 
adjustment from its original unadjusted value. Common-mode re- 
jection and open loop voltage gain are also unaffected by offset 
adjustment. 

(3) The input bias currents approximately double for every 10°C rise in 
junction temperature, Tj. Due to limited test time, the input bias 
currents are correlated to junction temperature. Use of a heat sink 
is recommended if input bias current is to be kept to a minimum. 

(4) Supply voltage rejection ratio is measured for both supply magni- 



tudes increasing or decreasing simultaneously, in accordance with 
common practice. 

(5) The Min. slew rate limits apply for the LF356B and the LF357B, but 
do not apply for the LF356 or LF357, 

(6) Settling time is defined here, for a unity gain inverter connection 
using 2.0 k resistors for the LF355/6. It is the time required for the 
error voltage (the voltage at the inverting input pin on the amplifier) 
to settle to within 0.01% of its final value from the time a 10 V step 
input is applied to the inverter. For the LF357, A v = -5.0, the feed- 
back resistor from output to input is 2.0 k and the output step is 10 
V (see settling time test circuit). 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-18 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 



TYPICAL DC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 
(Curves are for LF355, LF356, and LF357 series unless otherwise specified) 
INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus CASE TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 1 — (LF355 SERIES) 





















































*c 


C-20V. 


V EE -i 


ov 










e«i5v, 


1 

V EE - - 1 


i — v- 



















— "c 


c-iov. 


v E e - ' 


it 








V 


1 

:c = 5V,V EE = -5 


1 

V 












1 

LF355 
1 







-55 -25 5.0 35 65 70 

T C , case temperature (°C) 



i 100 k 
10 k 



FIGURE 2 - (LF356 AND LF357 SERIES) 





















































«c 


C-20V. 


V EE = -2 


OV 










' 

C=I5V 




v EE .- 


1 — V- 

5 V \ 


















vc 


c = iov. 


•EE"-' 


ov 








V 


cc = 5V.V EE = -5 

■ 1 




V 












LF356/7 
i 







-55 -25 5.0 35 65 70 

T C , CASE TEMPERATURE (°C) 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE 





70 


(pA) 


60 












50 












10 


< 






30 








in 








10 





vcc* 

7 ^EE " 
TA-2 


+ 15 V 














-15V 
5°C 




LF356/7 








R L -5 


k 




Free 


Air 
















LF356/ 










L LF355 




WithH 


eat Sink 








Fre 


e Air 
























5 with - 
Sink 














— LF3 
Hea 



-5.0 5.0 

V, c . COMMON MODE INPUT VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 



10 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE (LF355B/356B/3S7B) 




5.0 10 15 

V CC . V EE . SUPPLY VOLTAGE (±VOLTSl 



SUPPLY CURRENT 
FIGURE 5 — ILF35S SERIES) 



SUPPLY VOLTAGE 
FIGURE 6 - 



(LF356 AND LF357 SERIES) 























































































































Tc-2 


5»C_ 
























LF3 


55 











5.0 10 15 18 20 

V CC . V EE . SUPPLY VOLTAGE (; VOLTS! 





































































































>5°C 






















































LF3 


an 







5.0 10 15 20 

V CC . V EE . SUPPLY VOLTAGE (tVOLTSI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-19 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-20 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 



TYPICAL AC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 
GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 



FIGURE 13 — (LF355 SERIES) 



FIGURE 14 — (LF356/357 SERIES) 











LF 


155 




































■ 10 V, 


v EE .- 


10 V 








































= 15 V, 


V EE" 


15 V 

































































I 4.0 



























LF3 


57 Cuni 
Multip 


es Iden 
ed by 


ticai, 














But 


I. 




































LF356 




















Vcc 


-10V. 
= 15 V, 


V EE = 
V EE = 


10V 
15V - 














v cc 



































































-55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (»C) 



-55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l°CI 



INVERTER SETTLING TIME 



FIGURE 15 — (LF355 SERIES) 















































LF355 








































1 

= 25° 
C-15 
















10 mV / 






















V 




















1 IT 


V 














■v E 


E--' 


v • 


















. 






















































































































1 mV 






























10 mV "X. 

























































0.5 1.0 2.0 

t s , SETTLING TIME («) 



FIGURE 16 — ILF356 AND LF357 SERIES) 





- 1> 


■ 25° 
C-15 
E --l 




































vc 


V 


































-v E 


v- 











m 


/ // 




















LF3 
~LF3 


6,A V = 


-1 




























7, A 




-5 












1 m 


















































































































1 m 


V 


























1 


On 


V 

































































0.5 1.0 2.0 

! s , SETTLING TIME (ps) 



FIGURE 17 — NORMALIZED SLEW RATE 



FIGURE 18 — OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 





1.6 


Q 






1.4 


CD 






1.2 






< 






1.(1 






o 




z 


08 






s 


0.6 


a: 


s 


0.4 








0.2 






































vcc = 
v EE = 


15 V 
-15V 




























LF35 


6/7 




































LF3 


55 













































































-55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO 



1 " 
. - 

5 so 

1 70 
> 

% 50 

2 30 
o 

o 10 
- 

< 
-10 























































C-15 
E = -1S 


















— v t 

— v 


V 

V 
































357 — 


















lf 






















356 — 


















^ LF 


































— lf; 


55 — 







































































10 100 Ik 10 k 100 k 1M 10 M 
I, FREQUENCY (Hzl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-21 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 



TYPICAL AC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



BODE PLOT 
FIGURE 19 — (LF355 SERIES) 




10 20 
(.FREQUENCY (MHz) 



FIGURE 20 — (LF356 SERIES) 





I % 




II 




5 iJ 




D 








51 


< 


■ 10 




-15 




-20 




-25 




-30 




-05 




4 



10 20 
YIMHzl 



FIGURE 21 — (LF357 SERIES) 




























































L 


F356 












































































-v« 


= 1 

- 


V 
























- t 












5V 




















Gain 








































































2k 




















































1 
































\ 


— »- 


— < 






















































II 1 1 1 1 1 















































10 20 
I, FREQUENCY (MHz) 



OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 
FIGURE 22 — (LF3SS SERIES) 




10 k 100 k 1M 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 23 — (LF356 SERIES) 



100 






ill 


75 








50 




EDA 




25 






1.0 











-25 


pha: 


j r PU 




-50 




o 




-75 






0.1 




10 k 100 k IM 

I. FREQUENCY (Hz) 

FIGURE 24 — (LF357 SERIES) 




10 k 100 k IM 

I, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-22 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 



TYPICAL AC PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



FIGURE 25 — COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO 



FIGURE 26 — UNDISTORTED OUTPUT 
VOLTAGE SWING 













1 

R L = 2 k 














T A .25°C 
V cc - 15 V 














Vee- 


-15 V 






































LF35E 


/6 ^ 




V. LF 




57 










I 





























10 k 100 k 1M ID M 
I, FREQUENCY (Hi) 




100 k III 
t, FREQUENCY (Hi) 



POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE REJECTION RATIO 
FIGURE 27 - (LF355 SERIES) FIGURE 28 - (LF356 AND LF357 SERIES) 













i 














- T A = 25°C — 
V CC = 15V 






Pos 

Sop 


live 

ply - — . 






"Efc 








































Meg 


alive X 














Sup 


ply ■ " 






lf: 


65 





















i= 120 
< 

o 100 



< 60 
? 40 



20 



10k 100k 1M 10M 
I, FREQUENCY (Hi) 



S 

























































i A " I- 


















VgC=15V - 

Urr = -H V 






























1 1 




































>^ LF356.7 














































1 




















alive oupuiy 
















— \-y- 

— LF356 — 
















1 















100 lk 10 k 100 k 111 10 M 100 M 
I. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



EQUIVALENT NOISE VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 29 — (LF355/356/357 SERIES) 



FIGURE 30 (EXPANDED SCALE) 






































































































355 




























LF35 


5/7 ^ 











































100 1 k 

I. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



1 k 

(.FREQUENCY (Hi) 



100 k 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-23 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 



TYPICAL CIRCUIT CONNECTIONS 



FIGURE 31 — DRIVING CAPACITIVE LOADS 



•LF355 6 R - 5.0 k 
LF357 R = 1 .25 k 



♦ 2.0 V 
-2.0 



v — I 




-""ij 5.0 fe 



Due to a unique outj 
ability to drive largi 
C|_(max) * 01 M F. 
Overshoot < 20% 
Settling time <t s ) = 5.0 Jis 



I 



1 1 1*1 



1 



i these amplifiers have the 
Is and still maintain stability. 



FIGURE 32 — LARGE POWER BANDWIDTH AMPLIFIER 

10 k 



1.0 k 
v ln O WV 




VEE 



For distortion < 1% and a 20 Vp-p V Qut 
swing, power bandwidth is: 500 kHz. 



v C c 




FIGURE 34 - SETTLING TIME TEST CIRCUIT 

2.0 k. 0.1% 



• V|Q is adjusted with a 25 k potentiometer 

• The potentiometer wiper is connected to V^c 

• For potentiometers with temperature coefficient of 1 00 
ppm/°C or less the additional drift with adjust is * 0.5 pV/ 
°C/mV of adjustment. 

• Typical overall drift: 5.0 mV/°C ±(0.5 wV/°C/mV 
of adjustment.) 




Oscilloscope 



On 

2.0 



-O +15 V 

• Settling time is tested with the LF355 5 
connected as unity gain inverter and LF357 
connected tor A v = - 5 

• FET used to isolate the probe capacitance 

• Output = 10 V step 
•\ - -5forLF357 



FIGURE 35 — NONINVERTING UNITY GAIN 
OPERATION FOR LF357 



FIGURE 36 — INVERTING UNITY GAIN FOR LF357 



R2 




(2n)(5 MHz) 
R2 + R s 



A V(DC) = 1 
f_ 3dB * 5 MHz 




I2tt)(5 MHz) 



A V(DC) " "I 
f -3dB * 5 MHz 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-24 



LF355, LF356, LF357, LF355B, LF356B, LF357B 




TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



i Parasitic input capacitance (CI ■ 3 pF for LF355, LF356, and LF357 plus any 
additional layout capacitance] interacts with feedback elements and creates un- 
desirable high frequency pole. To compensate add C2 such that: R2C2 = RlCl. 



FIGURE 38 - ISOLATING LARGE CAPACITIVE LOADS 




• Overshoot 6% 

• t s - 1 us 

• When driving large C[_, the V out slew rate is determined by Cj_ 
and l ou t|mai() : 



4 V 



out _ 'out 0.02 
At Ci_ 0.5 



V/us » 0.04 V/us (with C L shown) 



FIGURE 39 — 8-BIT D/A WITH OUTPUT CURRENT 
TO VOLTAGE 




-v yv J 



-»v ref 



FIGURE 40 — PRECISION CURRENT MONITOR 



. re , - 2.0 Vde 

1 R14= R15 = 1.0 kfi 

_Lr q = 5.0 kQ 

«0 





Theoretical Vq 

^1 {Ro )[- A1 - - . A3 . A. 



2 4 8 



A5 A6 A7 + A8 1 
32 64 + 128 + 256 j 



Adjust V ref , R14 or R Q so that V Q with all digital inputs at high 
level is equal to 9.961 volts. 

2V [11111 1 1 1 ] 

° 1 k I 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 J 

12551 

MOV = 9.961 V 

l 256 J 

FIGURE 41 — LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER 

+ 15 V 




carbonate or 
Polystyrene Capacitor 



Time it) = R4Cl!n(V R /V B - V,) , R 3 = R 4 , R 5 = 0.1 R6 

If R1 = R2: t = 0.693 R4C 
Design Example: 100 Second Timer 
V R = 10V C = 1 JJF R3=R4=144M 
R6 = 20 k R5 = 2 k R1 = R2 = 1 k 



• V Q = 5 R1/R2 (V/mA of l s ) 
, g k • R1, R2, R3: 0.1% Resistors 

• Use LF355 for — 

* Common-Mode Range to Supply Range 

* Low I is 

* LowV lQ 

* Low Supply Current 



FIGURE 42 — HIGH IMPEDANCE, LOW 
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER 




• v out = R3W2R2/R1 + 1) 
AV, Vee + 2 V * Vj n common-mode * VqC 

• System V f0 Adjusted via A2 V| Adjust 

• Trim R3 to Boost up CMRR to 120 dB 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-25 



« 



, 



® 



MOTOROLA 



Advance Information 



LOW OFFSET, LOW DRIFT JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

Through innovative design concepts and precision matching 
this monolithic high speed JFET input operational amplifier family 
offers very low input offset voltage as well as low temperature 
coefficient of input offset voltage. The amplifier requires less than 
3.4 mA per amplifier of supply current yet exhibits greater than 
2.7 MHz of gain bandwidth product and more than 8.0 V//is slew 
rate. Through the use of JFET inputs the amplifier has very low 
input bias currents and low input offset currents. The amplifier 
utilizes industry standard pinouts which afford the user the oppor- 
tunity to directly upgrade circuit performance without the need 
for redesign. 

The LF411C and LF412C are available in the industry standard 
plastic 8-pin DIP and SO-8 surface mount packages, and specified 
over the commercial temperature range. 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 mV Max iSingle) 

3.0 mV Max (Dual) 

• Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 10 nVi°C 

• Low Input Offset Current: 20 pA 

• Low Input Bias Current: 60 pA 

• Low Input Noise Voltage: 18 nV/\ Hz 

• Low Input Noise Current: 0.01 pA/\ Hz 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.05% 

• Low Supply Current: 2.5 mA 

• High Input Resistance: lO 1 ^ !1 

• Wide Gain Bandwidth: 8.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate: 25 V/iS 

• Fast Settling Time: 1.6 MS (to within 0.01%) 













ORDERING INFORMATION 




Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Test Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Single 


LF411CD 
LF411CN 


C to i- 70°C 


SO-8 
Plastic DtP 


Dual 


LF412CD 
LF412CN 


O'Cto *70°C 


SO-8 
Plastic DIP 





This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are 
subject to change without notice. 







LF411C 
LF412C 



SINGLE/DUAL JFET 
OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



LF411C 



Offset Null (7 
Invt Input (T 
Noninvt Input (7 

Vee[7 



8 « ^f|( | 




4 ' 

N SUFFIX 




PLASTIC PACKAGE 


CASE 626-05 






D SUFFIX 




PLASTIC PACKAGE 


CASE 751-02 


SO-8 





TJnc 
Jjvcc 

TJ Output 
JJ Offset Null 



Single, Top View 
LF412C 



Output 1 [7 



Inputs 1 



E 

veeE 



]]vcc 

TJ Output 2 



nputs 2 



(Dual, Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



2-26 



LF411C, LF412C 

MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltages 


Vcc. iVEEi 


t- 18 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range (Note 1) 


V|DR 


-30 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range (Note 1 ) 


V|R 


• 15 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


ts 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Maximum Junction Temperature 


Tj 


- 150 


C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


to 70 


c 


Thermal Resistance LF411CN412CN 
(Junction to Ambientl LF411CD412CD 


RwJA 


100 
180 


C Watt 


Storage Temperature 


T stq 


-60 to - 150 


C 


Maximum Power Dissipation 


PD 


(Note 21 


mW 



NOTES; 



1. Input voltages should not exceed Vcc ° r 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tjl is not 
exceeded. 

3. Measured with Vcc and V EE simultaneously varied. 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(Each Amplifier) 




Offset 
Null 

LF411C 
only 



Bias Circuitry 
Common to All 
Amplifiers 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-27 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


input Offset Voltage (Rs - 10 ksl. V CM - V, Vo - V) 
LF411 
LF412 


VlO 




0.5 
1.0 


2.0 
3.0 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
(RS - 10 kil. V CM = V, Vq - V) 


AV|o AT 


- 


10 




mV C 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = VI 
LF411 T A = 25' C 

T A = C to 70 C 
LF412 T A = 25 C 

T A - OX to 70 C 


ho 


- 


20 
25 


100 
2.0 
100 

2.0 


pA 
nA 
pA 
nA 


Input Bias Current (Vqm - 1 VI 
LF411 T A = 25 C 

T A = C to 70 C 
LF412 T A - 25 C 

Ta = C to 70 C 






0.6 
0.5 


200 

4.0 
200 
4,0 


PA 
nA 
PA 
nA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo - 10 V, R L = 2.0 k!>) 
LF411 T A - 25 C 

Ta - C to 70 C 
LF412 T A 25 C 

Ta C to 70 c 


AvOL 


25 
15 
25 
15 


80 
150 


- 


V mV 


Output Voltage Swing (V| D -1.0 V, Rl MM) 
LF411 

LF412 


v - 
vo 
v - 
v 


12 

12 


13.9 
14 7 
14 
14 


12 
12 


V 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range (Vo V) 
LF411 

LF412 


V|CR 


- 11 

- 11 


- 14 
14 

- 15 

- 12 


1 1 
11 


V 


Common Mode Rejection (Vcm - 1 1 V, Rg - 10 kill 
LF411 
LF412 


CMR 


70 
70 


90 
100 





dB 


Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) 

(VccVee -15 V 15 V to -5.0V 5.0 V) 

LF411 

LF412 


PSR 


70 
70 


86 
100 


- 


dB 


Power Supply Current (Vq V) 
LF411 
LF412 


id 




2.5 
2.8 


3 4 

6.8 


mA 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c -15 V, V EE 15 V, Ta - 25 C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Slew Rate (V| N 10 V to • 10 V, R L 2.0 kii, A V = - 1.01 
LF411 
LF412 


SR 


8.0 
8.0 . 


25 
13 




V M s 


Gain Bandwidth Product 
LF411 
LF412 


GBW 


2.7 

2.7 


8.0 
4.0 




MHz 


Channel Separation (f = 1.0 Hz to 20 kHz, LF412) 


CS 




- 120 




dB 


Differential Input Resistance (Vcm " V) 


R in 




1012 




k!! 


Equivalent Input Voltage Noise (Rs - 100 11, f - 10 kHz) 
LF411 
LF412 


e n 




30 
25 




nV \ S 


Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1 .0 kHz) 
LF411 
LF412 


'n 




0.01 
0.01 




pA \ Hi 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-28 







LF441C 
LF442C 
LF444C 



LOW POWER JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

These JFET input operational amplifiers are designed for low 
power applications. They feature high input impedance, low input 
bias current and low input offset current. Advanced design tech- 
niques allow for higher slew rates, gain bandwidth products and 
output swing. The LF441C device provides for the external null 
adjustment of input offset voltage. 

These devices are specified over the commercial temperature 
range. All are available in plastic dual in-line and SOIC packages. 

• Low Supply Current — 200 /iA/Amplifier 

• Low Input Bias Current — 5.0 pA 

• High Gain Bandwidth — 2.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate — 6.0 V/pf 

• High Input Impedance — 1 1 2 jj 

• Large Output Voltage Swing — ± 14 V 

• Output Short Circuit Protection 



LOW POWER 
JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 







■ 

ORDERING INFORMATION 


Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Tested 
Temperature Range 


Package 


Single 


LF441CD 
LF441CN 


to + 70°C 
to +70"C 


SO-8 
Plastic DIP 


Dual 


LF442CD 
LF442CN 


to + 70X 
to + 70°C 


SO-8 
Plastic DIP 


Quad 


LF444CD 
LF444CN 




Oto + 70°C 
to + 70°C 


sou 

Plastic DIP 








5 40^' 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-04 




D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



3NC 
3 V CC 
3 Output 
3 Offset Null 



(Single. Top View) 



Output 1 E 

E 

veeE 



Inputs 1 



J], 3 out 



3 v C c 

3 Output 2 



nputs 2 



(Dual, Top View) 




N SUFFIX D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 CASE 751A-02 

SO- 14 



Output 1 E , i 3 Output 4 



Inputs 1 . ,_. 

IE 

VCCE 
Output 2 E 



Inputs 2 



Inputs 4 



1 
3VEE 

Inputs 3 

3 Output 3 



(Quad, Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-29 



LF441C/LF442C/L444C 



MAX 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (from Vqc to V^e) 


vs 


+ 36 


V 


Input Differential Voltage Range {Note 11 


V|DR 


±30 


V 


Input Voltage Range (Notes 1 and 2) 


V|R 


±15 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 3) 


tg 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Junction Temperature (Note 3) 






X 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


- 60 to + 1 50 


X 



NOTES: 

1; Differential voltages are at the noninverting input terminal with respect to the inverting input terminal. 

2. The magnitude of the input voltage must never exceed the magnitude of the supply or 15 volts, whichever is less. 

3. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded. (See Figure 1 ) 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER) 



Inputs • 



O V C c 




"Null adjustment pins for 
LF441 only. 




1.5 kn 



poo ktl 



LF441C input offset voltage 
null adjust circuit 



-OV E E 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-30 



LF441C/LF442C/L444C 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC ° + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 0°C to + 70X, unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 




Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 Ml, Vq - V) 
Single 


VlO 








mV 


T A = + 25X 

T A = OX to + 70X 




— 


3.0 


5.0 






— 


— 


7.5 




Dual 












T A = + 25X 




— 


3.0 


5.0 




T A = OX to + 70°C 








7.5 




Quad 












T A - + 25X 




- 


3.0 


10 




T» — r\°f* in j- 7n°p 
1^ ~~ U ^ TO + /U L 








1 2 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage (Rg = 10 Ml, Vq = V} 


AV| /AT 




10 




>iV/X 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vq = V) 
= +25°C 


ho 




0.5 


50 


pA 


= D C to + 70X 








1.5 


nA 


Innut Ria<: dirrpnt (V^na — n V \/r\ - fl V) 


ho 
■IB 








pA 
nA 


T A = +25X 

T A = OX to + 70X 




- 


3.0 


100 
3.0 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range (T A = + 25X) 


Vim 


- 11 


+ 14.5 
- 12 


+ 11 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (V = ± 10 V. R L = 10 kfl) 
T A = + 25X 


AVOL 


25 


60 




V'mV 


T A = 0°C to + 70X 




15 








Output Voltage Swing (R|_ = 10 kfl) 


V + 

v§- 


+ 12 


+ 14 
14 


-12 


V 


Common Mode Rejection (R$ s 10 kfl, Vcm = V ICR' Vo = V) 


CMR 


70 


86 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection (Rg = 100 fl, Vcm = V, Vq = V) 


PSR 


70 


84 




dB 


Power Supply Current (No Load, Vo = V) 
Single 
Dual 


ID 




200 
400 


250 
500 


MA 


Quad 






800 


1000 





AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = +15 V, V EE = -IS V, T A = +25X, unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Slew Rate IV in = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 10 kfl, C|_ = 10 pF, A v = +1.0) 


SR 


0.6 


6.0 




V/Jts 


Settling Time To within 10 mV 
(A v = 1.0, Rl = 10 kfl, Vo = OVto +10V) To within 1.0 mV 


Is 




1.6 

2.2 




MS 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 200 kHz) 


GBW 


0.6 


2.0 




MHz 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (R$ = 100 fl, f = 1.0 kHzl 


«n 




47 




nV/VHz 


Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) 


in 




0.01 




pA/vlHz 


Input Resistance 


Ri 




1012 




fl 


Channel Separation (f = 1.0 Hz to 20 kHz) 


CS 




120 




dB 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-31 



LF441C/LF442C/L444C 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 



FIGURE 1 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION 
TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE VARIATIONS 




- 5 - 40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT 

E VOLTAGE 

















vcc = 


+ 15V 














-V EE = 

ta- ; 


- 15V - 

5°C 



























































































- 10 - 5.0 5.0 10 

V|CR, INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 4 — SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 





1 

VCC = +'5V 












VEE - 
VCM = 


- lt> V 

ov 






















✓ 

✓ 













































25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PCI 



125 











































































































725°C 




25T. 








































- VC 





























































































5.0 10 15 20 

V C C. IVEEl. SUPP1 - Y VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 5 — POSITIVE INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE 
RANGE versus POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 6 — NEGATIVE INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE 
RANGE versus NEGATIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




5.0 10 1 5 20 - 5.0 - 10 - 15 - 20 



V CC , POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTSI V EE , NEGATIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-32 



LF441C/LF442C/L444C 



FIGURE 7 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT SOURCE 
CURRENT 



° 5.0 





[ 

Vrr = + 15 V 
















-15V 
























125 C 




















- 55°C 




25 












































































1 



1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 
Ifj, OUTPUT SOURCE CURRENT (mA) 



FIGURE 8 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus OUTPUT SINK 
CURRENT 





_v C c 


1 

= +15V 
















vee 


* -15 


V 
































55°C 








125X 






5X\ 
























\ 



















































































2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20 
-l , OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mA) 



40 

-A 35 

| 30 

% 25 

§ 20 
o 

£ 15 
z> 

I io 

o 

- 5.0 



FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



1 

R L = 10 kil 














-55°C 


ST A « 


125»C 













































































































2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 
V CC , [V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTSI 



FIGURE 10 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



=T 26 

Z 

S 24 

§ 22 
o 

I 20 

o 18 



16 







































































1 — 
































































































































































— vc 


I - T IU 

: = -15 


V — 

V — 


















— V E 
TA 

























































1 OK 



2.0K 3.0K 4.0K 6.0K 

R L , LOAD RESISTANCE 



8.0K 



■ 

FIGURE 11 — NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH FIGURE 12 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE 

PRODUCT versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-33 



LF441 C/LF442C/L444C 



8.0 



6.0 



FIGURE 13 - SLEW RATE 



TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 14 — TOTAL OUTPUT DISTORTION 



" V EE = — 1 5 ^ 

R[_ = 10 kfl 
"Ay = +1.0 



4.01 1 1 

-75 -50 -25 25 50 76 100 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO 







+ 15V 
- 15V 














-vcc = 

VEE = 














ta = J 


5"C 
























































































= 10 












A 

























100 1.0K 

f. FREQUENCY (Hz) 



100K 



FIGURE 15 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FREQUENCY 




10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1.0M 



FIGURE 16 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus FREQUENCY 




100 1.0K 10K 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 17 — COMMON-MODE REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 




-VfX = +15 V 
V EE = -15 V 

■ V CM =0V 
AV CM = ±1.5 V 

.Ta = 25X 



100 1.0K 



rrm i i i mm nTTT 

AVCM O— ^ ^Jm> O iV 

CMR = 20Log(^!xA DM ] 




10K 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 18 — POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 




10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-34 



LF441C/LF442C/L444C 




LF441C/LF442C/L444C 




LARGE SIGNAL RESPONSE 
FIGURE 25 — INVERTING FIGURE 26 — NON-INVERTING 




t, TIME I2.0 MS'OIV) 




1, TIME 12.0 /xs OIVI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-36 



® 



PRECISION OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The LM11 is a precision, low drift operational amplifier provid- 
ing the best features of existing FET and Bipolar op amps. Im- 
plementation of super gain transistors allows reduction of input 
bias currents by an order of magnitude over earlier devices such 
as the LM108A. Offset voltage and drift have also been reduced. 
Although bandwidth and slew rate are not as great as FET devices, 
input offset voltage, drift and bias current are inherently lower, 
particularly over temperature. Power consumption is also much 
lower, eliminating warm-up stabilization time in critical applications. 

Offset balancing is provided, with the range determined by an 
external low resistance potentiometer. Compensation is provided 
internally, but external compensation can be added for improved 
stability when driving capacitive loads. 

The precision characteristics of the LM11 make this device ideal 
for applications such as charge integrators, analog memories, 
electrometers, active filters, light meters and logarithmic amplifiers. 



• 


Low Input Offset Voltage: 


100 M v 


• 


Low Input Bias Current: 


17 pA 


• 


Low Input Offset Current: 


0.5 pA 


• 


Low Input Offset Voltage Drift: 


1.0 (xV/T 


• 


Long-Term Stability: 


10 MV/year 


• 


High Common Mode Rejection: 


130 dB 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


Vcc <° V EE 


40 


Vdc 


Differential Input Current (Note 1) 


l|D 


±10 


mA 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


«s 


Indefinite 




Power Dissipation (Note 31 


PD 


500 


mW 


Operating Junction Temperature 
LM11 

LM11C/CL 


Tj 


150 
85 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to t 150 
-55 to +125 


°C 



LM11 

LMUC 

LM11CL 



PRECISION 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



Device 


Operating Ambient 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM11CLMCN 


to + 70°C 


Plastic 8-Pin DIP 


LM11CLJ-8, CJ-8 


to + 70°C 


Ceramic 8-Pin DIP 


LM11CLJ, CJ 


to +70°C 


Ceramic 14-Pin DIP 


LM11CLH, CH 


to +70X 


Metal Can 


LM11J-8 


-55 to + 125°C 


Ceramic 8-Pin DIP 


LM11J 


-55 to + 125°C 


Ceramic 14-Pin DIP 


LM11H 


-55 to +125X 


Metal Can 





N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-04 



Balance [TJ 



V EE [I 



J-8 SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 

Balance 



fT "J2 0u,PUI 



T] Compensation 




H SUFFIX 

METAL CAN 
CASE 601-04 
Case Connected To VgE 



vcc 




J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 

N C [T u] N.C 

Balance [T T£] N.C 

Guard* [T TJ] Balance 

lnpjEf\ 3 VCC 

I i_l 12J 0ui P ut 

Guaid' Compensation 



(Top View! 

'Unused pin (no internal connection) to allow 
for input anti-leakage guard ring on printed 
circuit board layout. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-37 



LM11, LM11C, LM11CL 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Tj = 25°C unless otherwise noted [Note 4]) 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


LM11 


LM11C 


LM11CL 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 
Tlow to Thigh 


V|0 




0.1 


0.3 
0.6 




0.2 


0.6 
0.8 




0.5 


5.0 
6.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current 
Tlow to Thigh 


'10 




0.5 


10 
30 




1.0 


10 
20 




4.0 


25 
50 


PA 


Inruit Riao fi i rrp nt 
T|OW tO Thigh 


llD 


— 


17 


50 
150 


— 


17 


100 
150 


- 


17 


200 
300 


DA 

Mm 


Input Resistance 


r i 




ion 






10" 






10" 




n 


Input Offset Voltage Drift 
Tlow Thigh 


AV|0/AT 




1.0 


3.0 




2.0 


5.0 




3.0 




M v -c 


Input Offset Current Drift 
Tlow t° Thigh 


il| /AT 




20 






10 






50 




fA/°C 


Input Bias Current Drift 
Tlow to Thigh 


AI| B /AT 




0.5 


1.5 




0.8 


3.0 




1.4 




pA/°C 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
V S = ±15V, V out = ±12V, 
l out = ±2.0 mA 
Tlow to T high (Note 5) 
V S = ±15V,V ou , = ±12 V, 
l out = ±0.5 mA 
T low to Thigh 


AyOL 


100 

50 
250 

100 


300 
1200 




100 

50 
250 

100 


300 
1200 




25 

15 

50 

30 


300 
800 


m 


V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
Vs = ±15V, -13 VsV CM s14V 
V S = ±15V, -12.5 VsV C M«14V, 
Tlow to Thigh 


CMRR 


110 
100 


130 




110 
100 


130 




96 
90 


110 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 
±2.5 VsVs«±20 V 
Tlow to thigh 


PSRR 


100 
96 


118 




100 
96 


118 




84 
80 


100 




dB 


Power Supply Current 
T low to Thigh 


ID 




0.3 


0.6 
0.8 




0.3 


0.8 
1.0 




0.3 


0.8 
1.0 


mA 


Output Short-Circuit Current 
Tj = 150°C, Output Shorted 
to Ground 


'os 




±10 






±10 






±10 




mA 



Notes: 

1. The inputs are shunted by back-to-back diodes for over-voltage protection. Excessive current will flow if the input differential voltage is in excess 
of 1.0 V if no limiting resistance is used. Additionally, a 2 kfi resistance in each input is suggested to prevent possible latch-up initiated by supply 
reversals. 

2. The output is current limited when shorted to ground or any voltages less than the supplies. Continuous overloads will require package dissipation 
to be considered and heat sinking should be provided when necessary. 

3. Devices must be derated based on package thermal resistance (see package outline dimensions). 

4. These specifications apply for V E E + 2.0 V«V C M^V C c - 10V(V E E + 2.5 V^V C M^V C C - 1 .0 V for T| ow to T h jg h ) and * 2.5 V^Vs^ ±20 V 
flow to Thigh: -55 D CsTjs + 125°C for LM11 

0°CsTj^ + 70°C for LM11C and LM11CL 

5. V ut m ± 11-5 V, all other conditions unchanged. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-38 



LM11, LM11C, LM11CL 



FIGURE 3 - TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF 
INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 4 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY 



5 <r> 


16 


o > 




l| 


8.0 


Is 









Is 


-8.0 


"1 

> — 


-16 


o 


-24 

- 











i i i i i 
















At 25° 10 125 










































































































































































































— 















































1 

5 120 



-4 -2 2.0 

V|Q. INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE (mVI t 









1 1 1 1 








V 


CC V EE 
A V 


• ±15 V 

= 10 Rs = 100 kn 




































































































1 — 





























100 10k 10 k 

I FREQUENCY (Hz) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-40 



LM11, LM11C, LM11CL 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-41 



LM11, LM11C, LM11CL 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



Due to the extremely low input bias currents of this 
device, it may be tempting to remove the bias current com- 
pensation resistor normally associated with a summing 
amplifier configuration. Direct connection of the inputs to a 
low impedance source or ground should be avoided when 
supply voltages greater than approximately 3 volts are used. 
The potential problem involves reversal of one supply which 
can cause excessive current to flow in the second supply. 
Possible destruction of the IC could result if the second 
supply is not current limited to approximately 100 mA or if 
bypass capacitors greater than 1.0 are used in the supply 
bus. 

Disconnecting one supply will generally cause reversal 
due to loading of the other supply within the IC and in 
external circuitry. Although the problem can usually be 
avoided by placing clamp diodes across the power supplies 
of each printed circuit board, a careful design will include 
sufficient resistance in the input leads to limit the current to 
10 mA if the input leads are pulled to either supply by internal 
currents. This precaution is not limited to only the LM11. 

The LM11 is capable of resolving picoampere level sig- 
nals. Leakage currents external to the IC can severely impair 
the performance of the device. It is important that high 
quality insulating materials such as teflon be employed. 
Proper cleaning to remove fluxes and other residues from 
printed circuit boards, sockets and the device package are 
necessary to minimize surface leakage. 

When operating in high humidity environments or tem- 
peratures near 0°C, a surface coating is suggested to set up 
a moisture barrier. 

Leakage effects on printed circuit boards can be reduced 
by encircling the inputs Iboth sides of p.c. board) with a 
conductive guard ring connected to a low impedance poten- 
tial nearly the same as that of the inputs. 

The suggested printed circuit board layout for input 
guarding is shown in Figure 14. Guard ring electrical con- 
nections for common operational amplifier configurations 
are illustrated in Figure 15. For critical applications, a 14-pin 



dual in-line package is available with guard pins (internally 
unconnected) adjacent to the inputs for minimal package 
leakage effects. 

Electrostatic shielding is suggested in high-impedance 
circuits. 

Error voltages in external circuitry can be generated by 
thermocouple effects. Dissimilar metals along with temper- 
ature gradients can set up an error voltage ranging in the 
hundreds of microvolts. Some of the best thermocouples are 
junctions of dissimilar metals made up of IC package pins 
and printed circuit boards. Problems can be avoided by keep- 
ing low level circuitry away from heat generating elements. 

The LM11 is internally compensated, but external com- 
pensation can be added to improve stability, particularly 
when driving capacitive loads. 

FIGURE 14 - SUGGESTED PRINTED 
CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT FOR INPUT GUARDING 
USING METAL PACKAGED DEVICE 



Balance 




(Bottom View! 



The above guard ring, required on both sides of the 
board, is connected to a low impedance point of the 
same potential as the sensitive inputs to reduce surface 
leakage paths. Bulk leakage is reduced less, and 
depends more on guard ring width. 




FIGURE 15 - GUARD RING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS 
FOR COMMON AMPLIFIER CONFIGURATIONS 



Summing Amp (Inverting) 



Rl 

Input O^W- 



R2 




) Output 



Non-Inverting 

R1 R2 
j-'WV-f VW- 



Input o ©■ 




) Output 



Voltage Follower 



Input 




Output 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-42 



LM11, LM11C, LM11CL 



FIGURE 16 - INPUT PROTECTION 
FOR SUMMING (INVERTING) AMPLIFIER 



FIGURE 17 - INPUT PROTECTION 
FOR A VOLTAGE FOLLOWER 



Input o 

R1 > 10 k 




Output 



Current is limited by R1 in the event the input is 
connected to a low impedance source outside the 
common-mode range of the device. Current is con- 
trolled by R2 if one supply reverses. R1 and R2 do not 
affect normal operation. 























R1 






-O Output 


Input o w\ 








10 k 








Input current is limited by R1 when the input exceeds 


supply voltage, power supply is turned off, or output is 


shorted. 









FIGURE 18 - CABLE BOOT STRAPPING 
AND INPUT SHIELDS 




Output 



An input shield boot strapped in a voltage follower 
reduces input capacitance, leakage, and spurious volt- 
ages from cable flexing. A small capacitor from the 
input to ground will prevent any instability. 



Input O — 



F 




i Output 



In a summing amplifier the input is at virtual ground. 
Therefore the shield can be grounded. A small feedback 
capacitor will insure stability. 



FIGURE 19 - ADJUSTING INPUT OFFSET 
VOLTAGE WITH BALANCE POTENTIOMETER 







Inputs 




Output 



Minimum 




Adjustment Range 


R 


ImV) 


n 


±0.4 


1.0 k 


±1.0 


3.0 k 


±2.0 


10 k 


±5.0 


100 k 



Input offset voltage adjustment range is a function of the Balance 
Potentiometer Resistance as indicated by the table above. The 
potentiometer is connected between the two "Balance" pins. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-43 



LM301A 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

A general purpose operational amplifier that allows the user to 
choose the compensation capacitor best suited to his needs. With 
proper compensation, summing amplifier slew rates to 10 V/u.s 
can be obtained. 

• Low Input Offset Current — 20 nA maximum Over 

Temperature Range 

• External Frequency Compensation for Flexibility 

• Class AB Output Provides Excellent Linearity 

• Output Short Circuit Protection 

• Guaranteed Drift Characteristics 



FIGURE 1 - STANDARD COMPENSATION FIGURE 2 - DOUBLE-ENDED LIMIT 
AND OFFSET BALANCING CIRCUIT DETECTOR 




Balance 9 Compel 

H(— 1 

10 Mil $ 30 P F 



V . 4.8 V lor 

V = 0.4 V 
V E E V, ■ V LT or V, ■ VUT 



Pins Not Shown Ate No! Connected 





ATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



Inputs 

+ o— 



250 Balance 




-° v E e 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 

(LM201Aand LM301A) 



J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 




D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 





8] Compensation 

3 v cc 

li] Output 
IT] Balance 



(Top View) 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




6) Output 



Balance 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


LM10TAH 


-55'Cto +125'C 


Metal Can 


LM101AJ 


-55"Cto +125'C 


Ceramic DIP 


LM201AD 


-25"Cto +85"C 


SO-8 


LM201AH 


-25"C to +85°C 


Metal Can 


LM201 AN 


-25°Cto + 85°C 


Plastic DIP 


LM201AJ 


-25X to + 85'C 


Ceramic Dip 


LM301AD 


0°C to +70°C 


SO-8 


LM301AH 


0°C to +70"C 


Metal Can 


LM301AN 


0°C to +70"C 


Plastic DIP 


LM301AJ 


0°C to +70°C 


Ceramic Dip 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-44 



LM101A, LM201A, LM301A 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


VALUE 


Unit 


LM101A 


LM201A 


LM301A 


Power Supply Voltage 


vcc v EE 


±22 


±22 


±18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


V|D 


-« ±30 »► 


Volts 


Input Common-Mode Range (Note 1) 


V|CR 





±15 




Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


»S 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 


PD 










Metal Can 




■< 


500 




mW 


Derate above Ta = +75°C 






6.8 




mW/X 


Plastic Dual In-Line Package (LM201A7 






625 


625 


mW 


Derate above Ta = + 25°C 301A) 






5.0 


5.0 


mwrc 


Ceramic Package 






750 




mW 


Derate above 25°C 






6.6 




mW/X 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


Ta 


-55 to +125 


- 25 to + 85 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stq 


-* -65 to +150 »- 


X 



Note 1. For supply voltages less than ± 15 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Ta = + 25X unless otherwise noted.) Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply 
for supply voltages from ±5.0 V to ±20 V for the LM101A and LM201A, and from ±5 V to 
±15 V for the LM301A. 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


LM101A 
LM201A 


LM301A 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (Rg « 50 kn) 


VlO 




0.7 


2.0 




2.0 


7.5 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


ho 




1.5 


10 




3.0 


50 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


hB 




30 


75 




70 


250 


nA 


Input Resistance 


r i 


1.5 


4.0 




0.5 


2.0 




Megohms 


Supply Current 
VCC/VEE = ±20 V 
VCC/VEE = ±15 V 


Ico'ee 




1.8 


3.0 




1.8 


3.0 


mA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(Vcc/Vee = ± 15 V, Vo = ±10V, 
RL > 2.0 kfl) 


A V 


50 


160 




25 


160 




V/mV 


The following specifications apply over the operating temperature range. 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs « 50 Ml) 


vio 






3.0 






10 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


ho 






20 






70 


nA 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 
TA(min) s Ta *s T^max) 


AV| /AT 




3.0 


15 




6.0 


30 


M.V/X 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Current 
+ 25°C sT^s T^lmax) 
TA(min) « T A s 25X 


Allo/AT 




0.01 
0.02 


0.1 

0.2 




0.01 
0.02 


0.3 
0.6 


nA/X 


Input Bias Current 


he 






100 






300 


nA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 

ivcc/vee = ±isv, Vo = ± 10 v, 

RL > 2.0 kni 


AV 


25 






15 






V/mV 


Input Voltage Range 
VCC^EE = ±20 V 

vcc/vee = ±15 v 


V| 


±15 






±12 






V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
RS « 50 kfl 


CMRR 


80 


96 




70 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
R S « 50 Ml 


PSRR 


80 


96 




70 


96 




dB 


Output Voltage Swing 
Vcc/Vee = ±15 V, R L = 10 kn, 
R[_ = 2.0 kfl 


v 


±12 
±10 


±14 
±13 




±12 
±10 


±14 
±13 




V 


Supply Currents (T>\ = T^max), 

vcc/vee = ±20 v) 


ice Iee 




1.2 


2.5 








mA 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-45 



LM101A, LM201A, LM301A 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

IVcc = +15V. V£E = -15 V, Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 




_ Applicable to Ihe Specified 
Operating Temperature 
Ranges 



LM101A 

and 
LM20IA 

only 



5.0 10 15 

Vcc AND - V E£i SUPPLY VOLTAGES IVOLTSI 




5.0 10 15 

V C c AN D I-VeeI SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-46 



LM101A, LM201A, LM301A 



FIGURE 10 - 

+ 10 



(Vci 

- VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
+ 15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



+■6.0 
+ 4.0 
+ 2.0 



-2.0 
, -4.0 
!-6.0 
-8.0 
-10 







1 1 1 1 
Single-Pole Compensation 








































— 










































1 


put * 






/\ 


Output 

























































































































FIGURE 11 — OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPO 



30 40 50 
t, TIME Im-s) 



+ 140 
+ 120 
+ 100 

< 

m +E 

o +40 
+20 


-20 







Fi 


edforwaK 


Compens 


tion 
















































Phase 














































G 


in 























225 




180 


l£j 




a: 




CD 


135 


o 






90 


3 




LU 


45 


PHA 



10 



10 k 100 k 1.0 M 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 12 — LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



FIGURE 13 — INVERTER PULSE RESPONSE 



LIS 



| 

°_ ±4.0 















Feedforward Compensation 







































































































































































































































































































































































































































































1.0 M 
f, FREQUENCY (Hi) 









1 

Feedforw 


rd Com 


ensatio 


i 




















Outp 

_ J 
























































In 


wt 












































P 











































































































1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 
t, TIME M 



TYPICAL COMPENSATION CIRCUITS 

FIGURE 14 - SINGLE-POLE COMPENSATOR FIGURE 1B - FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION 

C2 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-47 



'M) MOTOROLA 



PRECISION OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The LM108/LM208/LM308 Series operational amplifiers provide 
high input impedance, low input offsets and temperature drifts, 
and low noise. These characteristics are made possible by use of 
a special Super Beta processing technology. This series of am- 
plifiers is particularly useful for applications where high-accuracy 
and low-drift performance are essential. In addition high-speed 
performance may be improved by employing feed-forward com- 
pensation techniques to maximize slew rate without compromis- 
ing other performance criteria. 

The LM 1 08A/LM208A/LM308A Series offers extremely low input 
offset voltage and drift specifications allowing usage in even the 
most critical applications without external offset nulling. 

• Operation From a Wide Range of Power Supply Voltages 

• Low Input Bias and Offset Currents 

• Low Input Offset Voltage and Guaranteed Offset Voltage Drift 

Performance 

• High Input Impedance 



FREQUENCY COMPENSATION 




Standard Feedforward 
Compensation 




Modified Compensation 

R2 





Output 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


LM108AH. H 


-55 to + 125°C 


Metal Can 


LM108AJ, J, AJ-8, J-8 


-55 to +125X 


Ceramic DIP 


LM208AH, H 


- 25 to + 85°C 


Metal Can 


LM208AJ, J, AJ-8, J-8 


-25 to + 85T 


Ceramic DIP 


LM208AN, N 


- 25 to + 85°C 


Plastic DIP 


LM208AD, D 


-25 to +85"C 


SO-8 


LM308AH, H 


to + 70°C 


Metal Can 


LM308AJ, J, AJ-8, J-8 


to + 70°C 


Ceramic DIP 


LM308AN, N 


Oto +70°C 


Plastic DIP 


LM308AD, D 


Oto +70"C 


SO-8 



LM208, LM208A 
LM308, LM308A 



SUPER GAIN 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 




NC 


1 C 




□ 14 


NC 


COMPEN A 


2C 




3 13 


NC 


•GUARD 


3C 




: 12 


COMPEN 


INPUTS 


5 t 




D 11 

1 10 


vcc 

OUTPUT 


•GUARD 


6C 




39 


NC 


VEE 


7 C 




^8 


NC 



{Top View) 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 

CASE 626-05 
(LM208, LM208A) 
(LM308, LM308A Only) 



J-8 SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 

D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



COMPEN / — w — v_ COMPEN 

* ig pa b 

INPUTS ^jS-j? 7 VCC 

^z-iy^-he output 



V EE 4 d tl 5 NC 

(Top View) 



•Unused pin (no internal connection) to 
allow for input anti-leakage guard ring 
on printed circuit board layout. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-48 



LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 



Symbol 



Value 



LM108, LM108A LM208. LM208A LM308, LM308A 



Power Supply Voltage 



vcc Vee 



±20 



±18 



Input Voltage (See Note 11 



V| 



= 15- 



Input Differential Current (See Note 2) 



ho 



Output Short-Circuit Duration 



- Indefinite - 



-55 to +125 [ - 25 to + 85 to +70 



Operating Ambient Temperature Range 



TA 



Storage Temperature Range 



'stg 



--65 to + 150- 



Junction Temperature 
Metal, Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 



-+175. 
-+150- 



Note 1. For supply voltages less than 1 15 V, the maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 

Note 2. The inputs are shunted with back-to-back diodes for over-voltage protection. Therefore, excessive current will flow if a differential ii 
in excess of 1.0 V is applied between the inputs unless some limiting resistance is used. 



t voltage 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise noted these specifications apply for supply voltages of + 5.0 V s Vcc s 

+20 V and -5.0 V a V EE a -20 V, T A = +25°C.) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM108A 
LM208A 


LM108 
LM208 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 




0.3 


0.5 




0.7 


2.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


1(0 




0.05 


0.2 




0.005 


0.2 


nA 




















Input Bias Current 


l|B 




0.8 


2.0 




0.8 


2.0 


nA 


Input Resistance 


Fi 


30 


70 




30 


70 




Megohms 


Power Supply Currents 
V C c = + 20 V, V EE = - 20 V 


■co'ee 




±0.3 


±0.6 




±0.3 


±0.6 


mA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
VCC = IVeeI = +15V, V = ±10 V, 


AvoL 


80 


300 




50 


300 




V/mV 


R L a 10 k!l 


















The following specifications apply over the operating temperature range. 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 






1.0 






3.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


'10 






0.4 






0.4 


nA 














Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 
TA(min)=sTA«T A (m8x) 


iViO'AT 




1.0 


5.0 




3.0 


15 


uV/°C 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Current 


Alio'AT 




0.5 


2.5 




0.5 


2.5 


pA/°C 


Input Bias Current 


'IB 






3.0 






3.0 


nA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
VCC - IVEEl = +15 V, V = ±10 V, 
R[_ » 10 kn 


AvOL 


40 






25 






V/mV 


Input Voltage Range 

vcc = IVEEl = +15 v 


V|R 


±13.5 






±13.5 






V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


96 


110 




85 


100 




dB 


Power Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 


96 


100 




80 


96 




dB 


Output Voltage Range 
V CC - IVeeI = + 15 V, R L = 10 kn 


V R 


±13 


±14 




±13 


±14 




V 


Supply Current (T A = TAlmaxll 


tolEE 




+ 0.15 


±0.4 




±0.15 


+ 0.4 


mA 





MOTOROLA LI NEAR/ INTER FACE DEVICES 
2-49 



LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise noted these specifications apply for supply voltages of + 5.0 V « Vcc « 

+ 15 V and -5.0V a Vee g -15 V, T A = +2S°C.) 



unaracT ensue 


Symbol 


LM308A 


LM308 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 




U.J 


5 




2 


7 5 


mV 


Inni it flffcot r^iirr^nt 
lll|JUL Vllocl ^UIICIII 


■10 




0.2 


1.0 




0.2 


1.0 


nA 




l|B 




1.5 


7.0 




1.5 


7.0 


nA 


Input Bias Current 






Input Resistance 


n 


10 


40 




10 


40 




Megohms 


Power Supply Currents 
Vcc = +15 V, V EE - -15 V 


Icc.Iee 




±0.3 


±0.8 




±0.3 


±0.8 


mA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
Vcc = + 15 V, Vee = - 15 V, Vq = ±10 V, 
RL ^ 10 kn 


AVOL 


80 


300 




25 


300 




V/mV 



The following specifications apply over the operating temperature range. 



Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 






0.73 






10 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


to 






1.5 






1.5 


nA 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 
TA(min| « « T^lmax) 


AV10/AT 




1.0 


5.0 




6.0 


30 


M.WC 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Current 


AI10/AT 




2.0 


10 




2.0 


10 


pA/°C 


Input Bias Current 


!lB 






10 






10 


nA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 

v C c+i5V, Vee = -isv, vo = ±10 v, 
Rl ■ 10 kn 


AVOL 


60 






15 






V/mV 


















Input Voltage Range 

Vcc = +15 v. v E e = -15V 


V|R 


±14 






±14 






V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


96 


110 




80 


100 




dB 


RS « 50 kn 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
RS « 50 kn 


PSRR 


96 


110 




80 


96 




dB 


Output Voltage Range 

vcc = + isv, v E e = -isv, r l = 10 kn 


V R 


±13 


±14 




±13 


±14 




V 



COMPENSATION A O 



15pF=^ 



Inputs 
+ 0- 





REPRESENTAT1VE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

O COMPENSATION B 



2.0 k 
2.0 k 



5= 

10 k 



< 



7.5 k 



7.5 k 



1.0 k 10 k 



-OV CC 




OV EE 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-50 



LM108, LM108A, LM208, LM208A, LM308, LM308A 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



FIGURE 1 - INPUT BIAS AND INPUT OFFSET CURRENTS 



FIGURE 2 - MAXIMUM EQUIVALENT INPUT OFFSET 
VOLTAGE ERROR versus INPUT RESISTANCE 











1 1 1 
imw iMtna 
















ho 






































V. 
























LM3C 


8A, LM 


108 
















JhB | 
















LM108A, LM108 


















i»h, Lr 








IM108A. LM108 
- LM208A, LM208 
















ho I 














-60 - 40 - 20 + 20 + 40 + 60 + 80 +100 + 120 +140 
T, TEMPERATURE (X) 



1.0 M 10 M 

q, INPUT RESISTANCE I0HMS) 



FIGURE 3 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGES 



FIGURE 4 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENTS versus POWER 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-51 




Output 
LM101A(3) 
or equiv 



(1) Power Bandwidth: (3) In addition to increasing speed, 



250 kHz 
Small Signal 

Bandwidth: 

3.5 MHz 
Slew Rate: 10 V/u.s 



the LM101A raises high and 
low frequency gain, increases 
output drive capability and 
eliminates thermal feedback. 



(2) C5 



> X 10- 
R1 



INPUT GUARDING 

Special care must be taken in the assembly of printed 
circuit boards to take full advantage of the low input 
currents of the LM108.A amplifier series. Boards must 
be thoroughly cleaned with alcohol and blown dry with 
compressed air. After cleaning, the boards should be 
coated with epoxy or silicone rubber to prevent 
contamination. 

Even with properly cleaned and coated boards, leak- 
age currents may cause trouble at + 1 25°C, particularly 
since the input pins are adjacent to pins that are at 
supply potentials. This leakage can be significantly re- 
duced by using guarding to lower the voltage difference 
between the inputs and adjacent metal runs. Input 
guarding of the 8-lead TO-99 type package is accom- 
plished by using a 10-lead pin circle, with the leads of 
the device formed so that the holes adjacent to the in- 
puts are empty when it is inserted in the boards. The 




Sample 



Output 



10 (xF (1) ± 



(1) Teflon, Polyethylene or Polycarbonate 
Dielectric Capacitor 



FIGURE 9 — SUGGESTED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 
LAYOUT for INPUT GUARDING USING METAL 
PACKAGED DEVICE 



vcc 

\ 


Compensation B 


1 a Compensation A 


Output 




(M 




/ 

VEE 


Guard ... , 
(Bottom View! 



guard, which is a conductive ring surrounding the in- 
puts, is connected to a low-impedance point that is at 
approximately the same voltage as the inputs. Leakage 
currents from high-voltage pins are then absorbed by 
the guard. 

The pin configuration of the dual in-line package is 
designed to facilitate guarding, since the pins adjacent 
to the inputs are not used (this is different from the 
standard MC1741 and LM101A pin configuration). 



FIGURE 10 — CONNECTION OF INPUT GUARDS 



Inverting Amplifier 

R1 R2 
Input H«w wv- 




Follower 




Non-Inverting Amplifier 
R2 

Wv 



R3 (1) 



1 




i Output 



Input 



(1) Used to compensate for large source resistances. 



Note: 



R1 + R 2 



C1 



must be an impedance. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-52 



® 



HIGHLY FLEXIBLE VOLTAGE COMPARATORS 

The ability to operate from a single power supply of 5.0 to 30 volts 
or ±1 5 volt split supplies, as commonly used with operational ampli- 
fiers, makes the LM1 1 1 /LM21 1 /LM31 1 a truly versatile compara- 
tor. Moreover, the inputs of the device can be isolated from system 
ground while the output can drive loads referenced either to ground, 
the Vcc or tne VEE supply. This flexibility makes it possible to drive 
DTL, RTL, TTL, or MOS logic. The output can also switch voltages to 
50 volts at currents to 50 mA. Thus the LM1 1 1 /LM21 1 /LM31 1 can 
be used to drive relays, lamps or solenoids. 



TYPICAL COMPARATOR DESIGN CONFIGURATIONS 

Split Power-Supply with Single Supply 

Offset Balance 



3.0 k 




Ground- Referred Load 
fVcc 




Output 



Input polarity is reversed when 
Gnd pin is used as an output. 



Load Referred to 
Positive Supply 




Output 




Load Referred to 
Negative Supply 



v C c 




Output 



Input polarity is reversed when 
Gnd pin is used as an output. 



Strobe Capability 

vccf 




LM111 
LM211 
LM311 



HIGH PERFORMANCE 
VOLTAGE COMPARATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 





IM SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 
(LM311 Only) 



J-8 SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 




Gnd 1 c 



Inputs . 



2d 



SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 

(LM211/LM311 Only) 

Output 
36 Balance/Strobe 



(Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


LM111H 
LM111J-8 


-55'Cto +125X 


Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 


LM211D 
LM211H 
LM211J-8 


-25°C to +S5"C 


SO-8 
Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 


LM311D 

LM311J-8 

LM311N 


0*Cto +70X 


SO-8 
Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-53 



LM111, LM211, LM311 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 





S y m bol 


Value 


Unit 


LM111 
LM211 


LM311 


Total Supply Voltage 


v C c + lv EE ! 


36 


36 


Vdc 


Output to Negative Supply Voltage 


vo-vee 


50 


40 


Vdc 


Ground to Negative Supply Voltage 


v E e 


30 


30 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


VlD 


±30 


±30 


Vdc 


Input Voltage (Note 2) 


Vin 


±15 


±15 


Vdc 


Voltage at Strobe Pin 




Vcc t0 V CC" 5 


VCC 10 V CC"5 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 
Metal Package 

Derate above T^ = +25°C 
Plastic and Ceramic Dual In-Line Packages 

Derate above T^ = +25°C 


P D 
PD 


680 
5.5 
625 

5.0 


mW/">C 

mW 
mW/°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


t a 


-55 to +125 
-25 to +85 


to +70 


°C 


Operating Junction Temperature 


T J(max) 


+150 


+150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


-66 to +150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V CC = +15 V, V E E = -15 V, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted [Note 1].) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM111 
LM21 1 


LM311 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (Note 3| 
RS < 50 kn, T A = +25°C 
R s «50 kn,T| ow s:T A s:T higr ,' 


V| 




0.7 


3.0 
4.0 




2.0 


7.5 
10 


mV 


Input Offset Current (Note 3) T A - +25°C 
T low< T A sS Tnigh* 


No 




1.7 


10 

20 




1.7 


50 
70 


nA 


Input Bias Current, T A = +25°C 
TlowST/vs: Thigh* 


>n 




45 


100 
150 




45 


250 
300 


nA 


Voltage Gain 


Ay 


40 


200 




40 


200 




V/mV 


Response Time (Note 4) 






200 






200 




ns 


















Saturation Voltage 

V| D « -5.0 mV, l = 50 mA 1 
V| D s:-10mV, l = 50mA / A 


vol 




0.75 


1.5 




0.75 


1.5 


V 


V CC 3*4.6 V. V EE = 0. T, ow < T A =5 T high * 
V| D s: -6.0 mV, l sink « 8.0 mA 
V| D «-10mV. I si nk< 8.0 mA 






















0.23 


0.4 




0.23 


0.4 




Strobe "On" Current (Note 5) 


is 




3.0 






3.0 




mA 


Output Leakage Current 
V| D Js 5.0 mV, V = 35 V ) T A = +25°C 
V| D > 10 mV. V = 35V /l stro be = 3.0 mA 
V| D > 5.0 mV, V * 35 V, T, ow < T A < Thigh- 






■ 0.2 
0.1 


10 

0.5 




0.2 


50 


nA 
nA 

yA 


Input Voltage Range (T tow s; T A s; Thigh') 


V|R 


-14.5 


-14.7 to 
13.8 


13.0 


-14.5 


-14.7 to 
13.8 


13.0 


V 


Positive Supply Current 


















ice 




+2.4 


+6.0 




+2.4 


+7.5 


mA 


Negative Supply Current 


'EE 




-1.3 


-5.0 




-1.3 


-5.0 


mA 



* T low= -55°C for LM1 1 1 T njgn - +1 25°C for LM1 1 1 

- -25°C for LM21 1 - +85°C for LM21 1 

= 0°C for LM31 1 5 +70°C for LM31 1 

1 . Offset voltage, offset current and bias current specifications apply for 
a supply voltage range from a single 5.0 volt supply up to ± 1 5 volt supplies. 

2. This rating applies for ±1 5 volt supplies. The positive input voltage 
limit is 30 volts above the negative supply. The negative input volt- 
age limit is equal to the negative supply voltage or 30 volts below the 
positive supply, whichever is less. 



3. The offset voltages and offset currents given are the maximum 
values required to drive the output within a volt of either supply with 
a 1 ,0 mA load Thus, these parameters define an error band and take 
into account the "worst case" effects of voltage gain and input 
impedance, 

4. The response time specified is for a 1 00 mV input step with 5.0 mV 
overdrive. 

5. Do not short the strobe pin to ground; it should be current driven at 
3.0 to 5.0 mA. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-54 



LM111, LM211, LM311 



FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

■ 



Inputs 



', 200 f-O Output 




TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 



FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus 
TEMPERATURE 



S 120 




+25 +50 +75 +100 +125 
T A . TEMPERATURE (°C| 



FIGURE 3 - INPUT OFFSET CURRENT versus 
TEMPERATURE 



S 2 

. - 

2 10 














v cc = 


+15V 














-15 V — 






Pins 5 


1 6 Tied , 












10 


<CC 


\ 




































































No 


mal 



































+25 +50 +75 +100 +125 
T A . TEMPERATURE CO 



FIGURE 4 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 5 - COMMON MODE LIMITS versus 
TEMPERATURE 



141 
120 



m 60 

=> 
a. 

^ 40 

3 

20 






















-4- 


-4- 






















_ \S^r~ - 


*i t; v , 
























"I 


o ■ ■ - » 
E = -15V- 
- +9R°r 


























-"1 

-!( 















































































































































































































































































































































-c S 


> 


-1.0 






1 


-1.5 














a 
E 


+0 4 








+0.2 




•ft 



-16 -12 -8 -4.0 4 8 1 2 16 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOlTAGE |V| 





















Referret 


to Supply 


Voltages 




















































X 

T 

































































T A . TEMPERATURE <°C) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-55 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 



FIGURE 6 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS 
INPUT OVERDRIVES 




0.2 0.3 0.4 
tTLH- RESPONSE TIMERS) 



FIGURE 7 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS 
INPUT OVERDRIVES 




02 03 04 
Ijhl. RESPONSE TIME (/is) 



FIGURE 8 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS 
INPUT OVERDRIVES 



S 15 

5 io 

o 

- 5.0 

I ° 

-6.0 

£ -10 

1 " 

S o 

g -50 
!= -100 



























































20 mV x 






























-5 mV^ 

















































:j 


«EE< 




U vj- 

2.0 k - 






























































«u 
























»cc 


= +15V 
p -15 V 
= +25°C 























































1.0 

! TLH . RESPONSE TIME [,,81 



2.0 



FIGURE 9 - RESPONSE TIME FOR VARIOUS 
INPUT OVERDRIVES 




1THL- RESPONSE TIME |„s| 



FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT 
CHARACTERISTICS AND POWER DISSIPATION 



150 
e. 125 



■ 100 

















1 1 




















T A = +25°C 
























































































1 


















































— Sh 


n C ir 




rtenl 





































































































5.0 10 
V D . OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 1 1 - OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE 
versus OUTPUT CURRENT 




16 24 32 40 48 
l0 OUTPUT CURRENT |mA) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-56 



LM111, LM211, LM311 

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS (Continued) 




APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



FIGURE IB - IMPROVED METHOD OF ADDING 
HYSTERESIS WITHOUT APPLYING POSITIVE FIGURE 16 - CONVENTIONAL TECHNIQUE FOR 

FEEDBACK TO THE INPUTS ADDING HYSTERESIS 




-VW 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-57 



LM111, LM211, LM311 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

Techniques for Avoiding Oscillations in Comparator Applications 



When a high-speed comparator such as the LM1 1 1 is used 
with high-speed input signals and low source impedances, the 
output response will normally be fast and stable, providing the 
power supplies have been bypassed {with 0.1 /iF disc capacitors), 
and that the output signal is routed well away from the inputs 
(Pins 2 and 3) and also away from Pins 5 and 6. 

However, when the input signal is a voltage ramp or a slow 
sine wave, or if the signal source impedance is high (1 .0 kfl to 
100 kfl), the comparator may burst into oscillation near the 
crossing-point. This is due to the high gain and wide bandwidth 
of comparators like the LM1 1 1 series. To avoid oscillation or 
instability in such a usage, several precautions are recom- 
mended, as shown in Figure 1 5. 

The trim pins (Pins 5 and 6) act as unwanted auxiliary inputs. If 
these pins are not connected to a trim-pot, they should be shorted 
together, tf they are connected to a trim-pot, a 0.01 /jF capacitor 
(C1 ) between Pins 5 and 6 will minimize the susceptibility to ac 
coupling. A smaller capacitor is used if Pin 5 is used for positive 
feedback as in Figure 1 5. 

Certain sources will produce a cleaner comparator output 
waveform if a 100 pF to 1000 pF capacitor (C2) is connected 
directly across the input pins. When the signal source -s applied 
through a resistive network, R1, it is usually advantageous to 
choose R2 of the same value, both for dc and for dynamic (ac) 
considerations. Carbon, tin-oxide, and metal-film resistors have 
all been used with good results in comparator input circuitry, but 
inductive wirewound resistors should be avoided. 

When comparator circuits use input resistors (e.g., summing 
resistors), their value and placement are particularly important. 
In all cases the body of the resistor should be close to the device 
or socket. In other words, there should be a very short lead length 
or printed-circuit foil run between comparator and resistor to 
radiate or pick up signals. The same applies to capacitors, pots, 
etc. For example, if R1 =10 kfl, as little as 5 inches of lead between 
the resistors and the input pins can result in oscillations that are 
very hard to dampen. Twisting these input leads tightly is the 
best alternative to placing resistors close to the comparator 



Since feedback to almost any pin of a comparator can result in 
oscillation, the printed-circuit layout should be engineered 
thoughtfully. Preferably there should be a groundplane under the 
LM1 1 1 circuitry (e.g., one side of a double layer printed circuit 
board). Ground, positive supply or negative supply foi) should 
extend between the output and the inputs, to act as a guard. The 
foil connections for the inputs should be as small and compact as 
possible, and should be essentially surrounded by ground foil on 
all sides, to guard against capacitive coupling from any fast high- 
level signals (such as the output). If Pins 5 and 6 are not used, they 
should be shorted together. If they are connected to a trim-pot, 
the trim-pot should be located no more than a few inches away 
from the LM1 1 1 , and a 0.01 /iF capacitor should be installed 
across Pins 5 and 6. If this capacitor cannot be used, a shielding 
printed-circuit foil may be advisable between Pins 6 and 7. The 
power supply bypass capacitors should be located within a 
couple inches of the LM1 1 1. 

A standard procedure is to add hysteresis to a comparator to 
prevent oscillation, and to avoid excessive noise on the output. 
In the circuit of Figure 16, the feedback resistor of 510 kfl from 
the output to the positive input will cause about 3.0 mV of 
hysteresis. However, if R2 is larger than 1 00 fl, such as 50 kfl, it 
would not be practical to simply increase the value of the positive 
feedback resistor proportionally above 510 kfl to maintain the 
same amount of hysteresis. 

When both inputs of the LM1 1 1 are connected to active signals, 
or if a high-impedance signal is driving the positive input of the 
LM1 1 1 so that positive feedback would be disruptive, the circuit 
of Figure 1 5 is ideal. The positive feedback is applied to Pin 5 (one 
of the offset adjustment pins). This will be sufficient to cause 1 .0 
to 2.0 mV hysteresis and sharp transitions with input triangle 
waves from a few Hz to hundreds of kHz. The positive-feedback 
signal across the 82 fl resistor swings 240 mV below the positive 
supply. This signal is centered around the nominal voltage at Pin 
5, so this feedback does not add to the offset voltage of the com- 
parator. As much as 8.0 mV of offset voltage can be trimmed out, 
using the 5.0 kfl pot and 3.0 kfl resistor as shown. 



FIGURE 17 - ZERO-CROSSING DETECTOR DRIVING 
CMOS LOGIC 



FIGURE 18 - RELAY DRIVER WITH STROBE CAPABILITY 




V C c = + 15 V 



Output 

to CMOS Logic 



V EE = -15 V 



V E E 



Inputs 




VCC2< 



Balance/Strobe ^ 

2N2222 r i k *D1 
Q-n \ or Equiv "=" 

*Zener Diode D1 
protects the comparator 
from inductive kickback 
ar, d voltage transients 
Strobe on the V CC2 supply line. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



(g) MOT 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



QUAD LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The LM124 Series are low-cost, quad operational amplifiers 
with true differential inputs. These have several distinct advan- 
tages over standard operational amplifier types in single supply 
applications. The quad amplifier can operate at supply voltages 
as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 32 Volts with quiescent currents 
about one fifth of those associated with the MC1741 (on a per 
amplifier basis). The common mode input range includes the neg- 
ative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for external biasing 
components in many applications. The output voltage range also 
includes the negative power supply voltage. 

• Short Circuited Protected Outputs 

• True Differential Input Stage 

• Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 32 Volts 

• Low Input Bias Currents: 100 nA Max (LM324A) 

• Four Amplifiers Per Package 

• Internally Compensated 

• Common Mode Range Extends to Negative Supply 

• Industry Standard Pinouts 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noted! 



Rating 


Symbol 


LM124 
LM224 
LM324.A 


LM2902 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 
Single Supply 
Split Supplies 


Vcc 

vcc v EE 


32 
±16 


26 

±13 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range (1) 


V IDR 


±32 


±26 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


VlCR 


-0.3 to 32 


-0.3 to 26 


Vdc 


Input Forward Current (2) 
(V| < -0.3 V) 


■if 


60 




mA 


Output Short Circuit Duration 


ts 


Continuous 




Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Packages 


Tj 


175 
150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Packages 


T stg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


X 


Operating Ambient Temperature 
Range 
LM124 
LM224 
LM324 
LM324A 
LM2902 


T A 


-55 to +125 
-25 to +85 
to +70 
to +70 


-40 to +85 


<£ 



(1) Split Power Supplies. 

(2) This input current will only exist when the voltage is negative at any of the input leads. 
Normal output states will reestablish when the input voltage returns to a voltage greater 
than -0.3 V. 



LM124, LM224, 
LM324, LM324A 
LM2902 



QUAD DIFFERENTIAL 
INPUT 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 





J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(LM224, LM324, 
LM2902 Only) 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



Out 
1 



vcc E 

Inputs i E 
2 \ 



Out 

2 



E 



PIN CONNECTIONS 

E — 



3 


Out 


4 




Inputs 


1 


' 4 




VEE. 




Gnd 




Inputs 


3 


r 3 


3 


Out 



(Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


LM124J 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 


LM2902D 


- 40 to + 85°C 


SO-14 


LM2902J 


Ceramic DIP 


LM2902N 


Plastic DIP 


LM224D 


-25 to +85°C 


SO-14 


LM224J 


Ceramic DIP 


LM224N 


Plastic DIP 


LM324AD 


to + 70X 


SO-14 


LM324AN 


Plastic DIP 


LM324D 


SO-14 


LM324J 


Ceramic DIP 


LM324N 


Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-59 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc - 5.0 V, V EE = Gnd, T A « 25T unless otherwise noted) 



; O 



< r-i C 01 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM124LM224 


LM324A 


LM324 


LM2902 


k 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 




Input Offset Voltage 
Vcc - 5 V to 30 V 126 V for LM2902I, 
Vicr = V to Vcc " W V, Vo « 1.4 V, Rs = o n 
T A - 25-C 

TA = T h i q h to T| 0W (Note ') 


V|0 


— 


2.0 


5.0 
7.0 


— 


2.0 


3.0 
5.0 


- 


2.0 


7.0 
9.0 


- 


2.0 


7.0 
10 


> 

i 
t 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
Ta - Thigh lo T low INole 11 


AVio'iT 


- 


7.0 


- 


- 


7.0 


30 


— 


7.0 


— 




7.0 


— 


* 
* 


Input Offset Current 
Ta = Thigh «> "flow INotel) 


'to 


- 


3.0 


30 

too 


— 


5.0 


30 
75 




5.0 


50 
150 


r 


5.0 


50 
200 


1 
J 
> 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current 
Ta = Thigh 10 Tlow (Note 11 


illC'AT 




10 






10 


300 




10 






10 






Input Bias Current 
TA - Thigh «> Tlow (Note 11 


llB 




-90 


- 150 
-300 




-45 


- 100 
-200 




-90 


250 

-500 




- 90 


-250 
-500 


■ 

— ■ 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range [Note 21 
V C C • 30 V (26 V for LM2902I 

V C C = 30 V 126 V for LM2902I, T A = T h igh to T| ow 


V ICR 








28.3 
28 









28.3 
28 








28.3 
28 








24.3 
24 


> 
> 

- ) 


Differential Input Voltage Range 


VlDR 






v C c 






vcc 






vcc 






vcc 




Large Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain 
R[_ = 2.0 Mi, V C c = 15 V, For Large V Swing, 
T A = T h igh to T| „ (Note 11 


AvOL 


50 
26 


100 

— 


— 


25 
15 


100 




25 
15 


100 






100 
_ 




V 


Channel Separation 
1.0 kHz f ^ 20 kHz, Input Referenced 






-120 






-120 






-120 






- 120 


hr 




Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
RS s 10 M! 


CMRR 


70 


85 




65 


70 




65 


70 




50 


70 






Power Supply Rejection Ratio 




65 


100 




65 


100 




65 


100 




50 


100 






Output Voltage Range 
R L - 2.0 kil IR[_ » 10 kf! for LM2902) 


VOR 







3.3 







33 







3.3 







3.3 




Output Voltage — High Limit (Ta = Thigh 10 T lowl (Note 1) 
Vcc = 30 V (26 V for LM2902I, R|_ = 2.0 kSl 
V C c ■ 30 V (26 V for LM2902I. R|_ - 10 ki! 


VOH 


26 
27 


28 




26 
27 


28 




26 
27 


28 




22 
23 


24 






Output Voltage — Low Limit 
Vcc = 5 v ' R L = 10 Ml. Ta = Thigh 10 T low (Note 1) 


vol 




5.0 


20 




5.0 


20 




5.0 


20 




5.0 


100 


r 


Output Source Current (V(o = + 1.0 V, Vcc = ,5 V) 
T A - 25°C 

Ta = Thigh toT| ovv (Note 1) 


io + 


20 
10 


40 

20 




20 
10 


40 
20 




20 
10 


40 

20 




20 
10 


40 

20 






Output Sink Current 
(V|D = -1.0 V, Vcc = 15 V 
T A = 25"C 

Ta - Thigh '° T low (Note 1) 
V|Q - - 1 .0 V, Vo - 200 mV, T A = 25*C 


(o- 


10 
5.0 
12 


20 
8.0 
50 




10 
5.0 
12 


20 
8.0 
50 




10 

5.0 
12 


20 
8.0 
50 




10 
5.0 


20 
8.0 




r 
t 


Output Short Circuit to Ground (Note 3) 


'os 




40 


60 




40 


60 




40 


60 




40 


60 


n 


Power Supply Current (T A - Thjgh to T| ow ) (Note 1) 
Vcc = 30 V (26 V for LM2902), V = V. R L " " 
V CC = 5 V, V - V, R L • » 


ice 






3.0 
1.2 




1.4 
0.7 


3.0 
1.2 






3.0 
1.2 




- 


3.0 
1.2 


n 



LM124, LM224, LM324,A, LM2902 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

(One-Fourth of Circuit Shown) Output 



Bias Circuitry 
Common to Four 
Amplifiers 




LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE 
FOLLOWER RESPONSE 

















v cc 


I 

= 15 Vdc 
















- R L 
T A 


- 25 


>c 










1 1 1 1 


+H-H- 


-H-H- 


-H4+ 




+H+ 




























A 










/ 












i 






/ 






• + 







CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

The LM124 Series is made using four internally com- 
pensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first stage 



of each consists of differential input devices Q20 and 
Q18 with input buffer transistors Q21 and Q17 and 
the differential to single ended converter Q3 and Q4. 
The first stage performs not only the first stage gam 
function but also performs the level shifting and trans- 
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans- 
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only pF) 
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The transcon 
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col- 
lectors of Q20 and Q18. Another feature of this input 
stage is that the input common-mode range can include 
the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation, 
without saturating either the input devices or the dif- 
ferential to single-ended converter. The second stage con 
sists of a standard current source load amplifier stage. 

Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage regu- 
lator which has a low temperature coefficient thus giving 
each amplifier good temperature characteristics as well as 
excellent power supply rejection. 



SINGLE SUPPLY 

3.0 V to V cc(Max ) 




V EE /Gnd 



SPLIT SUPPLIES 




1.5 V to V CC(Max>) 



— 1-5 V to" V EElMax. ) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-61 




FIGURE 3 - LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




10 100 
I, FREQUENCY (kHz) 



FIGURE 4 - SMALL-SIGNAL VOLTAGE FOLLOWER 
PULSE RESPONSE 
(Non-Inverting) 

550 r 




1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 
1, TIME M 



1.2 



3 03 

az 

S 0.6 
o 

3 0.3 




FIGURE 5 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 























1 1 

Ta = 25°C 
























R 


= « 















































































































































































10 15 20 25 30 

Vcc. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 6 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



' 2.0 4.0 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 
VCC. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-62 



LM124, LM224, LM324,A, LM2902 

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE 



FIGURE 8 - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR 




Vref 



Rl, 



V Q - 2.5 VII + — ) 
B2 




2 n RC 

For f Q = 1 kHz 
R - 16kn 
C « 0.01 |iF 



FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 



FIGURE 10 -COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 




V r8 f 




V„f 



V|„H 



VfoL' 
VmH' 



R1 



R1tR2 
R1 



.„ - C (1 + • + b) (e2 - oil 



tV L- V rrfl ♦ V ref 
RltR2 (V H-V r «,l + V re , 



FIGURE 11 - Bl QUAD FILTER 
— VW- 



v re( " j V CC 




Vref Whore Tgp = Conter Frequency Gain R2=1.6Mfi 

T N » Paisband Notch Gain R3-1.6 AS1 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-63 



FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR 



FIGURE 13 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER 



Triangle Wave 
Output 



V ref 




Given f Q = Cen 
A I f Q ) = Gair 



Choose Value f Q . C 
Then 



t Center Frequency 



2 AIf Q ) 
R1 R3 



For less than 10% error from operational amplifier 
Q o f o 

< 0. 1 Where l n ana BW are expressed in Hz. 

BW ° 

It source impedance wanes, filter mav be preceded with voltage 
follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-64 



® 



QUAD SINGLE SUPPLY COMPARATORS 

These comparators are designed for use in level detection, low- 
level sensing and memory applications in Consumer Automotive 
and Industrial electronic applications. 

• Single or Split Supply Operation 

• Low Input Bias Current — 25 nA (Typ) 

• Low Input Offset Current — ±5.0 nA (Typ) 

• Low Input Offset Voltage — ±1.0 mV (Typ LM139A Series) 

• Input Common-Mode Voltage Range to Gnd 

• Low Output Saturation Voltage — 1 30 mV (Typ) @ 4.0 mA 

• TTL and CMOS Compatible 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage LM139. A/LM239, A/ 
LM339A/LM2901 
MC3302 


vcc 


♦ 36 or ±18 
+30 or ±15 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 

LM139, A/LM239. A/LM339, A/LM2901 
MC3302 


V IDR 


36 
30 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 


-0.3 to V CC 


Vdc 


Output Short-Circuit to Gnd (Note 1 ) 


*SC 


Continuous 




Input Current (V jn < -0.3 Vdc) (Note 2) 


l.n 


50 


mA 


Power Dissipation @ = 25°C 
Ceramic Package 

Derate above 25°C 
Plastic Package 

Derate above 25°C 


PD 


1.0 
80 

1.0 
80 


Watts 

mW/°C 
Watts 
mW/°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
LM 1 39, A 
LM239. A 
LM2901/MC3302 
LM339. A 


Ta 


-55 to +125 
-25 to +85 
-40 to +85 
to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



FIGURE 1 — CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (Diagram shown is for 1 comparator) 



V CC 




LM139, A 
LM239, A LM2901 
LM339, A MC3302 



QUAD COMPARATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




N, P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



J, L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO- 14 




(Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Packs 


ae 


LM139J, AJ 


-55Cto +125X 


Ceramic DIP 


LM239D, AD 
LM239J, AJ 
LM239N. AN 


-25'C to +85"C 


SO-1 
Cerami 
Plastic 


4 

DIP 




DIP 


LM339D. AD 
LM339J, AJ 
LM339N. AN 


rrcto +7o-c 


SO-1 
Cerami 
Plastic 


4 

DIP 
DIP 


LM2901D 
LM2901N 
MC3302L 
MC3302P 


-40"Cto + 85°C 


SO-1 
Plastic 
Cerami 
Plastic 


4 

DIP 
DIP 
DIP 



LI NEAR/ INTER FACE DEVICES 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS [V cc = .5.0 Vdc. T A = 25=C unless otherwise noledl 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM139A 


LM239A/339A 


LM139 


LM239 339 


LM2901 


MC3302 


Unit 


Min 


T V P 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voliage (Note 4) 


V| 




±1.0 


±2.0 




±10 


*2 




±2 


±5.0 




±2.0 


±50 




±2.0 


±7.0 




±3 


±20 


mVdc 


Input Bias Cur rent (Notes 4. 5) 
(Output in Linear Range) 


'IB 




25 


100 




25 


250 


~> 


25 


100 




25 


250 




25 


250 




25 


500 


nA 


Input Offset Current (Note 4) 


'10 




±3 


±25 




±50 


±50 




'30 


±25 




±5.0 


±50 




±5.0 


±50 




±3.0 


±100 


nA 


Input Common Mode Voliage Range (Note 7) 


V|CR 







v C c 

-1.5 







Vcc 

-1 5 







v C c 

1 5 







v C c 

-15 







v C c 

1 5 







vcc 

-1.5 


V 


Supply Current 

Ri_ = *> {For All Comparators) 
R L = «, V C c : 30Vdc 


ice 




08 


2 




0.8 


2 




0.8 


2 




0.8 


2 




0.8 
1.0 


2.0 
2 5 




08 


2.0 


mA 


Voltage Gain 
R L »1Skfl. V cc =15Vdc 


*v 


50 


200 




50 


200 






200 






200 ' 




25 


100 




2 


30 




V/mV 


Large Signal Response Time 
V| - TTL Logic Swing. 
V ref = 1.4 \Mc. V RL = 5.0Vdc. 
R L = 5 1 kll 






300 






300 






300 






300 






300 






300 




ns 


Response Time (Note 6) 
V RL = 5 Vdc, R|_ ; 5.1 Ml 






13 






1 3 






1 3 






1.3 






1.3 






13 




*t« 


Output Sink Current 
V,(-)>*1.0Vac.V,(*)=0.V o ^ 1 5 Vdc 


'sink 


6.0 


16 




6.0 


16 




6.0 


16 




6 


16 




60 


16 




6.0 


16 




mA 


Saturation Voltage 

V|(-| > *1 Vdc. V|(*| = 0. I 8jnll £ 4.0 mA 


v«n 




130 


400 




130 


400 




130 


400 




130 


400 




130 


400 




130 


500 


mV 


Output Leakage Current 
V,( t ) > .10 Vdc, V|{-( - 0. V : *5.0 Vdc 


'OL 




01 






0.1 






01 






0.1 






0.1 






1 




nA 



PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS IV CC •bOV6c. T A T iow lo I,„ 1|h [Nole 3|l 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM139A 


LM239A 339A 


LM139 


LM239/: 


39 


LM2901 


MC3302 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


| Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Oflsei Voltage (Note 4) 


VlO 






r4 






±40 






±9.0 






♦9.0 






±15 






±40 


mVdc 


Input Bias Current (Notes 4. 5) 
(Output in Linear Range) 


'IB 






300 






400 






300 






400 






500 






1000 


nA 


Input Offset Current (Note 4) 


'10 






! 100 






■ 150 






±100 






±150 






±200 






±300 


nA 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


vicn 







v C c 

20 







v cc 

20 







v C c 

-2 







vcc 

-20 







v C c 

-2.0 







vcc 

-20 


V 


Saturation Voliage 
V,H s .1 .0 Vdc. V|{+) = 0. I smk £ 4 mA 


v Mt 






700 






700 






700 






700 






700 






700 


mV 


Output Leakage Current 
V|(+) ^ .1 Vdc. V,(-) = 0. V - 30 vac 


'OL 






1 






10 






1 






10 






1.0 






1.0 


itA 


Differential Input Voltage 
All V, SO Vdc (Note 7) 


V| D 






v C c 






v C c 






vcc 






v C c 






vcc 






vcc 


Vdc 



NOTES 



1 The maximum output current may be as high as 20 mA, independent of the magnitude of Vcc Output short circuits to V cc can cause excessive heating and eventual 
destruction 

2 This magnitude of input current will only occur if the leads are driven more negative than ground or the negative supply voltage. This is due to the input PNPcollector- 
base junction becoming forward biased, acung as an input clamp diode There is also a lateral PNP parasitic transistor action which can cause the output voltage of 
the comparators to go to the V cc voltage level (or ground if overdrive islarge)during the time that an input is driven negative. This will not destroy the device when limited 
to the max rating and normal output states will recover when the inputs become > ground or negative supply. 

3 LM1 39/139A - T (ow - -55°C, T hi g h = +1 25°C LM339/339A - T| ow = 0°C, T hjgh = *70°C 

3 LM239/239A - T (ow - -25°C. T njgh = tR5°C LM2901 /MC3302 - T| ow = -40«C, T njgh = +85°C 

4 At the output switch point. Vq - 1 4 Vdc. Rg € 100 II, 5.0 Vdc < Vcc < 30 Vdc ' w,,h ,ne ' n Puts over the full common-mode range (0 Vdc to Vcc " 1 5 Vdc > 
5. The bias current flows out of the inputs due to the PNP input stage. This current is virtually constant, independent of the output state. 

6 The response time specified is for a 100 mV input step with 5 mV overdrive For larger signals. 300 ns is typical 

7. Positive excursions of input voltage may exceed the power supply level. As long asone of the inputs remain within the common-mode range, the comparator will pro- 
vide the proper output state. 



LM139A LM239A LM339A LM2901, MC3302 



FIGURE 2 - INVERTING COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 





FIGURE 3 - NON-INVERTING COMPARATOR WITH 
HYSTERESIS 



R3 
10 k 



Rref 



10 k 

Ov c 



Rref 



1 k^R 1 




"cc R1 



R3 - Rl II R re f//R2 
R2» R re f//R1 

TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 
(Vcc ^ + 15 Vdc, Ta = +25°C (each comparator) unless otherwise noted.) 



Vcc R1 

R2 ; R1//R re f 

Amount of Hysteresis Vh 



FIGURE 4 — NORMALIZED INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT 




25 50 75 100 125 
U AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 




FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT SINK CURRENT versus 
OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE 

































25°C 










T 


A = -5 


5°C / 
























TA = 


125°C 




































































t 





















100 200 300 400 

V sal . OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE (mVI 



500 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-67 



FIGURE 7 - DRIVING LOGIC 



FIGURE 8 - SQUAREWAVE OSCILLATOR 




RS = Source Resistance 
Rl - R S 



vcco 







vcc 


R L 


LOGIC 


DEVICE 


Volts 


kSi 


CMOS 


1/4MC14001 




100 


TTL 


1/4 MC7400 


•5 


10 




CluF) 

R2 • R3 - R4 

Rl » R2//R3//R4 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



These quad comparators feature high gain, wide 
bandwidth characteristics. This gives the device oscil- 
lation tendencies if the outputs are capacitively coupled 
to the inputs via stray capacitance. This oscillation man- 
ifests itself during output transistions (Vol to v OH'- To 
alleviate this situation input resistors < 10 kfi should 
be used. The addition of positive feedback (<10 mV) is 



also recommended. 

It is good design practice to ground all unused input 
pins. 

Differential input voltages may be larger than supply 
voltages without damaging the comparator's inputs. 
Voltages more negative than -300 mV should not be 
used. 



FIGURE 9 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR 
(Single Supply) 



V|N 




D1 prevents input trom going negative by more than 0.6 V 
R1 * R2 - R3 

H5 



FIGURE 10 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR 
(Split Supplies) 

VlNm.n =° * V 1% «J,T *»9ntO» 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



® 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



(QUAD MC1741) 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The LM148 series is a true quad MC1741. Integrated on a single 
monolithic chip are four independent, low power operational 
amplifiers which have been designed to provide operating charac- 
teristics identical to those of the industry standard MC1741, and 
can be applied with no change in circuit performance. In addition, 
the total supply current for all four amplifiers is comparable to 
the supply current of a single MC1741. Other features include input 
offset currents and input bias currents which are much less than 
the MCI 741 industry standard. 

The LM148 can be used in applications where amplifier matching 
or high packing density is important. Other applications include high 
impedance buffer amplifiers and active filter amplifiers. 

• Each Amplifier is Functionally Equivalent to the MC1 741 

• Low Input Offset and Input Bias Currents 

• Class AB Output Stage Eliminates Crossover Distortion 

• Pin Compatible with MC3503 and LM124 

• True Differential Inputs 

• Internally Frequency Compensated 

• Short Circut Protection 

• Low Power Supply Current (0.6 mA/Amplifier) 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(1/4 of Circuit Shown) 




LM148 
LM248 



(QUAD MCI 741) 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-68 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 




,4* 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-0 
SO-14 



PIN CONNECTIONS 



t 



nputs 
4 



(Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 

LM148J 
LM248J 
LM248N 
LM348D 
LM348J 
LM348N 



Temperature Range 

-55 to + 125°C 
-25 to +85°C 
-25 to +85"C 
Oto +70°C 
to +70X 
Oto +70°C 



SO 



ic DIP 
ic DIP 
E DIP 
14 

ic DIP 
c DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-69 



LM148, LM248, LM348 

MAXIMUM RATINGS <T A = +25°C unless otherwise notedl 



Rating 


Symbol 


LM148 


LM248/LM348 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


vcc 
vee 


+ 22 
-22 


+ 18 
-18 


Vdc 
Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


V|D 


±44 


±36 


Volts 


Input Common Mode Voltage 


V|CM 


±22 


±18 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration 


's 


Continuous 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


Ta 


-55 to +125 | -25 to +85 | Oto+70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 




"C 


Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 




Junction Temperature 

Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


' ' 

175 
150 


•c 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE =■ -15 V, T A - 25°C unless otherwise noted) 





Symbol 


LM14B 


LM248/348 


Unit 


Characteristic 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 
IR S < 10 k) 


VlO 




1.0 


5.0 




1.0 


6.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


i|0 




4.0 


25 




4.0 


50 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


'IB 




30 


100 




30 


200 


nA 


Input Resistance 




0.8 


2.5 




0.8 


2.5 




MSI 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


i 12 






t12 






V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(R L 5» 2.0 k, V - ±10 V) 


Av 


50 


160 




25 


160 




V/mV 


Channel Separation 

(f = 1 .0 Hz to 20 kHz) 






-120 






-120 




dB 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
(R S s 10 k) 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
IR S < 10 k) 


PSRR 


77 


96 




77 


96 




dB 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R L S 10 k) 
(R[_ >!kl 


v 


±12 
110 


113 
112 




112 
HO 


113 
112 




V 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


lot 




25 






25 




mA 


Supply Current - (All Amplifiers) 


id 




2 4 


3.6 




2.4 


4.5 


mA 


Small Signal Bandwidth (A v = 1) 


BW 




1.0 






1.0 




MHz 


Phase Margin (A v = 1 ) 


Om 




60 






60 




degrees 


Slew Rate (A v ■ 1) 


SR 




0.5 






0.5 




V/ms 

















ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS lv cc -+15V, V EE = -15V,T A - - T high to T| 0W unless otherwise noted) 



Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 






6.0 






7.5 


mV 


IR S =5 10 kfil 


















Input Offset Current 


ho 














nA 


LM14S 






75 










LM248 














125 




LM348 














100 




Input Bias Current 


ifi 














nA 


LM148 








325 










LM248 














500 




LM348 














400 




Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


±12 






112 






V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 


Av 


25 






15 






V/mV 


(R[_ > 2 k, Vq = 1 10 VI 


















Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


IRg < 10 k) 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 


77 


96 




77 


96 




dB 


(R S « 10 k) 


















Output Voltage Swing 


Vo 














V 


(R L > 10 k) 




112 


s13 




±12 


H3 






(R{_ >2W 




J 10 


112 




±10 


112 







' T high " 125°C for LM148, 85°C for LM248, and 70°C for LM348. T, ow = 55°C for LM148, -25°C for LM248, and 0°C for LM348. 
NOTE : Any of the amplifier outputs can be shorted to ground indefinitely; however, more than one should not be simultaneously shorted 
or the maximum junction temperature will be exceeded. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-70 



LM148, LM248, LM348 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(VCC ' * 15 Vdc ' Vee " ~ 15 Vdc - Ta * * 25 ° c u nl «s otherwise notedl. 



FIGURE 1 - POWER BANDWIDTH 
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) 



FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




1.0 k 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 3 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 4 - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 













\ 










i i nn 


























VSUF 


p 


1! 


s 


































































































±12 V 










































































































±9V 






































































































1 




+ 6 


V 

























































































































500 700 1.0 k 
Rb LOAD 



-15 
-14 
-13 
_ -12 

5 -ii 

-10 

a 

< -9.0 
g -8 

i " 7 -° 
£ -6.0 

I -5 

6 -4.0 
* -3.0 

-2.0 
-1.0 



























































































±15VSU 


PL 


IE 


S 


































































































t 


2 V 




































































t 




































1 V 










































































































i 


6V 























































































500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 7.0 

RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 5 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus 
LOAD RESISTANCE (Single Supply Operation) 



+30 V Supply 




































+27 V- 






































+24 V 




































+21 V 






































+18 V 
























































+ 15 V 




















+12 V 






































+9.0 V 




































+6.0 V 
+5.0 V 





















































10 k 



2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 
R L , LOAD RESISTANCE (km 



8.0 9 10 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-71 



FIGURE 6 — NONINVERTING PULSE RESPONSE 



FIGURE 7 — OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 

































































1 — 
















/ 














PUT 
























































INPUT 















































lOw/DIV 



105 

100 

I 95 
z 

3 90 

< 

5 85 
o 

> 

> 80 
75 
70 













































































1 




























































































i — J — 










y 








































< — 









































































20 40 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 
VCC. .V EE i. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



FIGURE 8 — VOLTAGE REFERENCE 




Vq 2 5 VI 1 



FIGURE 9 — WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR 

50 k 
Wv 



' ^ | — n 

5.0 k 1 



V,ef 



VreCT V CC 




For f - 1 kHz 
R = 16 kn 
C - 0.01 |iF 



FIGURE 10 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER FIGURE 11 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 




e„ - C (1 + a + b) (e2 - el) H1 

H= -prfW v °H- v oL> 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-72 



LM148, LM248, LM348 



FIGURE 12 - HIGH IMPEDANCE INSTRUMENTATION BUFFER/FILTER 




FIGURE 13 - FUNCTION GENERATOR 



Triangle Wave 
Output # 



V,.f » 




4CR|R1 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-73 



LM148, LM248, LM348 



FIGURE 15 - ABSOLUTE VALUE DVM FRONT END 



0.5HF 



500 k 




100 k 

■vw- 



MSD6150 500 k 

— ^*V— 





0.5 MF 2 



1 M Common -i- -± 



i r 



H 

< Bridge Null Adjust 




: 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-74 




Specifications and Applications 
Information 



DUAL LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

Utilizing the circuit designs perfected for recently introduced 
Quad Operational Amplifiers, these dual operational amplifiers 
feature 1) low power drain, 2) a common mode input voltage range 
extending to ground/VfE- 3) Single Supply or Split Supply operation 
and 4) pin outs compatible with the popular MC1 558 dual operational 
amplifier. The LM158 Series is equivalent to one-half of an LM124. 

These amplifiers have several distinct advantages over standard 
operational amplifier types in single supply applications. They can 
operate at supply voltages as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 32 Volts 
with quiescent currents about one-fifth of those associated with the 
MC1741 {on a per amplifier basis). The common mode input range 
includes the negative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for 
external biasing components in many applications. The output voltage 
range also includes the negative power supply voltage. 

• Short Circuit Protected Outputs 

• True Differential Input Stage 

• Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 32 Vofts 

• Low Input Bias Currents 

• Internally Compensated 

• Common Mode Range Extends to Negative Supply 

• Single and Split Supply Operation 

• Similar Performance to the Popular MC1558 



MAXIMUM RATINGS <T A • + 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Rating 



Power Supply Voltages 
Single Supply 
Split Supplies 



Input Differential Voltage Range (1 ) 



Input Common Mode Voltage Range (2} 



Input Forward Current (31 
(Vi < -0.3 V) 



Output Short Circuit Duraiion 



Junction Temperature 

Ceramic and Metal Packages 
Plastic Package 



Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic and Metal Packages 
Plastic Package 



Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
LM158 
LM258 
LM358 
LM2904 



V CC 

v C c. v E e 



V ICR 



'IF 



LM158 
LM258 
LM358 



32 

: 16 



26 
• 13 



Continuo 



175 
150 



-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 



55 to +125 
-25 to +85 
to +70 



°C 



( 1 ) Spl it Power Supplies. 

(2) For Supply Voltages less than 32 V for the LM158- 
the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the 

(31 This input current will only exist when the voltage 
.Normal output stales will reestablish when the inpu 
than 0.3 V. 



258'358 and 26 V for the LM2904, 
supply voltage. 

egative at any of the input leads, 
t voltage returns to a voltage greater 



LM158, LM258, 
LM358, LM2904 



DUAL DIFFERENTIAL 
INPUT 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 




N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 




ORDERING INFORMATION 




Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Pac 


kage 


LM158H 


-55 to +125'C 


Meti 


1 Can 


LM158J 


Ceramic DIP 


LM2904D 


-40 to +85°C 


SO-8 


LM2904H 


Meta 1 ! Can 


LM2904J 


Ceran 


ic DIP 


LM2904N 


Plast 


c DIP 


LM258D 


-25 to +85X 


S( 


)-8 


LM258H 


Meta 


Can 


LM258J 


Ceramic DIP 


LM258N 


Plast 


c DIP 


LM358D 
LM358H 


to + 70*C 


SC 
Meta 


-8 
Can 


LM358J 


Cerarr 


ic DIP 


LM358N 


Plast 


c DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-75 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM158/LM258 


LM358 


LM2904 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 

V c c " 5.0 V to 30 V (26 V for LM2904I. 
V| C = V to V cc - 1 .7 V. V - 1 4 V, R s " SI 
T A s 25°C 

Ta = T high to T| „ (Note 1 1 


vio 


- 


2.0 


5 
7.0 




2.0 

- 


7.0 
9.0 


- 


2.0 

- 


7.0 
10 


mV 
























Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
Ta * Thigh '0 T| ow INote 1 1 


AV|Q/AT 


- 








7.0 






7.0 




uW°C 


Input Offset Current 


ho 




3.0 


30 




5.0 


50 




5.0 


bO 


nA 


T A = Thigh to T, ovu INote 11 








100 






150 




45 


200 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current 
Ta ■ Thigh to T| „ INote 1 1 


Alio AT 




10 






10 






10 




p a:°c 


Input Bias Current 

Ta = Thigh to T, ow INote 11 


IB 


- 


-45 
-50 


-150 
-300 




-45 
-50 


-250 
-500 


- 


-45 

-50 


-250 
-500 


nA 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range (Note 2i 
v cc = 30 V (26 V for LM2904) 

V CC - 30 V (26 V for LM2904I. T fl - T hign to T, ow 


v icR 








28 3 
28 








28.3 
28 








24.3 
24 


V 


Differential Input Voltage Range 


V 1DR 






VCC 






vcc 






vcc 


V 


Large Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain 

R L - 2.0 kS2. Vcc = 15 V. For Large Vq Swing, 
T A ' Thigh t° T lom INote 1) 


A V0L 


50 
25 


100 


._ 


25 
15 


100 






100 




V/mV 


Channel Separation 

1 .0 kHz f *i 20 kHz. Input Referenced 


- 




-120 






-120 


- 




-120 




dB 


Common-Mode Reiection Ratio 
R S < 10 kit 


CMRR 


70 


35 


- 


65 


70 


- 


50 


70 


- 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 


65 


100 




65 


100 




50 


100 




dB 


Output Voltage Range 

R]_ = 2 kil {R L 3 10 k£2 for LM2904J 


V R 







3.3 







3.3 







3.3 


V 


Output Voltage-High Limit (T A - T high to T| OW )(Note 1 ) 
VCC = 30 V (26 V (or LM2904), R L = 2 kU 
Vcc = 30 V (26 V for LM2904), R L = 10 kSl 


VOH 


26 

27 


28 




26 

27 


28 




22 
23 


24 




V 


Output Voltage-Low Limit 

V CC = 5.0 V. R l = 10 k:». T A - T h(gn to T, 0lA1 INote 1 1 


vol 




5 


20 




5.0 


20 




5.0 


20 


mV 


Output Source Current 

V| D = +1 .0 V. V C c * 15 V 


iQt 


20 


40 




20 


40 




20 


40 




mA 


Output Sink Current 

V|D = -1.0 V, V C c = 15 V 
V !D = -1.0 V, V = 200 mV 


'O- 


10 
12 


20 
50 




10 
12 


20 
50 




10 


20 




mA 
uA 














Output Short Circuit to Ground (Note 3) 


los 




40 


60 




40 


■ 




40 


60 


mA 








Power Supply Current <T A * T mgn to T (ovv )(Note 1 ) 
V CC = 30 V (26 V for LM2904I. V = V, R L = - 
VcC "SV.Vq = 0V,R|_ = * 


] CC 




1.5 

7 


3 
' 2 




1.5 
0.7 


3.0 
12 




1.5 
0.7 


3.0 
1.2 


mA 



















NOTES: 

11) T low 



= -55 U C for LM158 

- 40°C 'or L.M2904 

- -25°C for LM258 
= 0°C for LM358 



, - * 125 W C for LM158 
= +85°C for LM2904 

and LM258 
= * 70°C for LM358 



(2) The input common-mode voltage or either input signal 
voltage should not be allowed to go negative by more than 



3 V The upper end of the common mode voltage range 
is V(;c _1 7 V, but either or both inputs can go to +32 V 
without damage ( + 26 V for LM2904) 
(3) Short circuits from the output to V qq can cause excessive 
heating and eventual destruction. Destructive dissipation 
can result from simultaneous shorts on all amplifiers. 



SINGLE SUPPLY 

3.0 V to V cc (Max) 




■± V EE /Gnd 



SPLIT SUPPLIES 



vcc^~ 



1 



1.5 V to V cc (M.x) 



SI.5Vtov EE (Max) 



V EE I 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-76 



LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC c^'^^ 
(One-Half of Circuit Shown) Output Am hf 




O V EE /f3nd 



LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE 
FOLLOWER RESPONSE 



















1 

= 15 Vdc 
















- R L 


= £ K 

= 25 


it 

»c 






















MM 


1 1 II 


-t-H-t- 




mi' 




-H++- 


-H4+- 




■++++ 












jiii 
















A 










f. 












\ : 






/ 















CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

The LM158 Series is made using two internally Com- 
pensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first stage 
of each consists of differential input devices Q20 and 
Q18 with input buffer transistors Q21 and Q17 and 
the differential to single ended converter Q3 and Q4. 
The first stage performs not only the first stage gain 
function but also performs the level shifting and trans- 
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans 
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only 5 pF) 
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The tran con- 
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col- 
lectors of Q20 and Q18. Another feature of this input 
stage is that the input common-mode range can include 
the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation, 
without saturating either the input devices or the 1 dif 
ferential to single-ended converter. The second stage con 
sists of a standard current source load amplifier « t , 
Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage re< 
lator which has a low temperature coefficient thus t 
each amplifier good temperature characteristics as well as 
excellent power supply rejection. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-77 



LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904 

TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 




FIGURE 3 — LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 
H 




10 100 
I, FREQUENCY (kHz) 



FIGURE 4 — SMALL-SIGNAL VOLTAGE FOLLOWER 
PULSE RESPONSE 
(Non-Inverting) 

550 













vcc 
vee 


= 30 V 
■Gnd 
. 25°C 
= 50pF 


In 


IUt 








Ta 

cl 


7 














» 








lit 






P 




















































r 

















1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 
1. TIME (us) 



FIGURE 5 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



2.4 

2.1 
I 1.8 

t- 
Ui 

K 1.5 

cc 

> 1.2 

fc 

| 0-9 

UJ 

I 0.6 
a. 

8 0.3 
























1 1 

T 4 - 25°C 
























R 

















































































































































































5.0 10 15 20 25 30 

Vcc, POWER SUPPLY V0 LTAGE IV0 LTSI 



FIGURE 6 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



1 170 



2 4,0 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 
VCC. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IV0LTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
?-78 



LM158, LM258, LM358, LM2904 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE 



FIGURE 8 - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR 




V D 2SV1I 

K -V 3J<IIj'.IM 





i O- " 

L 


R ■ 






FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 



FIGURE 10- COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 





vol 



'inL 
Vref 



R 1 



e„ • C (1 * » + bl («2 - «1I 



FIGURE 11 - 81-QUAD FILTER 



V inH " ffT^g fVOH" v '.<> ' v re< 




Vre< 



R - 
C - 



Tgp = Center Frequency Gain R 2 = y 



T N = Passband Notch Gain 



R3 - 1 



160kP. 
001 «F 

6 un 

6 MP. 

6 win 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-79 



FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR 



v,e. 




4 CR f R1 R2 ' HI 

FIGURE 13 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS F I LTE R 




1 Q - Center Frequency 
AII I - Gain at Center Frequency 



Choose Value f 
Then 



R3 
2 Alf l 

R 1 R3 
4Q2 R1 - 



For less than 1 0% error from operational amplifier 



< 1 Where f Q and BW are expressed in Hz. 



If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with 
follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-80 



® 







SINGLE SUPPLY, LOW POWER, LOW OFFSET VOLTAGE 
DUAL COMPARATORS 

The LM193 series are dual independent precision voltage 
comparators capable of single -or split -supply operation. These 
devices are designed to permit a common mode range-to-ground 
level with single-supply operation. Input offset-voltage 
specifications as low as 2.0 mV make this device an excellent 
selection for many applications in consumer automotive, and 
industrial electronics. 

• Wide Single-Supply Range — 2.0 Vdc to 36 Vdc 

• Split-Supply Range— ±1 .0 Vdc to ±1 8 Vdc 

• Very LowCurrent Drain Independent of Supply Voltage — 0.4 mA 

• Low Input Bias Current — 25 nA 

• Low Input Offset Current — 5.0 nA 

• Low Input Offset Voltage — 2.0 mV (max) LM1 93A/293A/393A 

— 5.0 mV (max) LM193/293/393 

• Input Common Mode Range to Ground Level 

• Differential Input Voltage Range Equal to Power Supply Voltage 

• Output Voltage Compatible with DTL. ECL. TTL, MOS and CMOS 

Logic Levels 



FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(Diagram shown is for 1 comparator) 



vcc 



-Input Output 




LM193 LM193A 
LM293 LM293A 
LM393 LM393A 
LM2903 



DUAL COMPARATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 

v cc 

Output A ,J8}^ Output E 




Gnd 
{Top V ievy I 




N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 




Device 


Temperature 
Range 


P« 


ckage 


LM193AH.H 


-55 to +126'C 


Me 


al Can 


LM293AH.H 


-25tp +85'C 


Me 


al Can 


LM293D 


: 


0-8 


LM393AH.H 


to + 70"C 


Me 


al Can 


LM393D 


e 


0-8 


LM393AN.N 


Plas 


rtic DIP 


LM2903D 


-40 to +85"C 


: 


0-8 


LM2903N 


Pla 


itic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-81 



LM193, LM193A, LM293, LM293A, LM393, LM393A, LM2903 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


VCC 


+36 or +18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V|DR 


36 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


VlCR 


-0.3 to +36 


Vdc 


Input Current (2) 


■in 


50 


mA 


(V in < -0.3 Vdc) 








Output Short Circuit-to-Ground 
Output Sink Current (1) 


isc 

'sink 


Continuous 
20 


mA 


Power Dissipation @ T A = 25°C 
Plastic DIP 

Derate above 25°C 
Metal Can 

Derate above 25°C 


Pd 
1/Roja 

P D 

1/Rsja 


570 
5.7 
830 
6.64 


mW 

mW/°C 

mW/°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
LM193, 193 A 
LM293. 293A 
LM393. 393A 
LM2903 


t a 


-55 to +125 
-25 to +85 
to +70 
-40 to +85 


°C 


Maximum Operating Junction Temperature 
LM393. 393A, 2903 
LM193, 193A, 293, 293A 


T J(max) 


125 
150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 5 Vdc; "T^w sS T A sS T high unless otherwise stated.) 







LM193A 


LM293A. LM393A 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (3) 
T A = 25°C 
T|ow T A =s T n jgh 


VlO 




±1.0 


±2.0 
4 




±10 


±2.0 
4.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current 
T A = 25°C 
T low« T A< T high 


'10 




+3 


±25 
±100 




±5.0 


±50 
±150 


nA 


Input Bias Current (4) 
T A = 25°C 
T low« TA'S Thigh 


'IB 




25 


100 
300 




25 


250 
400 


nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range (5) 
T A = 25°C 
T low< T A* T high 


V ICR 


O 





V C c -1-6 
V C C -2 








V C c -15 
V C C -2 ° 


Volts 










Voltage Gain 

RL 3 1 5 kfi. Vcc " 1 5 Vdc, T A = 25°C 


A VOL 


50 


200 




50 


200 




V/mV 


Large Signal Response Time 
V in = TTL Logic Swing. V re ) = 1 .4 Vdc 
V RL 5 5.0 Vdc. R L = 5.1 k!l, T A = 25°C 






300 






300 




ns 


Response Time (5) 
V RL = 5.0 Vdc. R(_ = 5.1 k!!. T A = 25°C 


'TLH 




1.3 






1.3 




MS 


Input Differential Voltage (7) 
All V in > Gnd or V- Supply (if usedl 


V|D 






v C c 






v C c 


V 


Output Sink Current 
V, n _ 3s 1 .0 Vdc. V int = Vdc. V < 1 5 Vdc 
T A = 25°C 


'sink 


6.0 


16 




6.0 


16 




mA 


Output Saturation Voltage 
V in _ 5 1 .0 Vdc, V in+ = 0. I sink « 4.0 mA, T A = 25°C 
Tlow* TA* T high 


Vol 




150 


400 
700 




150 


400 


mV 












700 




Output Leakage Current 
V in _ = V, V int Ss 1 ,0 Vdc, V = 5.0 Vdc, T A = 25°C 
V in _ = V. V in+ Ss 1 .0 Vdc. V = 30 Vdc. 
Tlow* T A« T hiqh 


'ol 




0.1 


1.0 




0.1 


1.0 


HiA 


Supply Current 

R(_ = Both Comparators, T A = 25°C 
RL = =c Both Comparators, Vcc = 30 V 


>CC 




04 
10 


1.0 
2 5 




0.4 
1.0 


1.0 
2 5 


mA 



•LM193/193A - T| ow = -55°C, T high = +125°C 
LM293/293A — T, ow = -25°C. T high = +85°C 
LM393/393A - T| ow = 0°C, T hlgh = +70°C 
LM2903 — T| 0W = -40°C. T n , g h = +85°C 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-82 



LM193, LM193A, 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 5 Vdc; »T| ow < T A s; T h , 9h unless 



otherwise slated.) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM193 


LM293, LM393 


LM2903 


Un 


t 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Inpul Offset Voltage (3) 
Ta = 25°C 
T low€ T A< T hiqh 


VlO 


- 


±1 .0 


±5.0 
9.0 


- 


±1.0 


±5.0 
9.0 


- 


+2.0 
9 


±7.0 
15 


m' 


1 


Input Offset Current 
Ta - 25°C 


ijo 




±3 


+25 




±5 


±50 




+5.0 


+50 


n; 


K 


Tlow*! T A< T hiqh 




- 




±100 


- 




±150 


- 


±50 


±200 






Input Bias Current (4) 
T A = 25°C 
T| w<T A «T h i qn 


'IB 




25 


100 
300 




25 


250 
400 




25 
200 


250 
500 


n/ 


\ 


Input Common Mode Voltage 
Range (4| 
T A =25°C 

Tj~ < Ta < Tu-l, 

1 low 1 A 1 high 


V|CR 








Vcc -15 
Vcc-2 








Vcc -' 5 

VCC-20 








VcC -15 
V CC -2 


Volts 


Voltage Gain 

R L 2*15Ml. V cc =15Vdc. 
= 25°C 


AvOL 


50 


200 




50 


200 




25 


200 




V/mV 


Large Signal Response Time 

Vj n = TTL Logic Swing, 

V ( = 14 Vfir 

v rer 1 ^ vut - 

V RL = 5.0 Vdc, R|_ = 5.1 Ml, 

T A = 25°C 


- 


I 


300 








300 








300 









Response Time (6) 

Voi ;Sfl Vrif- Ri = R 1 ltd 

T A = 25°C 


'TLH 




1 3 






1 3 






1 .5 




V* 




Input Differential Voltage (7) 
All V in > Gnd or V- Supply 
(if used) 


V|D 


- 




v C c 


- 




vcc 






vcc 


V 




Output Sink Current 
V in - Js 1 .0 Vdc. V| nt = Vdc. 
Vq< 1 5 VdcT A = 25°C 


'sink 


6.0 


16 




6.0 


16 




6 


16 




mi 


i 


Output Saturation Voltage 
V in _ > 1 .0 Vdc. V m+ = 0, 

l s ink« 4.0 mA. T A = 25°C 
Tlow* T A < T hiqr , 


vol 




150 


400 
700 




150 


400 
700 




200 


400 
700 


m\ 




Output Leakage Current 
V in _ = 0V. V^ 9 1.0 Vdc. 

V = 5.0 Vdc. T A = 25°C 
V in _ = V. V int 5s 1 .0 Vdc. 
V = 30 Vdc, 
Tlow*! T A« Thiqh 


lOL 




0.1 


1000 




1 


1000 




1 


1000 


nt 




Supply Current 

R[_ = 3c Both Comparators. 

T A = 25°C 
R L = ac Both Comparators. 

V C C = 30 V 


'cc 




0.4 


10 

2.5 




0.4 


1.0 
2.5 




0.4 


1.0 

2.5 


m> 





•LM193/193A- T low = -55°C. T high = + 125°C 
LM293/293A - T !ow = -25°C. T hjgn = *85°C 
LM393/393A - T, ow = 0°C. T nigh = +70°C 



NOTES: 

(1) The max, output current may be as high as 20 mA, independent of 
the magnitude of Vcc- output short circuits to VqC can cause ex- 
cessive heating and eventual destruction. 

(2) This magnitude of input current will only occur if the input leads are 
driven more negative than ground or the negative supply voltage. 
This is due to the input PNP collector base junction becoming for- 
ward biased, acting as an input clamp diode. There is also a lateral 
PNP parasitic transistor action on the IC chip. This phenomena can 
cause the output voltage of the comparators to go to the Vcc voltage 
level (or ground if overdrive is large) during the time the input is 
driven negative. This will not destroy the device and normal output 
states will recover when the inputs become > - 0.3 V of ground or 
negative supply. 

(3) At output switch point, Vq = 1.4 Vdc, R$ = fi with Vqc from 5.0 
Vdc to 30 Vdc, and over the full input common-mode range (0 volts 
to V CC - -1.5 volts) 



(4) Due to the PNP transistor inputs, bias current will flow out of the 
inputs, this current is essentially constant independent of the output 
state, therefore, no loading changes will exist on the input lines. 

(5) Input common mode of either input should not be permitted to go 
more than 0.3 V negative of ground or minus supply. The upper limit 
of common mode range is Vcc ~ 15 V but either or both inputs 
can be taken to as high as 30 volts without damage. 

(6J Response time is specified with a 100 mV step and 5.0 mV of ov- 
erdrive. With larger magnitudes of overdrive faster response times 
are obtainable. 

(7) The comparator will exhibit proper output state if one of the inputs 
become greater than Vcc. tne other input must remain within t 
common mode range. The low input state must not be less 
-0.3 volts of ground of minus supply. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-83 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 



LM193.A 293. A/393. A 



FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 
V cc . SUPPLY VOLTAGE [Vdc) 

FIGURE 3 - OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE 
versus OUTPUT SINK CURRENT 




3 ooi 



0.1 10 10 

Isink- OUTPUT SINK CURRENT (mAl 

FIGURE 4 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 
V cc . SUPPLY VOLTAGE [Vdc) 



LM2903 

FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



1 


1 1 












T« 












































T A = 0-C : 




























c — 












1 1 










Tl 














































5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 
V CC . SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) 



FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE 
versus OUTPUT SINK CURRENT 




01 01 10 10 

I s ,„ k . OUTPUT SINK CURRENT ImA) 

FIGURE 7 - POWER SUPPLY CURRENT versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



100 




5 10 15 20 25 30 35 
V CC . SUPPLY VOLTAGE [Vdc) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-84 



LM193, LM193A, 



LM293, LM2! 



93A, LM393, LM393A, LM2903 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



These dual comparators feature high gain, wide bandwidth 
characteristics. This gives the device oscillation tendencies if 
the outputs are capacitively coupled to the inputs via stray 
capacitance. This oscillation manifests itself during output 
transitions {Vol t0 ^OhO- To alleviate this situation input re- 
sistors < 10 kfl should be used. The addition of positive feed- 
back (< 10 mV) is also recommended. 

FIGURE 8 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR 
(Single Supply) 

+ 15 V 



It is good design practice to ground all unused pins. 

Differential input voltages may be larger than supply voltage 
without damaging the comparator's inputs. Voltages 
negative than -0.3 V should not be used. 



FIGURE 9 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR 
(Split Supplies) 




V.Nmin *0.4Vpa a k for 1% ph as. d istortion i .!«). 



Dl prevents input trom going negative by more than 0.6 V. 
R1 ♦ R2 ■ B3 

zero crossing 

FIGURE 10 - FREE-RUNNING SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR 




-V EE I J L_ 




FIGURE 11 - TIME DELAY GENERATOR 

vcc VCC 



"ON" for t ^ to + At 
where: . u . 
At = RC in (_!££!_ 
Vcc 



FIGURE 12 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 

VCC 




Vref • WV- 

R1 




Vtht = Vref + 
Vth2 = Vref - 



RS = R1 II R2 

(VCC - Vref) R1 



R1 + R2 + Rl 
(Vref - VQ Low) R1 
R1 + R2 + RL 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-85 



. 



® 



INTERNALLY COMPENSATED 
MONOLITHIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

A general purpose operational amplifier series well suited for 
applications requiring lower input currents than are available with 
the popular MC1741. These improved input characteristics permit 
greater accuracy in sample and hold circuits and long interval 
integrators. 

• Internally Compensated 

• Low Offset Voltage: 7.5 mV max 

• Low Input Offset Current: 50 nA max 

• Low Input Bias Current: 250 nA max 





v ■ - 10 v,„ 



n U ii 



Pins not shown are not connected 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 




LM307 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 




(Top View! 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


LM307N 


0°C to +70°C 


Plastic DIP 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 



Pins 1, 5, and 8 
no connection. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-86 



LM307 





Symbol 


LM307 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 


vcc 


+ 18 


Vdc 




VEE 


-18 




Differential Input Signal Voltage 


VlD 


±30 


Volts 


Common-Mode Input Swing (Note 1) 


VlCR 


±15 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


<s 


Indefinite 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) (Note 2) 


PD 


500 


mW 


Operating Temperature Range 


t a 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL ( 



> (Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noted, see Note 3.1 



Characteristics 



Symbol 



LM307 



Min Typ Max 



Input Offset Voltage 
RS « 50 kn, Ta = + 25°C 
R S ' 50 kn, T A = T| 0W to T nign 



VlO 



mV 



7.5 
10 



Input Offset Current 
T A = +25°C 
TA = T| 0W to T hiflh 



ho 



3.0 



50 
70 



Input Bias Current 
Ta = + 25°C 
Ta = T|ow to Thigh 



'IB 



70 



250 
300 



Input Resistance 



0.5 



2.0 



Supply Current 
V S = ±15 V. Ta = +25°C 



mA 



Large-Signal Voltage Gain 
V$ = ± 15 V, Vo = ± 10 V, R L > 2.0 k(l. T A = + 25°C 
V S = ± 15 V. Vp = ± 10 V, R L a 2.0 kfl. T A = T| ow 



V/mV 



25 
15 



160 



Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
Tlow g Ta s Thigh 



TCVio 



6.0 



30 



uV/°C 



Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current 
+ 25X s T A * Thigh 
T|ow s T A s + 2S't 



TCI|0 



nA/°C 



0.01 
0.02 



0.3 
0.6 



Output Voltage Swing (Ta = T| ovv to Thigh) 
V S = ± 15 V, Rl = 10 kll 
Rt = 2 kfl 



V 



+ 14 
±13 



Input Voltage Range (Ta = T| ow to T n igh> 
V S = ±15 V 



VlCR 



Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (Ta : 
RS "< 50 kn 



Tlow'o Thigh> 



CMRR 



Supply-Voltage Rejection Ratio (Ta 
R S « 50 kn 



Tlow lo Thigh) 



PSRR 



96 



Symbols conform to JEDEC Engineering Bulletin No. 1 when applicable. 

Note 1. For supply voltages less than ± 15 V, the absolute maximum 
input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 

Note 2. For operating at elevated temperatures, the device must be 
derated based on a maximum junction temperature of 100°C 



for the LM307. The H package is derated based on a thermal 
resistance of + 150°C/W, junction to ambient, or +4i a C 
junction to case. 

3 3. Unless otherwise noted, these specifications apply for: 
± 5.0 V « VccA/EE «.*MV. T| ow - OX, T high - + 70T 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-87 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Vcc = +15V,Vee = -15 V. Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.l 




FIGURE 3 — MINIMUM VOLTAGE GAIN 



FIGURE 4 — TYPICAL SUPPLY CURRENTS 



f 88 

1 

S 82 



Applies over specified 
- Operating Temperature 












flange 













































































































































5.0 10 15 

V CC AND i - V E£ I. SUPPLY VOLTAGES iVOLTSI 



5.0 10 15 

V C C AND I - V K I. SUPPLY VOLTAGES IVOLTSI 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-88 



LM307 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued! 



FIGURE 7 — VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 



10 

+ 8.0 
! +6.0 
■ +4.0 

+ 2.0 


-2.0 
-4.0 
-6.0 
-8.0 
-10 



































































P" 


















In 


ut j 
























ji 



























































































































10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 
t.TIMEM 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-89 



® 



DUAL, LOW NOISE, AUDIO 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The LM833 is a standard low-cost monolithic dual general- 
purpose operational amplifier employing Bipolar technology with 
innovative high-performance concepts for audio systems appli- 
cations. With high frequency PNP transistors, the LM833 offers 
low voltage noise (4.5 nV/vHzl, 15 MHz gain bandwidth product, 
7.0 V/jiS slew rate, 0.3 mV input offset voltage with 2.0 /j.VI°C 
temperature coefficient of input offset voltage. The LM833 output 
stage exhibits no deadband crossover distortion, large output 
voltage swing, excellent phase and gain margins, low open-loop 
high frequency output impedance and symmetrical source/sink 
ac frequency response. 

The LM833 is specified over the vehicular temperature range 
and is available in the plastic DIP and SO-8 packages (P and D 
suffixes). A quad device is available in the MC34079 family. 

• Low Voltage Noise: 4.5 nV/VHi 

• High Gain Bandwidth Product: 15 MHz 

• High Slew Rate: 7.0 V//iS 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 0.3 mV 

• Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 fiVPC 

• Low Distortion: 0.002% 

• Excellent Frequency Stability 

• Dual Supply Operation 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (Vcc to Vee) 


vs 


+ 36 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V IDR 


30 NOTE 1 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


±15 NOTE 1 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (NOTE 2) 


«s 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


TA 


- 40 to +85 


C 


Operating Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


°c 


Storage Temperature 


T stg 


- 60 to + 1 50 


°c 


Maximum Power Dissipation (NOTE 2) 


PD 


500 NOTE 3 


mW 



LM833 



DUAL OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



1 

D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Inputs 



II J 

vee EE 



Output 1 [T 




33 v cc 

— ~T\ Output 2 



r-U 



puts 2 



Dual, Top View 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


LM833P 


-40 to +85°C 


Plastic DIP 


LM8330 


-40 to +85°C 


SO-8 



NOTES: 

1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not 
exceeded (See power dissipation performance characteristic). 

3. Maximum value at T^ £ 85°C. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-90 



LM833 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vqc = + 15 V, Vgg = - 15 V, T A = 25T unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Uni 




Input Offset Voltage IRs = 10 «. Vo = V) 


vio 




0.3 


5.0 


mVj 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
R S = 10 fl, V = V, T A = Ti ovv to T niq h 


AV|0'AT 




2.0 




mV/°C 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 


ho 





10 


200 


nAi 


Input Bias Current {VQM = V, Vq = V) 


l|B 





300 


1000 


nA 




Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 




-12 


+ 14 
-14 


+ 12 


V 




Large Signal Voltage Gain (R|_ = 2.0 k!l, Vo = ± 10 V) 


AVOL 


90 


110 




dB 




Output Voltage Swing: Ri_ ■ 2.0 k!i, V|q • 1.0 V 
R|_ = 2.0 kn. V| D = 1.0 V 
RL - 10 Ml, V|D = 1.0 V 
R L = 10 Ml, V| D = 1.0V 


v + 
vo- 
vo + 
vo- 


10 
12 


13.7 
-14.1 

13.9 
-14.7 


-10 
-12 


V 
V 
V 
V 




Common Mode Rejection (V|fs| = - 12 V) 


CMR 


80 


100 




dB 




Power Supply Rejection (Vs = 15 to 5.0 V, - 15 to - 5.0 V) 


PSR 


80 


115 




dB 




Power Supply Current (Vq = V, Both Amplifiers) 


id 




4.0 


8.0 


mA 




AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25'C unless otherwise noted). 




Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Uni 




Slew Rate (V| N = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 2.0 Mi, A V = +1.0) 


SR 


5.0 


7.0 




V/ffc 




Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 


GBW 


10 


15 




MH 




Unity Gain Frequency (Open Loop) 


fu 




9.0 




MH 




Unity Gain Phase Margin (Open Loop) 


H m 




60 




Deg 




Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rg = 100 fl, f = 1.0 kHz) 


e n 




4.5 




nV \ 


Tz 


Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) 


'n 




0.5 




pA'\ 


Hi" 


Power Bandwidth (V « 27 V p . p , R L = 2.0 Ml, THD s 1.0%) 


BWP 




120 




kHz 




Distortion (R L = 2.0 Ml, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, V = 3.0 V rms , Ay = +1.0) 


THD 




0.002 




% 




Channel Separation (f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz) 






-120 




dB 





FIGURE 1 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 2 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 



200 





































































































— \ 






































\ 



oL 

-50 



50 100 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IX) 



" 400 



















vc 


r = +15V 












ve 


E = -15 


V 












v c 































































































































-55 - 25 
TA. 



25 50 75 100 

Era 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-91 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 

800 



FIGURE 4 — SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



















'ft - 













































































10 15 
V CC , ]V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTS) 



vcc 

: i 




















R L = 


X 






V 






T A = 


25°C 






r 1 








































v 


E 































































5.0 10 15 

V C C. IVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 5 — DC VOLTAGE GAIN versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 6 — DC VOLTAGE GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



§ ioo 











Vcc = ^'5V 
VfE = —15 V 










\ 


= 2.0 k! 









































- 25 25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("EI 



125 





















RL t 2.0 Ul 










T A = 2 


5°C 











































































VCC- |V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS! 



FIGURE 7 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE 
versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 8 — GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 
versus TEMPERATURE 




1.0 10 100 1.0K 10K 

f, FREQUENCY (Hi) 



25 25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (X) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-92 



LM833 



FIGURE 9 — GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT versus 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 











f = 100 kHz 










T A = i 


5°C 































































V C C. |V E El. supply VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 



FIGURE 11 — SLEW RATE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



I 

5 6.0 
m 

5 4.0 



_R L = 2.0 kll 
Ay = +1.0 
-T A = 25°C - 



-TLV| N 




■C 



10 15 
V C C. |V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE [VOLTS I 



FIGURE 13 — MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




10 15 
V CC , |V E El. SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 




-55 -25 25 50 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IXI 



FIGURE 12 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY 





h 




30 






a. 
> 


?b 






< 


20 


o 




• 




1— 

Z3 


15 






ZD 




o 


10 


o 










5 0- 









10 



35T I M mull I II II 



illll II I lllll I i 1 1 MlHl 1 1 1 1 




f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1.0M 



FIGURE 14 — OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



















+v 

-V 


sal 
















sal 








• = +15 
' = -15 
= 10 k!l 


V 

V - 












i V E 

\ 



100K 



T A .A 



125 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM833 



FIGURE 15 — POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 




10K MOK 
f. FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 16 — COMMON MODE REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



I I II II 
Vcc = + 15 V 
V EE = -15V ■ 
V CM = OV 
AV CM = 41.5V. 
T A = 25°C 



av c 

CMR = 20Log (^M x A DM ' 



10K 10QK 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 17 — TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 18 - INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE > 
FREQUENCY 




VQ = 3.0 V rms 




1.0K 

I, FREQUENCY (Hj| 



10K 



100K 







































































































































































































































































































































































































































































— v cc 

VEE 

«s = 




-15V 
00 !1 






































4 - 




t 


I 

















100 1.0K 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



100K 



FIGURE 19 — INPUT F 

versus FREQU 



f 2.0 



) NOISE CURRENT 
CY 























vc 


= +15V 












€ 


= -1 
= 25"C 


V 












— t a 























































































































CY(rfe) 



100K 



FIGURE 20 — INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE 
versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 




10 100 1.0K 10K 

R S , SOURCE RESISTANCE (ill 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-95 



LITI£*7V£ For Specifications, See LM 124 Uaca. 
LM2903 For Specifications. See LMI93 
LM2904 For Specifications. See LM158 



MC1514 



DUAL DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE COMPARATOR 

. . . designed for use in level detection, low-level sensing, and 
memory applications. 

• Two Separate Outputs 

• Strobe Capability 

" -MC1514 

1.6 mA Minimum (Each Comparator! for MC1414 
Differential Input Characteristics 
Input Offset Voltage = 1.0 mV for MC1514 
= 1.5 mVfor MC1414 
Offset Voltage Drift = 3.0 /*V/°C for MCI 514 
= 5.0 /j.V/°C for MCI 41 4 
Short Propagation Delay Time — 40 ns Typical 
Output Compatible with All Saturating Logic Forms 
V = +3.2 V to -0.5 V Typical 



DUAL 
DIFFERENTIAL 
COMPARATOR 

(DUAL MC1710) 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 



MAXIMUM RATINGS IT A = 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 


vcc 
vee 


+ 14 

-7.0 


Vdc 


Differential Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|DR 


±5.0 


Vdc 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|CR 


±7.0 


Vdc 


Peak Load Current 


lL 


10 


mA 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 
Derate above Ta = 25°C 


PD 


1000 
6.0 


mW 

mwrc 


Plastic Dual In-Line Package 
Derate above = 25°C 




625 
5.0 


mW 

mw/T 


Operating Temperature MC1514 
MC1414 


ta 


-55 to +125 
to +75 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stq 


-6510 +150 


°c 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

Vcc StrobB 





L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(MC1414 Only) 



Output (T 
Strobe [T 
VCC [3 

N.c.rj 

Non-Inverting rr 
Input Li 

Inverting rr- 
Input 12. 

VeeLI 



f4]V EE 

Inverting 
Input 

^2] Non-Inverting 
Tl]Gnd 

10) v cc 

T] Strobe 
T\ Output 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-96 



MC1414, MC1514 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +12 Vdc, V EE = -6.0 Vdc, T A = 25T unless otherwise noted.) (Each Comparator) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC1514 


MC1414 


UnH 




Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 
(V * 1.4 Vdc. T A = 25°C) 
(V = 1.8 Vdc. T A - T, ow ") 
(V = 1.0 Vdc, T A = T hiqh «) 


v,o 




1.0 


2.0 
3.0 
3.0 




1.5 


5.0 
6.5 
6.5 


mVd 


c 


Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 




- 


3.0 




- 


5.0 




uV/°( 




Input Offset Current 
<V = 1.4 Vdc, T A = 25°C) 
(Vq = 18 Vdc, T A = T| ow ) 
(V = 1.0 Vdc, T A = T nign ) 




— 


1.0 


3.0 
7.0 
3.0 


— 


1.0 


5.0 
7.5 
7.5 




: 


Input Bias Current 
(V = 14 Vdc, T A = 25°C) 
(V - 1.8 Vdc, T A - T| 0W | 
(V = 1.0 Vdc, T A = T hiqn ) 


IB 


- 


12 


20 
45 
20 


- 


15 
18 


25 
40 
40 


jiAd 


i 


Open Loop Voltage Gain 
(T A = 25T) 
<T A = T| ovv to T h j qn ) 


A vo | 


1250 
1000 


1700 


— 


1000 
800 


1500 




VV 




Output Resistance 


Ro 




200 






200 




Ohm 


B 


Differential Voltage Range 


V|QR 


! 5.0 




- 


• 5.0 




- 


Vdc 




High Level Output Voltage 
(Vid 3 5.0 mV, s lo s 5.0 mA) 


VOH 


2.5 


3.2 


4.0 


2.5 


3.2 


4.0 


Vdc 




Low Level Output Voltage 

(V|D 3 - 5.0 mV, los = 2.8 mA) 
(V| D 3 -5.0 mV, Iqs = 1-6 mA) 


vol 


- 1.0 


-0.5 





- 1.0 


-0.5 





Vdc 




Output Sink Current 

(V| D s -5.0 mV, Vol s 0.4 V, 
TA = T|ow «o T hiqh ) 


'os 


2.8 


3.4 


- 


1.6 


2.5 




mAc 


c 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 
(V EE = -7.0 Vdc) 


VlCR 


± 5.0 






±5.0 






Vdc 




Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
(V EE = - 7.0 Vdc, Rs s 200 O) 


CMRR 


80 


100 




70 


100 




dB 




Strobe Low Level Current 
(V| L = 0) 


hL 






2.5 






2.5 


mA 




Strobe High Level Current 
(V| H = 5.0 Vdc) 


l|H 






1.0 






1.0 


mA 




Strobe Disable Voltage 
(Vql s 0.4 Vdc) 


VlL 






0.4 






0.4 


Vdc 




Strobe Enable Voltage 
(V H 3 2.4 Vdc) 


V|H 


3.5 




6.0 


3.5 




6.0 


Vdc 




Propagation Delay Time (Figure 1) 


tPLH 
'PHL 




20 
40 






20 
40 




ns 




Strobe Response Time (Figure 2) 


tso 
«sr 




15 
6.0 






15 
6.0 




ns 




Total Power Supply Current, Both Comparators 

(V « 0) 


ice 

'EE 




12.8 
11 


18 
14 




12.8 
11 


18 
14 


mAc 


c 


Total Power Consumption, Both Comparators 


PD 




230 


300 




230 


300 


mW 





"Tlow = "55*C for MC1514, 0"C for MC1414 
Thigh = +125"CforMC15l4. + 75°C for MC1414 

FIGURE 1 — PROPAGATION DELAY TIME 




FIGURE 2 — STROBE RESPONSE TIME 

Strobe , 



V b = 95 mV - V| 



V in IS 'tobe _JwL V 

3 20mV i 5 , , S0 _J I— t sr — |— 



V 
V 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-97 



MC1414, MC1514 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 
(Each Comparator) 



FIGURE 3 — VOLTAGE TRANSFER CHARACTERISTICS 



I 


I 

- -55T 












A 


-+25°( 






























h 








+ 125° 














o 



























































+ 


125°C - 















1 + 25°C- 















-55°C - 





-8.0 -6.0 -4.0 -2.0 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 
Vj n , INPUT VOLTAGE (mV) 

FIGURE 5 — INPUT OFFSET CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 

5.0, 



4 — INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus TEMI 



3.0 





































































1414 


























MC 


1514 



















-55 -25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI 

FIGURE 6 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-98 



MC1414, MC1514 



FIGURE 9 — RESPONSE TIME 



FIGURE 10 — POWER DISSIPATION versus TEMPERATURE 




2 



40 60 80 
t, TIME Ins) 



FIGURE 11 — RECOMMENDED SERIES RESISTANCE versus 
MRTL LOADS 



-55 -25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 

FIGURE 12 — SINK CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 




0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 

Rg, SERIES RESISTANCE [km 



-50 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A , TEMPERATURE (°CI 



FIGURE 13 — CROSSTALKt 



3.0 

: 20 

' 1.0 

o 

-1.0 



2.0 



I 1 



























r 








—1 








































1 












i 


























+4+4- 


*4f* 


++++ 


j 




+H < 


-H-H- 



















































































e in = ±50mV (™) , 


51 

L C 


eoutl 
To Scope 



tWorst case c 



- no load. 



Induced output signal in — 
amplifier #2 due to output 
signal at amplifier #1. 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-99 



MC1436D 


0°Cto 


+ 70°C 


SO-8 


MC1436P1 


O'Cto 


+ 70X 


Plastic DIP 


MC1436CP1 


OX te- 


+ 7CTC 


Plastic DIP 


MC1436G 


rn: to 


+ 70°C 


Metal Can 


MC1436U 


0"Cto 


+ 70"C 


Ceramic DIP 


MC1436CG 


OX to 


+ 70T 


Metal Can 


MC1436CU 


0*Cto 


+ 70°C 


Ceramic DIP 


MC1536G 


-55°Cto + 125°C 


Metal Can 


MC1536U 


-55'Cto + 125"C 


Ceramic DIP 



HIGH VOLTAGE, INTERNALLY COMPENSATED 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier 
with operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback 
components. 

• Maximum Supply Voltage - ±40 Vdc (MC1536) 

• Output Voltage Swing 

±30 V pk ( mi n| (V C C = +36 V, V EE = -36 V) (MC1536I 
±22 Vpkimin) (V C c = +28 V, V E E = -28 V) 

• Input Bias Current - 20 nA max (MC1536I 

• Input Offset Current - 3 nA max (MC1536) 

• Fast Slew Rate - 2.0 V/fjs typ 

• Internally Compensated 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 

• Input Over-Voltage Protection 

• A VOL - 500,000 typ 

• Characteristics Independent of Power Supply Voltages - 

(±5.0 Vdc to ±36 Vdc) 



MC1436C 
MC1536 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC. 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



Offset 
Null 



G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




FIGURE 1 - DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER WITH ± 
COMMON MODE INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 






P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Offset Null [T 
Inv. Input \2_ 

H 
LI 



Non-lnv, 
Input 



j] N.C. 

3 v cc 

"**] Output 
j[] Offset Null 



FIGURE 2 — TYPICAL NONINVERTING X10 
VOLTAGE AMPLIFIER 





3 




O 








2 



i" 




FIGURE 3 — LOW-DRIFT SAMPLE AND HOLD 

'28 V 




SAMPLE 
COMMAND 



Or ill due in bias cuneni 
is IvpicSlly 8 niV s 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-100 



MC1436, MC1436C, MC1536 



MAXIMUM RATINGS |T A ■ +25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Rating 


Symbol ' 


MCI 536 


MC1436 


MC1436C 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 

V E E 


+40 
-40 


+34 

-34 


+ 30 
-30 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V )DR 


Note 3 


Volts 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


V IC R 


Note 3 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration IV CC = V EE 28 Vdc. V Q = 0] 


'S 


5 




Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Derate above T A = +25°C 


Pd 


680 
4 6 


mW/°C 




T A 




°C 




T s ,g 


-65 to +150 


°c 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS {Vcc = »28 Vdc. VeE = 28 Vdc. T A = *25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristics 




MCI 536 


MC1436 


MC1436C 






Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Bias Current 
T A - + 25°C 

Ta = Ti—... to TkLnh (See Note 1 1 


'IB 




8 


20 
35 




15 


40 

55 




25 


90 


nAdc 




Input Offset Current 
T A = +25°C 
T A " +25°C to T hign 
TA = T| OW to +25°C 


' 10 




1.0 


3.0 
4.5 
7.0 




5.0 


10 
14 
14 




10 


25 


nAdc 




Input Offset Voltage 
T A = + 25°C 
T A = T low to T high 






20 


5 
7 


- 


5.0 


10 
14 




5 


12 


mVdc 




Differential Input Impedance (Open-Loop. f <5.0 Hzl 
Parallel Input Resistance 
Parallel Input Capacitance 


r p 

CP 




10 

20 






10 

2.0* 






10 
2 




Meg ohms 
pF 


Common-Mode Input Impedance (f <5 Hz) 






250 






250 






250 




Meg ohms 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


^ICR 


+ 24 


• 25 




±22 


125 




+ 18 


j 20 








Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 

!A V - 100, R s = 10 k ohms. 1 = 10 kHz. BW ' 1.0 Hz) 






50 






50 






50 




nV/IHz) 




Common Mode Reiemon Ratio (del 


CMRR 


80 


110 




70 


110 




50 


90 




dB 




Large Signal dc Open Loop Voltage Gain 

j T A = + 25°C 
(V = ± 10 V. R L ■ lOOkOhmsl < T _ 

tT A = T|ow'o T high 

(V„ = ±10 V. R L = 10k ohms. T A = +25°C> 


A VOL 


100.000 
50.000 


500.000 
200,000 




70.000 
50,000 


500.000 
200,000 




50.000 


500.000 
200.000 




V/V 




Power Bandwidth (Voltage Foiiowerl 

(A v = 1. Bf - S.0k ohms. THD5 5%. V ■ 40 Vp-p) 


BWp 




23 
















kHz 




Unity Gam Crossover Frequency (open loop 1 


f r 




1.0 










1 










Phase Margin 1 open loop, unity gain) 






SO 






50 






50 




degrees 




Gam Margin 


A M 




18 






18 






18 




dB 




Slew Rate (Unity Gain! 


SR 




2 






2.0 






20 




V u s 


Output Impedance (f < 5.0 Hi) 


z a 




1 






10 






1 




k ohms 


Short-Circuit Output Current 


'OS 




±17 






±17 






I 19 




mAdc 




Output Voltage Range (R L * 5.0 k ohms) 
VcC ~- * 28 vdc V EE ' " 28 Vdc 
V C C = * 36 Vdc - v EE * -36 Vdc 


v OR 


+ 22 
+ 30 


+ 32 




i20 


122 










Vpk 




Power Supply Sensitivity (dc) 

V EE ~ constant, R s S 10 k ohms 
Vf_x = constant, R 5 <. 10 k ohms 


PSS + 
PSS- 




15 
15 


100 
100 




35 
35 


200 
200 




50 
50 




uV/V 




Power Supply Current (See Note 2) 


l CC 
'EE 




2 2 
2.2 


4 
4 




2 6 
2 6 


5 
5 




2.6 
26 


5 
5 


mAdc 




DC Quiescent Power Consumption 
IV e = 0) 


PC 




124 


224 




146 


280 




146 


280 


mW 





Notel T lovv 0°C lor MC1436.C Note 2 V cc - V EE 50 Vdc to 36 Vdc for MC 1 536 

-55°C for MC1536 v cc - V EE - 5.0 Vdc to 30 Vdc for MC1436 

T high + ? C for MC1436.C v cc - V E c - 5 Vdc to 28 Vdc for MC1436C 

»125°C lor MCI 536 

Note 3: Either or bpth input voltages must npt Bxceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE + 30 volts. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-101 



MC1436, MC1436C, MC1536 




f, FREQUENCY (kHz) 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-102 



MC1436, MC1436C, MC1536 



FIGURE 9 - INVERTING FEEDBACK MODEL 



FIGURE 10 - NON-INVERTING FEEDBACK MODEL 

V\A 




t «Z3 3 



,. 2! 'Z, 







AolwIZi 


lj VERY HIGH 




V, 


When 



FIGURE 11 — AUDIO AMPLIFIER 

100 k 




CURRENT DRAIN, 
ID * 100 mAdc @ 
Rl = 51 il 
01.02. D3= 1N4001 

COMMON 

HEAT SINK 



V ■ 48 Vp.„ 

fj ' 36 W |rms ,e R t -8!! 



l„-0 
A„lwl— 



FIGURE 12 - VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CURRENT 
SOURCE or TRANSCONDUCTANCE AMPLIFIER 
WITH TO 40 V COMPLIANCE 




FIGURE 13 - REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

ToVcc 



RtlRTC R3I 



FIGURE 14 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 




OFFSET 
. I ADJUST 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-103 



MC1437P 
MC1537L 



xo +/u"o ueramic uir- 
0°C to +70°C Plastic DIP 

-55°C to +125°C Ceramic DIP 



MATCHED DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

. . . designed for use as summing amplifiers, integrators, or amplifiers 
with operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback 
components. Ideal for chopper stabilized applications where ex 
tremely high gain is required with excellent stability- 
Typical Amplifier Features: 

• High-Performance Open Loop Gain Characteristics - 

A V0L = 45,000 typical 

• Low Temperature Drift - ±3 (JV/°C 

• Large Output Voltage Swing - 

± 14 V typical @ ± 15 V Supply 



MAXIMUM RATINGS IT A • +25°CI 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 
Vee 


• 18 
-18 


Vdc 
Vdc 


Differential Input Voltage Range 


V IDR 


*b 


Volts 


Common-Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|CR 


+ v cc 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration 


'S 


BO 


s 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Ceramic Package 

Derate above T A = +25°C 
Plastic Package MC1437P 

Derate above T A = +25°C 


P D 


750 
6.0 
625 
50 


mW 
mW/°C 

mW 
mW/°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 

MC1537 
MC1437 


T A 


-55 to +125 
to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°c 



FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

V CC 9 14 911 Input Lag 1 



Non-Inverting _ 
Input 1 



Inverting Input o- 



Inverting Input O- 
Non-lnverting 2 
Input 2 




Vcc° 14 ° 3 '"put Lag 2 



DUAL MC1709 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(MC1437P Only) 



Output Lag A 



Non I nv [ 
I npu! L 



14] v c 



I Output 
J Lag B 

] Output B 
J I nput Lag E 
Input Lag E 



I Non Inv. 
J I nput 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-104 



MC1437, MC1537 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Each Amplifier IV CC = +15 Vdc, V EE - -15 Vdc. T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 





MC1537 


MC1437 






Characteristic 


Symbol 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 




Jnit 


IR L = 5 k!!. V = 1 10 V, 
Ta = T| ovv ©to T high ©> 


A VOL 


25,000 


45,000 


70,000 


15,000 


45,000 


- 




- 


Output Impedance 
(f = 20 Hz) 


Zo 




30. 






30 






SI 


Input 1 mpedsnce 
(f = 20 Hz) 


z i 


1 50 


400 




50 


1 50 






:Si 


Output Voltage Range 
(R L = lOkUl 
(RL = 2 kii) 


V R 


+ 12 
t 10 


+ 14 
t13 




±12 


±14 






)eak 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 


+ 8 


+ 10 


- 


±8 


+ 10 




- 


leak 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


70 


100 




65 


100 


- 


t 


B 


Input Bias Current 
/ i,+l 2 \ IT A + 25°C) 


IB 


- 


02 
05 


5 

1 5 


- 


04 


1 5 

2 


1 


A 


Input Offset Current 

n ro = i, - i 2 i 

»IO ■ '1 - '2. T A - T, ow ©l 
H| a M "l2. T A = T hlgh ©) 


' IO 




05 


2 
0.5 
0.2 




0.05 


5 
0.75 
0.75 




A 


Input Offset Voltage 
IT a ' +25°C> 

IT A T|ow©<°T n , gn ©l 


VlO 




1 


5.0 
6 


- 


1 


7 5 
10 


rrlv 


Step Response 

/Gain = 100. 5% overshoot, i 

Rl - 1 ku. R 2 lOOkil. 
Ir3 1 5 ki!. C, 100pF, C 2 3,0pf! 
| Gain = 10. 10 u o overshoot. ) 

Rl 1 Si. R 2 10 kit. 
I R 3 - 1 5 kli.C, > 500pF.C 2 = 20 pF I 

| Gam - 1, 5% overshoot. ) 

J R 1 = 10k;;. R 2 = lOki!. 

IR3 - 1 5kS!,C, = 5000pF.C 2 ■ 200 ppl 


'TLH 
tPLHtpHL 
SR 

'TLH 
tPLH tpH L 
SR 

'TLH 
'PLH'PHL 
SR 


- 

- 
- 


08 
38 

12 

06 
34 
1 7 

2.2 
1 3 
025 


- 
- 


- 
- 


8 
38 
12 

6 
034 

1 7 

2.2 
1 3 
25 


- 
- 


1 

V 
1 

V 

j 

V 


s 
s 

us 

s 
s 

MS 

s 
s 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 

IR S - 50!i.T A T, ow Q toT high (2), 
IR S §10k!l.T A T| OTO (T)lo T h , gh @| 


• V| MT 


_ 


1.5 
3 




_ 


1.5 
3 


_ 


u\ 


°c 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 

IT A = T| om ©to +25°CI 
IT A = +25°C to T hlg(1 © 


*I|0' aT 


- 


7 

0.7 


- 


- 


0.7 
0.7 


- 


nt 




DC Power Consumption {Total! 
(Power Supply " t 15 V. V = 01 


PC 




160 


225 




160 


225 


n 


W 


Positive Supply Sensitivity 
IVe_r£ constant) 


PSS* 




10 


150 




10 


200 


W V/V 


Negative Supply Sensitivity 
( Vqq constant) 


PSS- 




10 


150 




10 


200 




'/V 


0T| OW ■ 0°C for MC1437 © T high " *70°C tor 

MATCHING CHARACTERISTICS 55°c .0, mc, 5 37 ..,25=0.0 


MC1437 
r MC1537 


Open Loop Voltage Gain 


A VOL1-A V OL2 




±1.0 






±10 




c 


B 


Input Bias Current 


l IB1 l IB2 




±0.15 






±0.15 




C 


A 


Input Offset Current 


1 10 l'l02 




±002 






±0.02 




f 


A 


Average Temperature Coefficient 






±0.2 






±0.2 




nAr°C 


Input Offset Voltage 


V I01 V I02 




±0.2 






+0.2 




mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient 


^VlOl ( | av l02 [ 




±0.5 






±0.5 




uV 


/°C 


Channel Separation 
(f = 10 kHz) 


e o1 
«o2 




90 






90 




d 


8 






MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-105 









MCI 437, MC1537 



TYPICAL OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS 

FIGURE 3 — TEST CIRCUIT 
V CC -♦IB Vdc, V EE = 15 Vdc ' T A = 25 ° C 




FIGURE 


CURVE 


VOLTAGE 


TEST CONDITIONS 


OUTPUT 
NOISE 


NO. 


NO. 


GAIN 




R 2 mi 


R 3 (!ll 


C,(pFI 


C 2 lpFI 


|mV(rms}) 


4 


1 


1 


10k 


10 k 


1.5 k 


5.0 k 


200 


0.10 




2 


10 


10k 


100 k 


1.5 k 


500 


20 


0.14 




3 


100 


10k 


1.0 M 


1.5 k 


100 


3.0 


0.7 




4 


1000 


1.0 k 


1.0 M 





10 


3.0 


5.2 




















5 


1 


1 


10 k 


10 k 


1.5 k 


5.0 k 


200 


10 




2 


10 


10 k 


100 k 


1.5 k 


500 


20 


0.14 




3 


100 


10 k 


10 M 


15k 


100 


3.0 


7 




4 


1000 


10k 


1.0M 





10 


3.0 


5.2 


6 


1 


A V0L 







1.5k 


5.0 k 


200 


5.5 




2 


A V0L 







1.5 k 


500 


20 


10 5 




3 


A V0L 







1.5k 


100 


3.0 


21.0 




4 


A V0L 










10 


3.0 


39.0 




b 


*V0L 







«s 





3.0 





FIGURE 4 - LARGE SIGNAL SWING 
versus FREQUENCY 




10 k 10k 
I, FREQUENCY '(Hz ) 



FIGURE 5 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 



_ + 50 

5+40 
< 

S +30 
< 

5+20 

> 
< 

+ 10 


-5.0 



XL 



100 



f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 6 - OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 7 - TOTAL POWER CONSUMPTION 
versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




1.0 k 2.0 k 5.0 k 10 k 
I, FREQUENCY (Hz) 





500 




300 


mW) 


200 


." 










100 


: 




=> 








O 


50 


tr 




S 
a 


30 






u 


20 

































- v 


= vo 


T 




























































































!>' C 
D 



AUTI0N 
ISSIPAT 
RIVING 


. ADDIT 
ON RES 
LOW IM 


ONAL 
ULTING 
PEDANT 


OWER 
FROM 
F 1 OAFl 






MUST BE ADDED TO THE ABOVE 
CURVE 

1 I I 1 



4.0 6 8.0 10 12 14 16 
VCC and VEE. POWER SUPPLY (Vdc) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-106 



MC1437, MC1537 



'ICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



FIGURE 8 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



T A .25°C 









































V CC and V EE . POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 

FIGURE 10 - INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



I 16 

S 14 
I 

s 12 



FIGURE 9 - COMMON INPUT SWING 
versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 















































— VlCR* 






























VCC >"d V EE , POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 

FIGURE 1 1 - OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE 
versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 

































Slope 


can he 


ither p 


jlar ity . 









































































































-60 -00 -20 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100 + 120 +140 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (»C) 




10k 10k 
R s , SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 12 - INDUCED OUTPUT SIGNAL 
(CHANNEL SEPARATION) versus FREQUENCY 





e Ql = 1.0 Vrms 



out2 



1.0 k 10 k 

I. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



v O(dc| = O V 



Induced output signal (uV of induced output signal i 
amplifier #2 per volt of output signal at amplifier #1 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-107 



MC1439G 
MC1439P1 
MC1539G 



temperature nange 

0°C to +70°C 
0°C to +70°C 
-55°C to +125°C 



racKage 

Metal Can 
Plastic DIP 
Metal Can 



MC1539 



UNCOMPENSATED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or am- 
plifier with operating characteristics as a function of the external 
feedback components. 

• Low Input Offset Voltage — 3.0 mV max 

• Low Input Offset Current — 60 nA max 

• Large Power-Bandwidth — 20 Vp-p Output Swing at 20 kHz min 

• Output Short-Circuit Protection 

• Input Over-Voltage Protection 

• Class AB Output for Excellent Linearity 

• High Slew Rate — 34 W/ts typ 





OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



FIGURE 1 - HIGH SLEW-RATE INVERTER 
100 k 




SR = 35/Vms 



+ 15 V -15 V 
V CC V EE 

FIGURE 2 - OUTPUT NULLING CIRCUIT 




10 k <R S < 100<R 3 ) (V cc 



FIGURE 3 - OUTPUT LIMITING CIRCUIT 





(Top View) 



P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-06 
(MC1439 Only) 




(Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-108 



MC1439, MC1539 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc, T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Characteristic 

input Bias Current 
(T A = +25°CI 

<TA °T| ow ® ) I 

Input Offset Current 
< T A - T low> 
(T A « +25°CI 

Input Offset Voltage 
(T A = +25°CI 

< T A 55 T low Thigh) 

Average Temperature Coefficient of Input 
Offset Voltage IT A = T| „ to T h i gn ) 

(R S = 50S!) 
(R s <10k!2) 



Symbol 
■ IB 



hoi 



|V|0l 



I TCVio I 



Typ 



020 

0.23 



3.0 
5.0 



0.50 
0.70 

75 
60 
75 

3.0 
4.0 



Typ 



0.20 
0.23 



3.0 
5.0 



1.0 
1.5 

150 
100 
150 



Input Impedance 
(f = 20 Hz) 



Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 



V ICR 



Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
(Rs = 10 k!!, Noise Bandwidth = 1.0 Hz, 
f = 1.0 kHz) 



Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
(f = 1.0 kHz) 



Open Loop Voltage Gain (Vq= ±10 V. R L 



10kSi. R 5 = °°) (T A 



+25°C to T nign ) 



AVOL 



< T A = Tlow 1 



50,000 
25,000 



1 20,000 
100.000 



15,000 
15.000 



100,000 
100.000 



Power Bandwidth I A v = 1 , THD<5%. 
V - 20 Vp-p) 

(R L = 2.0 kS!) 

(R L - 1.0 kSJ, R5 - 10 k) 



50 



Step Response 

{Gain = 1000, no overshoot, 
R1 = 1.0 ks!. R2 = 10 MS!, R3 = 1 0k!l 
R4 = 30kSl,R5 = 10k!!. C1 i 1000 pF 

{Gain = 1000, 15% overshoot. 
R1 = 1 OkSl, R2 = 1.0 MS!. R3> 1 OkSl 
R4 = 0. R5= 10kS!.C1 = 10 pF 

{Gain - 100. no overshoot, 
R1 - 1.0 kS!. R2 « 100 kS!, R3 - 1.0 kS! 
R4 = 10kS!. R5- 10kS!,C1 • 2200 pF 
/ Gain = 10. 15% overshoot, 

< R1 - 1-Oksl. R2 = 10kS!, R3 = 1.0k!l, 
' R4= 1.0 k!l, R5= 10k!!,C1 >2200pF 
( Gain = 1, 15% overshoot, 

< R1=10k!l,R2 = 10k!l, R3«5.0k!l, 
( R4 = 390n,RS- 10kS!,C1 =2200pF 



'pd 
SR 



'pd 

SR 
'THL 

'pd 

SR 
'THL 

'pd 

SR 
'THL 

'pd 

SR 



130 
190 
60 
80 
100 
14 
60 
100 
34 
120 
80 
6 25 
160 
80 
4.2 



130 
190 
6.0 
80 
100 
14 
60 
100 
34 
120 
80 
6.25 
160 
80 
4.2 



Output Impedance 
(f = 20 Hz) 



4.0 



4.0 



Output Voltage Swing 
(R L - 2.0 kSl, f - 1.0 kHz) 
IR L - 1.0 k!2. f = 1.0 kHz) 



V 



Positive Supply Rejection Ratio 
( V E E constant. R5 = °^ 



Negative Supply Rejection Ratio 
(Vcc constant, R5 = o°) 



Power Supply Current 

<V - 0) 



'CC 
'EE 



3.0 
3.0 



5.0 
5.0 



3.0 
3.0 



6 7 
6.7 



® Tlow " "°C tor MC1439 T high = +70°C for MC1439 



-55°C for MCI 539 



+ 125°C for MC1539 



EAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-109 



MC1439, MC1539 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 1T A * +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 

V EE 


+ 18 
+ 18 


Vdc 


Differential Input Voltage Range 


V IDR 


±(V CC + |V EE |) 


Vdc 


Common-Mode Input Voltage Range 


VlCR 


+v cc .-|VeeI 


Vdc 


Load Current 


l L 


15 


mA 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


ts 


Continuous 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Metal Package 
Derate above T A - +25°C 


PD 


680 
4.6 


mW 

mW/°C 


Plastic Dual In-Line PackagesMC1439 
Derate above T A = +25°C 




625 
5.0 


mW 

mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range MC1539 
MC1439 


Ta 


-55 to +125 
to +70 


*c 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal Packages 
Plastic Packages 


T stg 




-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 











FIGURE 4 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC FIGURE 5 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT 




FIGURE 6 - TEST CIRCUIT 

»2 

I 'WV 



c 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-110 



MC1439, MCI 539 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
(V cc = +15 Vdc, VgE " -15 Vdc.TA " +25°C. unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 7 - LARGE-SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 8 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 



FREQUENCY 





24 




22 




20 








18 


> 






16 






< 


14 






o 
> 


12 




10 






8.0 




O 


6 


6.0 


> 






4.0 




2.0 




A|_ = 1.0k OHM 

I I I I 



10 k 100 k 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
SWING versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



1.0 M 



























1 

±18 


no 


1 

LT SUPP 


Li 


ES 














1 




































±15V0LTSUPP 


LIES 














10 




LI 


s 
































± 


12 


-TS 


JPP 






























































] k 
S5« 








































fin 


■it. 
HQ 


Hz 






































-1 













200 300 500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 3.0 k 5.0 
RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
(to clipping) versus SUPPLY 




±13 ±14 ±15 ±16 ±17 

V CCiVEE , power SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTSI 




10 M 



f. FREQUENCY (Hz) 

A CL - Closed-Loop Gain 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-111 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
(V cc = +15 Vdc, VgE "-15 Vdc, T A - +25°C, unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 13-A C L* = 1 RESPONSE versufTEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 14 - Aql = 10 RESPONSE versus TEMPERATURE 



♦ 15 
£ tin 
1 +5.0 

| o 

§ -5 

O 

< 

-15 

-20 



10 k rTTlOk 



X 390 



Peaking can be eliminated by 
using heavier compensation 
at the expense of slight band 
width reduction. 




10k 100k 1.0M 

f, FREQUENCY (kHz) 



•40 

♦ 35 

1 +30 
z 

< *25 

1 *20 

o 

d *io 

£.5 

o 

-5.0 



^ioo v 



• 

10 k \- J. 

10k rl>-Cr 22oo > f 

1 1.0 k 



10 k 100 k 1.0 M 

I. FREQUENCY (kHz) 



FIGURE 15- A CL - 100 RESPONSE versusTEMPERATURE 




100 1.0 M 

I, FREQUENCY (kHz) 



FIGURE 16 - A CL « 1000 RESPONSE versusTEMPERATURE 




10 100 1.0M 

(.FREQUENCY (kHz) 



FIGURE 17 — SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY 



FIGURE 18 -OUTPUT NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 




' A CL " Closed-Loop Gain 



10k 

I. FREQUENCY (Hz) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-112 



MC1439, MC1539 



(V C C= +15' 

FIGURE 19 - POWER DISSIPATION versus TEMPERATURE 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc.T A • +25°C. unless otherwise noted. I 



FIGURE 20 - POWER DISSIPATION 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



130 

120 

I,. 

z 

o 

I 100 

1 90 

IE 

5 80 

i 

£ 70 
60 
50 











J.1C W CIIDDI ICC 





































































































3 


100 






z 


70 


SIPAT 


50 


o 






30 


1 




B 




O 


20 



»25 +50 *75 

TA, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



♦100 *125 '"lO 



1 






F 

TH 


L - 1.0 kS2 1 

D-5% 
























— v = o 






R L = » 


































SA 


FE OPERATING A 


REA 1-55 10 *125° 


a 



FIGURE 21 - POWER BANDWIDTH 
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) 



VCC l v EE|. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 

FIGURE 22 - COMMON -MODE INPUT VOLTAGE 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




1.0 k 10 k 

f. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



100 k 1.0 M 




13 14 15 16 

VCC. IVEEI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 23 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO FIGURE 24 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION RATIO 

versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-113 



MC1439, MC1539 



FIGURE 25 - VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 



♦5.0 





5.0 10 15 20 

TIME Ins) 

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 

FIGURE 26 — VOLTAGE FOLLOWER FIGURE 27 — Dl FFERENTIAL AMPLIFI ER FIGURE 28 — SUMMING AMPLIFIER 




«in 



*ol 



in * V l0 
Ii„>40MOHMS 




l R F "F I , "F 

For R3 ■ -J— 
•Properly Compensaled * RJ 

FIGURE 29-+15VOLT REGULATOR 



RB = Parallel Combination of R 1 . R2, R3. RF- 
Irf Rf «F I 

e "'-|R-, e1 * R 2 " 2 * R3 63 | 

'Properly Compensaled 



♦20 V 




«„„,„ » 



-• Vrj Relurn 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-114 



MC1439, MCI 539 








MC1445G 
MC1445L 
MC1545G 
MC1545L 



O'C to +7B°C Metal Can 

0°Cto+75°C Ceramic DIP 

-55°Cto +125°C Metal Can 

- 55°C to + 125°C Ceramic DIP 



GATE CONTROLLED TWO CHANNEL INPUT 
WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 

. . . designed for use as a general purpose gated wideband amplifier, 
video switch, sense amplifier, multiplexer, modulator, FSK circuit, 
limiter, AGC circuit, or pulse amplifier. See Application Notes 
AN491 for design details. 

• Large Bandwidth, 50 MHz typical 

• Channel-Select Time of 20 ns typical 

• Differential Inputs and Differential Output 



MC1545 



GATE CONTROLLED 
TWO CHANNEL INPUT 
WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 

VIDEO SWITCH OR 




Input Bias Adjust 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-116 



MC1445, MC1545 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


V CC 

vee 


+ 12 
-12 


Vdc 
Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V IDR 


:5.0 


Volts 


Load Current 


It 


25 


mA 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 
Derate above T A = + 25°C 


PD 


625 
5 


mW 
mW/°C 


Metal Can 
Derate above T A = +25°C 




680 
4 6 


mW 
mW '°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range MC1445 

MC1545 


Ta 


to +75 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = +5.0 Vdc, V EE = -5,0 Vdc, at Ta = + 25T, specifications apply to both input channels 

unless otherwise noted.) 



Characteristic 


Fig. No. 


Symbol 


MC1545 


MC1445 




Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Single Ended Voltage Gain 


1.12 


A vs 


16 


19 


21 


16 


19 5 


23 


dB 


Bandwidth 


1.12 


BW 


40 


50 






50 




MHz 


Input Impedance 
(f = 50 kHz] 


5,14 


Zj 


4 


10 




30 


10 




k ohms 


Output Impedance 
(f = 50 kHz) 


6.15 


?0 




25 






25 




Ohms 


Output Differential Voltage Range 
( R l = 1 k ohm. f = 50 kHzl 


4,13 


v ODR 


1.5 


2.5 




1.5 


2.5 




Vp-p 


Input Bias Current 


16 


IB 




15 


25 




15 


30 


uAdc 


Input Offset Current 


16 


1 10 




2.0 






2 




liAdc 


Input Offset Voltage 


17 


vio 




1.0 


5.0 






7.5 


mVdc 


Quiescent Output dc Level 


17 


vo 




0.1 






0.1 




Vdc 


Output dc Level Change 

(Gate Input Voltage Change: +5.0 V to VI 


17 


AV 




; 15 






•15 




mV 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
(f - 50 kHz) 


9.18 


CMRR 




85 






85 




dB 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


18 


V ICR 




t2.5 






f.2.5 




Vp 


Gate Characteristics 

Gate Input Voltage - Low Logic State (Note 1 ) 
Gate Input Voltage - High Logic State (Note 2) 


8 


VlUG) 
V IH(G) 


0.40 


0.70 
1.5 


2.2 


0.2 


0.4 
1.3 


3.0 


Vdc 


Gate Input Current - Low Logic State 
[VlLIGI "0V1 


18 


'IL(G) 






2.5 






4.0 


mA 


Gate Input Current - High Logic State 
(V| H(G | = +5.0 V) 


18 


'IHIGI 






2 






4.0 


tiA 


Step Response 
(e in = 20 mV) 


19 


'PLH 
'PHL 
'TLH 
'THL 




6.5 
6.3 
65 
7.0 


10 
10 
15 
15 




6.5 
6.3 
6.5 
7.0 




ns 


Wideband Input Noise 

(5.0 Hz - 10 MHz, R S = 50 ohmsl 


10,20 


en 




25 






25 




uVlrms) 


DC Power Consumption 


11.20 


PC 




70 


110 




70 


150 


mW 



Note 1 . V|HQ) is the gate voltage which results in channel A gain of unity or less and channel B gain of 16 dB or greater. 
Note 2. V| H {G( is the gate voltage which results in channel B gain of unity or less and channel A gain of 16 dB or greater. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-117 



MC1445, MC1545 



FIGURE 1 - SINGLE ENDED 
VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 




1 10 10 

1, FREQUENCY (MHz) 

FIGURE 3 - VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES 




t4 t50 



t6.0 t7.0 



• 8.0 



i9 



I 10 



V(X VEE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVdc) 
FIGURE 5 - INPUT Cp AND Rp versus FREQUENCY 
(BOTH CHANNELS) 



FIGURE 2 - SINGLE ENDED 
VOLTAGE GAIN versus TEMPERATURE 



25 



'2b 



-50 



►7S 



T A , TEMPERATURE t»C) 
FIGURE 1 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



IFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE 
GEIVpp) 














































































































































'TPUT D 
RAN 


















/ 






































/ 


/ 




























o 

| 4 

o 






















































































> 






























f = 50 kHz 



































inn 





Rl.. LOAO RESISTANCE Ik 0HMSI 
FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 




Voirms) = 20 mV 



I. FREQUENCY {MHz) 



I. FREQUENCY (MHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-118 



MC1445, MC1545 



FIGURE 7 - CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY 

140 



FIGURE 8 - GATE CHARACTERISTICS 




10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 ; 

(in. INPUT FREQUENCY IHtl 

FIGURE 9 - COMMON MODE 
REJECTION RATIO versus FREQUENCY 



5 10 15 2 

Vg. GATE VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 

FIGURE 10 - INPUT WIDEBAND NOISE 
versusSOURCE RESISTANCE 





FIGURE 11 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



Input o_ 
Gate <H 




5 



< 



10k 10 k 

ftS. SOURCE RESISTANCE IOHMSI 

FIGURE 12-SINGLE ENDED VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
BANDWIDTH TEST CIRCUIT 

'5.0 V Q O 5 v 




V, m 20 mVlrms! 



Ci_ = 15 pF and includes jig 
and voltmeter capacitance. 
Boonton RF Voltmeter 
or Equivalent 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-119 



FIGURE 13 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING TEST CIRCUIT 



FIGURE 14 - INPUT IMPEDANCE TEST CIRCUIT 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-120 



MC1445, MC1545 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-121 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1454G 


0°C to +70°C 


Metal Can 


MC1554G 


-55°C to + 125<C 


Metal Can 



MC1454G 
MC1554G 











1-WATT POWER AMPLIFIERS 






. . . designed to amplify signals to 300-kHz with 






1-Watt delivered to a direct coupled or capac- 






itively coupled load. 




• 


Low Total Harmonic Distortion - 0.4% (Typ} @ 1 Watt 




• 


Low Output Impedance - 0.2 Ohm 




• 


Excellent Gain - Temperature Stability 





1-WATT 
POWER AMPLIFIER 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
EPITAXIAL PASSIVATED 





Vcc 




y!o\^_ Output 






II 111! ° Dtion >^ I 


V. fc\ External 


Compenaation 


111' If Bi " 






U 10 1 tX 


^TV-' 1 -' External 


Gain 


Comptnwtion 


Options 


(top view) 


G SUFRX 


METAL PACKAGE 


CASE 603C-01 



- 16 OHMS) 



VOLTAGE GAIN 



FREQUENCY <R L 




P„„,. l.OWlmsl 
R[_ = 16 OHMS 

. V CC -16V _ 
ISeiFigur.7) 



1.0 k 2.0 k 6 k 10k 

f. FREQUENCY (Hz) 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 




MAXIMUM AVAILABLE OUTPUT POWER 
(SINE WAVE) 




S L . LOAD RESISTANCE (0HMSI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-122 



MC1454G, MC1554G 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Tc = +25°C unless otherwise noted) 
Frequency compensation shown in Figures 6 and 7. 













MC1554 


MC1454 




Characteristic 


Figure 


(Ohms) 


Gain 
Option* 


Symbol 


(-55 to *125°CI 


(0 to *70°C) 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Output Power (for e out <5.0% THD) 


1 


16 




p out 


1.0 


1.1 






1.0 




Wan 






















Power Dissipation I@ P out = 1 .0 W) 


1 


16 




Pd 




0.9 


1.2 




0.9 




Watt 


Voltage Gain 


1 


16 
16 
16 


10 
18 

36 


Av 


8.0 

- 


10 
18 

36 


12 

- 

- 


- 
- 


10 
18 

36 


- 


v/v 


Input Impedance 


1 


_ 


10 


z in 


7.0 


10 




3.0 


10 




kn 


Output Impedance 


1 




10 


Zn 

i Q i 




0.2 






0.4 




n 


Power Bandwidth 
(for e out <5.0% THD) 


2 


16 
16 
16 


10 
18 

36 


BW 


- 


270 
250 
210 




- 


270 
250 
210 


- 


kHz 


Total Harmonic Distortion 
(for e in <0.05%THD, f = 20 Hz 
to 20 kHz) 
Pout = 1 Watt (sinewave) 
Pout = 0.1 Watt (sinewave) 


2 






THD 














% 




16 


10 




0.4 

0.5 






0.4 

0.5 






Zero Signal Current Drain 


3 


CO 




ID 




11 






11 


20 


mAdc 


Output Noise Voltage 


3 


16 


10 


v n 




0.3 






0.3 




mV(rm»: 


Output Quiescent Voltage 
(Split Supply Operation) 


4 


16 




V Q (dc) 




±10 


±30 




±10 




mVdc 


Positive Supply Sensitivity 
(V^e constant) 


5 


OO 




S + 




-40 






-40 




mV/V 


Negative Supply Sensitivity 
* V CC constant) 


5 


OO 




S" 




-40 






-40 




mV/V 



"To obtain the voltage gain charactoriMic desired, us© the following pin connections: Voltage Gain Pin Connection 

1 Pins 2 and 4 open. Pin 5 to ac ground 

18 Pins 2 and 5 open, Pin 4 to ac ground 

36 Pin 2 connected to Pin 5, Pin 4 to ac ground 



Characteristic Definitions 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-123 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 




Total Power Supply Voltage 


I Vqq I + | V £ £ I 


18 


Vdc 










Peak Load Current 


■out 


0.5 


Ampere 




Audio Output Power 




1 8 


Watts 


^out 












Power Dissipation (package limitation) 
T A = +25°C 

Derate above 25°C 


PD 
1/8 J A 


600 
4.8 


mW 
mW/°C 




T C = +25°C 


Pd 


1.8 


Watts 




Derate above 25°C 


1/8 JC 


14.4 


mW/°C 




Operating Temperature Range MC1454 
MC1554 


T A 


to +70 
-55 to +125 


°C 




Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-55 to +150 


°C 



TYPICAL CONNECTIONS 

FIGURE 6 - SPLIT SUPPLY OPERATION VOLTAGE FIGURE 7 - SINGLE SUPPLY OPERATION VOLTAGE 

GAIN (A V I = 10, f LOW =!25 Hz GAIN (A v l ' 10, tloW^IOO Hz 




0.1/ iF 




IT 



RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS 



In order to avoid local VHF instability, the following set of rules must be 
adhered to: 

1. An R C stabilizing network (0.1 uF in series with 10 ohms) should be 
placed directly from pin 9 to ground, as shown in Figures 6 and 7, using 
short leads, to eliminate local VHF instability caused by lead inductance 
to the load. 

2. Excessive lead inductance from the Vcc supply to pin 10 can cause high 
frequency instability. To prevent this, the V C r;byp3ss capacitor should 
be connected with short leads from theVfxpm to ground. If this capaci- 
tor is remotely located a series R-C network (0. 1 / ( F and 10 ohms) should 
be used directly from pin 10 to ground as shown in Figures 6 and 7. 



3. Lead lengths from the external components to pins 7, 9, and 10 of the 
package should be as short as possible to insure good VHF grounding 
for these points. 

Due to the large bandwidth of the amplifier, coupling must be avoided be- 
tween the output and input leads This can be assured by either (a) use of 
short leads which are well isolated, (b) narrow-banding the overall amplifier 
by placing a capacitor from pin 1 to ground to form a low-pass filter in com- 
bination with the source impedance, or (c) use of a shielded input cable. In 
applications which require upper band-edge control the input low pass filter 
is recommended. 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

FIGURE 8 - TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 9 - TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus FREQUENCY 





1 

A v = 


36 


V 


V 














f 


" 1 


KH 


2 
















— 1 

— 3 


". M 
% M 


AX P0V 
AX P01 


.'ER C 
!ER 


OTP 
UTP 


IT 
UT 


















18 V/ 
























































10\ 


/V 

































































10 20 30 50 

R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 




A„. 36, Ri ■ 10!! 



-| 1 1 mm i — r 

18. 10 SI 



i 1 1 i nn — r 

18, 161! 



Pout " 1 W (rms) 



1.0 k 2.0 k 5 k 10k 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-124 



MC1454G, MC1554G 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



FIGURE 10 — VOLTAGE GAIN % 



s TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHANGE 



























































































1ft Ml 


J 




































10 V/ 


i 













































R L ■ 16 DHMS 












V CC - 8 Vdc 
V EE = -8 Vrfc 

{See Fimire fit . 













































25 



T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO 

FIGURE 12 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY (Ri_ = °°) 



25 50 75 100 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 







































A, = 36 V/V 
















































































u 












































































18 V/V 






















































































10 V/ 


/ 




































































































































4. 






























































































































































R L . - 
V„=12 


Vp.p 

sv 

n>7) 




















































































v cc = ' 

(See Figi 















I, FREQUENCY (Ml) 



FIGURE 13 - MAXIMUM DEVICE DISSIPATION 
(SINE WAVE) 



0. 



ABSI 


LU 


F MA ■ i 




v DEVI! 


E DISSIPATU 


r 


































































































































































































































SUPPL 


1 vc 


LT 


— 


E 






C I*IV E 
u 




V 




ov 







r25 
-40 


18V 


-60 
-80 


16V 




14V 


-100 


12V 





r-25 




- 411 


o 


-60 


o. 


- 71 


2 




1- 


- M 


CASt 


-110 


X 


o 


-125 


t- 



L 125 < 



1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20 50 100 

R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-125 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1456G.CG 


0°Cto +70°C 


Metal Can 


MC1456CP1.P1 


0°C to + 70°C 


Plastic DIP 


MC1556G 


-55°Cto +125°C 


Metal Can 


MC1556U 


-55°Cto + 125°C 


Ceramic DIP 



MC1456 
MC1456C 



INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, HIGH PERFORMANCE 
OPERATONAL AMPLIFIER 

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or am- 
plifier with operating characteristics as a function of the external 
feedback components. 

• Low Input Bias Current — 15 nA max 

• Low Input Offset Current — 2.0 nA max 

• Low Input Offset Voltage — 4.0 mV max 

• Fast Slew Rate — 2.5 V/^s typ 

• Large Power Bandwidth — 40 kHz typ 

• Low Power Consumption — 45 mW max 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 

• Output Short-Circuit Protection 

• Input O/er-Voltage Protection 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



TYPICAL INPUT BIAS CURRENT AND INPUT 
OFFSET CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE for MC1556 



_ 20 
< 1 







1 


U1C1456 
C1456C 














INPUT 


BIAS CU 


!RENT 






















INPUT 

i 


FFSETC 




URRENT 







-55 -25 *25 *50 »75 +100 *125 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l»CI 



G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 



CASE 626-05 



CASE 693-02 



Non In, r^" 
lnp U T ' 

*EE E 



Offset Null [T ~b") N ( 

ln v Input [2_ ~ fs, v cc 



"51 Clfsei 
' — Njll 



(Top View) 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 





2 jjS DIVISION 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-126 



MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (Ta = +25°C unless otherwise noted) 






MCI 456 




Rating 


Symbol 


MC 1 556 


MC1456C 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 


+22 


+ 18 


Vdc 






-22 


-18 




Differential Input Voltage Range 


V|DR 


±»cc 


Volts 


Common-Mode Voltage Range 


V|CR 




Volt; 


Load Current 


( L 


20 




Output Short Circuit Duration 


<S 


Con 


tinuous 




Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 


p D 


e 


80 


mW 


Derate above T A = +25°C 






.6 


mW/°C 


Operating Temperature Range 


t a 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


-65 to +150 


°c 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <Vcc " * 15 vdc ' Vee " " 15 Vdc - T * " * 25 ° c un,ess ' he "" ise n0,edl 





MC1556 


MC1456 


MC1456C 




Characteristic 


Fig. 


Symbol 


Min 


TVP 


Ma* 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Bias Current 
T A = + 25°C 

T A = Tiow to T mgh (See Nota 11 




'IB 


- 


8.0 


15 
30 


- 
- 


15 


30 
40 


- 
- 


15 


90 

" 


nAdC 


Input Offset Current 

T A = +25°C 

Ta = +25°C to Thi*h 
■ A nign 

Ta = T| ow to +25°C 




' IO 


- 


1.0 


2.0 
3.0 
5.0 




5.0 

_ 


10 
14 
14 


_ 


5.0 

_ 


30 

_ 


nAdc 


Input Offset Voltage 
T A = +25°C 
T"A = T|ow to T hjgh 






- 


2.0 


4.0 

6.0 


- 


5.0 


10 
14 




5.0 


12 


mVdC 


Differential Input Impedance (Open-Loop. 1 * 20 Hz) 
Parallel Input Resistance 
Parallel Input Capacitance 




r p 

Cp 


— 


50 

6.0 




— 


30 
6.0 




— 


30 
6.0 




Megohms 
pF 


Common-Mode Input Impedance (f = 20 Hz) 






- 


250 


_ 




250 






250 


— 


Megohms 


Common-Mode Inpui Voltage Range 




V ICR 


±12 


±13 




+ 11 


±12 




110.5 


±12 




^pk 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 

(A v = 100, R s = 1 k ohms, f = 1 .0 kHz, BW = 1 .0 Hz| 


2 


e n 




45 






45 






45 




nV/(Hz)'/ 3 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio If ■ 100 Hz) 


3 


CMRR 


80 


110 




70 


110 






110 




dB 


Open-Loop Voltage Gain, (Vq - + 10 V, R L = 2 k ohmsl 
T A = +25°C 
T A = T low 'O T hjgn 


4,5.6 


A VOL 


100.000 
40,000 


200,000 


- 


70,000 
40.000 


100.000 


- 


25,000 


100,000 




V/V 


Power Bandwidth 


9 


BWp 




40 
















kHz 


(A v = 1. Rl = 2 k orims, THD^5%, Vq = 20 Vp p> 












40 






40 




Unity Gain Crossover Frequency (open-loop) 


S 


BW 




1.0 






1.0 






1.0 




MHz 


Phase Margin (open-loop, unity gain) 


5,7 






70 






70 






70 




degrees 


Gain Margin 


5,7 






18 






18 






18 




dB 


Slew Rate (Unity Gain) 




SR 




2.5 






2.5 






2.5 




V/**s 


Output Impedance (f = 20 Hz) 




z o 




1.0 


2.0 




1.0 


2.5 




1.0 




kohms 


Short-Circuit Output Current 


8 


'OS 




-17, +9.0 


- 




-17, +9.0 






-17. +9.0 




mAdc 


Output Voltage Swing (R L = 2.0k ohms) 


10 


V R 


±12 


±13 




+11 


±12 




±10 


±12 




v pk 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 

Vcc = constant, R$ ^=10 k ohms 
Vee = constant. Rg < 10 k ohms 




PSRR + 
PSRR- 




50 

50 


too 

100 




75 
75 


200 
200 




75 
75 




uV/V 


Power Supply Current 




'cc 

'E E 




1.0 
1.0 


1.5 
1.5 




1.3 
1.3 


3.0 
3.0 




1.3 
1.3 


4.0 
4.0 












mAdc 


DC Quiescent Power Dissipation 

rv = oi 


11 






30 


45 




40 


90 




40 


120 


mW 


Note 1 T low : 0°forMC1456andMC1456C 
-55°C for MCI 556 
T high +70°C for MC14S6 and MC1456C 
+ 125°C for MC1556 

























DEVICES 



2-127 



(VCC = +15 Vdc, Vee = -15 Vdc, Ta = +25 U C unless otherwise noted). 

FIGURE 1 - INPUT COMMON-MODE SWING v«r«u» FIGURE 2 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY 

POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




vcc, vee. power supply voltage (vdci t. frequency mi) 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 

FIGURE 7 - OPEN-LOOP PHASE SHIFT FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT 




10 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 100 M _ 75 _ 50 _ 25 , 25 t50 +75 tl00 t125 *150 H75 

I. FREQUENCY (Hz) T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l»C) 




FIGURE 11 - POWER DISSIPATION versus 
POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




±2.0 ±4.0 ±6.0 ±8.0 ±10 ±12 ±14 ±16 ±18 ±20 ±22 
VCC. VEE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdcl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-129 



MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556 




FIGURE 14 - LOW-DRIFT SAMPLE AND HOLD 

• •15V 



6 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-130 



MC1456, MC1456C, MC1556 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued) 



FIGURE 16 - LOGARITHMIC AMPLIFIER 



100 k 

V, 0. — VW 



FIGURE 17 - VOLTAGE OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT 




O- 



Vo ' Kiln (K 2 Vjl 



OFFSET 
ADJUST 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-131 



MClbbtiij -bb"C to + 12b J C Metal Can 

MC1458CU.U 0"C to +70"C Ceramic DIP 

MC1558U -55'C to +125*C Ceramic DIP 

MC1458CP1.P1 0'Cto+70*C Plastic DIP 



_ . 



MC1558 



(DUAL MC1741) 
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, 
HIGH PERFORMANCE 
MONOLITHIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier 
with operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback 
components. 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges 

• Low-Power Consumption 

• No Latch Up 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = t25°C unless otherwise notedl 



Rating 


Symbol 


MC1458 


MC1558 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


Vcc 

VEE 


+ 18 
-18 




Vdc 
Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


VlD 


t30 


Volts 


Input Common Mode Voltage (Note 1) 


VlCM 


+ 15 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 21 


'S 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


to i .'Oj -55 IC i 125 


u c 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +150 

-55 to -125 


°C 


Junction Temperature 

Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


175 
150 


°C 



Note 1 For supply voltages less than I 15 V. the absolute maximum input voltage is equal 

to the supply voltage 
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 V. 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 




i 50 k ? so 



(DUAL MC1741) 
DUAL 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 





P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 

CASE 626-05 
(MC1458, MC1458C) 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 

CASE 693-02 g 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 




(Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-132 



MC1458, MC1458C, MC1558 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS — Note 1. (V C c = + 15V,V EE ^ - 15 V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted). 



Character isti c 


Symbol 


MC1558 


MC1458 


MC1458C 


Unit 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 
(R s < 10 k) 


VlO 




1.0 


5.0 




2.0 


6.0 




2.0 


10 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


I IO 


















300 




Input Bias Current 


111 




80 


500 


- 


30 


500 


- 


80 


700 




Input Resistance 




0.3 


2.0 




0.3 


2.0 






2.0 




MS! 


Input Capacitance 


C| 




1.4 


- 




1.4 




- 


1.4 




pF 


Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 


VlOR 




±15 






115 






115 




mV 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


i 12 


±13 




H2 


113 


- 


♦11 


■ 13 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
IVq = ±10 V, R L = 2.0 k) 
(V = ±10 V, R L = 10 k} 


A„ 


50 


200 


- 


20 


200 


- 


- 
20 


- 

200 


- 


V/mV 


Output Resistance 






75 






75 


- 




75 


- 


St 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
(R s < 10 k) 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




60 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
(R s < 10 k) 


PSRR 




30 


150 




30 


150 




30 


- 


mV/V 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R [_ > 1 k) 
(R [_ > 2 k) 


vo 


±12 
i10 


H4 

+ 13 




t12 

no 


114 
113 




±11 
19.0 


•14 
113 




V 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


Ids 




20 






20 






20 




m A 


Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers) 


Id 




2.3 


5.0 




2.3 


5.6 




2 3 


8.0 


mA 


Power Consumption 


PC 




70 


150 




70 


170 




70 


240 


mW 


Transient Response (Unity Gain] 

(V| - 20 mV, R L > 2kS2, C L < 100 pF) Rise Time 
(V| = 20mV, R L > 2 kSl. C L < 100 pF) Overshoot 
(V, - 10 V, R L > 2 k Si, Cl < 100 pF) Slew Rate 


'TLH 

OS 

SR 




0.3 
15 
0.5 






0.3 
15 
0.5 






0.3 
15 

0.5 




MS 
V/ms 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Note 1 (V cc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, Ta = *T n i g h to T| ow unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC1558 


MC1458 


MC1458C 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 
(R s < 10 kii) 


vio 




1.0 


6.0 






7.5 






12 


mV 


Input Offset Current 
(T A = 125°C> 
IT A = -55°C) 
IT A = 0°C to +70°CI 


I IO 




7.0 
85 


200 
500 






300 






400 


nA 


Input Bias Current 
(T A = 125°C) 
IT A • -55°C) 
(T A = 0°C to +70°CI 


' IB 




30 
300 


500 
1500 






800 






1000 


nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


•12 


H3 
















V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
(R S < 10 kl 


CMRR 


70 


90 
















dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
IR S < 10 k) 


PSRR 




30 


150 














MV/V 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R L > 10 k) 
(R[_ * 2 k) 


v 


112 
110 


±14 

±13 




±12 
±10 


114 

113 




19.0 


i13 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(V - ±10 V, R L - 2 kl 
(Vo " 110 V, R L - 10 kl 


A v 


25 






15 






15 






V/mV 


Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers) 
(T A - 125°C) 
(T A - -55°C) 


Id 






4.5 
6.0 














mA 


Power Consumption (T A = 125°C) 
(T A - -55°C) 








135 
180 














mW 



'Thigh = 125°C for MC1558 and 70°C for MC1458, MC1458C 
Tlow - -55°Cfor MC1558 and OX for MC1458, MC1458C 



Note 1. Input pins of an unused amplifier must be grounded for split supply operation or biased at least 3.0 V above Vee for single supply operation. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-133 



MC1458, MC1458C, MC1558 



FIGURE 1 - BURST NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 2 - RMS NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 





10 k 10 k TOO k 10M 

RS. SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMSI 



100 10 10 k 100k 10M 

RS. SOURCE RESISTANCE I0HMS) 



FIGURE 3 - OUTPUT NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 4 - SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY 




100 10k 10 k 100 k 

RS, SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMSI 




Ay- 10, Rs= 100 k!) 



100 1.0 k 10 k 

f. FREQUENCY (Ht) 



FIGURE 5 - BURST NOISE TEST CIRCUIT 



1 OO k 




To Pass/Fail 
I ndicaior 



Unlike conventional peak reading or RMS meters, this system was 
especially designed to provide the quick response time essential to 
burst (popcorn) noise testing. 



The test time employed is 10 seconds and the 20 uV peak 
limit refers to the operational amplifier input thus eliminating 
errors in the closed-loop gain factor of the operational amplifier 
under test 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-134 



MC1458, MC1458C, MC1558 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Vcc •• *15 Vdc, VgE = -15 Vdc, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted). 



FIGURE 6 — POWER BANDWIDTH 
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) 



(VOLTAGE FOLLOWER! 

THD<5'/ 



1.0 k 

(.FREQUENCY IH/I 



FIGURE 7 -OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




100 10k 10 k 100 k 
f. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



8 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 9 - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 





15 




14 




13 




11 


> 






10 






< 
h- 


9.0 


Q 


8.0 


> 






7.0 




6.0 


=3 
O 


5.0 


o 

> 


4.0 




3.0 




2.0 




1.C 























- Mill 






















t!5 V SUPP 


IES" 
















/ 






























/ 






























/ 


* 


- 






1 12 V 






























































































19 V 






























































































>6 V 











































































































100 200 



600 700 I k 
R L . LOAD 



5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k 



-10 
-9.0 
-8 
-7.0 
-6.0 
-5.0 
i -4.0 
-3.0 
-2 



















































r— 


























115 V SUPPLIES 






































































J 












2 V 






















































































t 


1 U 


























































± 


6 









































500 700 1.0 k 20 k 

R(_, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus 
LOAD RESISTANCE (Single Supply Operation) 























juuuiy 




















♦27 V 






































♦24 V 




































♦21 V 






































+ 18 V 
























































♦15 V 




















♦ 12 V 






































♦9.0 V 




















♦ 6.0 V 
♦5.0 V 





















































2.0 3 4.0 5.0 6 7.0 
RL. LOAD RESISTANCE |k!S 



FIGURE 11 - SINGLE SUPPLY INVERTING AMPLIFIER 



100 uF 1k 

1( V\A— 




100 UF 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2 1 35 



FIGURE 12 — NONINVERTING PULSE RESPONSE 































































/ 
























































1 ■ — 




INPUT 

1 










i 


1 









lOus'DIV 



FIGURE 13 — TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT 



To Scope 
(Input) 



f 



IT 



To Scope 
(Output) 



FIGURE U — OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



m 
















— i ■ ■ - 






































— i — i 
























— i — 






■ ; 


















— I 














- 




. 




































— 












































































2 1 6.0 8 
vcc vee. 


10 12 14 16 18 20 

>UPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-136 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 



Temperature Range Package 



MC1458SD 
MC1458SG 
MC1458SP1 
MC1458SU 
MC1558SG 
MC1558SU 



0"C to + 70'C 
0°C to + 70°C 
0°C to + 70"C 
O'C to + 70X 
-55=C to t 125 C 
- 55°C to + 1 25'C 



SO-8 
Metal Can 
Plastic DIP 

Ceramic DIP 
Metal Can 

Ceramic DIP 



MC1458S 
MC1558S 



DUAL HIGH SLEW RATE INTERNALLY- 
COMPENSATED OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The MC1558S is functionally equivalent, pin compatible, and 
possesses the same ease of use as the popular MC1558 circuit, yet 
offers 20 times higher slew rate and power bandwidth. This device is 
ideally suited for D/A converters due to its fast settling time and 
high slew rate. 

• High Slew Rate — 10 V//JS Guaranteed Minimum (for inverting 

unity gain only) 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 

• Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges 

• Low Power Consumption 

• No Latch-Up 



DUAL 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



TYPICAL APPLICATION OUTPUT CURRENT TO 
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER 




Settling time to within 1/2 LSB i* 19.5 mVl is approxi 
mately 4.0 us from the time that all bits are switched. 
•The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot 
and ringing {C * 68 pF). 



Theoretical Vq 

V-p« fAI A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 

u R1 I 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 

Adjust V re r. R 1 or Rq so that Vg with all digital inputs at high level 
is equal to 9.961 volts. 



V r „, - 2.0 Vdc 
■ R2 - 1 
R Q - 5.0 kit 



ref " 

R1 - R2 * 1.0H1 



2 V [111111 1 1 1 f 255] 

5k I — + -+ — + + — + — r + - 10 V 1= 9.9 

1k [ 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 ] [256] 




G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 



Vcc 




onl nverting 
put F 




P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 
(MC1458S Only) 



Aft 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 
(MC1458S Only) 



Invertir 
I nput 
Non-lnvertii 



■E 
IE 



lE 



Input A 




T| v cc 

! "Tj Output 
71 »»••*" 
— I Input S 
5 I Non-1 nv 
_J Input B 



(Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-137 



MC1458S, MC1558S 



MC1558S LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 
(Inverting Mode) 




l.0„l/Di». 





STANDARD MC1558 versus MC1558S RESPONSE COMPARISON 
(Inverting Mode) 




M REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



Noninverting ^ 
Input 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T^ = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



I n. t ,„ 

Hating 


Symbol 


MC1558S 


MC1458S 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 


+22 


+ 18 


Vdc 




VEE 


-22 


-18 




Input Differential Voltage Range (T) 


V IDR 


±30 


Volts 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range (2) 


V ICR 


115 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration 


'S 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


-65 to +150 


°C 


Junction Temperature Ceramic and Metal Package 


Tj 


175 


175 


°C 


Plastic Package 




150 


150 


°C 




Note 1 - For supply voltages less than +15 Vdc, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 1 5 Vdc. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-138 



MC1458S, MC1558S 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC - +1 5 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc. T A > +25°C unless otherwise noted I 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC1558S 


MC1458S 


Unit 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


M,n 


Typ 


Max 


Power Bandwidth (See Figure 3) 

A v = 1. R L = 2 Mi, THD = 5V V ■ 20 Vlp-p> 


BW p 


150 


200 




150 


200 




kHz 


Large Signal Transient Response 
Slew Rate (Figures 10 and 1 1 ) 
V(-) to V<+) 
V 1 + ) to VI-) 

Settling Time (Figures lOand 1 1) 
( to within 1°o) 


SR 
'setlg 


10 
10 


20 
12 

3.0 




10 
10 


20 
12 
30 


- 


V/jis 
MS 


Small -Signal Transient Response 

(Gam l.Ein 20 mV, see F igur as 7 and 8) 
Rise Time 
Fall Time 

Propagation Delay Time 
Overshoot 


'TLH 
l THL 
tPLH^PHL 
OS 




25 
25 
0.25 
20 






0.25 
26 
25 
20 




MS 
MS 


Short Circuit Output Currents 


'OS 






±45 


— 




±45 


mA 


Open Loop Voltage Gam [R L 2 kJ2) (See Figure 41 
V ±10 V 


A VOL 








20 000 


i nn nnn 
1 UU.UUU 






Output Impedance 20 Hz) 


z o 




75 






75 




li 


Input Impedance (1 20 Hz) 


z. 


3 


10 




3 


10 




Ml! 


O u i pu t Volt age S w i ng 
R |_ 10ki2 
R L 2 kJ> 


v O 


±12 
±10 


♦14 

+13 




+ 12 
+ 10 


±14 

±13 




v pk 


Input Common Mode Voltage Swing 


V ICR 


±12 


±13 




±12 


±13 




P* 


Common Mode Reiection Ratio (f 20 Hz) 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Input Bias Current (See F igure 2) 


'IB 




200 


500 




200 




nA 


Input Offset Current 


Ihol 




30 


200 




30 


200 


nA 


Input Offset Voltage (R$ < 10 k S2J 


|V, I 




10 


5 




2.0 


6.0 


mV 


DC Power Consumption (See F igure 91 
(Power Supply ±15 V. Vq ; 0; 


P C 




70 


150 




70 


170 


mW 


Positive Voltage Supply Sensitivity 
( V^e constant ) 


PSS+ 




2 


150 




20 


150 


mV/V 


Negative Voltage Supply Sensitivity 
(Vqc constant) 


PSS- 




10 


150 




10 


150 


mV/V 



* • Plastic package offered in limited temperature range device only 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15Vdc,V EE = -15Vdc,T A = -55 to +125T for MC1558S and T A = to 70°C 

for MC1458S, unless otherwise noted.) 



Characteristic 


Sy mbol 


MC1558S 


MC1458S 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Open Loop Voltage Gain 
V • ; 10 V 


A VOL 


25,000 






15.000 






v/v 


Output Voltage Swing 
R L = 10 kl! 
R L - 2 kS! 


v 


: 12 
±10 






±12 

! 10 






v pk 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


ViCR 


• 12 












v pk 


Commo.i-Mode Rejection Ratio (f = 20 Hzl 


CMRR 


70 












dB 


Input Bias Current 
T A ■ 125°C 
T A ■ -55°C 
T A = to 70°C 


'IB 




200 
500 


500 
1500 






800 


n A 


Input Offset Current 
T A - 125°C 
T A - -55°C 
T A - to 70°C 


'10 




30 


200 
500 






300 


n A 


Input Offset Voltage 
R$ > 10 kl! 


V| 






6 






7.5 


mV 


DC Power Consumption 
V = V 


p c 






200 








mW 


Positive Power Supplv Sensitivity 
V EE - -15 V 


p ss+ 






150 








mV/V 


Negative Power Supply Sensitivity 

V CC -- 15 V 


p ss- 






150 








mV/V 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-139 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

iVcc = +1S Vdc. V EE - -15 Vdc. T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted ! 




FIGURE 5 - OUTPUT NOISE versus 
SOURCE RESISTANCE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-140 



MC1458S, MC1558S 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

< V CC ? +15 vdc - V EE = -15 vdc - T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 6- SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT 
RESPONSE DEFINITIONS 



FIGURE 7 - SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 





FIGURE 9 - LARGE SIGNAL TRANSIENT WAVEFORMS 



Tp^ C v v N o\ U t M a P g^ N '" SUSP 





100 




10 


i 


50 




40 


z 




o 


30 






% 

ZD 


20 






o 




o 




EC 




UJ 


10 


1 




7.0 


u 






5 




4.0 




3 























































































































= n 


















■u ■ 

1 


















































































































































■ 


































Output 



6.0 10 14 18 22 

Vcc and VfE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVO LTSI 

FIGURE 10 - SLEW RATE AND SETTLING TIME TEST CIRCUIT* 

10 k* " 1» WWO=»3VA, 




10k- 



False 
Summing 
Node 



T \ . I 1N916 

(*) ' i ^> ^ or Equivalent 

' -t^-^1N916 

4- or Equivalent 



Match to within 0.01%. 



Inputs of Amplifier Not Under 
Test Should Be Grounded. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-141 



MC1458S, MC1558S 



SETTLING TIME 

In order to properly utilize the high slew rate and fast 
settling time of an operational amplifier, a number of 
system considerations must be observed. Capacitance at 
the summing node and at the amplifier output must be 
minimal and circuit board layout should be consistent 
with common high-frequency considerations. Both power 
supply connections should be adequately bypassed as 
close as possible to the device pins. In bypassing, both 
low and high frequency components should be con 
sidered to avoid the possibility of excessive ringing. In 
order to achieve optimum damping, the selection of a 
capacitor in parallel with the feedback resistor may be 
necessary. A value too small could result in excessive 
ringing while a value too large will degrade slew rate and 
settling time. 

SETTLING TIME MEASUREMENT 

In order to accurately measure the settling time of an 
operational amplifier, it is suggested that the "false" 
summing junction approach be taken as shown in 
Figure 11, This is necessary since it is difficult to de- 
termine when the waveform at the output of the op- 
erational amplifier settles to within 0.1% of it's final 
value. Because the output and input voltages are ef- 
fectively subtracted from each other at the amplifier 
inverting input, this seems like an ideal node for the 
measurement. However, the probe capacitance at this 
critical node can greatly affect the accuracy of the 
actual measurement. 



The solution to these problems is the creation of a 
second or "false" summing node. The addition of two 
diodes at this node clamps the error voltage to limit the 
voltage excursion to the oscilloscope. Because of the 
voltage divider effect, only one-half of the actual error 
appears at this node. For extremely critical measure 
ments, the capacitance of the diodes and the oscilloscope, 
and the settling time of the oscilloscope must be con- 
sidered. The expression 

tsetlg = ^x 2 + y2 + z 2 

can be used to determine the actual amplifier settling 
time, where 

t S etlg ■ observed settling time 

x = amplifier settling time (to be determined) 
y = false summing junction settling time 
2 = oscilloscope settling time 

It should be remembered that to settle within ±0.1% 

requires 7RC time constants. 

The ±0.1% factor was chosen for the MC1558S 

settling time as it is compatible with the ±1/2 LSB 

accuracy of the MC1508L-8 digital-to analog converter. 

This D-to-A converter features ±0.19% maximum error. 



TYPICAL APPLICATION 
FIGURE 13 - 12.5-WATT WIDEBAND POWER AMPLIFIER 

+ 15 V 



FIGURE 11 - WAVEFORM AT 
FALSE SUMMING NODE 



(Inverting Mode) 




1 OWOIV 



Input 



FIGURE 



12- EXPANDED WAVEFORM AT 
FALSE SUMMING NODE 
(Inverting Mode) 



MCL1304 
or Equivalent 
(Current 
Limiting 
Diode) 




j — WV 




10 k 
-W — 



MJE1100 
or Equivalent 




^MCL1304 


or Equ 


ivalent 


or Equivalent 




1 (Current f 






Limiting ( 






Diode) 







Delivers 1 2.5 watt into 4.0 ohms with le 
Pins not shown are not connected. 



i 1% THD to 100 kHz. 



I OdS/DIV 



* Bias current adjustment to eliminate Crossover Distortion. 

"Epoxy to power transistor heat sink or case for maximum Thermal Feedback. ~~ 



r 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-142 




MOTOROLA 






MC1490P 



















RF IF AUDIO AMPLIFIER 

... an integrated circuit featuring wide-range AGC for use in RF/ 
IF amplifiers and audio amplifiers over the temperature range, 
-40 to +85°C. See Motorola Application Note AN513 for design 
details. 

• High Power Gain — 50 dB Typ at 10 MHz 

45 dB Typ at 60 MHz 
35 dB Typ at 100 MHz 

• Wide-Range AGC — 60 dB Min, dc to 60 MHz 

• 6.0 to 15 V Operation, Single-Polarity Power Supply 



WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 
WITH AGC 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted) 


Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 


+ 18 


Vdc 


Output Supply 


vo 


+ 18 


Vdc 


AGC Supply 


V 2(AGC) 


vcc 


Vdc 


Differential Input Voltage 


V| 


5.0 


Vdc 


Operating Temperature Range 


TA 


-40 to +85 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


'C 


Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


X 





REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

2 ?V C c 




Pins 3 and 7 should both be connected to circuit ground. 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



Output I — 

(-) Li 




(Top View) 



SCATTERING PARAMETERS (V cc = +12 Vdc, 
T A = +25°C, Z D = 50 n) 






f = MHz 
Typ 




Parameter 


Symbol 


30 


60 


Unit 


Input 

Reflection 

Coefficient 


»n 


0.9S 

-7.3 


0.93 
-16 


degrees 


Output 

Reflection 

Coefficient 


IS22I 

922 


0.99 
-3.0 


0.98 
-5.5 


degrees 


Forward 

Transmission 

Coefficient 


IS21I 


16.8 
128 


14.7 
64.3 


degrees 


Reverse 

Transmission 

Coefficient 


S12 
612 


0.00048 
84.9 


0.00092 
79.2 


degrees 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-143 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = 12 Vdc, f = 60 MHz, BW = 1.0 MHz, T A = 25°C) 



Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Power Supply Current Drain 


— 


ice 


— 


— 


17 


mA 


AGC Range (AGO 5.0 V Min to 7.0 V Max 


19 


MAGC 


-60 


— 


— 


dB 


Output Stage Current (Sum of Pins 1 and 8) 




io 


4.0 




7.5 


mA 


Single Ended Power Gain R$ = R[_ = 50 Ohms 


19 


Gp 


40 






dB 


Noise Figure R$ = 50 Ohms 


19 


NF 




6.0 




dB 


Power Dissipation 




PD 




168 


204 


mW 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

lv 2 (AGC) = °' V CC = 12 vdc < T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted) 

- 

FIGURE 1 — UNNEUTRALIZED POWER GAIN versus 
FREQUENCY (Tuned Amplifier, See Figure 19) 



FIGURE 2 — VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 
(Video Amplifier, See Figure 21) 



70 

3 60 

1 5 50 

a. 

si 

3 ° 40 
y £ 30 

5 £ 20 

1 10 





1 1 













































































































































































































































































































































20 50 
1. FREQUENCY (UHl) 



— 1 1 Mill 

RL = 1.0 k!I 



RL ■ 100 I! 



1.0 10 

f. FREQUENCY (MHz) 



1 — I I I 1 1 

VCC - '2 Vdc 



1 



FIGURE 3 — DYNAMIC RANGE: OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus 
INPUT VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 211 




0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20 50 100 
ej, INPUT VOLTAGE (mvRMS) 



FIGURE 4 — VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 
(Video Amplifier, See Figure 21) 

































III 


1— 




































c 




6.3 Vdc 














R L . 


k 


1 






















































k 






































































00 ! 


1 






























































i 












































k 






















































































i 



3 0.5 1.0 



3.0 5.0 1 30 50 1 00 300 

f. FREQUENCY IMHi) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-144 



MC1490P 



FIGURE 5 — VOLTAGE GAIN AND SUPPLY CURRENT versus FIGURE 6 — TYPICAL GAIN REDUCTION 

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 21) versus AGC VOLTAGE 





FIGURE 9 — POWER GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 
(See Test Circuit, Figure 19) 



FIGURE 10 — NOISE FIGURE versus FREQUENCY 





















f-6 


MHz 

























































































































4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 

V C C. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdcl 





9.0 




8 








7.0 




6 








5.0 


o 


4.0 




i- 


3 




2.0 




1.0 














































































































































p.. 


Op 




ed 

n ti 




















F 











































































30 35 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 
I FREQUENCY (MHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-145 



MC1490P 



FIGURE 11 — NOISE FIGURE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 12 — NOISE FIGURE versus AGC GAIN REDUCTION 




Rg. SOURCE RESISTANCE (Ohmsl GAIN REDUCTION (dB) 




FIGURE 14 — 10.7 MHz AMPLIFIER 

Gain = 55 dB. BW = 100 kHz 



VRIAGC] o 

10.7 MHz o 
(50 n Source) 




24 Turns. No. 22 AWG Wire 
on 3 T12-44 Micro Metal 
Toroid Core (-124 pF) 
20 Turns. No. 22 AWG Wire 
on a T12-44 Micro Metal 
Toroid Core (-100 pF) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-146 



MC1490P 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-147 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



FIGURE 19 — 60 MHz POWER GAIN TEST CIRCUIT 




iy _ Output 
(50 11) 



V R(AGC) 



L1 = 7 Turns. #20 AWG Wire. 5.16 Dia.. C1.C2.C3 - 11-301 pF 
5/8" Long C4 = 11-101 pF 

L2 = 6 Turns. #14 AWG Wire. 9 16 Dia.. 
34" Long 



FIGURE 20 — PROCEDURE FOR SETUP 
USING FIGURE 19 



Test 


<Mn 


V 2(AGC) 


R AGC (klll 


MAGC 


2.23 mV (-40 dBml 


5-7 V 





Gp 


1.0 mV 1-47 dBml 


• 5.0 V 


5.6 


NF 


1.0 mV (-47 dBm) 


«5.0 V 


5.6 



FIGURE 21 — VIDEO AMPLIFIER 



0.00 

1.0 M F i T^F 



0.001 uF , y— 1(- 




0.001 m f 



FIGURE 22 — 30 MHz AMPLIFIER 
IPower Gain = 50 dB, BW - 1.0 MHz] 




R L = 50 SI 



L1 i 

T1 : Primary = 
Secondary = 



12 Vdc 



12 Turns #22 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core. 

(T37-6 Micro Metal or Equiv) 

17 Turns #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core. 

(T44-6) 

2 Turns #20 AWG Wire 



Input from 
Local Oscillator 

I70MH;) ioo 



FIGURE 23 — 100 MHz MIXER 

VAGC - 6.0 V 

~ J 11-101 pF 



(1-301 pF 

IF Output 




0.002 nf 7^ 10 «H 



L1 - 5 Turns. #16 AWG Wire. 1 4 ID, 
5/8" Long 

L2 - 16 Turns. #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid 
Core. IT44-6I 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-148 



to 




MOTOROLA 



RF/IF/AUDIO AMPLIFIER 

... an integrated circuit featuring wide-range AGC for use in RF/IF 
amplifiers and audio amplifiers over the temperature range, - 55 
to +125°C. See Motorola Application Note AN513 for design 
details. 

• High Power Gain — 50 dB Typ at 10 MHz 

45 dB Typ at 60 MHz 
35 dB Typ at 100 MHz 

• Wide-Range AGC — 60 dB min, dc to 60 MHz 

• Low Reverse Transfer Admittance — <10 /xmhos Typ at 
60 MHz 

• 6.0 to 15-Volt Operation, Single-Polarity Power Supply 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted! 


Rating 


Symbol* 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


V CC 


+18 


Vdc 


Output Supply 


v 


+ 18 


Vdc 


AGC Supply 


V 2IAGC) 


V CC 


Vdc 


Differential Input Voltage 


v l 


5.0 


Vdc 


Operating Temperature Range 


T A 


-55 to +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T s.g 


-65 to H 50 


°C 


Junction Temperature 


T J 


+ 175 


°c 





REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

7 ? Vcc 



V2IAGC) 70 




Pins 4 and 8 should both be connected to circuit ground. 



MC1590G 



WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 
WITH AGC 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



PIN CONNECTIONS 




G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




ADMITTANCE PARAMETERS (V cc - +12 Vdc, 
Ta - +25°C) 



Parameter 


Symbol 


f = r 

30 


AH, 


Unit 


Single-Ended Input 
Admittance 


91 1 
°11 


0.4 
1.2 


0.6 
-3.0 


Single-Ended Outpul 
Admittance 


922 
b 22 


0.05 
0.50 


0.1 

1.0 


mmho 


Forward Transfer 
Admittance 
(Pin 1 to Pin 5) 


*21 
"21 
IPolarl 


17B 
-30 


150 

-105 


mmhos 
degrees 


Reverse Transfer 
Admittance" 


912 
b 12 


-0 
-5.0 


-0 
-10 


(imhos 



The value of Reverse Transfer Admittance includes 
the feedback admittance of the test circuit used in 
the measurement. The total feedback capacitance 
(including test circuit) is 0.025 pF and is a more 
practical value for design calculations ihan the in- 
ternal feedback of the device alone. (See Figure 10.1 



SCATTERING PARAMETERS (Vrjc : 
T A = +25°C, Z = SO U) 



+ 12 Vdc. 



Parameter 


Symbol 


f - 
T 


MHz 
IP 


Unit 


30 


60 


Input Reflection 
Coefficient 


s 11 
«11 


0.95 
-7.3 


0.93 
-16 


degrees 


Output 
Reflection 
Coefficient 


s 22 
"22 


0.99 
-3.0 


0.98 
-5.6 


degrees 


Forward 
Transmission 
Coefficient 


S21 
»21 


16.8 
128 


14.7 
64.3 


degrees 


Reverse 
Transmission 
Coefficient 


Sl2 
fl 12 


o.ooo4a 

84.9 


0.00092 
79.2 


degrees 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-149 



MC1590G 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = +12 Vdc, f = 60 MHz, BW = 1.0 MHz, T A = -55X to + 125X unless 
otherwise notedl 





Pin 

rig. 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


AGC Range 

(V2IAGC) = 5.0 V to 7.0 VI 
l v 2(AGC) — B,u " 10 ' -u 'A ~ " 


24 


M AGC 


58 
60 


68 




dB 


Single-Ended Power Gain 

|T A = 25X) 


24 


G p 


37 

40 


45 





dB 


Noise Figure 

(R s optimized for best NF) (T A = 25X1 


24 


NF 




6.0 


7.0 


dB 


Output Stage Current 
(Sum of Pins 5 and 6) 

(T A = 25°C) 


32 


io 


3.5 
4.0 


5.6 


8.0 
7.5 


mA 


Output Current Matching 
(Magnitude of Difference of Output Currents! 
(I 5 " l6> (TA = 25°C| 


32 


AlO 




0.7 




mA 


Power Supply Current 
(V = V) 

(V = V, T A = 25°C| 


32 


ice 




14 


20 
17 


mA 


Power Consumption (12 x Ice) 
(V, = V) 

|V| = V, T A = 25X) 




PC 




168 


240 
204 


mW 



FIGURE 1 - UNNEUTRAL 12 ED POWER GAIN versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 2 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 

(Tuned Amplifier. See Figure 241 (Video Amplifier, See Figure 261 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-150 



MC1590G 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

( v 2 I AGO = °- V CC = 1 2 vdc - T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



FIGURE 3 - DYNAMIC RANGE: OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 4 - VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 

INPUT VOLTAGE (Video Amplifier, See Figure 26) (Video Amplifier, See Figure 261 




0.1 0.2 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 10 20 50 100 3 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 10 30 50 100 300 

% INPUT VOLTAGE ImVRMSI , FREQUENCY (MHz) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



FIGURE 9 - POWER GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 
(See Test Circuit, Figure 24) 



FIGURE 10 - REVERSE TRANSFER ADMITTANCE versus 
FREQUENCY (See Parameter Table, Page 1) 




FIGURE 11 - NOISE FIGURE versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 12 — NOISE FIGURE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 




I, FREQUENCY IMHil R s . SOURCE RESISTANCE (Ohms) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-152 



MC1590G 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued! 




FIGURE 16 - HARMONIC DISTORTION versus AGC GAIN 
REDUCTION FOR AM CARRIER (For Test Circuit. See Figure 171 



FIGURE 17 — 10.7 MHz AMPLIFIER 
Gain » 55 dB, BW - 100 kHz 



I = 10.7 MHi 

Modulation 90% AM. f m =10 kHz 
Load a! Pin 5 ' 2 kii 




20 30 40 50 
GAIN REDUCTION (dB) 



Vriagci 



(50 a Source) 82 " pp 




24 Turns, No. 22 AWG Wire 
on a T12-44 Micro Metal 
Toroid Core (-124 pF) 
20 Turns, No. 22 AWG Wire 
on a T12-44 Micro Metal 
Toroid Core I - 100 pF) 



FIGURE 18- Y 21 . FORWARD TRANSFER ADMITTANCE 
RECTANGULAR FORM 





32 


1 1 1 


Ml 1 




| | 


1 


I 

Ul 
TP 


1 1 

Pin 1 




















a 






















































































h? 






































































\ 
















































i 








































? 






























































































FIGURE 19 — Y 21 , FORWARD TRANSFER ADMITTANCE 
POLAR FORM 



INPUT - Pin I 
OUTPUT - Pin 5 



10 20 50 

I. FREQUENCY (MHil 



i 
I 



-.80 || 
"5 S fc 

-270^ 3 

■315 « 
360 * 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-153 



MC1590G 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-154 



MC1590G 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



FIGURE 24 — 60 MHz POWER GAIN TEST CIRCUIT 



iy _ Ouipui 

-^ ISO 111 




LI = 7 Turns. #20 AWG Wire, 5/I6" Dia., 
5/8" Long 

L2 . 6 Turns. #14 AWG Wire. 9/16" Dia.. 
3/4" Lang 



CI.C2.C3- 11-301 pF 
C4 = I1 lOlpF 



FIGURE 27 — 30 MHz AMPLIFIER 
(Power Gain = 50 rJB, BW - 1.0 MHz) 




fiL-50!! 



5.6 k 

0.002 uFf 
• VRIAGC) ' 
LI ■ 12 Turns #22 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core, 
(T37-6 Micro Metal or Equiv) 
Tl Primary ■ 17 Turns #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid Core, 
IT44 6 Micro Metal or Equiv) 
Secondary ■ 2 Turns #20 AWG Wire 



FIGURE 25 — PROCEDURE FOR SETUP 
USING FIGURE 24 



Test 


ein 


V2IAGC) 


HaGCIMJI 


MAGC 


2,23 mV l-40dBml 


5-7 V 





Gp 


1.0mVI-47dBml 


<5.0V 


5.6 


NF 


1.0 mVI-47dBml 


<t5.0V 


5.6 



FIGURE 26 - VIDEO AMPLIFIER 



_T 0.0Q1 \ 




0001 uF 

FIGURE 28 - 100 MHz MIXER 

VAGC » 6.0 V 



(1 101 pF 
II 301 pF 
J^ m IF Output 




LI =5 Turns, #16 AWG Wire. 1/4" ID. 
5/8" Long 

L2 = 16 Turns. #20 AWG Wire on a Toroid 
Core. [T44 6 Micro Metal or Equiv) 




(soil) © — l(r 



002„F 



I t \ < © Output 

>Mc.aK> V \\ - 



Tl Primary Winding = 15 Turns. #22 AWG Wire, 1/4" ID A,. Core T2: Primary Winding • 10 Turns. #22 AWG Wire. 1/4 ID A,r Cor. 

Secondary Winding - 4 Turns. #22 AWG Wile. Secondary Winding ■ 2 Turns. #22 AWG Wire. 

Coelt.cient ol Coupling .1.8 Coellicienl ol Coupling • I.C 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-155 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued) 



FIGURE 30 - SPEECH COMPRESSOR 



+ 12V f 25 „F 




DESCRIPTION OF SPEECH COMPRESSOR 

The amplifier drives the base of a PNP MPS6517 op- 
erating common-emitter with a voltage gain of approx- 
imately 20. The control R1 varies the quiescent Q point 
of this transistor so that varying amounts of signal ex- 
ceed the level V r . Diode D1 rectifies the positive peaks 
of Ql's output only when these peaks are greater than 
V r m 7.0 Volts. The resulting output is filtered by C x , 
Rx- 

R x controls the charging time constant or attack time. 
C x is involved in both charge and discharge. R2 (the 
150 kft and input resistance of the emitter-follower Q2) 
controls the decay time. Making the decay long and 
attack short is accomplished by making R x small and 
R2 large. (A Darlington emitter-follower may be needed 
if extremely slow decay times are required.) 

The emitter-follower Q2 drives the AGC Pin 2 of the 
MC1590G and reduces the gain. R3 controls the slope 
of signal compression. The following graph (Figure 31 ) 
details performance with R3 set to 15 kfl. 



FIGURE 31 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus INPUT VOLTAGE 



TABLE 1 — DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY 



SEE FIGUR 


1 ■ 
E 30 






















Rl - 100 k 


1 










































































































- 












































- 151 


































HI 


















































































t 


1 







































































































































































































































































I 1 1 
Measured from 








H 




o 10 kHz 






























for Values of Attack from 
3.0 to 4.0 ms 

















1.1 0.3 0.5 1.0 3.0 5.0 10 

Bj, INPUT VOLTAGE (mV) 



FREQUENCY 


DISTORTION 


DISTORTION 


10 mV e; 


100 mV e; 


10 mV «{ 


100 mV 8i 


100 Hz 


3.5% 


12% 


15% 


27% 


300 Hz 


2% 


10% 


6% 


20% 


1.0 kHz 


1.5% 


8% 


3% 


9% 


10 kHz 


1.5% 


8% 


1% 


3% 


100 kHz 


1.5% 


8% 


1% 


3% 




Notes 1 and 2 


Notes 3 and 4 



Note: (11 Decay = 300 ms 
Attack * 20 ms 

(2) C„"7.5mF 
R x = (Short) 

(3) Decay = 20 ms 
Attack = 3 ms 

(41 C x -0.68mF 
Rx - 1.5 kn 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-156 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 



Temperature Range Package 



MC1709CG 

MC1709CU 

MC1709CP1 

MC1709G.AG 

MC1709AU 



OX to + 70X 
0°C to + 70X 
OX to + 70X 
-55X to + 125X 
-55X to + 125X 



Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 
Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 



MONOLITHIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

- . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier 
with operating characteristics as a function of the external feed- 
back components. 

• High-Performance Open Loop Gain Characteristics 

A uo | = 45,000 typical 

• Low Temperature Drift - ±3.0 A*V/°C typical (MC1709) 

• Large Output Voltage Swing - ±14 V typical @ ±15 V Supply 

• Low Output Impedance 



z = 150 ohms typical 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


VCC 

Vee 


+ 18 
-18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V|DR 


±5.0 


Volts 


Input Common-Mode Range 


VlCR 


±10 


Volts 


Output Load Current 


II 


10 


mA 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


ts 


5.0 


s 


Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Metal Can 
Derate above = + 25°C 


PD 


680 
4.6 


mW 

mW/X 


Plastic Dual In-Line Packages (MC1709C only) 

Derate above T/\ = + 25°C 
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 

Derate above Ta = +25°C 




625 
5.0 
750 
6.0 


mW 

mWCC 
mW/X 
mW/X 


Operating Ambient MC1709A, MC1709 
Temperature Range MC1709C 


t a 


-55 to +125 
Oto +70 


X 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Packages 




T stg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


X 



MC1709 
MC1709A 
MC1709C 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



PIN CONNECTIONS 

Input Freq. Comp. 
Input Freq. 

Comp. (U (J)"CC 



Inv 



I nput 




EE 



{Top View! 
G SUFFIX 
METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




PI SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 
IMC1709C Only) 

U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



{Top View) 

input Freq. | 1 U I — . Input Freq 

Comp. LL JLl Comp. 

Inv. Input LL-f>v. 3 V CC 




Non-lnv. Input |~3~ 



~6] Output 
~5j Output Freq. 



FIGURE 1 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

VCC? ? INPUT COMPENSATION 




COMPENSATION 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-157 



MC1709, MC1709A, MC1709C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted, +9.0 VsV CC « 15 V, 


-9.0 V 3 


vee* - 


15 V, T A 


= 25°C) 








MC1709A 


MCI 709 




C h a r a c ter i stic 


Sy mbo I 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 


— 


0.6 


2.0 


— 


1.0 


5.0 


mV 


In. ^ in L- fi \ 

(ng ^ iu Kin 


















Input Offset Current 


1 10 


— 


10 


50 


- 


50 


200 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


1 IB 


- 


100 


200 




200 


500 


nA 


Input Resistance 


n 


350 


700 




150 


400 




kn 


Output Resistance 


r o 




150 






150 




n 


Power Supply Currents 


'CC-'EE 




2.5 


3 -': 








mA 


(V C C " 15 V, V EE = -15 V) 


















Power Consumption 


PC 




75 


108 




80 


165 


mW 


(V CC = 15 V, V EE s -15 V) 


















Transient Response 


















(V CC - 15 V, V EE - -15 V) See Figure 8 


















Risetime 


'TLH 






1.5 




0.3 


1.0 


MS 


Overshoot 


OS 






30 




10 


30 


% 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted, +9.0 V « V C C * 15 V, 


-9.0 V s 


. V EE 5= 


-15V,T A 


= -55°Cto + 125°( 






MCI 709 A 


MCI 709 




Characteristic 


Sy mbo 1 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 


V|0 


- 


- 


3.0 


- 


- 


6.0 


m V 


[Hg ^ 1U Kiif 


















Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
















mV/°C 


( Rg = 50 H, T A = 25°C to 1 25°C) 




1.8 


10 










(Rg = 50 fi, T A = -55°C to 25°C) 






1 .8 


10 










(Rg = 50 Si, T A = -55°C to 125°C) 












30 






(R S = 10 kfi, T A = 25°C to 125°CI 






2.0 


1 5 










(R S = 10 kSl, T A = -55°C to 25°C) 






4.8 


25 










(R S = 10 kn, T A - -55°C to 125°C) 












6 






Input Offset Current 


1 to 














nA 


IT A - -55°CI 






40 


250 




100 


500 




(T A - 125°C) 




- 


3.5 


50 


- 


20 


200 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Current 


■1 10' T 














nA/°C 


(T A = -55°C to 25°CI 






0.45 


2.8 










(T A » 25°C to 125°CI 


















iMpui D las ^Ui iciu 


'IB 




300 


600 




500 


1500 




IT A = -55°CI 


















Input Resistance 


rj 


85 


170 




40 


100 




kn 


(T A = -55°C) 


















Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 


+8.0 


+ 10 




±8.0 


±10 




V 


IVcc -16 V, VgE " -15 VI 


















Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


80 


110 




70 


90 




dB 


(R S «10 kn) 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 




40 


100 




25 


150 


uv/v 


IVcc - 15 V, V E E = -15 V, R S <10 k!2) 


















Large Signal Voltage Gain 


A V 


25 


45 


70 


25 


45 


70 


V/mV 


(V C C - 15 V, Vee = -15 V. R L >2.0 kn. 


















Vo= i15V) 


















Output Voltage Range 


VOR 














V 


(V CC -15V, v EE = -15 v) 


















(R L >10 kn) 




±12 


±14 




±12 


±14 






(R L >2.0 kn) 




±10 


±13 




±10 


±13 






Power Supply Currents 


'CC'iEE 














mA 


(v cc - 15 v. v E e " -is vi 


















IT A = -55°C) 






2.7 


4.5 










(T A = 125°C) 






2.1 


3.0 










Power Consumption 


PC 














mW 


(V CC = 15. V EE --15 VI 


















(T A = -55°CI 






81 


135 










(T A = 125°C) 






63 


90 





























MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-158 



MCI 709, MC1709A, MC1709C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise noted, V C c = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25°C) 







MC1709C 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 

(R S 10 ktt, 9.0 V < 15 V, -9.0 V > V EE > -15 V) 


VlO 




2.0 


7.5 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


ho 


- 


100 


500 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


'IB 




300 


1500 


nA 


Input Resistance 




50 


250 




kf2 


Output Resistance 


r o 


- 


150 




ti 


Power Consumption 


PC 




80 


200 


mW 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 

<R L > 2.0 kn. Vq " i10 V) 


Ay 


15 


45 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Range 
(R L >10knl 
(R L >2.0 kn) 


V R 


±12 
±10 


±14 
±13 




V 


Input Common -Mode Voltage Range 


V IC R 


±8.0 


±10 




V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
IR S <10 kn) 


CMRR 


65 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
IR S <10 kSi) 


PSRR 




25 


200 


wV/V 


Transient Response 
See Figure 8 
Rise Time 
Overshoot 


tTLH 

OS 




3 
10 




*"s 

% 




ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (unless otherwise specified, V C c = +15V,V EE = -15V, T A = 0°C to 70°C) 







MC1709C 




Parameter 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 

(R S 10 kn, 9.0 V < V cc « 15 V, -9.0 V > V EE > 15 VI 


VlO 






10 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


ho 






750 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


hB 






2.0 


uA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 

(R L S» 2.0 kn, V - ±10V) 


A V 


12 






V/mV 


Input Resistance 


ri 


35 






kn 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

FIGURE 2 - TEST CIRCUIT 



(V cc - +15 Vdc. V EE - -15 Vdc, T A - +25°C) 



C2 



Fig. 
No. 


Curve No. 


Test Conditions 


R,(n) 




R 3 (n) 


C,(pF) 


C 2 (pF) 


3 


l 

2 
3 
4 


10 k 
10 k 
10 k 
1.0 k 


10 k 
100 k 
l.DM 
1. M 


1. 5 k 
1. 5 k 
1. 5 k 



5. k 
500 
100 
10 


200 
20 
3.0 
3.0 


4 


1 

2 
3 
4 


1.0 k 
10 k 
10 k 
10 k 


1.0 M 
1.0 M 
100 k 
10 k 




1.5 k 
1. 5 k 
1. 5 k 


10 
100 
500 
5.0 k 


3.0 

3.0 
20 
200 


5 


2 
3 
4 








CO 
CD 
<C 
00 


1.5 k 
1.5 k 
1.5 k 



5. k 
500 
100 
10 


200 
20 
3.0 
3.0 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-159 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-160 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1733G 


-BB"C to + 125T 


Metal Can 


MC1733L 


-55°C to + 125T 


Ceramic DIP 


MC1733CG 


0°Cto +70-C 


Metal Can 


MC1733CL 


0°Cto +7CTC 


Ceramic DIP 


MC1733CP 


0°Cto +70'C 


Plastic DIP 



DIFFERENTIAL VIDEO AMPLIFIER 



... a wideband amplifier with differential input and differential out- 
put. Gain is fixed at 10, 100, or 400 without external components 
or, with the addition of one external resistor, gain becomes adjustable 
from 10 to 400. 



• Bandwidth - 120 MHz typical @ A vr j = 10 

• Rise Time - 2.5 ns typical @> A vr j = 10 

• Propagation Delay Time - 3.6 ns typical @ A v d : 



FIGURE 1 - BASIC CIRCUIT 

GAIN SELECT 
VCC GlA Gib 




FIGURE 2 - VOLTAGE GAIN 
ADJUST CIRCUIT 



f(— T - • OUTPUT 




FIGURE 3 - EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

vccc 



INPUT 2 o 
INPUT I 




GAIN I ° 2B 
SELECT I Gib 
' rt— 



MC1733 
MC1733C 



DIFFERENTIAL VIDEO 
WIDEBAND AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 603-04 





L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



INPUT 2 




NC 

G2B GAIN SELECT 
Gib GAIN SELECT 
VEE 
NC 

OUTPUT 2 




INPUT 1 
NC 

G2A GAIN SELECT 
G]A GAIN SELECT 
VCC 



NC 



(lop view) 



(Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-161 



MC1733, MC1733C 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted! 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


vcc 

V EE 


+8.0 
-8.0 


Volts 


Differential Input Voltage 


Vin 


+ 5.0 


Volts 


Common-Mode Input Voltage 


V|CM 


+.6.0 


Volts 


Output Current 


lo 


10 


mA 


Internal Power Dissipation (Note 1) 
Metal Can Package 
Ceramic Dual In-Line Package 


PD 


500 
500 


mW 


Operating Temperature Range MC1733C 
MC1733 


t a 


Oto +70 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°c 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc - +6.0 Vdc. V EE = -6.0 Vdc. at T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted ! 





MC1733 


MC1733C 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Units 


Differential Voltage Gain 
Gain 1 (Note 2) 
Gain 2 (Note 3) 
Gain 3 (Note 4) 


A vd 


300 
90 
9.0 


400 
100 
10 


500 
110 
11 


250 
80 
8.0 


400 
100 
10 


600 
120 
12 


V V 


Bandwidth (R s = 50 SI) 
Gain 1 
Gain 2 
Gain 3 


BW 


- 
- 


40 
90 
120 


- 


- 


40 
90 
120 


- 
- 


MHz 


Rise Time (R s = 50Si, V = 1 Vp-p) 
Gain 1 


tTLH 
*THL 














ns 


- 


10.5 


— 


- 


10.5 
2.5 






Gain 2 
Gain 3 




2.5 






J 




Propagation Delay (R s = 50J1, V D = 1 Vp-p) 
Gain 1 
Gain 2 
Gain 3 


*PLH 
l PHL 


- 
- 


7.5 
6.0 
3.6 


- 
10 


- 
- 


7.5 
6.0 
3 6 


- 
10 


ns 


Input Resistance 
Gain 1 
Gain 2 
Gain 3 


R in 


20 


4.0 
30 
250 




10 


4.0 
30 
250 






Input Capacitance (Gain 2) 






2.0 






2.0 




pF 


Input Offset Current (Gain 3) 


I'lOl 




0.4 


3.0 




0.4 


5.0 


uA 


Input Bias Current (Gain 3) 


ite 




9.0 


20 




9 


30 


nA 


Input Noise Voltage (R s = 50 SI, 


v„ 




12 










MV(rms) 








12 




BW = 1 kHz to 10 MHz 


















Input Voltage Range (Gain 2) 


v,„ 


+ 1.0 






+ 1.0 






V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 

Gain 2 (V CM = ±1 V, f 100 kHz) 
Gain 2 (V CM = ±1 V, f = 5 MHz) 


CMRR 














dB 


60 


86 
60 




60 


86 
60 




Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
Gain 2 <AV S = +0.5 V) 


PSRR 


50 


70 




50 


70 




dB 


Output Offset Voltage 
Gain 1 

Gain 2 and Gain 3 


v o 




06 
0.35 


1.5 
1.0 




0.6 
0.35 


1.5 
1.5 


V 


Output Common-Mode Voltage (Gain3) 


v CMO 


2.4 


2.9 


3.4 


2.4 


2.9 


3.4 


V 


Output Voltage Swing (Gain 2) 


v 


3.0 


4.0 




3.0 


4.0 




Vp-p 


Output Sink Current (Gain 2) 


'O 


2.5 


3.6 




2.5 


3.6 




mA 


Output Resistance 


R out 




20 






20 




n 


Power Supply Current (Gain 2) 


Id 




18 


24 




18 


24 


mA 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-162 



MC1733, MC1733C 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc - +6.0 Vdc, V EE - -6.0 Vdc, at T A = T hiqh to 

T|qw unless otherwise noted.) * 







MC1733 


MC1733C 






Symbol 


Min 


TyP 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Units 


Diffsrential Voltage Gain 


"vd 














V/V 


Gain 1 (Note 2) 




200 




600 


250 




600 




Gain 2 (Note 3) 




80 




120 


80 


_ 


120 




Gain 3 (Note 4) 




8.0 


_ 


12 


8.0 


_ 


12 




Input Resistance 


R in 


8.0 






8.0 


_ 




kn 


Gain 2 


















Input Offset Current (Gain 3) 


Hiol 






5 






6 


uA 


Input Bias Current (Gain 3) 


I|B 






40 






40 


uA 


Input Voltage Range (Gain 2) 


v in 


±1 .0 






+ 1 o 






v 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


50 






50 






dB 


Gain 2 (V CM = ±1 V, f < 100 kHz) 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 


50 






50 






dB 


Gain 2 (AV S =±0.5V) 


















Output Offset Voltage 


voo 














V 


Gain 1 








1.5 






1.5 




Gain 2 and Gain 3 








1.2 






1.5 




Output Voltage Swing (Gain 2) 


v 


2.5 






2.5 






Vpp 


Output Sink Current (Gain 2) 


'0 


2.2 






2.5 






mA 


Power Supply Current (Gain 2) 


id 






27 






27 


mA 



* T low = °° c for MC1733C, -55°C for MC1733 
Thigh " + 70°C for MC1733C, + 125°C for MC1733. 



FIGURE 4 - MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE POWER DISSIPATION 



NOTES 

Note 1: 



Note 2 
Note 3 
Note 4 



Derate metal package at 6.5 mW/°C for operation at 
ambient temperatures above 75°C and dual in-line pack- 
age at 9 mW/°C for operation at ambient temperatures 
above 100°C (see Figure 4). If operation at high am- 
bient temperatures is required (MC1733) a heatsink 
may be necessary to limit maximum junction tempera- 
ture to 150°C. Thermal resistance, junction-to-case, 
for the metal package is 69.4°C per Watt. 
Gain Select pins Gia and Gig connected together. 
Gain Select pins G2A and G2B < 
All Gain Select pins Open. 













































CFR 


Auir nn 


\L 








V 


\ 

\ 

\ 


IN LINE PACK/ 
, ^* muu/or 


GE 




- MET A 


L PACKA 
mW/OC 


\ 

;e ■ 












6! 






\ 
































\ 







TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Vcc = +60 v dc. Vje = -6.0 Vdc, T A * +25°C unless otherwise noted. I 



+50 + 100 +150 

Ta. ambient TEMPERATURE ("CI 



FIGURE 5 - SUPPLY CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 



SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



1 19 



I6_ 

-60 -20 +20 * +100 +140 

Ta.AMBIENTTEMPERATURE(OC) 




4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 

VCC. IVEEI . SUPPLY V0 LTAGE IV0LTSI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-163 



FIGURE 7 - GAIN verus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 8 - GAIN versus FREQUENCY 




♦20 »SO 
T, TEMPERATURE (°C) 




f. FREQUENCY (MHz) 



FIGURE 9 - GAIN versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 10 - GAIN versus RaDJUST 




4.0 50 60 7.0 

VCC. iVEEI. supply VOLTAGE (VOLTSI 




Bad|.l!il 



FIGURE 11 - GAIN versus FREQUENCY and 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 12 - GAIN versus FREQUENCY 
and TEMPERATURE 




10 100 
I, FREQUENCY (MHz) 




10 100 
I, FREQUENCY (MHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-164 



MC1733, MC1733C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued! 
(V cc = +6.0 Vdc, Vee = -6-0 Vdc, Ta 3 +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 13 — PULSE RESPONSE versus GAIN 



FIGURE 14 — PULSE RESPONSE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 





































R 


I '1.0 


iSi 






GAIN 


3 


































GAIN 


2— 


















































' GAI 


N 1 























































































-15 -10 -5.0 +5.0 + 10 + 15 +20 +25 +30 +35 
1, TIME Ins) 

FIGURE 15 - PULSE RESPONSE versus TEMPERATURE 

















GAIN 2 | 


















= 1.0 k 






1 


t, = -55" 


C 


















1 






















































1 

-+wc — 


















1 



































































£+1.2 

















1 1 
HAIN 7 




















n 




Wee 


= +8.0 






























v — ■ 








4= 


















\ 


±6.( 


V 










// 




13.0 V 













































































































-15 -10 -5.0 +5.0 +10 +15 +20 +25 <30 +35 
l.TIME Ins) 

FIGURE 16 - DIFFERENTIAL OVERDRIVE 
RECOVERY TIME 



















GA 


N 2 





















































































































































t. TIME (ns) 



20 30 40 50 60 
OVERDRIVE RECOVERY TIME (ns) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-165 



MC1733, MC1733C 



FIGURE 19 - INPUT RESISTANCE versus TEMPERATURE 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Continued) 

I V CC 7 +6 -° Vdc . V EE = -6 ° vdc > T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 

FIGURE 20 - INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE 



-20 *20 *60 +100 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l»CI 





































GAIN 2 HI 




































BW 


= 1 


» 























































































































































































































































































































10 100 101 

SOURCE RESISTANCE IS!) 



FIGURE 21 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING and 
SINK CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 22 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING i 
LOAD RESISTANCE 




3.0 4.0 5 60 7.0 8.0 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 

VCC. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS! R L . L0 A0 RESISTANCE !!!) 



FIGURE 23 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FREQUENCY FIGURE 24 - COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO 




1, FREQUENCY (MHz) I. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-166 



MC1733, MC1733C 

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



FIGURE 25 - VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR 



tv C c 




By changing the voltage Vq the gain will 
vary over a range of 1 to 400. This will 
give a frequency variation about the value 
set by the capacitor and shown in Figure 26. 



TAPE, DRUM OR DISC MEMORY READ AMPLIFIERS 

The first of several methods to be discussed is shown in 
Figure 27. This block diagram describes a simple Read cir- 
cuit with no threshold circuitry. Each block represents a 
basic function that must be performed by the Read circuit. 
The first block, referred to as "amplfiication", increases 
the level of the signal available from the Read head to a 
level adequate to drive the peak detector. Obviously, these 
signal levels will vary depending on factors such as tape 
speed, whether the system used is disc or tape, and the 
type of head and the circuitry used. For a representative 
tape system, levels of 7 to 25 mV for the signal from the 
Read head and 2 V for the signal to the peak detector are 
typical. These signal levels are "peak-to-peak" unless 
otherwise specified. On the basis of the signal levels men- 
tioned above, the overall amplification required is 38 to 
49 dB. 

How the overall gain requirement is implemented will 
depend somewhat on the system used. For instance, a 
tape cassette system with variable tape speed may utilize 
a first stage for gain and a second stage primarily for gain 
control. Thus, a typical circuit would utilize 35 dB in the 
first stage and 1 to 1 5 dB in the second stage. 

Devices suitable for use as amplifiers fall into one of 
two categories, operational amplifiers or wideband video 
amplifiers. Lower speed equipment with low transfer rates 
commonly uses low cost operational amplifiers. Examples 
of these are the MC1741, MC1458, MCI 709, and MLM301. 
Equipment requiring higher transfer rates, such as disc 
systems normally use wideband amplifiers such as the 
MC1733. The actual cross-over point where wideband 
amplifiers are used exclusively varies with equipment de- 



FIGURE 27 - TYPICAL READ CIRCUIT (METHOD II 




FIGURE 26 - OSCILLATOR FREQUENCY FOR 
VARIOUS CAPACITOR VALUES 

i° 7 i — i — rm — i — im — I — rm — i — rm — i 




100 10k 100 k III 10 M 

FREQUENCY (Hz) 



sign. For purposes of comparison, the MLM301 has 
slightly less than a 40 dB open-loop gain at 100 kHz; the 
MC1741 , a compensated op-amp, has approximately 20 dB 
open loop gain at 100 kHz; the MCI 733 has approximately 
33 dB of gain out to 100 MHz (depending on gain option 
and loading). 

There are a number of ways to implement the peak 
detector function. However, the simplest and most widely 
used method is a passive differentiator that generates "zero- 
crossings" for each of the data peaks in the Read signal. 

The actual circuitry used to differentiate the Read sig- 
nal varies from a differential LC type in disc systems to a 
simple RC type in reel and cassette systems. Either type, 
of course, attenuates the signal by an amount depending 
on the circuit used and system specifications. A good 
approximation of attenuation using the RC type is 20 dB. 
Thus, the 2 V signal going into the differentiator is reduced 
to 200 mV. 

The next block in Figure 27 to be discussed is the 
zero-crossing detector. In most cases detection of the zero- 
crossings is combined with the limiter. These functions 
serve to generate a TTL compatible pulse waveform with 
"edges" corresponding to zero-crossings. For low transfer 
rates, the circuit often used consists of an operational 
amplifier with series or shunt limiting. For higher transfer 
rates (greater than 100K B/S) comparators are used. 

The method described above is often modified to in- 
clude threshold sensing. In Figure 28, the function called 
"double-ended, limit-detector" enables the output NAND 
gate when either the negative or positive data peaks of the 
Read signal exceed a predetermined threshold. This func- 
tion can be implemented in either of two ways. One 
method first rectifies the signal before it is applied to a 
comparator with a set threshold. The other method utilizes 
two comparators, one comparator for positive-going peaks 
and the other for negative-going peaks. These comparator 
outputs are then combined in the output logic gates. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-167 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION (continued) 



FIGURE 28 — READ CIRCUIT (METHOD 2) 




Another common technique is shown in Figure 29. 
The branch labeled rectifiers, peak detector, etc., provides 
a clock transition of the D flip-flop that corresponds to 
the peak of both the positive and negative-going data 
peaks. This branch may include threshold circuitry prior to 
the peak detector. The detector in the lower path detects 
whether the signal peaks are positive or negative and feeds 
this data to the flip-flop. This detector can be implemented 
using a comparator with pre-set threshold. 



FIGURE 29 - READ CIRCUIT (METHOD 31 











R«ctiliW» 








Zero 


: H *'° ,_ 


MCI 733* 








Ociacioc 




Crowns 







The technique shown in Figure 30 uses separate cir- 
cuits with threshold provisions for both negative and 
positive peaks. The peak detectors and threshold detectors 



may be implemented with two comparators and two 
passive differentiators. 

Each of the methods shown offer certain intrinsic ad- 
vantages or disadvantages. The overall decision as to which 
method to use however often involves other important 
considerations. These could include cost and system re- 
quirements or circuitry other than simply the Read cir- 
cuitry. For instance, if cost is the predominate overall 
factor, then approach one may be the only feasible 
alternative. 

Method four was included as a design example because 
it illustrates several unique advantages. First, it uses 
threshold sensing to reduce noise peak errors. Second, it 
may be implemented using only integrated circuits. Third, 
it offers separate, direct threshold sensing for both pos- 
itive and negative peaks. 

FIGURE 30 - READ CIRCUIT (Method 41 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-168 



MC1741CP1 
MC1741CU 
MC1741G 
MC1741U 



LM741CN, uA741TC 



0°Cto +70X Plastic DIP 

0°Cto+70"C Ceramic DIP 

-55°C to + 125°C Metal Can 

-55°C to + 125°C Ceramic DIP 



MC1741C 



INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, HIGH PERFORMANCE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier with 
operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback 
components. 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 

• Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges 

• Low-Power Consumption 

• No Latch Up 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25°C un 


ess otherwise noted) 






Rating 


Symbol 


MC1741C 


MC1741 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


vcc 
vee 


+ 18 
-18 


+ 22 
-22 


Vdc 
Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


V|D 




30 


Volts 


Input Common Mode Voltage (Note 1) 


V|CM 


±15 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


•s 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


TA 


to +70 


-55 to +125 


°c 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Packages 


T stg 


- 65 to + 1 50 
-55 to +125 


"C 


Note 1. For supply voltages less than + 15 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to 

the supply voltage. 
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 15 V. 



G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 

NC 





P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-06 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



^ D SUFFIX 

^flBt PLASTIC PACKAGE 
a^^V CASE 751-02 
1 SO-8 
Offset Null £ W |] NC 
Invt Input EH\ DV C C 
Noninvt Input E-b^t-rj Output 

V EE Ej P Offset Null 

(Top View) 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



NON-INVERTING 
INPUT 





?50k ?50 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-169 



MC1741, MC1741C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = +15V,V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC1741 


MC1741C 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 
<R S < 10 k) 


V|0 




1.0 


5.0 




2.0 


6.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


'10 




20 


200 


- 


20 


200 


nA 








80 


500 




80 


500 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


'IB 












Input Resistance 




0.3 


2.0 


- 


0.3 


2 


- 


MO 


Input Capacitance 


Ci 




1.4 






1.4 




pF 


Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 






+ 16 






+ 16 


- 


mV 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 




V ICR 


±12 


+ 13 




+ 12 


+ 13 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(V = +10 V, R L ^2.0 M 




A v 


50 


200 




20 


200 




V/mV 


Output Resistance 




'a 




75 






75 




Q 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
(R S <10 k> 




CMR R 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
(R s <10 k) 




- 


30 


150 


- 


30 




— v/v - 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R L > 10 k) 
IR L >2k) 


vo 


+ 12 
+ 10 


±14 
+ 13 




+ 12 
+ 10 


±14 

±13 




V 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


'os 




20 






20 




mA 


Supply Current 


>D 




1.7 


2.8 




1.7 


2 8 


mA 


Power Consumption 


PC 




50 


85 




50 


85 


mW 


Transient Response (Unity Gain - Non-Inverting) 




















( V | = 20 mV, R L ^ 2 k, C L =£ 100pF) Rise Time 
(V| = 20 mV, R L > 2 k, C L < 100 pF) Overshoot 
<V t = 10 V, Rj_ > 2 k. C L < 100 pF) Slew Rate 




Tlh 

OS 

SR 




0.3 
15 
0.5 






0.3 
15 
0.5 




I* 
% 
V/Us 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +-15 V, VgE = - 15 V, T A = T| ow to T high unless otherwise noted). 







MC1741 


MC1741C 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 
IR S < 10 k£7l 


V|0 




1.0 


6.0 






7.5 


mV 


















Input Offset Current 
IT A = 125°C) 
(Ta - -55°C) 
(Ta = 0°C to +70°C) 


ho 




7.0 
85 


200 
500 






300 


nA 


Input Bias Current 
(Ta = 125°C) 
(T A - -55°C) 
(T A = 0°C to +70°CI 


'IB 




30 
300 


500 
1500 






800 


nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


+ 12 


i 13 










V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


70 


90 










dB 










(R s =Sl0kl 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
(R S < 10 kl 


PSRR 




30 


150 








jWV 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R L >10 kl 
(R L >2 k) 


v 


+ 12 
+ 10 


±14 
±13 




+ 10 


±13 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(R L >2 k, V ou , = +10 VI 


A v 


25 






15 






V/mV 


Supply Currents 
(T A - 125°C) 
IT A - -55°C) 


Id 




1.5 
2.0 


2.5 
3.3 








mA 


Power Consumption IT A = +125°C1 
IT A - -55°CI 


PC 




45 
60 


75 
100 








mW 


' T high ■ 125°C for MC1741 and 70°C for MC1741C 
T low " -55°C for MC1741 and 0°C for MC1741C 



















MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-170 



MC1741, MC1741C 




FIGURE 5 - BURST NOISE TEST CIRCUIT 




Unlike conventional peak reading or RMS meters, this system was 
especially designed to provide the quick response time essential to 
burst (popcorn) noise testing. 



Negative 
Threshold 
Voltage 

The test time employed is 10 seconds and the 20 mV peak 
limit refers to the operational amplifier input thus eliminating 
errors in the closed-loop gam factor of the operational amplifier 
under test 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-171 



FIGURE 6 - POWER BANDWIDTH 
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY! 




!0k 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 7 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 
(. FREQUENCY (Hll 



FIGURE 8 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 9 -NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 





1 






! 








- 1, 1 1 f 1 








— 













±15VSUPPIIE 


















































' 








* 
























112 V 












































1 






























- 

- 
























19 V 












































- 
























































±6V 






















- 




























































— 





































600 700 1 k 20k 
R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 





■ lb 




•M 




-13 




-12 








-11 


> 




-10 






< 


9:0 


rs 


80 


> 


-7.0 




i (1 






o 


-5 


o 


-4.0 


> 


30 




-2.0 








1 



















1 





















































- 














5 V 


SUPPLIE 


s 


































































































± 


2 V 






































































t 


1 V 










































































































±6 V 























































































500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 

RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



5.0 k 7.0 k 10 k 



FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus 
LOAD RESISTANCE (Sinjle Supply Operation! FIGURE 11 - SINGLE SUPPLY INVERTING AMPLIFIER 




1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10 
R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (kJTJ 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-172 



MC1741, MC1741C 



1 































































































. ou 


pur 
























































IP 


PUT 



























FIGURE 13 - TRANSIENT REPONSE TEST CIRCUIT 




To Scope 
(Output) 



14 — OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



















— I 




— I 














I 



































































































































































































































2.0 40 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 10 18 20 
VCC. iVEEl. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-173 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1741SG 


-55"C to +125"C 


Metal Can 


MC1741SCD 


0*Cto 


+ 70T 


SO-8 


MC1741SCG 


0°Cto 


+ 70°C 


Metal Can 


MC1741SCP1 


rrc to 


+ 70X 


Plastic DIP 



MC1741S 
MC1741SC 



HIGH SLEW RATE, INTERNALLY COMPENSATED 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The MC1741S/MC1741SC is functionally equivalent, pin com- 
patible, and possesses the same ease of use as the popular MC1741 
circuit, yet offers 20 times higher slew rate and power bandwidth. 
This device is ideally suited for D-to-A converters due to its fast 
settling time and high slew rate. 

• High Slew Rate - 10 V/us Guaranteed Minimum (for unity gain only) 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 

• Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges 

• Low Power Consumption 

• No Latch-Up 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



TYPICAL APPLICATION OF OUTPUT CURRENT TO 
VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER 



MC1S08L 8 
MC 1408 L 

Ser.et 



t — r 



if eVEE— 15V 




G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




(Top Viewl 




P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



OFFSET 
INVT 
NONIf>JVT 



VTINPUTCL^JVcc 
VT INPUT[ 3V6 jOUTPUT 

V EE r_ ^-1 5 ] Of F SET NULL 

(Top View) 



Theoretical Vfj 



Pins not shown are not connected. 

Settling time to within 1/2 LSB (±19.5 mV) is approxi 
mately 4.0 from the time that all bits are switched. 
"The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot 
and ringing (C * 150 pF). 



w V ref ,„ , [Al A2 A3 



Adjust V re f, R1 or Rrj so that Vfl with all 
(sequal to 9.961 volts. 



A4 A5 A6 A7 
Tfi + 32 + 64 + 128 256 



AS] 
256 J 



inputs at 1 



V = 



1 1 1 

— + — + H 

16 32 64 



1 1 

Tia + 256 



[255] 

=9.961 V 

I 256 I 



MC1741S LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 


> 






o 


























1.0 WD IV 





STANDARD MC1741 versus MC1741S RESPONSE COMPARISON 






MCW41S ; 




> 












/ \ 




> 


" * "* 










/ ! J \ 














minion 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-174 



MC1741S, MC1741SC 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 












OFFSET NULL 4 




4VEE 



MAXIMUM F 



i (Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noled.) 



I 1 




Value 




Rating 


Symbol 


MC1741SC 


MC1741S 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


vcc 


+18 


+22 


Vdc 




"■'EE 


-18 


-22 




Differential Input Signal Voltage 


VlD 


±30 


Volts 


Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing (See Note 1) 


VlCR 


+15 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (See Note 2) 


<s 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 


PD 








Metal Package 




68 


» 


mW 


Derate above T A = +25°C 




46 


mW/°C 


Plastic Dual In-Line Package 
Derate above T A = +25°C 




625 


mW 
mW/°C 




5.0 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


t a 


to +75 


-55 to +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T st9 






°C 


Metal Package 


-65 to +150 




Plastic Package 




-55 to +125 





Note 1 . For supply voltages less than ±15 Vdc, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the supply voltage. 
Note 2. Supply voltage equal to or less than 1 5 Vdc. 



FIGURE 2 - INPUT BIAS CURR E1MT versus TEMPERATURE 



- OFFSET ADJUST CIRCUIT 

Vcc < 



OFFSET NULL 
TERMINALS 




OUTPUT 
• 



• v EE 




+25 +50 +75 
T, TEMPERATURE (°C) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC1741S, MC1741SC 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = -H5 Vdc, V E E ' -'5 Vdc, T A . +25°C unless oiherw.se noted I 



I 


MC1741S 


MC1741SC 


Unit 


Characteristic 








Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Power Bandwidth (See Figure 3) 

A v - 1, R L = 2.0 kSl, THD = 5%, V = 20 V(p-p) 


BW p 


150 


200 




150 


200 




kHz 


Large Signal Transient Response 
Slew Rate (Figures 10 and 11) 
V(-) to V(+) 
V<+) to V(-) 

Settl-ng Time (F igures 10 and 11) 
(to within 0.1%) 


SR 
■setlg 


10 
10 


20 
12 

3.0 


- 


10 
10 


20 
12 

3.0 


- 
- 


V/ms 
MS 


Small-Signal Transient Response 

(Gain - 1, E jn = 20 mV, see Figures 7 and 8) 
Rise Time 
Fall Time 

Propagation Delay Time 
Overshoot 


•TLH 
'THL 
tPLH .'PHL 
OS 




0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
20 


- 


- 


0.25 
0.25 
0.25 
20 


- 


MS 
MS 
MS 

% 


Short-Circuit Output Currents 


'OS 


±10 




±35 


±10 




±35 


mA 


Open Loop Voltage Gain (R L 2.0 kii) (See Figure 4) 
Vq = ±10 V, T A +25°C 
V - ±10 V,T A T iow * toT mgh * 


A vol 


50,000 
25.000 


200.000 




20,000 
15,000 


100,000 






Output Impedance (f - 20 Hz) 






75 






75 




f! 


Input Impedance If = 20 Hz) 


Z j 


3 


1.0 




0.3 


1.0 




MS! 


Output Voltage Swing 

R[_ = 10 kS2, T A = T] ow to T mg h (MC1 741 S only) 

R u - 2.0 kn. T A = + 25 U C 

R L = 2.0kn.T A = T, ow to T hlqh 


v 


±12 
+ 10 
±10 


±14 

±13 


- 


±12 
±10 
±10 


±14 

±13 


- 


Vpk 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 
T A = T low to T nigh (MC1741S) 


V ICR 














Vpk 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (f - 20 Hz) 
Ta-T| ow to T nigh IMC1741S) 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Input Bias Current (See Figure 2) 
T A - +25°C and T high 
T A = T low 


'IB 




200 
500 


500 
1500 




200 


500 
800 


nA 


Input Offset Current 
T A -+25°C and T high 
T A = T low 


I'lOl 


- 


30 


200 
500 


- 


30 


200 
300 


nA 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs * < 10 kn] 
T A = + 25°C 
T A = T low'° T high 


|V| I 




10 


5.0 
6 




2.0 


6.0 
7.5 




DC Power Consumption (See Figure 9) 
(Power Supply = ±15 V, Vg • 0) 
T A = T low '° T high 


""c 




50 


85 




50 


85 


mW 


Positive Voltage Supply Sensitivity 


PSS+ 














MV/V 


(Vee constant) 

Ta - Tlow to T high on MCI 74 IS 






2.0 


100 




2.0 


150 




Negative Voltage Supply Sensitivity 
(Vcc constant) 


PSS- 




10 


150 




10 


150 


mV/V 



•Tlo 



= Ofor MC1741SC 
= -55 °C for MC1741S 



AC1741: 



Thigh 



+ 70°C for MC1741SC 
+ 125 °C for MC1741S 



/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-176 



MC1741S, MC1741SC 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

IVcc = +1 5 Vdc, Vee = -15 Vdc, T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 3 — POWER BANDWIDTH - NONDISTORTED 
OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY 



+20 
*1S 
♦ 10 
-50 



1.0 k 10 k 

I. FREQUENCY (Hz) 



ill I 
100 k 



M 



FIGURE 4 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY I 




-20 



1.0 



10 100 1.0k 10k 100k 1.0M 10 M 

f, FREQUENCY (Hi) 



FIGURE 5 - NOISE versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT NOISE versus 
SOURCE RESISTANCE 



5 



























































































S 


- 
■ 


00 
0k 






















































































































/ 

= 


00 




































Rs 


- 100 



















100 1000 

I, FREQUENCY (Hz) 




1.0 k 10 k 

R S . SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) 




RESPONSE DEFINITIONS 



I 
I 





FIGURE 8 - SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT 
RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT 




Piniool ihowriiitnol connected 




MOTOROLA L 



2-177 



MC1741S, MC1741SC 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

■ +15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc. - +25°C unless otherwise noted. I 



FIGURE 9 - POWER CONSUMPTION 
SUPPLY VOLTAGES 



1 20 








































































































































































5.0 10 15 20 25 

Vccand ;Veei, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 10 - LARGE SIGNAL TRANSIENT WA 



INPUT 50 

_i£^ / 



SLEW 
RATE 
V(+)to V(-) 
(MEASUREMENT 
PERIOD! 



SLEW 
RATE 
V(-) 10 V(+t -. 
(MEASUREMENT 
PERIOD) 




^SETTLING 
TIME 



FIGURE 11 - SETTLING TIME AND SLEW RATE TEST CIRCUIT 




SETTLING TIME 

In order to properly utilize the high slew rate and fast 
settling time of an operational amplifier, a number of 
system considerations must be observed. Capacitance at 
the summing node and at the amplifier output must be 
minimal and circuit board layout should be consistent 
with common high-frequency considerations. Both power 
supply connections should be adequately bypassed as 
close as possible to the device pins. In bypassing, both 
low and high-frequency components should be con- 
sidered to avoid the possibility of excessive ringing. In 
order to achieve optimum damping, the selection of a 
capacitor in parallel with the feedback resistor may be 
necessary. A value too small could result in excessive 
ringing while a value too large will degrade slew rate and 
settling time. 

SETTLING TIME MEASUREMENT 

In order to accurately measure the settling time of an 
operational amplifier, it is suggested that the "false" 
summing junction approach be taken as shown in 
Figure 11. This is necessary since it is difficult to de- 
termine when the waveform at the output of the op- 
erational amplifier settles to within 0.1% of it's final 
value. Because the output and input voltages are ef- 
fectively subtracted from each other at the amplifier 
inverting input, this seems like an ideal node for the 
measurement. However, the probe capacitance at this 
critical node can greatly affect the accuracy of the 
actual measurement. 

The solution to these problems is the creation of a 
second or "false" summing node. The addition of two 
diodes at this node clamps the error voltage to limit the 
voltage excursion to the oscilloscope. Because of the 
voltage divider effect, only one-half of the actual error 
appears at this node. For extremely critical measure- 
ments, the capacitance of the diodes and the oscilloscope, 
and the settling time of the oscilloscope must be con- 
sidered. The expression 

t-setlg = + y2 + z 2 

can be used to determine the actual amplifier settling 
time, where 

t S etlg = observed settling time 

x = amplifier settling time {to be determined) 
y = false summing junction settling time 
z = oscilloscope settling time 

It should be remembered that to settle within ±0.1% 

requires 7RC time constants. 

The ±0.1% factor was chosen for the MC1741S 

settling time as it is compatible with the ±1/2 LSB 

accuracy of the MC1508L8 digital-to-analog converter. 

This D-to-A converter features ±0.19% maximum error. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-178 



MCI 741 S, MC1741SC 





Ml 



2-179 



MC1747G 

MC1747L 

MC1747CD 

MC1747CG 

MC1747CL 

MC1747CP2 



- 55X to + 1 25°C 
-55'Cto + 125X 
OX to + 70X 
OX to + 70X 
OX to +70X 
OX to + 70X 



Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 
SO-14 

Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 

Plastic DIP 



(DUAL MC1741) 
INTERNALLY COMPENSATED, 
HIGH PERFORMANCE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

. . . designed for use as summing amplifiers, integrators, or am- 
plifiers with operating characteristics as a function of the external 
feedback components. The MC1747L and MC1747CL are func- 
tionally and electrically equivalent to the /iA747 and /iA747C 
respectively. 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Wide Common-Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges 

• Low-Power Consumption 

• No Latch Up 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 



FIGURE 1 - HIGH-IMPEDANCE, HIGH-GAIN 
INVERTING AMPLIFIER 

vcc vcc 




FIGURE 2 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



NON INVERTING 
INPUT 




"EE 



Circuit diagrams utilizing Motorola products are included as a means of illustrating typical 
semiconductor applications; consequently, complete information sufficient for construction 
purposes is not necessarily given. The information has been carefully checked and Is believed 
to be entirely reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies. Furthermore, 
such information does not convey to the purchaser of the semiconductor devices described 
any license under the patent right of Motorola Inc. or others. 



MU1/47 

MC1747C 



(DUAL MC1741) 
DUAL 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




G SUFFIX 

'ACKAGE 



10 NX. 
Output A £jT~^ T*g)Output B 
V C C A © \ / ©V CC B 
Invlnput^T^/ W^Y7)lnv. Input 
Non-lnv Input X^J^/^\^J^J Non-1 nv Input 
V E E 



SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 



P2 SUFFIX 



L SUFFIX 



PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 



CASE 646-06 



CASE 632-08 



Non Inv 
Input 



Offset nr 
Adj A L_ 

VeeL* 

Offset rr 
Adj. B Li 

Non Inv r"r 
Input L_L 

Inv Input [T 



— 1 Offset 
If] Adj A 

IUVCC * 

T2]output A 

ll]N.C. 

TO] Output B 

9]V CC B 

Offset 
Adj B 



Offset 



VccA and VccB are not connected internally. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-180 



MCI 747, MC1747C 

MAXIMUM RATINGS [T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



R.tinj 


Symbol 


MCI 747 


MC1747C 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 


vcc 
vee 


+22 


+ 18 


Vdc 




-22 


-18 




Differential Input Signal Voltage (1) 


Vid 


± 30 


Volts 




V ICR 


± 15 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


'OS 


Continuous 




Voltage (Measurement between Offset Null and Vr£ff ) 




i 0.5 


Volts 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


-55 to +125 


to + 70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


-55 to +150 


°C 


Junction Temperature 

Ceramic and Metal Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


,75 
150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 Vdc. V E E - -15 Vdc. T A ■ +25°C unless otherwise noted ! 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


MC1747 MC1747C 


Unit 


Min 




Max 


Min 




Max 


Input Bias Current 
T A = +25°C 
T A " Thigh <3> 


1 IB 


- 


80 
30 
300 


500 
500 
1500 


_ 

- - 
- 


80 
30 
30 


500 
800 
800 


nAdc 


Input Offset Current 
T A = +25°C 
T A = Thigh 
T A s T low 


>ta 




20 
7.0 
85 


200 
200 


- 


20 
7.0 


200 
300 


nAdc 


Input Offset Voltage(R s < lOksl) 
T A = +25°C 
T A = T low to T high 


V.tO 














mVdc 




- 


to 


5.0 


- 


1.0 


6.0 




Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 






+ 15 


- 




+ 15 


- 


mV 


Differential Input Impedance (Open-loop, f - 20 Hz) 
Parallel Input Resistance 
Parallel Input Capacitance 


C| 


0.3 


2.0 
1.4 




0.3 


2.0 
1.4 




Mfl 
pF 




















Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing 
Tlow < T A T high 


"ICR 


+ 12 


+ 13 


- 


+ 12 


+ 13 


- 


Volts 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio (Rg = 10 kli) 
Tlow < T A < T hjgn 




CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Open-Loop Voltage Gain 

l A ^ T 2b ° C tnT i(V O = ±10V,R L ^20 
T A " Tlow to ThighJ 


kn) 


*vol 


50,000 
26.000 


200,000 




25,000 
15.000 


200.000 




Volts 


Transient Response (Unity Gain) 
tV|n = 20 mV, R L = 2.0 kn, C L < 100 pF) 
Rise Time 

Overshoot Percentage 


'PLH 




0.3 
5.0 






0.3 
5.0 




us 

% 


Slew Rate (Unity Gain) 


SR 




0.5 






0.5 




V/ B s 


Output Impedance 






75 






75 




Ohms 


Short-Circuit Output Current 






25 






25 




mAdc 


Channel Separation 


■ 




120 






120 




d6 


Output Voltage Swing <T, ow < T A < T h i g h) 
R|_ - 10kn 
R|_ = 2.0 kn 


V R 


* 12 
+ 10 


♦ 14 
+ 13 




+ 12 
+ 10 


♦ 14 

+ 13 




v pk 


Power Supply Sensitivity (T| ow to T n j gri > 
Vgg = Constant, Rg < 10 ktl 
VCC = Constant, Rg < 10 kli 


PSS+ 
PSS- 




30 
30 


150 
150 




30 
30 


150 
150 


uV/V 


Power Supply Current (each amplifier) 
T A - +25°C 
T A = Tlow 
T A = Thigh 


'CC'EE 




1.7 
2 
1.5 


2.8 

3.3 
2.5 




1.7 

2.0 
2.0 


2 8 
3.3 
3.3 


mAdc 


DC Power Consumption (each amplifier) 
T A = +25°C 
TA = Tlow 
TA " T hl gh 


PC 




50 
60 
45 


85 
100 
75 




50 
60 
60 


85 
100 
100. 


mW 



® For supply voltages of less 
® For supply voltages of less 
<3>T| OW ;0°C for MC1747CL 
C for MC1747L 




laximum differential input voltage is equal to ± {Vcc + I v £EU- 

input voltage is equal to the supply voltage { + Vfx. -|VeeU- 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-181 



MC1747, MC1747C 



FIGURE 3 - TYPICAL FREQUENCY-SHIFT KEYER TONE 
GENERATOR TEST CIRCUIT 



FREQUENCY 
SHIFT 
I nF OUTPUT 




Terminals nol shown are not conneded 



5 ms/DIV 





TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(V cc - +15 Vdc, V E g - -15 Vdc, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 5 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 





120 




115 










< 


no 






AGE 


106 


13 








g 


100 






o 




o 


95 








90 


o 


< 


85 




30 



D 60 90 12 15 18 21 
V C C ""J V EE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 



FIGURE 6 - OPEN-LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




1.0k 10 k 100k 
f. FREQUENCY (Hit 



FIGURE 7 - POWER BANDWIDTH 
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) 



FIGURE 8 - POWER CONSUMPTION 
versus POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




100 




71 


s 

E 


50 




41) 


o 






30 


If 






20 






p 




n: 




« 


10 


O 






7.0 


rX 1 






6.0 




40 












































— 




































— 


^ 




















Mr 










































































-h ampl 


lis) 





















































































































































1.0 k 

I, FREQUENCY IH!) 



20 6.0 10 14 18 

Vcc and VEE. POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTS) 



I NEAR/INTER FACE DEVICES 
2-182 



MC1747, MC1747C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS Icontii 
(V CC - + 15 Vdc, V EE = -15 Vdc, T A - +25°C 

FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 

M , mrrrm ' ' ■ ||||| 




!0k 

R S SOURCE RESISTANCE (OHMS) 







MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC1748CG 
MC1748CP1 
MC1748CU 



0°C to +70°C 
0°C to +70°C 
0°C to +70°C 



Metal Can 
Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 



HIGH PERFORMANCE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

. . . designed for use as a summing amplifier, integrator, or amplifier 
with operating characteristics as a function of the external feedback 
components. 

• Noncompensated MC1741 

• Single 30 pF Capacitor Compensation Required For Unity Gain 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Offset Voltage Null Capability 

• Wide Common Mode and Differential Voltage Ranges 

• Low-Power Consumption 

• No Latch Up 



FIGURE 1 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



O COMPENSATION 

■ov cc 



nqn inverting 
iwput 

3 °~K 




TYPICAL COMPENSATION CIRCUITS 



FIGURE 2 - 


OFFSET ADJUST AND 


FREQUENCY COMPENSATION 






2 O 1 




. E 

j> o 


30 


— 1 5< 

Cc T 


>v EE 









FIGURE 3 - SINGLE-POLE COMPENSATION 




MC1748C 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 
(MC1748C Only) 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 





Balance ^ 




"*"| Compensation 


SE 

IE 






3 v CC 

^ Output 






Tj Balance 



G SUFFIX 

i) METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 




FIGURE 4 - FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2~1 84 



MC1748, MC1748C 

MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Rating 


Symbol 


MCI 748 


MC1748C 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


VcC 
V E E 


+ 22 
-22 


♦ 18 
-18 


Vdc 


Differential Input Signal 


Vm 


±30 


VoMl 


Common- Mode I nput Swing (J) 


V|CR 


±15 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration 


l s 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation (Package Limitation) 
Derate above T A = +25°C 


Pd 


680 

4.6 


mW 
mW°C 


Operating Temperature Range 


T A 


-55 to +125 


to ±70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to + 150 


-65 to ±150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS IV CC = +15 Vdc. Vee • -15 Vdc. T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted I 



Input Bias Current 
T fl ■ +25°C 
T ~ T lo.-, 10 T h ,„ n ( 



IB 



0.08 

0.3 



Input Offset Current 
T fl - +25°C 
T A ' T low lo T high 



HlOl 



0.02 
0.08 



Input Offset Voltage (R s < 10 k ii) 
T A - < 2S°C 
T A " T lo«v <° T high 



|V| I 



.nee II 



Deferential Input Impedance lOpen-Loop, f = 20 Hz) 
Parallel Input Resistance 
Parallel Input Capacitance 



Common-Mode Input Impedance If 20 Hz) 



Megohms 



Common-Mode Input Voltage Swing 



VlCR 



Common-Mode Rejection Ratio If - 100 Hz) 



Open-Loop Voltage Gain, (V Q = 
T A = +25°C 
T A " T low <» T h,gh 



:I0V,R L =2.0kohmsl 



Avol 



50.000 
25,000 



20.000 
15,000 



Step Response I V in - 20 mV, C c - 30 pF. R L - 2 ksi, C L - 100 pF) 
Rise Time 

Overshoot Percentage 
Slew Rate 



03 

5.0 
0.8 



5.0 
8 



Output Impedance If - 20 Hz) 



Short-Circuit Output Current 



Output Voltage Swing IR L =■ 10 k ohmsl 

RL = 2 k ohms IT A = T !ow to thigh 1 



±12 
+ 10 



+ 14 
+ 13 



+ 12 
+ 10 



Power Supply Sensitivity 

V EE " constant, R s € 10 k ohms 
V CC " constant, R s *; 10 k ohms 



150 
150 



30 
30 



150 
150 



Power Supply Current 



id 



1 67 
1 67 



2 83 
2.83 



1.67 
1.67 



283 
2.83 



DC Quiescent Ppwer Dissipation 
(V„ - 01 



(D For supply voltages less than +15 V, the Maximum Input Voltage is equal to the Supply Voltage. 

© T low 0°C for MC1 748C 
-55°C for MCI 748 
Thigh^ +70° for MC1748C 
+ 125°C for MCI 748 




MCI 748, MC1748C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



(Vcc = +15 V, Vee = -15 V, = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE S - MINIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE 



FIGURE 6 - MINIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 




V CC and I-VeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



-APPLICABLE TO THE SPECIFIED- 
OPERATING TEMPERATURE 
RANGES 




VCC AND l-V EE l. SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTE 



MC1748, MC1748C 



FIGURE 11 - VOLTAGE FOLLOWER PULSE RESPONSE 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
IVcc = + 15 V, VgE = -15 V, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 12 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



- •8 
o »6 
5 * 4 
5 '2 

< 

5 -2.0 
o 

* -40 

DC 

o 

> -GO 
a: 

> -8.0 
-10 













♦ 1 40 






1 1 I 










: 


INULt 


ruLt L 




1 iu 


I 












FEEOFORWARD COMPENSATION 


























♦ 120 
S *100 

1 ™ 

a 

S .60 
-1 

o .10 

> 

< .20 


-20 






























r 































































i 

1 : 




JTPUT 














PHAS 


E / 


















/ 


[ 


































































































GA 


»\ 


























— (V— 





































FIGURE 13 - LARGE-SIGNAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



I. FREQUENCY (Hi) 
FIGURE 14 - INVERTER PULSE RESPONSE 









FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION 







































































































































































































































































































































































































0k 







— 










It 














10 



♦ 10 

C .8 

o 

> .6.0 

g .4.0 

5 +2.0 

I 

I -20 

? -4.0 



o -80 
-10 







FEEDFORWARD COMPENSATION 




























OUTPUT 




































































IMP 


JT 






















P 





























































































































1.0 2.0 3.0 4 5.0 6 7 8 3 



I. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-187 



(M) 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



MONOLITHIC MICROPOWER 
PROGRAMMABLE OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

This extremely versatile operational amplifier features low power 
consumption and high input impedance. In addition, the quiescent 
currents within the device may be programmed by the choice of 
an external resistor value or current source applied to the l set input. 
This allows the amplifier's characteristics to be optimized for input 
current and power consumption despite wide variations in operating 
power supply voltages. 

• ±1.2 V to ± 18 V Operation 

• Wide Programming Range 

• Offset Null Capability 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 

• Low Input Bias Currents 

• Short-Circuit Protection 



RESISTIVE PROGRAMMING ISee figure 1 




Typical R set Values 


V C C v EE 


l se , ■ 1 5 (JA 


I s «, " '5 U A 


16 OV 


3 6 M Si 


360 k ! ! 


110V 


6 2 MS 2 


620kS! 


l!2v 


7 5 MS! 


750 kS! 


ilSV 


10 MS! 


1 OMS! 



R set to NEGATIVE SUPPLY 

(Recommended fc supply voltage 
less than ;6 Vj 




Typical B se , Val 


jes 


V CC V EE 


lset - 1 5 iiA 


'set = 15 ^ A 


tl 5V 


1 6 Mil 


160 k <> 


♦ 3 OV 


3 6 Mil 


360 kSI 


+6 OV 


7 5 Mil 


750 kil 


+ 15 V 


20 MiJ 


2.0 Mil 



ACTIVE PROGRAMMING 



FET CURRENT SOURCE 




70VCC 


2 








3 














8 




rT* Uc 




VEE I 




MC1776C 



PROGRAMMABLE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 





G SUFFIX 


vbnS METAL PACKAGE 


/ffl/f/ CASE 601 04 






8l 


set 


Offset NullfT) 




Inverting Input (2^ 


— (6) Output 


Non Inverting lnput(5) 


©Offset Null 






VEE 


(Top View) 




P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 
(MC1776C Only) 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 




D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Offset Null [T 

Inverting Input [T 

Non-Inverting Input [T 
V EE E 



H >»t 

I] v cc 

~6] Output 
1] Offset Null 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1776G 


-55 to -H25-C 


Metal Can 


MC1776U 


Ceramic DIP 


MC1776CD 


Oto +70X 


SO-8 


MC1776CG 


Metal Can 


MC1776CP1 


Plastic DIP 


MC1776CU 


Ceramic DIP 



Pins not shown are not connected 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-188 



MC1776, MC1776C 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted ! 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 


v C c v EE 


• 18 


Vdc 


Differential Input Voltage 


v ID 


! 30 


Vdc 


Common-Mode Input Voltage 


V|CM 






V CC and V EE < 15 V 
Vcc and l v EEl > 15 V 




vcc v EE 

• 15 


Vdc 


Offset Null to V EE Voltage 


v off -v EE 


• 0.5 


Vdc 


Programming Current 


'set 




MA 


Programming Voltage 

(Voltage from l set terminal to ground) 


Vset 


(V C c-2 V) 
to 

vcc 


Vdc 


Output Short-Circuit Duration* 


<s 


Indefinite 


s 


Operating Temperature Range 

MC1776 
MC1776C 


T A 


-55 to +125 
to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Junction Temperature 

Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 




175 
150 


°C 



•May be to ground or either Supply Voltage. Rating applies 
or ambient temperature of +70°C and l set *S 30 fjA. 



SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 



p7 E 




>1 



OFFSET NULL 
50 



30pF 



4 




-OVcc 



< 



100 OUTPUT 
-VW O 6 



VEE 

-oi 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-189 



MC1776, MC1776C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (v cc = +3.0 V, V EE - -3.0 V, I 



1.5 KA.T A 



25 C unless otherwise noted.) 







MCI 776 


MC1776C 




Characteristic 


Sy mb ol 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (Rg 10 kS2> 


V in 














mV 


T A = +25°C 




— 


2.0 


5.0 




2.0 


6.0 




T low* < T A ^ Thigh* 








6.0 






7 5 




Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 






v !OR 




9.0 






— — 




mV 


Input Offset Current 




1 10 














nA 


T A = + 25°C 






0.7 


3.0 


— 


0.7 


6.0 




T A = T high 








5.0 






6.0 




T A = T low 








10 






10 




Input Bias Current 
















nA 


T A ■ + 25°C 






' 


7 5 




2 


10 




T A = T high 








7 5 






20 




T A = "How 








20 








Input Resistance 


r i 




50 






50 




MSI 


Input Capacitance 


Cj 




2.0 






2.0 




PF 


Input Voltage Range 


V ID 














V 


T low < T A < T high 




■ i o 






i 1 .0 








Large Signal Voltage Gain 


A vo L 














V/V 


R L > 75 kn, V = i 1.0 V, T A = t25°C 


50 k 


200 k 




25 k 


200 k 






R L > 75 km, Vq = * 1 V, T| 0W < T A < 


Thigh 




25 k 






25 k 








Output Voltage Swing 


v 














V 


R L > 75 kCl, T, ow ^ T A < T high 




! 2.0 


• 2.4 




i 2.0 


t 2.4 






Output Resistance 


r o 




5.0 






5.0 




kn 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


i„ 

OS 


- 


3.0 


- 


- 


3.0 


- 




Com man -Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 














dB 


R S < 10 k52,T| 0w *»T ASs Thigh 




70 


86 


- 


70 


86 


- 




Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 














juV/V 


R S < 10 kn, T, ow T A < Thigh 






25 


1 50 




25 


200 




Supply Current 




'CC' 'EE 














jjA 
















T A - + 25°C 






13 


20 




13 


20 




Tlow * T A < T high 








25 






25 




Power Dissipation 


TO 
















T A m +25°C 






78 


120 




78 


120 




T low « T A T hi gh 








150 






150 




Transient Response (Unity Gain} 


















V jn = 20 mV, R |_ > 5.0 kn. C L = 100 pF 


















Rise Time 
Overshoot 




'TLH 




3.0 






3.0 




MS 




OS 
















% 


Slew Rate (R L > 5.0 kill 


Sr 




0.03 


= 




0.03 




V/ms 



" T low " -55°C for MCI 776 
0°C lor MC1776C 



T high 



■ +125°C fo 
+70°C for 



r MC1776 
MC1776C 



VOLTAGE OFFSET 
NULL CIRCUIT 




TRANSIENT RESPONSE 
TEST CIRCUIT 




Pins not shown are not connected. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC1776, MC1776C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +3.0 V, V EE - -3.0 V, l se , - 15 uA. T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 







MC1776 


MC1776C 


Unit 


Characteristic 




Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (R s «; 10 knl 
T A = +25°C 
T low* < T A * Thigh" 




v,o 




2.0 


5.0 
6.0 


— 


2.0 


6.0 
7.5 


mV 


Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 


v IOR 




18 






18 




mV 


















nA 


Input Offset Current 
T A = + 25°C 
T A ■ T high 
Ta = T| w 


l|0 


_ 


2 


1 5 
15 

•to 


_ 


2.0 

_ 


25 
25 
40 


Input Bias Current 
T A = + 25°C 
T A = T high 
T A = T low 





'IB 


- 


15 

: 


50 
50 
120 


: 


15 

- 


50 
50 
100 


nA 


Input Resistance 




r'| 




5.0 






5 




MSI 


Input Capacitance 




C| 


- 


2.0 


- 




2.0 


- 


pF 


Input Voltage Range 
Tlow < T A < T high 




V|D 


■ 1.0 


_ 


_ 


! 1.0 


_ 


_ 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gam 

R L >5.0kn.Vo = t1.0V,T A = +25°C 

R L > 5.0 kll. Vp = * 1-0 y. T, ovu < T A < T high 


A VOL 


50 k 
25 k 


200 k 




25 k 
25k 


200 k 




v/v 


Output Voltage Swing 

R L ^50kI2.T, ow ^T A ^T high 


v O 


• 1.9 


i2.1 


: 


• 2.0 


t2.1 


_ 


V 


Output Resistance 


r o 




1 .0 






1 .0 




ki! 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


'os 




5.0 






5.0 






Common Mode Rejection Ratio 

R S < 10 kn.T, ow ^T A ^ T njgh 


CMRfl 


70 


86 




70 


86 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 

R S < 10 kH,T low ^T A ^ Thigh 


PSRR 




25 


150 




25 


200 


nV/V 


Supply Current 
T A = +25°C 

T low * T A < Thigh 


'CC< 'EE 




130 


160 
180 




130 


170 
180 


"A 


Power Dissipation 
















uW 


T A - +25°C 

Tlow < T A * Thigh 






780 


960 
1080 




780 


1020 
1080 




Transient Response (Unity Gain) 

V in = 20 mV, Rj_ > 5.0 kn, C L = 100 pF 
Rise Time 
Overshoot 


'TLH 
OS 




0.6 

5.0 






0.6 
5.0 




MS 

"i 


Slew Rate <R L > 5.0 kfi) 


Sr 




0.35 






0.35 




Vlia 



T low " -55°C for MCI 776 T nign - +125°C for MCI 776 

0°C for MC1776C +70°C for MCI 776C 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-191 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc « + 15 V, V EE - -15 V, l set . 1.5 uA.T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 







MCI 776 


MC1776C 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (R S ^ 10 kil) 


V| 














mV 


T A = +25°C 




- 


2.0 


5.0 


- 


2.0 


6.0 




T low" * T A < T high" 








6.0 






7 5 




Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 


v IOR 




9.0 


- 


- 


9.0 


- 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


'10 














nA 


T A * +25°C 






0.7 


3.0 


- 


0.7 


6.0 




T A * T high 
T A = T low 




- 

- 


- 

- 


5.0 
10 


- 


- 

- 


6.0 
10 




Input Bias Cur.ent 


'IB 














nA 


T A = + 25°C 




- 


2.0 


7.5 


- 


2.0 


10 




T A = Thigh 
T A = Tlow 




- 
- 


- 
- 


7.5 
20 


- 
- 


— 
- 


10 
20 




Input Resistance 


n 


- 


50 


- 


- 


50 


- 


Mil 


Input Capacitance 


c. 




2.0 




- 


2.0 


- 


pF 


Input Voltage Range 


V|D 














V 


T low * T A « Thigh 




! 10 


- 


- 


! 10 


- 


- 




Large Signal Voltage Gain 


A VOL 














v/v 


R L > 75 kH, V = - 10 V, T A = +25°C 




200 k 


400 k 


- 


50 k 


400 k 


- 




H[_ > /b kn, Vq - - 10 V, Tj 0vv < T A ^ T nig h 




100 k 


- 


- 


50 k 


- 


- 




Output Voltage Swing 


v O 














V 


Hi <5 /D KSi, 1 A - + ZD O 




• 12 


i 14 


- 


• 12 


• 14 


- 




M|_ /D Kii, 1 | ow ^ 1 A ^ 1 high 




! 10 


- 


- 


■ 10 


- 


- 




Output Resistance 


'c 


- 


5.0 


- 


- 


5.0 


- 


ksi 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


los 


- 


3.0 


- 


_ 


3.0 


- 


mA 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 














dB 


R s «;i0kn.Ti o „«;T A <T h , g h 




70 


90 


- 


70 


90 


— 




Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 














uV/V 


R s «i0kn,T| OW «;T A <;T high 




- 


25 


150 


- 


25 


200 




Supply Current 


'CC- 'EE 














uA 


T A - +25°C 




- 


20 


25 


- 


20 


30 




T low * T A < T h.gh 








30 






35 




Power Dissipation 


P D 














mW 


T A = +25°C 








0.75 






0.9 




T|ow ^ T A < Thigh 








0.9 






1.05 




Transient Response (Unity Gain! 


















V jn - 20 mV, R L » 5.0 kfi, C L - 100 pF 


















Rise Time 
Overshoot 


'TLH 
OS 




1.6 







1.6 





MS 

% 


Slew Rate IR L > 5.0 knl 


SR 




0.1 






0.1 




V/jrs 



"Tlow ' "55°C for MCI 776 T high = + 1 25°C for MCI 776 

0°C for MC1776C + 70°C for MC1776C 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-192 



MC1776, MC1776C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = *15v, V EE - -15 V. l seI = 15 mA. T A - ±25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC1776 


MC1776C 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (Rg < 10 kn) 
T A - + 25°C 
T low' s T A *» T high" 


VlO 


- 


2.0 


5.0 
6.0 


- 


2.0 


6.0 

7.5 


mV 


Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 


v IOR 




18 






18 




mV 


Input Offset Current 
T A - + 25°C 
T A " Thigh 
T A " T low 


ho 




2.0 


15 
15 
40 


- 


2.0 

- 


25 
25 
40 


nA 


Input Bias Current 
T A = + 25°C 
Ta " T high 
Ta = Tlow 


'IB 


- 


15 


50 
50 
120 


_ 

- 


15 

- 


50 
50 
100 


nA 


Input Resistance 






5.0 




_ 


5.0 




MS! 


Input Capacitance 


Gj 




2.0 


- 


- 


2.0 


- 


pF 


Input Voltage Range 
Tlow < T A * Thigh 


V|D 


±10 






no 






V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 

R L S5.0kn, V = ± 10 V, Ta » *25°C 

R L > 75 kn. V = i 10 V. T, ow < T A < T h ,g h 


A VOL. 


100 k 

75 k 


400 k 




50 k 
50 k 


400 k 




v/v 


Output Voltage Swing 

R L S5.0kn. T A - +25°C 
R L *75 kn.T| ovv <T A <T h ,gh 


vo 


±10 
• 10 


±13 




i 10 
1 10 


±13 




v 


Output Resistance 


r O 




1.0 






1.0 




kn 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


los 




12 


- 




12 


- 


mA 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 

R S < 10 kn, T| „ < T A « T h ig h 


CMRR 


70 


90 


- 


70 


90 


- 


dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
R S <: 10kn.T| „*T A <T h ,gh 


PSR R 




25 


150 






200 


mV/V 


Supply Current 
T A - +25°C 
T low < T A * T high 


'CC- 'EE 




160 


180 

200 




160 


190 
200 


HA 


Power Dissipation 
T A - + 25°C 
Tlow s T A < T hlg h 








5.4 
6.0 






5.7 
6.0 


mW 


Transient Response lUnity Gainl 

V in -- 20 mV. R L S 5.0 kn. C L - 100 pF 
Rise Time 
Overshoot 


'TLH 
OS 




0.35 
10 






0.35 
10 




US 
% 


Slew Rate IR L > 5.0 knl 


Sr 




0.8 






0.8 


— 


V/us 



now 



0°C foi MC1776C 



+ 70°C for MC1776C 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-193 



MC1776, MC1776C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 




l W; SET CURRENT <fiA) l K ,. SET CURRENT ImA) 






MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-194 



MCI 776, MC1776C 



FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued! 
(T^ = +25°C unless otherwise noted.} 




FIGURE 8 - SUPPLY CURRENT 
versus AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 




R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



-20 »20 *40 

T, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



*60 »80 *100 »120 *I40 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-195 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



FIGURE 13 — WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR 



FIGURE IS - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER 
(1.0 kHz] 




■ • V 



w^. |(- 



INPUT* VW 




for ■ 1.0 kHl film R 1 - 1 60 k 
with Q = 10 R2-820 
and A ff ) = 1 R5- 300k 
C-0.01)iF 



FIGURE 16 - GATED AMPLIFIER 



2jtRC 
(tor t„ = 1.0 kHz) 



R - 16kSZ 
O0.01 mF 



FIGURE 14- MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER 




lor a given 

to ? canter frequency 

A (f ) Gain at center frequency 

Q = quality factor 
Chouse a value for C, then 

R 5'^ 



2A do) 
R ; - Rl.RS 

4Q2 R1RS 

To obtain less than 1C% error from the operational amplifier 
GBW 

where f and GBW are eirpressed in Hi. GBW is available from 
Fioure 6 as a funetion of Set Current, l„,. 




FIGURE 17 - HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE AMPLIFIER 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-196 



® 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 




' compensated Norton operational amplifiers 
i specifically for single positive power supply appli- 
cations found in industrial control systems and automotive elec- 
tronics. Each device contains four independent amplifiers — mak- 
ing it ideal for applications such as active filters, multi-channel 
amplifiers, tachometers, oscillators and other similar usages. 

• Single-Supply Operation 

• Internally Compensated 

• Wide Unity Gain Bandwidth: 4.0 MHz Typical 

• Low Input Bias Current: 50 nA Typical 

• High Open-Loop Gain: 1000 V/V Minimum 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: (Vcc ~ 1 ) V D 



"P-P 







— 







MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


LM2900; 
LM3900 


MC3301 


MC3401 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


vcc 


+ 32 


+ 28 


+ 18 


V 


Input Currents (lj n + or lj n ~ ) 


Hn 


5.0 


5.0 


5.0 


mA 


Output Current 


|Q 


50 


50 


50 


mA 


Power Dissipation Oa = + 25°C) 
Derate above Ta = +25°C 


PD 

1'RflUA 


625 
5.0 


625 
5.0 


625 
5.0 


mW 

mW/°C 


Operating Ambient 
Temperature Range 
LM2900 

LM3900 


ta 


-40 to 
+ 85 
Oto +70 


-40 to 
+ 85 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to 
+ 150 


-65 to 
+ 150 


-65 to 
+ 150 


°C 



MC3301 LM2900 
MC3401 LM3900 







QUAD 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



N, P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



,4^r^' 



PIN CONNECTIONS 



Jf] Vcc 

.771 NONINV 
S Input 3 

.7J1 NONINV 
— ' Input 4 




(Top Viewl 



ORDERING INFORMATION 





Temperature 




Device 




Package 


LM3900D 




SO-14 


MC3401D 


0°C to + 70°C 


LM3900N 




MC3401P 




Plastic 


LM2900N 


-40°C to + 85°C 


DIP 


MC3301P 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-197 



MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS [V C c = + 15 V, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted) 







LM2900 


LM3900 


MC3301 


MC3401 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Open-Loop Voltage Gain 


AVOL 














1.2 


2.0 




1.2 


2.0 




V/mV 


f = 100 Hz, R|_ = 5.0 k 




1.2 


2.0 


— 


1.2 


2.0 


— 


— 


— 




T A ■ 'low t0 'high (Notes 1, 1) 




— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


0.8 


— 


— 




Input Resistance (Inverting Input) 


r i 




1.0 






1.0 






1.0 




0.1 


1.0 




Mil 


Output Resistance 






























rn 


— 


8.0 


— 


— 


8.0 


— 


— 


8.0 


— 


— 


8.0 


— 


kn 


Input Bias Current (Inverting Input) 


l|B 


— 


50 


200 


— 


50 


200 


— 


50 


300 


— 


50 


300 


nA 


T A = T low to T high (Note D 


























500 




Slew Rate (C L = 100 pF, R L = 2.0 k) 


SR 


























V/^s 


Positive Output Swing 




_ 


0.5 


_ 


_ 


0.5 


_ 


_ 


0.5 


_ 


_ 


0.5 


_ 




Negative Output Swing 







20 








20 





_ 


20 


— 


_ 


20 


— 




Unity Gain Bandwidth 


BW 




4.0 






4.0 






4.0 






4.0 




MHz 


Output Voltage Swing (Note 7) 




























V 


Vcc = +15 V, R|_ = 2.0 k 






























Vout High (l in - = 0, l in + m 0) 


VOH 


13.5 


14.2 





13.5 


14.2 


_ 


13.5 


14.2 


_ 


13.5 


14.2 


_ 




V utLow(l in - = 10^A, l in + = 0) 


vol 




0.03 


0.2 




0.03 


0.2 




0.03 


0.2 




0.03 


0.2 




Vcc = Maximum Rating, R|_ = =° 






























V ut High din" = 0. Iin + = 0) 


VOH 


— 


29.5 


— 


— 


29.5 


— 


— 


25.5 


— 


— 


15.5 


— 




Output Current 




























mA 


Source 


'source 


6.0 


10 


— 


6.0 


10 


— 


5.0 


10 


— 


5.0 


10 


— 




Sink (Nntp 31 


'sink 


0.5 


0.87 




0.5 


0.87 




0.5 


0.87 




0.5 


0.87 






Low Level Output Current 


Ini 

'UL 




5.0 






5.0 






5.0 






5.0 






lin" = 5.0 mA, Vol = 10 V 






























Supply Current (All Four Amplifiers) 




























mA 


Noninverting Inputs Open 


'DO 




6.9 


10 




6.9 


10 




6.9 


10 




6.9 


10 




Noninverting Inputs Grounded 


'dg 




7.8 


14 




7.8 


14 




7.8 


14 




7.8 


14 




Power Supply Rejection (f = 100 Hz) 


PSRR 




55 






55 






55 






55 




dB 
































Mirror Gain (Ta = T| ow to Thigh; Notes 1, 4) 


Ai 




1.0 


1.1 


0.90 


1.0 


1.1 


0.90 


1.0 


1.1 


0.90 


1.0 


1.1 


^A 


!ta+ = 20 M 




0.90 




l in + = 200 




0.90 


1.0 


1.1 


0.90 


1.0 


1.1 


0.90 


1.0 


1.1 


0.90 


1.0 


1.0 




A Mirror Gain (Ta = Ti ow to Thigh; Notes 1, 4) 


AAi 




2.0 


5.0 




2.0 


5.0 




2.0 


5.0 




2.0 


5.0 


% 


20 nA s l in + s 200 )iA 






























Mirror Current (TA = T| ow to Thigh; Note 1) 






10 


500 




10 


500 




10 


500 




10 


500 




Negative Input Current (Note 6) 






1.0 






1.0 






1.0 






1.0 




mA 



NOTES: 

1. T| 0W = -40°C for LM2900, MC3301 Thigh = +85°C for LM2900, MC3301 

= 0°C for LM3900, MC3401 = + 70°C ffor LM3900, MC3401 

2. Open-loop voltage gain is defined as voltage gain from the inverting input to the output. 

3. Sink current is specified for linear operation. When the device is used as a comparator (non-linear operation) where the inverting input is overdriven, 
the sink current (low level output current) capability is typically 5.0 mA. 

4. This specification indicates the current gain of the current mirror which is used as the noninverting input. 

5. Input Vbe match between the noninverting and inverting inputs occurs for a mirror current (noninverting input current) of approximately 10 fiA. 

6. Clamp transistors are included to prevent the input voltages from swinging below ground more than approximately -0.3 volts. The negative input 
currents that may result from large signal overdrive with capacitive input coupling must be limited externally to values of approximately 1.0 mA. 
Negative input currents in excess of 4.0 mA will cause the output to drop to a low voltage. These values apply for any one of the input terminals. 
If more than one of the input terminals are simultaneously driven negative, maximum currents are reduced. Common-mode biasing can be used 
to prevent negative input voltages. 

7. When used as a noninverting amplifier, the minimum output voltage is the Vbe of th e inverting input transistor. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-198 



MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Vcc = +15 Vdc, Rl = 5.0 kn, Ta = +25°C 
[each amplifier] unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 1 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN versus FREQUENCY 

™r 




10k ion k I.OM 

FREQUENCY (Hll 



FIGURE 2 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 











































































































































































































3.0 6.0 S 


12 16 1 


8 21 24 27 3 



SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) 




FIGURE 4 - SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



0.5 k 1.0 k 5.0 k 10 k 50 k 100 k 

FREQUENCY 



500 k 1.0 M 5.0 M 























INONI 


JVERTI 


>IG INP 


JTS GP 


OUND 


ID 

DIV- 












































' IN 


ONINV 


ERTING 


INPUT 


SOPEN 


1 









































































































3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdc) 



£ 12 

o 

o 

I 8.0 

5 4.0 



CURRENT versus 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 
















































































































Vqh - 0.4 V 


dc 




















































































3.0 E.O 9 


12 1 


5 1 


21 


4 27 : 



SUPPLY VOLTAGE I 



O 200 



FIGURE 6 — LINEAR SINK CURRENT versus 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



























































































vo 


= 0.4\ 


'dc 











































































































3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 



18 21 24 27 30 



SUPPLY VOLTAGE (Vdcl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-199 



BASIC AMPLIFIER 

The basic amplifier is the common emitter stage 
shown in Figures 7 and 8. The active load I-] is buffered 
from the input transistor by a PNP transistor, Q4, and 
from the output by an NPN transistor, Q2. Q2 is biased 
Class A by the current source I2. The magnitude of I2 
(specified \ s ir\k) is a limiting factor in capacitively cou- 



pled linear operation at the output. The sink current of 
the device can be forced to exceed the specified level 
by keeping the output dc voltage above w 1.0 volt re- 
sulting in an increase in the distortion appearing at the 
output. Closed-loop stability is maintained by an on-the- 
chip 3-pF capacitor shown in Figure 10 on the following 
page. No external compensation is required. 




A noninverting input is obtained by adding a current 
mirror as shown in Figure 9. Essentially all current which 
enters the noninverting input, lj n + , flows through the 
diode CR1. The voltage drop across CR1 corresponds 
to this input current magnitude and this same voltage 
is applied to a matched device, Q3. Thus Q3 is biased 
to conduct an emitter current equal to lj n + . Since the 
alpha current gain of Q3 = 1, its collector current is 

FIGURE 8 — A BASIC GAIN STAGE 



approximately equal to lj n + also. In operation this cur- 
rent flows through an external feedback resistor which 
generates the output voltage signal. For inverting ap- 
plications, the noninverting input is often used to set 
the dc quiescent level at the output. Techniques for 
doing this are discussed in the "Normal Design Pro- 
cedure" section. 



FIGURE 9 — OBTAINING A NONINVERTING INPUT 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-200 



MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900 



OPERATION AND APPLICATIONS (continued) 



BIASING CIRCUITRY 

The circuitry common to all four amplifiers is shown 
in Figure 11. The purpose of this circuitry is to provide 
biasing voltage for the PNP and NPN current sources 
used in the amplifiers. 

The voltage drops across diodes CR2, CR3 and CR4 
are used as references. The voltage across resistor R1 
is the sum of the drops across CR4 and CR3 minus the 
Vbe of 0.8. The PNP current sources (Q5, etc.) are set 
to the magnitude Vgrf/RI by transistor Q6. Transistor 

FIGURE 10 — A BASIC OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 



Q7 reduces base current loading. The voltage across 
resistor R2 is the sum of the voltage drops across CR2, 
CR3 and CR4, minus the Vbe drops of transistor Q9 and 
diode CR5 thus the current set is established by CR5 in 
all the NPN current sources (Q10, etc.). This technique 
results in current source magnitudes which are rela- 
tively independent of the supply voltage. Q11 (Figure 
7) provides circuit protection from signals that are neg- 
ative with respect to ground. 

FIGURE 11 — BIASING CIRCUITRY 




-O Output 




R2 L|V BE /R2 



R2 



NORMAL DESIGN PROCEDURE 



1. Output Q-Point Biasing 

A. A number of techniques may be devised to bias 
the quiescent output voltage to an acceptable 
level. However, in terms of loop gain considera- 
tions it is usually desirable to use the noninvert- 
ing input to effect the biasing; as shown in Fig- 
ures 12 and 13 (see the first page of this 
specification). The high impedance of the collec- 
tor of the noninverting "current mirror" transistor 
helps to achieve the maximum loop gain for any 
particular configuration. It is desirable that the 
noninverting input current be in the 10 /jA to 200 
liA range. 

B. Vcc Reference Voltage (see Figures 12 and 13) 
The noninverting input is normally returned to 
the Vcc voltage (which should be well filtered) 
through a resistor, R r , allowing the input current, 
lj n + , to be within the range of 10 iiA to 200 /iA. 



Choosing the feedback resistor, Rf, to be equal to 
V4 R r will now bias the amplifier output dc level 

to approximately ^CG. This allows the maximum 

dynamic range of the output voltage. 

Reference Voltage other than Vcc ' see Figure 14) 
The biasing resistor R r may be returned to a volt- 
age (V r ) other than Vcc- Bv setting Rf = R r , (still 
keeping lj n + between 10 /jA and 200 //A) the 
output dc level will be equal to V r . The expression 
for determining Vodc is: 

(Aj)(V r )(R f ) / Rf . \ 
VOdc = ^^+ (1 -j^Ai)* 

where 4> is the VgE drop of the input transistors 
(approximately 0.6 Vdc @ +25°C and assumed 
equal). A, is the current mirror gain. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-201 



MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, L 



FIGURE 12 — INVERTING AMPLIFIER 




+ 15 V A V = 10 BW = 150 kHz 



FIGURE 13 — NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER 

(RfHAj) 



VCCT + 15V 



Ri | R, 
510 k ?-|.o M 





2. Gain Determination 
A. Inverting Amplifier 

The amplifier is normally used in the inverting 
mode. The input may be capacitively coupled to 
avoid upsetting the dc bias and the output is nor- 
mally capacitively coupled to eliminate the dc 
voltage across the load. Note that when the out- 
put is capacitively coupled to the load, the value 
of l s j n |( becomes a limitation with respect to the 
load driving capabilities of the device. The limi- 
tation is less severe if the device is direct coupled. 
In this configuration, the ac gain is determined 
by the ratio of Rf to Rj, in the same manne 
a conventional operational amplifier: 



Av = ^ 



The lower corner frequency is determined by the 
coupling capacitors to the input and load resis- 
tors. The upper corner frequency will usually be 
determined by the amplifier internal compensa- 
tion. The amplifier unity gain bandwidth is typi- 
cally 4.0 MHz and with the gain roll-off at 20 dB 
per decade, bandwidth will typically be 400 kHz 
with 20 dB of closed-loop gain or 40 kHz with 40 
dB of closed-loop gain. The exception to this oc- 
curs at low gains where the input resistor selected 
is large. The pole formed by the amplifier input 
capacitance, stray capacitance and the input re- 
sistor may occur before the closed-loop gain in- 
tercepts the open-loop response curve. The in- 
verting input capacity is typically 3.0 pF. 



FIGURE 14 — INVERTING AMPLIFIER WITH 
ARBITRARY REFERENCE 




i 



V r 'Select for low 

frequency 



FIGURE 15 — INVERTING AMPLIFIER WITH 
A v = 100 AND V r = V C C 




fL = 300 Hz, fH = 50 kHz 
A v = 100 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-202 



MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900 



Noninverting Amplifier 

These devices may be used in the noninverting 
mode (see Figure 13). The amplifier gain in this 
configuration is subject to the current mirror gain. 
In addition, the resistance of the input diode must 
be included in the value of the input resistor. This 

resistance is approximately ohms, where 

l in + is input 
inverting ac gain 




(RfKAj) 



Ri + 



26 



lin+ (mA) 



The bandwidth of the noninverting configuration 
for a given Rf value is essentially independent of 
the gain chosen. For Rf = 510 kfl the bandwidth 
will be in excess of 200 kHz for noninverting gains 
of 1, 10, or 100. This is a result of the loop gain 
remaining constant for these gains since the input 
resistor is effectively isolated from the feedback 
loop. 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



FIGURE 16 — TACHOMETER CIRCUIT 



Vcc = +12 V 



Pulse Averaging 

CI 
0.1 ,iF 




Magnetic Pickup 
Hysterisis Amplifier 
100 k 

MSD6100 _ 
or equiv 

Magneti 
Pickup 



Output 



<Vq - 0.61 ■ Aj ■ t 
V P"P R Y C1 



FIGURE 17 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR 




selected to give Tc output. 



FIGURE 18 -LOGIC "OR" GATE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-203 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued! 




FIGURE 20 — LOGIC "NOR" GATE 




f = A'B-OD-E'" 



MKXTft3LM4ftJAC _ _ „ _ 

f=A+B+C+B 




Reset Set 



FIGURE 23 — POSITIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR FIGURE 24 — NEGATIVE-EDGE DIFFERENTIATOR 




Vo(dc) " ™ Vde 

Output Rise Time - 0.22 ms 

Input Change Time Constant = 1.0 ms 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-204 



FIGURE 25 — AMPLIFIER AND DRIVER FOR A 50-OHM LINE 




Ay - 10 
V = 6.0 V(p.p) 



V 



FIGURE 26 — BASIC BANDPASS AND NOTCH FILTER 



R1 

C x 10 T B p 
Vin I )| l vw 



Tbp = Center Frequency Gain 
Tn = Passband Notch Gain 

RC 

R1 = QR 



R3 = T N R2 



300 ki 



0.006 ,xF 




300 k 



0.005 jiF 

— M— 



100 k 




>V C c V C c (Pin 141 = +12 Volts 

Ground - Pin 7 
Center Frequency 500 Hz 
Q = 5 

Bandpass Gain = 1 

> Notch 

Bandpass Output -»Pin 4 
Notch Output » Pin 10 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-205 



MC3301, MC3401, LM2900, LM3900 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued) 



FIGURE 28 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR 



v 1N3824 
4.3 or equiv 



Vo = V Z + 0.6 Vdc 
NOTE 1 : R is used to bias the zener. 
NOTE 2: If the Zener TC is positive, and equal in 

magnitude to the negative TC of the input 
to the operational amplifier (=2.0 mV/°C), 
the output is zero-TC. A 7.0 Volt Zener 
will give a! 



0V 




LTLnJ., 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-206 



MC3302 For Specifications. See LM139 Data 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



MC3403 
MC3503 
MC3303 



QUAD LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The MC3503 is a low-cost, quad operational amplifier with true 
differential inputs. The device has electrical characteristics similar 
to the popular MC1741 . However, the MC3503 has several distinct 
advantages over standard operational amplifier types in single 
supply applications. The quad amplifier can operate at supply 
voltages as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 36 Volts with quiescent 
currents about one third of those associated with the MC1741 (on 
a per amplifier basis). The common mode input range includes 
the negative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for external 
biasing components in many applications. The output voltage 
range also includes the negative power 

• Short Circuit Protected Outputs 

• Class AB Output Stage foi 

• True Differential Input Stage 

• Single Supply Operation: 3.1 

• Split Supply Operation: ±1.5 to ±18 Volts 

• Low Input Bias Currents: 500 

• Four Amplifiers Per Package 

• Internally Compensated 

• Similar Performance to Popular MC1741 

• Industry Standard Pinouts 



SINGLE SUPPLY 

3.0 V to 36 V 





V EE , Gnd 



SPLIT SUPPLIES 




v cc^- — 






o— 








o— 


lV — ' 




"1.5 V to 18 V 


o— 


[?r — 






o— 
o— 




■ 




o— 
o— 







: 1.5 V to 18 V 


o- 










V FF 1 















MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 








vcc 


3S 


Vdc 


Single Supply 




Split Supplies 


v C c 
vee 


+18 
-18 




Input Differential Voltage Range (1) 


V IDR 


±36 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range ( 1 ) (2) 


VlCR 


+ 18 


Vdc 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-6Sto +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
MC3503 
MC3403 
MC3303 


T A 


-55 to +125 

to +70 
-40 to +85 


°C 


Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


175 
150 


°c 


(1) Split Power Supplies. 

(2) For Supply Voltages less than ±1 5 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to the 
supply voltage. 



JAD DIFFERENTIAL 
INPUT 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(MC3403 and MC3303 Only) 



Out 
1 



V C C 4 



Out 
2 



PIN CONNECTIONS 

W 



Out 
3 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Type 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC3303L 


-40°C to +85°C 


Ceramic DIP 


MC3303P 


-40*Cto +85"C 


Plastic DIP 


MC3403D 


0°C to +70°C 


SO-14 


MC3403L 


ETC to + 70X 


Ceramic DIP 


MC3403P 


0°Cto +70-C 


Plastic DIP 


MC3503L 


-55°Cto +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-207 



Ch".C«i..i« 


Symbol 


MC3S03 


MC3403 


MC3303 


— ^iv — 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Mm 


Typ 


■ — 


Min 


Typ 


, — M * x 


Input Offset Voltage 

T A = T high to T low f 11 


v IO 


- 


2.0 


5.0 


- 


2.0 


10 


- 


2.0 


8.0 
10 










6.0 






12 








Input Offset Current 
T A = T high *° T low 


No 


— E — 


30 


50 
200 


— : — 


30 


50 
200 


_ 


30 


76 
250 


n A 


Large Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain 


A VOL 


— - — 


~ 

200 










20 


200 




V/mV 


Vq » ilO V, R l = 2.0 kn, 




50 




20 


200 








T A = T high 'O T, ovv 




25 




_ 


15 






15 




_ 




Input Bias Current 

T A = T high to T !ow 


'IB 




-200 
-300 


-500 
-1500 




-200 


-500 
-800 




•200 


-500 
-1000 


nA 


Output Impedance 
f = 20 H* 


*o 




75 




- 


75 






75 




n 


Input Impedance 

f = 20 Hi 




0-3 


1.0 


- 


0.3 


10 


- 


0-3 


1.0 


- 


Mil 


Output Voltage Range 
R L = 10 kn 

R L ■ 2.0 kfl 

R L - 2.0kn,T A =T hign toT| ovv 


VOR 


±12 
;10 
-10 


= 135 




±12 
-10 

iid 


i13S 
i13 


_ 


+12 
+ 10 
+ 10 


+123 
+12 

- 


- 

- 


V 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


^ ICR 


.13 V-V EE 


+ 13 5V-V EE 




• 13V-V EE 


+ 13 5V-V E£ 




+12V-V EE 


+ 12.5V-V EE 




V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
R S *. 10 kfl 


CM RR 


70 


90 




70 


90 


- 


70 


90 


- 


dB 


Power Supply Current IV = 01 
R L -- 


'CC-'EE 




2.8 


4 




2.8 


7.0 




28 


7 




Individual Output Short-Circuit Current 121 1 Iqs- 


110 


•30 


-45 


! 10 




■ i~- 


- 10 


;30 


-45 


mA 


Positi.e Power Supply Rejection Ratio 


PSRR* 




30 


150 




30 


150 




30 






Negative Power Supply Reiecnon Ratio 


PSRR- 




30 


150 




30 


150 








uV/V 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input 
Offset Current 
Ta = T h,gh tO T low 






50 






SO 






50 




pA/°C 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input 
Offset Voltage 
T A * T h.gh '° T low 


V, / T 




10 






10 






10 




»iV/°C 


Power Bandwidth 

Av ?.R L = 2.0kil.V o = 20V(p-p). 
TH D = 5% 


BWp 


_ 


9.0 




_ 


9.0 




_ 


9.0 




kHz 


Small-Signal Bandwidth 

A v = 10kil. V ■ 50 mV 


BW 




1 






10 






1.0 




MHi 


Slew Rate 

Ay = 1. V, = -10 V to +10 V 


SR 




0.6 






6 






0.6 


- 


V^s 


Rise Time 

A V = 1,R L = 10 ki!. V ■ 50mV 


tTLH 




35 






0-35 






0.35 


- 


MS 
























Fa : Time 

A V ' T.R L = T0kll.V o -50mV 


'THL 




035 






35 






0.35 




US 


Overshoot 

Ay = 1. R L = 10 kli. V Q = 50mV 


OS 




20 






20 






20 






Phase Margm 

A V = l,R L =20 kn.C L = 200pF 






60 






60 






60 




Degrees 


Crossover Distortion 

IV in = 30mVpp.V ou ,= 20Vpfl. 
f = 10 kHz) 






1 






1.0 


i 




10 




* 



"1 T high * 125°C lor MC3503. 70°C for MC3403. 85°C for MC3303 
T| ow = -55°C for MC3503, 0°C for MC3403, -40°C for MC3303 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 5.0 V. V EE = Gnd. T A = 25°C unlets otherwise noted ) 







MC3503 


MC3403 


MC3303 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Man 


Min 


Typ 


Mix 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 






2 


SO 




2 


10 






10 


















Input Offset Current 


ho 




30 


50 




30 


50 






75 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


18 




-200 


-500 




-200 


-500 






-500 


nA 


Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain 

Rl = 2.0 kn 


A VOL 


10 


200 




10 


200 




10 


200 




V/mV 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 








150 






150 






150 


uV/V 


Output Voltage Range (31 
R L = 10 kO, V CC = 5.0 V 
Rj_ = 10 kll, 5.0 v < v cc <30 V 
























v OR 


3.3 
Vcc -20 


3.5 
VCC- 1.7 




3.3 
V C C a 2 


3.5 
V C C "1-7 




3.3 ' 
V C C "2.0 


3.5 
VCC -1-7 




Vp-p 












Power Supply Current 


'cc 




2.5 


4.0 




2.5 


7.0 




2.5 


7.0 




Channel Separation 

f = 1,0 kHi to 20 kHi llnpui Referenced) 






-120 






-120 






-120 




dB 



(21 Not to exceed maximum package power dissipation. 
(31 Output will iwing to ground 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-208 



(1/4Shown) 




CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

The MC3503/3403/3303 is made using four internally 
compensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first 
stage of each consists of differential input devices Q24 and 
Q22 with input buffer transistors Q25 and Q21 and 
the differential to single ended converter Q3 and Q4. 
The first stage performs not only the first stage gain 
function but also performs the level shifting and trans- 
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans- 
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor (only 5 pF} 
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The transcon- 
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col- 
lectors of Q24 and Q22. Another feature of this input 
stage is that the input common-mode rai 




the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation, 
without saturating either the input devices or the dif- 
ferential to single-ended converter. The second stage con- 
sists of a standard current source load amplifier stage. 

The output stage is unique because it allows the output 
to swing to ground in single supply operation and yet does 
not exhibit any crossover distortion in split supply oper- 
ation. This is possible because class AB operation is utilized. 

Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage regu- 
lator which has a low temperature coefficient thus giving 
each amplifier good temperature characteristics as well as 
excellent power supply rejection. 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-209 



MC3403, MC3503, MC3303 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-210 



MC3403, MC3503, MC3303 



FIGURE 7 - VOLTAGE REFERENCE 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

FIGURE 8 - WIEN BRIDGE OSCILLATOR 




For f = 1 kHz 
R - 16 kfi 
C - 0.01 UF 



HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 




FIGURE 10 -COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 




V H 












1 








vol 


v inL ' V inH 








- Vr« 


(1 * v r(!l 





e = C (1 + a + b) (s2 - el) 



"H-^-r^' V OH-V re ,)*V re , 
R 1 

h =^TT^ 1v °h-Vol> 



FIGURE 11 - BI-QUAD FILTER 



Vin CI 




"ref " 5 V CC 



Notch Output n , 160 kfi 
C = 0.001 ItF 
R1 - 1.6 Mfi 

Where T B p = Center Frequency Gain R2 =16 Mfi 
Tfj = Pas$b8nd Notch Gain R3 = 1.6 urt 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-211 



FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR 




4CR,R1 R2 + R1 

FIGURE 13 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER 




Given f Q - Center Frequency 

A(f Q ) = Gain at Center Frequency 

Choose Value f Q , C 
Then: 

"-- £f 

17 f„ C 

R3 

R1 R5 
R2 = 4Q2 R1 - R5 

For less than 10% error from operational amplifier 

°o<o 



BW 



'<0.1 



Where f Q and BW are expressed in Hz. 



If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with 
voltage follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters. 



vR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-212 



DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
AND DUAL COMPARATOR 



The MC3405/3505 contains two differential-input operational 
amplifiers and two comparators, each set capable of single supply 
operation. This operational amplifier-comparator circuit fulfills its 
applications as a general purpose product for automotive and 
consumer circuits as well as an industrial building block. 

MC3405 is specified over the commercial operating tem- 
perature range of to +70°C, wh le the MC3505 is specified over 




nance to 

• Comparators Similar in Performance to LM339/139 

• Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 36 Volts 

• Split Supply Operation: ±1.5 to ±18 Volts 

• Low Supply Current Drain 

• Operational Amplifiers Are Internally Frequency Compensated 

• Comparators TTL and CMOS Compatible 

































Inputs 1 



Comp Op 
2 Amp 2 



Inputs 4 



V EE /Gnd 



DUAL 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 
AND 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



_ 




L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC3405L 


to +70°C 


Ceramic DIP 


MC3405P 


to +70°C 


Plastic DIP 


MC3505L 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-213 



MC3405, MC3505 



OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SECTION 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage — Single Supply 
Split Supplies 


V CC 

v C c. v ee 


36 
±18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V IDR 


±36 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 


±18 


Vdc 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range — MC3505 

MC3405 


T A 


-56 to +125 
to + 70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range— Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 




Operating Junction Temperature Range— Ceramic Package 

Plastic Package 


Tj 


175 
150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 5.0 V, V EE - Gnd. T A - 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC3505 


MC3405 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 


V| 




2.0 


5.0 




2.0 


10 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


'10 




30 


50 




30 


50 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


\w 




-200 


-500 




-200 


-500 


nA 


Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain 
(R(_ =2.0 kn) 


A VOL 


20 


200 




20 


200 




V/mV 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 






150 






150 


/JV/V 


Output Voltage Range (Note 1) 
(R L = 10 kn, Vcc = 5 v) 
(Rl - 10 kn,5.0 V s; v C c < 30 V) 


V R 


3.3 
Vcc-2.0 


3.5 
V C C -1-7 




3.3 
Vcc-2.0 


3.5 
V C c -1-7 




Vp-P 


Power Supply Current (Notes 2 and 31 


'cc 




2.5 


4.0 




2.5 


7.0 


mA 


Channel Separation 

f - 1 .0 kHz to 20 kHz 
(Input Referenced) 






-1 20 






-120 




dB 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc =+15 v - V EE - -15 V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted) 


Input Offset Voltage 

< T A = T low to Thighl (Note 4) 


VlO 




2.0 


5.0 
6.0 




2.0 


10 
12 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 


AV|q/AT 




15 






15 




(iV/°C 


Input Offset Current 


iio 






50 






50 


nA 


<Ta -T| om to T high ) (Note 4) 






200 






200 




Input Bias Current 

( T A - T low to T high (Note 4) 


w 




-200 
-300 


-600 
-1500 




-200 


-500 
-800 


nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 


+13-V EE 






+13-V EE 






Vdc 


Large Signal Open Loop Voltage Gain 
(V = ±10 V. R L - 2.0 kn) 
(Ta = t Iow t°T ni g h ) (Note 4) 


A VOL 


50 
25 


200 
100 




20 
15 


200 
100 




V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 




30 


150 




30 


150 


nv/v 


Output Voltage 
(R L - 10 kn) 
(R L = 2.0 kn) 

(R L » 2.0 kn, T A - T low to T hi g h ) 
(Note 4) 


v 














Vdc 


±12 
±10 
±10 


±13.5 
±13 




±12 
±10 
±10 


±13.5 
±13 






Output Short-Circuit Current 


'OS 


±10 


±30 


± 45 








mA 


Power Supply Current (Notes 2 and 3) 


'CO 'EE 




2.8 








mA 


Phase Margin 


0m 




60 






60 




Degrees 


Small-Signal Bandwidth 

(A v - 1 . Rl = 10 kn. Vo = 50 mV) 


8VV 




1.0 






1.0 




MHz 


Power Bandwidth 

(A V = 1, R L - 2.0 kn, V - 20 V (p-pl, 
THD = 5%) 


BWp 




9.0 






9.0 




kHz 


Rise Time/Fall Time 


l TLH. <THL 




0,35 






0.35 




MS 


Overshoot (Av = 1, R|_ *1(J kn, 
V " 60 mV) 


OS 




20 






20 




% 


Slew Rate 


SR 




0.6 






0.6 




V/us 



NOTES: 1. Output will swing to ground 

2. Not 'o exceed maximum package power dissipation. 

3. For Operational Amplifier and Comparator. 



4 - T low = -55°C for MC3505 
= 0°C for MC3405 



Thigh - +125°C for MC3505 
= +70°C for MC3405 



R/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC3405, MC3505 

COMPARATOR SECTION 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage— Single Supply 
Split Supplies 


V CC 

v C c. v EE 


36 

i18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V IDR 


±36 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 


-0.3 to +36 


Vdc 




Sink Current 


■sink 


20 


mA 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range-MC3505 

MC3405 


T A 


-55 to +125 
to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range— Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Operating Junction Temperature Range-Ceramic Package 




175 




Plastic Package 


150 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = 5.0 V, V EE - Gnd, T A - 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC3505 


MC3405 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 

' T A " T low «> T high> (Notes 1 and 2) 


V| 




2.0 


5.0 
9.0 




2.0 


10 
12 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of 
Input Offset Voltage 


4V| /AT 




15 






15 




vvrc 


Input Offset Current 

(T A =T| ow to T high l (Note 1) 


ho 




50 


75 
150 




50 


100 
200 


nA 


Input Bias Current 

<T A =T| 0W to T hign l (Note 1) 


■IB 




-125 


-500 
-1500 




-125 


-500 
-800 


nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 
IT A " T low to Thigh) 'Note 1 1 


V ICR 






V C C -15 
V C C "I- 7 


Vcc "17 
V C C -2 






V C C - I - 5 
V C C "I - 7 


v cc - 1 7 

Vcc-20 


Vp-p 


Input Differential Voltage 
(All Vj„ > Vdc) 


V|D 






36 






36 


V 


Large-Signal Open-Loop Voltage Gain 
(R L - 15 kn) 


AvOL 




200 






200 




V/mV 


Output Sink Current 

(V in (-) s 1.0 Vdc. V in ( + ) =0. 
Vo « 1 .5 VI 


! sink 


6.0 


16 




6.0 


16 




mA 


Low Level Output Voltage 

(V in ( + l =0 V. V in (-) - 1.0 V. 
I sink - 4.0mAI 

IT A =T| 0m toT high ) (Note 1) 


vol 




350 


500 
700 




350 


500 
700 


mV 


Output Leakage Current 

(V in (+)S.1.0Vdc,V in (-)=0, 
V - 5.0 Vdc) 

IT A =T tow to Thigh) (Note 1) 


'OL 




0.1 
0.1 


1.0 
1.0 




0.1 
0.1 


1.0 
1.0 


MA 


Large-Signal Response 






300 






300 




ns 


Response Time (Note 3) 

(V RL = 5.0 Vdc. R L «5.1 kS2) 






1.3 






1.3 







NOTES: 1 . T| ovv = -55°C for MC3505 T h igh - + 1 25°C for MC3505 
- 0°C for MC3405 - +70°C for MC3405 

2. V a 1.4 V, Rs - n with V cc from 5.0 Vdc to 30 Vdc. and over the input common mode range to V cc - 1 .7 V. 

3. The response time specified is for a 100 mV input step with 5.0 mV overdrive. For larger signals 300 ns is typical. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-215 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(1/2 OF CIRCUIT SHOWN) 




FIGURE 1 - SINE WAVE RESPONSE 



1 




00 
























A 












'A 








' 1 








u 




-i 

J 














L 




















V 


















































•No 
pro 


te Class AB 
duces distor 


)utpu 
tionle 


stage 

s sine 


/wave. 



50tis/div. 




FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURR ENT versus TEMPERATURE 

















vcc 


i 

= +15V _ 
= -15V 
















V E E 


















= a 


L. 


































































































































































75 -55 -3 


5 -15 5.0 ; 




5 45 65 85 105 125 



FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




I, FREQUENCY [H;l 



FIGURE4-OUTPUTSW.NG 



versus SUPPLY 



Y VOLTAGE 

















1 1 

T A = 25°C 
























































































































































































2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20 
V CC AND |V EE I POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGES (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 6 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



% 170 



































































































































































u 


04 


6 





1 


1 


2 1 


4 1 


6 1 


1 2 



V CC AND IVeeI. POWER SUPPLY VO LTAGES (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-217 



MC3405, MC3505 



COMPARATOR SECTION 
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 



FIGURE 7 - NORMALIZED INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 8 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT 



< 0.8 

























vcc = 


+15V 
Gnd 


















V EE - 




























































































































S 


ope Car 


Be Eitr 


er Polar 


tV.i 



























































































'-55 


°c 


















































































- *a 






























%, 


+12500 






























V 


EE" 


Grid 

































-40 -20 20 40 60 80 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



100 120 140 



FIGURE 9 - NORMALIZED INPUT OFFSET CURRENT 



6.0 10 14 18 22 26 30 

V cc , POSITIVE SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 

FIGURE 10 - OUTPUT SINK CURRENT 
versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



S < i nn 

0.60 

0.20 











































































= +15 
= Gnd 


/ 






























H 






















































Slo 


le Can 




ifi Eithe 


Polaril 



































7.0 

< 6.0 
B 

5 50 

cc 

3 4.0 
ak 

£ 3.0 

A i.o 















1 1 


















A"" 








— f 




C 


















































































' t 


1^*12 


5°C 














































































w 


_ = 4.1 




































t 

























-60 -40 -20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |°C) 

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



200 400 600 

V L. OUTPUT VOLTAGE (mV) 



800 , 1000 



FIGURE 11— PULSE WIDTH MODULATOR SCHEMATIC AND WAVEFORMS 

u (a) Oscil 




V T H ' jV s (1 + R2/R1) + V EE v s -V cc -V EE 
V T L-yV s (1 - R2/R1) + V EE 



Oscillator Frequency 

, 5i_ 

4R.CR2 



Pulse Width 

P.W. 
Duty Cycle in % 




(r) (vtV-VtJ When :VTL <V c <V TH 
:le in % 

DC ■MvTT^^ T ^:) ,,00, 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC3405, MC3505 



FIGURE 12 - WINDOW COMPARATOR 




v ° I 
13 



■ AV 



Comp 1 



- 13 



v c Adjust 



Op Amp 2 v in 
FIGURE 13 - SQUELCH CIRCUIT FOR AM OR FM 



"in >- 



C1 



C3 



I 



v c c 



-i- Op Amp 1 



r Op Amp 1 
High Pass Filter 

High Psss Filter 

Given: A G , Q. uj = 2trf 
Choose: C = CI = C2, A Convenient Value 
Calculate: R2 - (2A D 
C3 ■ 
R1 ■ 



T 2 .7k 

f 10. Oi 
— • — o- \ 



u) Q C 
C 

A„ 



Qu C(2A + 11 



Squelch 

R3C4>5T in Threshold Ad] 
Where: Tj n is the period of wj n 

Q = Quality Factor 

A G ■ High Frequency Gain 

Ia> ■ Break Frequency 



Rf 



v Ai 

Switched Audio Stage 



Gain of Audio Stage 
Rf 



FIGURE 14 - HIGH/LOW LIMIT ALARM 



V C C 



; 

1 k ; 


RI 

3 




2 




R2 




5 ! 




6 


1 k 


R3 








Comp 2 Hi/Low 

Limit Detector 



V IL = V CC ri + R2 t R3 

V . V R2 * R3 

V IH V CC R |* B2 t R3 
Oscillator 

If R4 - R5 - R6 

f - 0.72/R,C 

As Shown, f - 2.2 kHz 

v Q Will Oscillate If V , H < Vj. or V ( L > Vj 

v Q Will Be Low If V | L < v, < V m 



VCC o- 



FIGURE 15 - ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR WITH TEMPERATURE SENSOR 

V CC 

Zero Crossing Detector 

— o- 



R5 




2«BE 



RI and R2 control the switch ing voltage 
of the 2ero crossing detector 

.. RI + R2 

v D 

U R2 



I M I 

■H H 

II II Time 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-219 



FIGURE 16 - LSTTL to CMOS INTERFACE WITH HYSTERESIS 



FIGURE 17 - "NOR" GATE 



> A k i 



I — w, ' 1 



A— W" 



I ¥ 
I 
I 
I 



° — 



LSTTL | " Level Shift 

| V IL - 1.17 V I 
V| H - 1.80 V 

•The same configuration may be used with an Op Amp 
if the 3 k resistor is removed. 



G = A+B+C+D 



•The same confii 
if the 3 k resistor is 



used with an Op Amp 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 




MC3430 

thru 
MC3433 



QUAD DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE 
COMPARATOR/SENSE AMPLIFIERS 

The MC3430 thru MC3433 high-speed comparators are ideal for 
application as sense amplifiers in MOS memory systems. They are 
specified in a unique way which combines the effects of input offset 
voltage, input offset current, voltage gain, temperature variations 
and input common-mode range into a single functional parameter. 
This parameter, called Input Sensitivity, specifies a minimum differ- 
ential input voltage which will guarantee a given logic state. Four 
variations are offered 

The MC3430 and MC3431 versions feature a three-state strobe 
input common to all four 
four outputs in a high-im 



ure a t 

which can be used to place the 
mce state. These two devices use 
active-pull-up MTT L compatible outputs. The MC3432 and MC3433 
are open-collector types which permit the implied AND connection. 
The MC3430 and MC3432 versionsare specified for a ±7.0 mV input 
sensitivity over the to 70°C temperature range, while the MC3431 
and MC3433 are specified for±12 mV. 

Propagation Delay Time - 40 ns 



Outputs Specified 
Specified for 



for a Fanout of 10 (MC7400 
conditions of ±5% Power Supply 



Operating Temperature Range, Input Common-Mode Voltage 



Swing from -3.0 





V to 3.0 V, and Rs < 200 ohms 



_ 








QUAD HIGH SPEED 
VOLTAGE COMPARATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 




P SUFFIX 

: PACKAGE 
CASE 648-06 







FIGURE 1 - A TYPICAL MOS MEMORY SENSING APPLICATION FOR A 
4-K WORD BY 4 BIT MEMORY ARRANGEMENT EMPLOY 
1103 TYPE MEMORY DEVICES 




Only four devices are required for a 

4-k word by 16-bit memory system. 



CONNECTION DIAGRAM 



V. 


J 













3 + 





IHUTM TABLE 

MC3430 and MC3432 






Input 


Strobe 


Output 


Device 




V| D >7.0mV 
T A - to 70° C 


L 


z 


MC3430 


L 


Off 


MC3432 






Off 


-7.0nW=£v ID 

< 7 mV 
T A = to 70°C 


L 




MC3430 




z 






Off 


MC3432 


V, D <-7.0mV 


L 

H 


L 
Z 


MC3430 


L 


On 




T A = to 70°C 


H 


Off 


MC3432 






TRUTH TABLE 






MC3431 and MC3433 








Strobe 


Ou ■'.)'..'. 


Device 






v r0 >i 2 mv 

T A = to 70°C 


L 


-2 


MC3431 




Off 
Off 


MC3433 




-12mV<V ID 


L 








z 


MC3431 




< + 12mV 
T A - to 70°C 


L 
L 


Off 
L 


MC3433 






V ID <-12mV 
T A « to 70°C 


M 


Z 


MC3431 




On 
Off 


MC3433 


L = Low Logic Stata Z = Third ( 
H = H igh Logic Stata I = Ind 
RS < 200 Si 


Hloh Imp* 


lancet 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-221 



MC3430 thru MC3433 



MAXIMUM RATINGS IT A - to +70°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 






Power Supply Voltage 


vcc v E e 


±7.0 


Vdc 






Differential Mode Input Signal Voltage Range 


V|DR 


±6.0 


Vdc 






Common-Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


±5.0 


Vdc 






Strobe Input Voltage 


V HS) 


5.5 


Vdc 






Output Voltage (MC3432 - 33 versions) 


v 


+7.0 


Vdc 






Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


175 
150 


°C 






Operating Temperature Range 


T A 


to +70 


°C 






Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


c 






RECOMMENDED OPERATING CONDITIONS (T A = to +70°C 


unless otherwise noted.) 








Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 


vcc 
vee 


+4.75 
-4.75 


+5.0 
-5.0 


+5.25 
-5.25 


Vdc 


Output Load Current 


'OL 






16 


mA 


Differential-Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|DR 


-5.0 




+5.0 


Vdc 


Common-Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|CR 


-3.0 




+3.0 


Vdc 


Input Voltage Range (any input to Ground! 


Vir 


-5.0 




+3.0 


Vdc 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC j= +5.0 Vdc, Vee = -5.0 Vdc, T^ = OX to + 70°C unless otherwise noted.) 

Typical Values are Measured at Tyv, = 25°C 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC3430, MC3431 


MC3432, MC3433 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Sensitivity (See Discussion on Page 3) 
IR s <200Ohms> 

(Common Mode Voltage Range = -3.0 V < Vj n <3.0 V) 
4.75 < V C c < 5.25 V - 25°r ( MC3430. MC3432 
-4 75>V EE >-5.25V A 1 MC3431 , MC3433 
(Common Mode Voltage Range = -3.0 V < V in < 3.0 V) 
4.75 < V C C <5.25 V T = q to Jffi | MC3430. MC3432 
-4.75 >V EE >-5.25 V A ~ ' MC3431 . MC3433 


V|S 






±6.0 
±10 

±7.0 
±12 






±6.0 
±10 

±7.0 
±12 


mV 


Input Offset Voltage 
(R s <2O0Ohmsl 


VlO 




2 






2.0 




mV 














Input Bias Current 

(Vcc* 5.25 V. Vee " " 5 25 V) MC3430. MC3432 
MC3431, MC3433 


'IB 




20 
20 


40 
40 




20 
20 


40 
40 


«A 


Input Offset Current 


IJO 




1.0 






1.0 




uA 


Voltage Gain 


A v ol 




1200 






■ 1200 




V/V 


Strobe Input Voltage (Low State) 


V|L(SI 






0.8 






0.8 


V 


Strobe Input Voltage (High State) 


V|H(S) 


2.0 






2.0 






V 


Strobe Current (Low State) 

1 V CC = 5.25 V, V EE - -5.25 V. V in = 0.4 VI 


hLIS) 






-1.6 






-1.6 


mA 


Strobe Current (High State) 

( V C C = 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 V. V in = 2.4 VI 
(V C C - 6.25 V. V E E - -5-25 V, V in - 5.25 VI 


'IH(S) 






40 

1.0 






40 

1.0 


fA 
mA 


Output Voltage (High State) 

ll = -400 uA, V C C ■ 4 75 V. V EE = -4.75 V) 


V H 


2.4 












V 


Output Voltage (Low State) 

(l = 16 mA. V CC - 4.75 V, V EE - 4.75 VI 


vol 






0.4 






0.4 


V 


Output Leakage Current 

(V C C " 4 75 v . v ee - " 4 - 7 5 V, V - 5.25 V] 


'CEX 












250 


|iA 


Output Current Short Circuit 

(V cc = 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 V) 


'OS 


-18 




-70 








mA 


Output Disable Leakage Current 
(Vcc= 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 VI 


'off 






40 








MA 


High Logic Level Supply Currents 
( V CC => 5.25 V, V EE = -5.25 VI 


'cc 

'EE 




45 

-17 


60 

-30 




45 

-17 


60 
-30 


mA 
mA 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC3430 thru MC3433 



A UNIQUE FUNCTIONAL PARAMETER FOR COMPARATORS 




i is used in specifying the MC3430-33 quad 
ly, comparators have been specified as linear 
1 operational amplifier type parameters such 
I>, input offset voltage (Viq), input offset 
current { I jq) and common-mode rejection ratio (CMRR). This is 
true despite the fact that most comparators are seldom operated in 
their linear region because it is difficult to hold a high gain com- 
parator in this narrow region. Comparators are normally used to 
"detect" when an unknown voltage level exceeds a given reference 
voltage. 

The most desirable comparator parameter is what minimum dif- 
ferential input voltage is required at the comparator's input ter- 
minals to guarantee a given output logic state. This new and im- 
portant parameter has been called input sensitivity (V|g) and is 
analagous to the input threshold voltage specification on a core 
memory sense amplifier. The input sensitivity specification in- 
cludes the effects of voltage gain, input offset voltage and input 
offset current and eliminates the need for specifying these three 
parameters. 

In order to make this parameter as inclusive as possible on the 
MC3430-33 series quad comparators, the input sensitivity is speci- 
fied within the following conditions: 

Commercial Temperature Range - to 70°C 
Power Supply Variations - ±5% (all conditions) 
Input Source Resistance - <200 Ohms 
Common-Mode Voltage Range - -3.0 V to +3.0 V 
Note: Typical values have been included on the omitted parameters 
for applications where the offset voltages are externally nulled. 

Voltage gain is defined as the ratio of the resulting AVq to a 
change in the V|qr using conditions at which the V|Q and Ijq 
are nulled. Thus, for worst case MTTL logic levels, the required 
output voltage change is 2.0 V (VoH min - VoL max = 2.4 V - 



0.4 V). If 2.0 mV are required at the input terminals to induce 
this change in logic state, the voltage gain would be 1000 V/V. 

Gain however is not the only factor affecting the logic tran- 
sition. Normally input offset voltages, that are not externally 
nulled, can add an appreciable error that drastically overshadows 
the comparator gain. Therefore, the 2.0 mV for example, required 
to cause the logic transition is often masked. An input offset 
voltage of up to 7.5 mV might be required to reach the linear 
region. A further consideration is the input offset current of up to 
±1 uA flowing through the matched 200-Ohm source resistors at 
the input terminals which can create an additional error of ±2.0 
mV. In order to determine a worst case input sensitivity, it must 
be assumed that minimum specified gain and maximum specified 
offset voltage and current conditions exist Also it must be as- 
sumed that these three factors are cumulative, requiring a worst 
case input of: 

Logic Transition = 2.0 mV 



7.5 mV 

thn 



TABLE I - WORST 



10 of ±10 mA thru 200-Ohm resistor = 2.0 mV 
Therefore, 2 + 7.5 + 2 = 11.5 mV. 

The effects of power supply voltage variations, temperature 
changes and common-mode input voltage conditions have not 
been considered, as they are not present in the gain and offset 
specifications on most comparators. 

Thus, the input sensitivity specification greatly reduces the 
effort required in determining the worst case differential voltage 
required by a given comparator type. 

Table I compares the worst case input sensitivity of three 
popular comparator types at both room temperature and over the 
specified commercial temperature range (0 to 70°C). This sensi- 
tivity was computed from the specified voltage gain , offset voltage 
and offset current limits. 

CASE COMPARISONS 





T A = 25°C 


T A = to 70°C 


Type 
Number 


V| 
mV 
Max 


Avol* 
V/V 
Typ 


Differential Input 
Voltage Required 
for 3.0 V Output 
Change 


ho 

R S = 200 P. 
mA 
Max 


Error Voltage 
Generated Into 
200 fl Source 
Resistors 


Total 
Sensitivity 
mV 


v,o 

mV 
Ma. 


A VO |* 

V/V 
Typ 


Differential Input 
Voltage Required 
for 3.0 V Output 
Change 


■lO 

R s = 200 n 

ma 

Max 


Error Voltage 
Generated into 
200 Source 
Resistors 


Total 
Sensitivity 
mV 


MC3430. 
MC3432 












6 












7.0 


MC3431. 
MC3433 












10 












12 


MC1711C 


5 


1500 


2 0mV 


15 


3 mV 


10 


50 


1000 


3.0 mV 


25 


5 0mV 


13 


LM311 


7 5 


200 k 


0015mV 


6 0- ' 


0012mV 


7 516 


10 


100 k 


030 mV 


70" 


014 mV 


10 04 



•Typical values given, as minimum gam not always specified 
*l|0 measured in nA 



FIGURE 2 - GUARANTEED OUTPUT STATE versus 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE 



Uncertainty 
Region 
- MC3430 - 
. MC3432 . 



Inceriainiy- 
Region 
MC3431 " 
MC3433 " 



Guaranteed 

_ vol 

MC3430 

— MC3432 

— OnlY 

-L±. .. 

Guaranteed 
Vql All device types 







I ! 
-Guaranteed - 
L V QH „ 
All device 
types 



-Guaranteed- 
VOH 
MC3430 
" MC3432 - 



■3.0 VSV|CR< 3.0 V 
4.75V<Vcc< 5 25 V 
-4.75 V* V EE »-5 25V 
0°C < T A < 70°C 
RS < 200 n 



a 



-20 -15 -10 -5 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT VOLTAGE (mV) 



FIGURE 3 - 



GUARANTEED OUTPUT STATE 
INPUT VOLTAGE 




-2 -1.0 1.0 2.0 
Vjn(A), INPUT VOLTAGE (V0LTSI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-223 



SWITCHING CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +5.0 Vdc, Vg£ = -5.0 Vdc, T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted ! 









MC3430, MC3431 


MC3432.MC3433 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Fig. 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


High to Low Logic Level Propagation Delay 
Time (Differential Inputs) 5.0 mV + Vjg 


'PHLIDI 


6.8-11 




20 


45 


- 


27 


50 


ns 


Low to High Logic Level Propagation Delay 
Time (Differential Inputs! 5.0 mV + V|g 


'PLHIDI 


6.8- 11 


- 


33 


55 


- 


40 


65 


ns 


Open State to High Logic Level Propagation 
Delay Time (Strobe! 


'PZH(S) 


4 


- 


- 


35 


- 


- 


- 


ns 


High Logic Level to Open State Propagation 
Delay Time (Strobe! 


tPHZISI 


4 




- 


35 




- 


- 


ns 


Open State to Low Logic Level Propagation 
Delay Time (Strobe! 


'PZLISI 


4 


- 


- 


40 


- 


- 




ns 


Low Logic Level to Open State Propagation 
Delay Time (Strobe) 


'PLZ(S) 


4 






35 








ns 


High Logic to Low Logic Level Propagation 
Delay Time (Strobe) 


'PHL(S) 


5 












40 


ns 


Low Logic to High Logic Level Propagation 

Delay Time (Strobe) 
! 


'PLHISI 


5 












35 


ns 



TEST CIRCUITS 

FIGURE 4 - STROBE PROPAGATION DELAY TIMES t PLZ (S). tPZL(S,, tPHZ(S>- and t PZH (S) 




MC3430 
MC3431 



390 
W 



Output of Channel B shown under test. 

i.mMarly. 



> lk !! 



- - 1N916 





V1 


V2 


SI 


S2 


c L 


tpLZIS) 


100 mV 


GND 


Closed 


Closed 


15 pF 




100 mV 


GND 


Closed 


Open 


50 pF 


'PHZ(S) 


GND 


100 mV 


Closed 


Closed 


15 pF 


l PZH(S) 


GND 


100 mV 


Open 


Closed 


50 pF 



C L includes |ig and probe capacitance. 
E in waveform characteristics 
l TLH and tjn L < 1 ns nr 
PRR = 1.0 MHz 
Duty Cycle = 50% 



'PLZ(S) • 



<PZL<SI • 



3 .0 V 



) 5.0V-VO, 



L rk 





-50% 


V 




— 'PZL<S) 



, 3.0 V- 



'PHZ(S)< 



V- 
VOH- 



- 'PHZ(S) 



0.5 V 

— r 



'PZH(S) 



3.0V 3 

1 

V- 

VOH-- 



-'PZH(S) 



V- 



f 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-224 



MC3430 thru MC3433 



FIGURE 5 - STROBE PROPAGATION DELAY tp LH (SI AND tpHUS) 

* 5 f v 

fa 




♦ 3.0 V -. 1 

A 50% \ 

<PI_H(S> — \ — — \ J^'PHUS 

vol ' x 



Output of Channel B shown under test, other channels are tested similarly 



Ei„ waveform characteristics: 

t TL H and tjHL ^ 10 ns measured 10% to 90%. 
PRR = 1.0 MHz 
Duty Cycle = 50% 



FIGURE 6 - DIFFERENTIAL INPUT PROPAGATION DELAY tp LH (D) AND t PH L(DI 



Vref 




* REF + V| S 

+ 5.0 mV 

Vref 

V ' 

'PLHID)— • 

v OH 



Outpu 

SI at "A" for MC3430, MC3431 

S1 at "B" for MC3432, MC3433 

C L = 50 pF total for MC3430, MC3431 

C L = 15 pF total for MC3432, MC3433 



■Is are tested similarly 
Device Vref mV 



MC3430 


1 1 


MC3431 


15 


MC3432 


11 


MC3433 


15 



t TLH and t TH L 

PR R = 1 .0 MHz 
Duty Cycl* = 50% 



icteristic 
5 10ns 



red 10% to 90% 







FIGURE 7 - CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

(1/4 Circuit Shown) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC3430 thru MC3433 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 

RESPONSE TIME versus OVERDRIVE - MC3430, MC3431 
FIGURE 8 — OUTPUT LOW TO HIGH FIGURE 9 - OUTPUT HIGH TO LOW 




vol 

200 mV 
100 mV 



VCC=*5.0V 
UEE ■ -5.0 V 
Ta = 25°C 



7=" 

50 mV 




. 20 mV 
.lOmV- 



,SmV 



tTHL»0.5n 



10 20 30 40 

TIME (ns) 



RESPONSE TIME versus OVERDRIVE - MC3432. MC3433 
FIGURE 10- OUTPUT LOW TO HIGH FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT HIGH TO LOW 





FIGURE 12 - AVERAGE INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE 
s TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 13- RESPONSE TIME versus TEMPERATURE 





AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°CI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-226 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-227 



FIGURE 15 - LEVEL DETECTOR WITH HYSTERESIS 



FIGURE 16 - TRANSFER CHAR ACTER ISTICS AND 
EQUATIONS FOR FIGURE 15 




v, 


H 
















Vlow 




















igh 












i Vh 

































V in (VOLTS) 

, L „ t R2 'VQ(max) ~ VREFl 
'high" V,ef + iTTS 



V| ow - V ref + 



R2 tVolmin) - V HEF ! 



Hysteresis Loop (V^) 

v h ■ v high - v lo „ 



IVo(max) - Vo(min|l 



FIGURE 17 - DOUBLE ENDED LIMIT DETECTOR 



'ref (high) O Wv 



V,ef (low) 




FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE TRANSFER FUNCTION 



v ref (low) 



5.0 



- 4.0 V 

- 3.0 V 

- 2.0 V 

- 1.0 V 

0.0 V 



v ref (high) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-228 



MC3358P1 
MC3458D 
MC3458G 
MC3468P1 
MC3458U 
MC3558G 
MC3558U 



-40°Cto + 85X 
OX 

ox 

ircto +70X 

OX to + 70X 
-56°Cto + 125X 
-55Xto + 125X 



SO-8 



Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 
Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 



Si 



>ecifications and Applications 
Information 



DUAL 

Utilizing tt 



LOW POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLI 



JFIERS 



lazing the circuit designs perfected for recently introduced 
Quad Operational Amplifiers, these dual operational amplifiers 
feature 1) low power drain, 2) a common mode input voltage range 
extending to ground/Vr££, 3) Single Supply or Split Supply operation 
and 4) pin outs compatible with the popular MC1 558 dual operational 
amplifier. The MC3558 Series is equivalent to one-half of a MC3503. 

These amplifiers have several distinct advantages over standard 
operational amplifier types in single supply applications. They can 
operate at supply voltages as low as 3.0 Volts or as high as 36 Volts 
with quiescent currents about one-fifth of those associated with the 
MC1741 (on a per amplifier basis). The common mode input range 
includes the negative supply, thereby eliminating the necessity for 
external biasing components in many applications. The output voltage 
range also includes the negative power supply voltage. 

• Short Circuit Protected Outputs 

• True Differential Input Stage 

• Single Supply Operation: 3.0 to 36 Volts 

• Low Input Bias Currents 

• Internally Compensated 

• Common Mode Range Extends to Negative Supply 

• Class AB Output Stage for Minimum Crossover Distortion 

• Single and Split Supply Operations Available 

• Similar Performance to the Popular MCI 558 





MAXIMUM RATINGS 


Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 
Single Supply 
Split Supplies 


vcc 
vcc 
vee 


36 
♦ 18 
-18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 
Range 111 


VlDR 


t30 


Vdc 


Input Common Mode Voltage 
Range (21 


VlCR 


•15 


Vdc 


Input Forward Current 
(V, < -0.3 V) 


■if 




50 


mA 


Junction Temperature 

Ceramic and Metal Packages 
Plastic Package 


Tj 




175 
150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic and Metal Packages 
Plastic Package 


T stg 




€5 to +150 
55 to +125 


°c 


Operating Ambient Temper- 
ature Range 
MC3558 
MC34S8 
MC3358 


T A 


-55 to +125 

Oto +70 
-40 to +85 


°c 


(1) Split Power Supplies. 

(21 For Supply Voltages less than ±15 V. the absolute maximum input voltage is equal to 
the supply voltage. 



MC3458 
MC3558 
MC3358 



DUAL DIFFERENTIAL 
INPUT 

OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 





PI SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 



(MC3458, MC3358 Only) 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
S 693-02 



CASE I 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
1 ' SO-8 




(Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-229 



MC3458, MC3558, MC3358 



(For MC3558, MC3458, V cc = + 15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A = 25°C unlesi otherwise noted.) (For MC3358, V C C = + *< v - V EE = Gnd < 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC3558 


MC3458 


MC3358 


Unit 




Tvp 






Tvp 










inpu: Offset Voltage 

T«-T h ,^,,0 T 1o „ <1> 


Vio 




20 


5 

6 




2 


10 

12 




2 


8.0 
10 




Input Offset Current 


'10 




30 


50 
200 




30 


50 
200 




30 


75 
250 


nA 


TA " T ht9h to T 1ow 














" 




Large Signal Open Loop Voliage Gam 

VQ - ! IU V. n[_ 4.U *ll, 

T A 1 T high <° T low 


A VOL 


50 
25 


200 
300 




20 
15 


200 


- 


20 
15 


200 


- 


VMW 


Input Biai Current 
T A = T mgn to T, ovw 


' IB 




200 

-300 


-500 
-1500 




-200 


-bOG 
-800 




-200 


-500 
-1000 




Output Impedance 






75 






75 






75 






























Inpu'ln^pTdancl 

f = 20 Hz 


















i~0 




Mn 


Output Voltage Range 
R L = lOkll 
R L - 2 in 

H L = 20 kn. T A = T n ,g h toT l0vv 


VOR 


• to 

■ 10 


• 13 




* 10 

• 10 


•13 




12 
10 
10 


12.5 
12 




v 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


VlCfl 














+ 12 V -V EE 


+ 12.5V-V EE 




V 


Common Mode Reaction Ratio 
R s < 10 kfi 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




70 


90 




d8 


Powei Supply Cur-eni IV Q ■ 01 
R L = - 


'CC 'EE 




















mA 


Individual Output Short Circuit Current 12) 


'OS- 


• 10 


















mA 








)0 


150 




30 


150 




30 


150 




Negative Power Supply Reieciion Ratio 


PSRR ■ 




30 


150 




30 


150 








^V/V 


Average Temperature Coefficient ol Input 
Offset Current 


'lO' T 




50 






50 






50 






Average Temperature Coefficient o' Input 
T A " T h.gh '° T low 






10 






■ 






10 




nV,'°c 


Power Bandwidth 

A V=l.fL = 20ki!.V o = 20 Vfpp). 
THD = 5% 


BWp 




9 






9 






9.0 




kHz 


Small Signal Bandwidth 

A v = 1. R L ■ 10 kfi, V Q ■ 50 mV 


BW 
















10 




MH/ 


Slew Rate 

A v = 1.V,s -10V to +1QV 


SR 




06 






06 






06 




V.-ui 


Rue Time 

A V = 1.R L = 10 kii. V Q " 50 mV 


'TLH 




35 






35 






35 




US 


Fall T me 

A v ■ 1.H L ■ 10 kit. V c = 50 mV 


<THt_ 




36 






o r- 






35 






Overshoot 

Av " I.Rl ' 10 kll. V = 50 mV 


OS 




20 






20 






20 




% 


Phase Margin 






60 






60 






60 




Degrees 


A v = 1. R L = 2 kn. C L ' 200pF 
























Crouover Dutortion 

IV ln = 30 mVp P. V ou , = 2 Vp p. 
f = 10 kHzl 






1 






1 






1 




% 

























'D T h ,g h = 125°C tor MC3558. 70°C for MC3458. 85°C 'or MC3358 
T low -55°C for MC3558. 0°C for MC3458, -40°C lor MC3358 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <v cc = 5 V. v EE - Gnd. T A = 25°C u 







MC3558 


MC3458 


MC3359 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Mm 


Typ 


Man 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 


V,o 




20 






20 


10 




20 


10 


mV 


Input Offiet Current 


1 10 




30 


50 




30 


50 






75 


nA 


Input 8ist Current 


! iB 




-200 


-500 




-200 


-500 






-500 


nA 


Large Signal Open-Loop Vol t age Gam 
R L = 20 kn 


A VOL 


20 


?00 




20 


200 




20 


200 




V/mV 


Power Supply Reiection Ratio 


PSRR 






150 






150 






150 


uV/V 


Output Voltage Range 13) 

R L = 10 kn. V CC - 5.0 V 

R|_ " 10 kn. 5.0 V < V CC < 30 V 


VOR 


3.3 


3.6 




3.3 


3.5 




M 


3.5 




Vp-p 




V C C- I- 7 V 






VCC -1.7 V 






V CC -1,7 V 






Power Supply Current 


ice 




2 5 


4.0 




2.5 


7.0 




2.5 


4 


mA 


Channel Separation 

1 - 1 .0 kHz to 20 kHz (Inpui Referenced) 






-120 






-120 






-120 




dB . 

























(3) Output will swing to ground 
































MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTEI 
2-230 



MC3458, MC3558, MC3358 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

(V2 of Circuit Shown) 



Output Q J 



Bias Circuitry 
Common to Both 
Amplifiers 




v C c 



! 



I 



INVERTER PULSE RESPONSE 





1 ' 












I 

j I 












J I 








> 












1 ,1 3 




> 


\ 

hA_ 












\ 




/ 




1 












1 — 


L 






CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

The MC3558 Series is made using two internally 
compensated, two-stage operational amplifiers. The first 
stage of each consists of differential input devices Q24 and 
Q22 with input buffer transistors Q25 and Q21 and 
the differential to single ended converter Q3 and Q4. 
The first stage performs not only the first stage gain 
function but also performs the level shifting and trans- 
conductance reduction functions. By reducing the trans- 
conductance a smaller compensation capacitor lonly 5 pF ) 
can be employed, thus saving chip area. The transcon 
ductance reduction is accomplished by splitting the col- 
lectors of Q24 and Q22. Another feature of this input 
stage is that the input common-mode range can include 
the negative supply or ground, in single supply operation, 
without saturating either the input devices or the dif 
ferential to single-ended converter. The second stage con- 
sists of a standard current source load amplifier stage. 

The output stage is unique because it allows the output 
to swing to ground in single supply operation and yet does 
not exhibit any crossover distortion in split supply oper- 
ation. This is possible because class AB operation is utilized. 

Each amplifier is biased from an internal-voltage regu- 
lator which has a low temperature coefficient thus giving 
ch amplifier good temperature characteristics as well as 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-231 




FIGURE 5 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT varwi TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 6 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 

















vet 


1 

= +15V _ 
= -15V 
















V£E 
















T 


\ = a 















































































































































-75 -55 -35 -15 5.0 25 45 65 85 105 125 
T, TEMPERATURE (°C) 



2.0 4.0 6.0 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 
V C C AND |V EE |. POWER SUPPLY VO LTAGES (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-232 



MC3458, MC3558, MC3358 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 




FIGURE 9 - HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER FIGURE 10 - COMPARATOR WITH HYSTERESIS 




e - C (1 * a » b> (e2 - el) „, 



FIGURE 11 - BI QUAD FILTER 

wv 




Where Tgp = Center Frequency Gain p2 =1.6 Mfi 
T N = PaMband Notch Gain B3 = ■) g M ft 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-233 



MC3458, MC3558, MC3358 



APPLI 



INFORMATION (continued) 



FIGURE 12 - FUNCTION GENERATOR 




4 Cfl, Rl R2 • Rl 

FIGURE 13 - MULTIPLE FEEDBACK BANDPASS FILTER 




l(-» v o 



c Q - IOC 
















Given f Q = Center Frequency 

A(f Q ) ■ Gain at Center Frequency 

Choose Value f Q . C 
Then 

O 
R3 



B3 ■ 



Rl ■■ 



2 A(f ) 
_ Rl R3 
R2 " 4Q2 Rl - 



For less than 10% error from operational amplifier 



If source impedance varies, filter may be preceded with 
voltage follower buffer to stabilize filter parameters. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-234 








LOW COST PROGRAMMABLE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The MC3476 is a low cost selection of the popular, industry- 
standard MC1776 programmable operational amplifier. This 
extremely versatile operational amplifier features low power 
consumption and high input impedance. In addition, the quiescent 
currents within the device may be programmed by the choice of 
an external resistor value or current source applied to the l set input. 
This allows the amplifier's characteristics to be optimized for input 
current and power consumption despite wide variations in operating 
power supply voltages. 

• ±6.0 V to ±18 V Operation 

• Wide Programming Range 

• Offset Null Capability 

• IMo Frequency Compensation Required 

• Low Input Bias Currents 

• Short-Circuit Protection 



LOW COST 
PROGRAMMABLE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



RESISTIVE PROGRAMMING (See Figure 1.) 



R set to GROUND 




Typical R set Values 


V C C v E E 


l set - 10 UA 


l„ t - 15 „A 


±6.0 V 
±9.0 V 
±12 V 
±15 V 


660 kI2 
820 kn 
1.0 MSI 
1.5 Mfi 


360 kn 
560 kfi 
750 kn 
1.0 MSI 



R set to NEGATIVE SUPPLY 

IOVCC 




Typical B se t Values 


V CC- V EE 


l»t= 10/iA 


'set = 15 f A 


+ 6.0 V 
±9.0 V 
±12 V 
±15 V 


i.o Mn 
1.8 rvin 

2.2 Mn 
2.7 Mn 


820 kn 
i,2 Mn 
1.5 Mn 

2.0 Mn 



FET CURRENT SOURCE 




?o 1 'cc 


2 




3 










40VEE 




r-r* VG 




vee! 




G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 601-04 



Offset NultjT 
Inverting Input 
Non-Inverting lnput(3] 





P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 




ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC3476G 


to + 70°C 


Metal Can 


MC3476P1 


to +70°C 


Plastic DIP 


MC3476U 


to + 70°C 


Ceramic DIP 



Pins not shown are not c 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-235 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltages 


V CC- V EE 






Input Differential Voltage Range 


V IDR 


± 30 


Vdc 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 


V ICR 






Offset Null to V^E Voltage 


v off~ v EE 


±0.5 




Programming Current 


•set 


200 




Programming Voltage 

(Voltage from l set terminal to ground) 


V S et 


(V cc -0.6 V) 
to 
V CC 


Vdc 


Output Short-Circuit Duration* 


*S 


Indefinite 


s 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


t a 


Oto 70 


°c 


Storage Temperature Range 

Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°c 


Junction Temperature 

Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


175 
150 


°c 



•Short -Circuit to ground with l xt < 15 uA. Rating applies up to ambient temperature of +70°C. 



EQUIVALENT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 



INPUTS 
JO 



OFFSET NULL 
SO 



1 



30 pF 





7 

-ovcc 



100 OUTPUT 
-WA O 6 



13 



VEE 
— Q4 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC3476 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc - +15 V, V EE - -15 V, l set - 15 nA. T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted. I 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (R s < 10 kn) 
T A - +25°C 
0°C < T A < 70°C 


V| 




2.0 


6.0 

7.5 


mV 


Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 


V|OR 


- 


18 


- 


mV 


Input Offset Current 
T A - +25°C 
T A - 70°C 
T A - 0°C 


lib 


- 


2.0 


25 
25 
40 


nA 


Input Bias Current 
T A = +25°C 
Ta = 70°C 
Ta-0°C 


'IB 


- 


15 


50 
50 
100 


nA 


Input Resistance 


rj 




5.0 




Mn 


Input Capacitance 


Ci 


- 


2.0 


- 


pF 


Input Common-Mode Voltage Range 
0°C < T A < 70°C 


V ICR 


no 


- 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 

R|_S 10 kn, Vq - ±10 V,T A = +25°C 

Rl. > 10 kn, Vo = ±10 V.0°C «T A < 70°C 


A VOL 


50 k 
25 k 


400 k 


- 


v/v 


Output Voltage Range 

R L > 10 kn,T A - +25°C 

R L > 10 kn,0°C < T A < 70°C 


VOR 


±12 
±12 


±13 


_ 


V 


Output Resistance 


r o 




1.0 




kn 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


'os 




12 




mA 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio 
R s < 10 kn, 0°C < T A < 70°C 


CMRR 


70 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
R S < 10 kn. 0°C < T A <, 70°C 


PSRR 


- 


25 


200 


(iV/V 


Supply Current 
T A - + 25°C 
0°C < T A < 70°C 


'CC- 'EE 


- 


160 


200 
225 


liA 


Power Dissipation 
T A = +25°C 
0°C < T A < 70°C 


Pd 




4.8 


6.0 

6.75 


mW 


Transient Response (Unity Gain) 

V in - 20 mV, R L > 10 kI2. C L = 100 pF 
Rise Time 
Overshoot 


'TLH 
OS 




0.35 
10 




us 

% 


Slew Rate (R L * 10 kn) 


SR 




0.8 




V/us 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-237 



MC3476 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-238 



MC3476 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
(T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



2 2' 2 

"R > 
5 6.0 



1.0 k 



1 1 

V C C=«15 
VEE--15 
l«i ■ ISu 


— ■ 
V 






































V 1 

A 


















































































































- 





























































































































































































































































40 
36 

5 32 

I ^ 
< 

tj 20 
o 

» 16 

f: 12 



FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT SWING 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 















































































































10k 





























































































Rl. load resistance iohmsi 



2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 16 18 20 
vcc. IVEEI. SUPPLY VDLTAGES IV) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-239 



DUAL WIDEBAND OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The MC4558, MC4558AC, and MC4558C combine all the out- 
standing features of the MC1458 and, in addition, possess three 
times the unity gain bandwidth of the industry standard. 

• 2.5 MHz Unity Gain Bandwidth Guaranteed on MC4558 and 
MC4558AC 

• 2 MHz Unity Gain Bandwidth Guaranteed on MC4558C 

• Internally Compensated 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Gain and Phase Match between Amplifiers 

• Low Power Consumption 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A - + 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Rating 


Symbol 


MC4558 
MC4558AC 


MC4558C 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


v C c 


+ 22 


+ 18 


Vdc 




vee 


-22 


-18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


Vid 




30 


Volts 


Input Common Mode Voltage (Note 1 ) 


V ICM 


1 15 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


<S 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


See Ordering 
Information Below 




Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


Tstg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Junction Temperature 

Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


175 
150 


°C 



Note 1 . For supply voltages less than ± 1 5 V, the absolute maximum input voltage is equal 

to the supply voltage. 
Note 2. Short circuit may be to ground or either supply. 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

{1/2 of Circuit Shown) 





1.84 k 




DUAL WIDE BANDWIDTH 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 





G SUFFIX 




METAL PACKAGE 


^^^^ 


CASE 601-04 












Output 


Output 




) 8 


A 1 


Tf Jz 




A 


"\j-AA s 8 — 




Inputs <. ^ 




7/ 

/ r Inputs 


A \< 




') B 




— 






v E e 






(Top View) 






P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 





D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Hvcc 

7J Output B 



U) Inputs 
f B 



(Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


MC4558G 


-55 to +125°C 


Metal Can 


MC4558U 


Ceramic DIP 


MC4558CD 


Oto +70*C 


SO-8 


MC4558CG 


Metal Can 


MC4558ACP1, 
CP1 


Plastic DIP 


MC4558CU 


Ceramic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-240 



MC4558, MC4558AC, MC4558C 



FREQUENCY CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = +15V,V E E = 15V,T A = 25X) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC4558. MC4558AC 


MC4558C 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


BW 


2.5 


2.8 




2.0 


2.8 




MHz 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC - 15 V. V E6 - -15 V,T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 


Input Offset Voltage 
(Rg < to km 


VlO 


- 


1.0 


5.0 


- 


2.0 


60 


mV 


Input Offset Current 


IlO 




20 


200 


- 


20 


200 


r>A 


Input Bias Currentt 


lie 


_ 


80 


500 




80 


500 


nA 


Input Resistance 


n 


0.3 


2.0 


- 


0.3 


2.0 


- 


Ms; 


Input Capacitance 


Cj 


- 


1.4 


- 


- 


1.4 


- 


pF 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


- 12 


i13 


- 


- 12 


• 13 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(V ■ ±10 V. R u = 2.0 knl 


A„ 


50 


200 


- 


20 


200 


- 


V/mV 


Output Resistance 


'o 




75 






75 




n 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
(RS < 10 kfl) 


CMRR 


70 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
<R S < 10 km 


PSRR 




30 


150 




30 


150 


mV/V 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R|_ * 10 km 

(R L S 2 km 


v 


♦12 

!10 


±14 

±13 




±12 
• 10 


• 14 

±13 




V 


Output Short-Circuit Current 


los 


10 


20 


40 


10 


20 


40 


mA 


Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers) 


id 




2.3 


5.0 




2.3 


5.6 


mA 


Power Consumption (Both Amplifiers) 


fc 




70 


150 




70 


170 


mW 


Transient Response lUnity Gain) 

(V, - 20mV. R L > 2kn, C L < 100 pF) R.se Time 
(V, = 20mV. R L > 2kn. C L < 100 pF) Overshoot 
(V| - 10 V, R L > 2 k!2. C L * 100 pF) Slew Rate 


'TLH 

OS 

SR 


1.5 


0.3 
15 
1.6 




1.0 


0.3 
15 
1.6 




MS 
% 
V/us 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = +15V,V EE = -15 V, T A = "T high to T| ow unless otherwise noted). 


Input Offset Voltage 
(R S < 10 kS!l 


VlO 




1.0 


6.0 






7.5 


mV 


Input Offset Current 
<T A " Thigh) 
(T A * Tlowl 
(T A - 0°C to +70°CI 


■10 




7.0 
85 


200 
500 






300 


nA 


Input Bias Current 
ITa " Thigh) 
< T A " Tlowl 
IT A - 0°C to +70°C) 


'IB 




30 
300 


500 
1500 






800 


nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


VlCR 


•12 


•13 










V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(V - HO V, R[_ = 2 km 


Ay 


25 






15 






V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
IRS * 10 kf!) 


CMRR 


70 


90 










dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
(Rs < 10 km 


PSRR 




30 


150 








uV/V 


Output Voltage Swing 
IR L > 10 km 
IR L > 2 km 


v 


±12 
• 10 


±14 
±13 




±12 
• 10 


±14 
±13 




V 


Supply Currents (Both Amplifiers) 
(T A " Thigh) 
' T A = Tlow 1 


id 






4.5 
6.0 






5.0 
6 7 


mA 


Power Consumption (Both Amplifiers) 
<Ta - Thigh) 
< T A = Tlowl 


PC 






135 
180 






150 
200 


mW 



* T high ' 125°C for MC4558 and 70°C for MC4558C and MC4558AC. 

Tlow " "55°C for MC4558 and 0°C for MC4558C and MC4558AC. 
t l| B is out of the amplifier due to PNP input transistors. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-241 



MC4558, MC4558AC 



FIGURE 1 - BURST NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 2 - RMS NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE 




FIGURE 5 - BURST NOISE TEST CIRCUIT 




Unlike conventional peak reading or RMS meters, this system was 

e time essential to 



especially d 
burst (dodc 


esigned tc 
orn) noise 




de th 


e quick respon 









The test time employed is 10 seconds and the 20 mV peak 
limit refers to the operational amplifier input thus eliminating 
errors in the closed-loop gain factor of the operational amplifier 
under test. 



R/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-242 



MC4558, MC4558AC, MC4558C 



FIGURE 6 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 



FIGURE 7 - PHASE MARGIN versus FREQUENCY 




1.0 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 
f FREQUENCY (H;) 




10 10 100 1-0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M 

I, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 8 - POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



15 

~ 13 
m " 

O 
< 

5 9.0 
o 

I 7.0 
a. 

° 5.0 
o 
> 

3.0 



































1 15 V SUPPI IFS 






* — 


































t 


< 


* 


















sl2V 




















/ 


/ 










































\ 




























•-3V 






























i 






















— 








-:6V. 












A 














































































| --3V 















500 1.0 k 2.0 k 10 k 20 k 50 k 100 k 

R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 9 - NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 




500 1.0 k 2.0 k 10 k 20 k 50 k 100 k 

R L . LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 10 - POWER BANDWIDTH 

(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) 



FIGURE 1 1 - TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT 














■■ 1/ 



To Scope 
(Output) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-243 



Device Temperature Range Package 

MC4741L -55*C to +125°C Ceramic DIP 

MC4741CD 0°Cto+70'C SO-14 

MC4741CL O'Cto +70X Ceramic DIP 

MC4741CP 0°Cto+70°C Plastic DIP 



MC4741C 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



(QUAD MC1741) 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 



The MC4741 series is a true quad MC1741. Integrated on a single 
monolithic chip are four independent, low-power operational 
amplifiers which have been designed to provide operating char- 
acteristics identical to those of the industry standard MCI 741, and 
can be applied with no change in circuit performance. 

The MC4741 can be used in applications where amplifier matching 
or high packing density is important. Other applications include 
high impedance buffer amplifiers and active filter amplifiers. 



• Each Amplifier is Functionally Equivalent to the MC1741 

• Class AB Output Stage Eliminates Crossover Distortion 

• True Differential Inputs 

• Internally Frequency Compensated 

• Short Circuit Protection 

• Low Power Supply Current (0.6 mA/Amplifier) 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(1/4 of Circuit Shown) 



NON INVERTING 1 
INPUT 





(QUAD MCI 741 1 
DIFFERENTIAL INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



*0 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



PIN CONNECTIONS 



V C C 4 



(Top Viewl 



Out 
3 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-244 



MC4741, MC4741C 
































MAXIMUM RATINGS(T A - +25°C unless otherwise noted). 



Rating 


Symbol 


MC4741 


MC4741C 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 




Vcc 


+22 




+ 18 


Vdc 










VEE 


-22 




-18 


Vdc 


Input Differential Voltage 


V| D 


+ 44 


+36 


Volts 


Input Common Mode Voltage 


V ICM 


122 


! 18 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration 


ts 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 










°C 


Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 






-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 






Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 







■ 


175 
150 




°C 

























































































TYPICAL APPLICAT ON 



HIGH IMPEDANCE INSTRUMENTATION BUFFER/FILTER 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-245 



MC4741, MC4741C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC ' +15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A - 25°C unless otherwise noted). 







MC4741 


MC4741C 




aracteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Urm_ 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 


- 


1.0 


5.0 


- 


2.0 


6.0 


mV 


(R S <10 k) 


















Input Offset Current 


'10 




20 


200 




20 


200 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


1 IB 




80 


500 




80 


500 


nA 


Input Resistance 


r; 


0.3 


2.0 


- 


0.3 


2.0 


— 


M<T2 


Input Capacitance 


Cj 


- 


1.4 


- 


- 


1.4 


- 


pF 


Offset Voltage Adjustment Range 


v IOR 




±15 


- 




±15 


- 


mV 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|CR 


±12 


±13 




±12 


±13 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(V = ±10V,R L >2.0k> 


Ay 


50 


200 




20 


200 




V/mV 


















Output Resistance 


'a 


_ 


75 


_ 


_ 


75 


_ 





Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


70 


90 


_ 


70 


90 


_ 


dB 


(R^<10k) 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 


PSRR 


- 


30 


150 


- 


30 


150 


/JV/V 


(R S <10 kl 


















Output Voltage Swing 
(R L >10k) 


vo 




±14 










V 


|R L >2 k) 






+ 13 












Output Short-Circuit Current 


'« 




20 






20 




mA 


Supply Current - (All Amplifiers) 


id 




2.4 


4.0 




3.5 


7.0 


mA 


Power Consumption {All Amplifiers) 


PC 




72 


120 




105 


210 


mW 


Transient Response (Unity Gain — Non-Inverting) 


















(V] = 20 mV, Rl > 2 k, C|_ < 100 pF) Rise Time 


itlh 




0.3 






0.3 




/•« 


(V| = 20 mV, R(_ > 2 k, Cl < 100 pF) Overshoot 


OS 




15 






15 




% 


{V| = 10V, Rl > 2 k, C L < 100 pF) Slew Rate 


SR 




0.5 






0.5 




V/ps 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A - *T hjah to T !ow unless otherwise noted.) 






MC4741 


MC4741C 




Character ist ic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 




1.0 


6.0 






7.5 


mV 


(R s <10kf2) 


















Input Offset Current 


'10 














nA 


(T A - 125°C) 






7.0 


200 










(T A - -55°C) 






85 


500 










(T A « 0°C to +70°CI 














300 




Input Bias Current 


IB 














nA 


(T A - 125°C) 






30 


500 










(T A - -55°CI 






300 


1500 










(T A - 0°C to +70°C) 














800 




Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


VlCR 


±12 


±13 










V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain 
(R L >2k, V out -±10VI 


Ay 


26 






15 






V/mV 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 


CMRR 


70 


90 










dB 


(Rs<10kl 


















Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio 
(R S <10 k) 


PSRR 




30 


150 








MV/V 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R L »10k) 


vo 


±12 


±14 










V 


(Rl >2k) 




±10 


±13 




±10 


±13 






Supply Currents - (AM /Amplifiers) 
(T A -125°C) 
IT A - -55°CI 


id 




2.4 
3.6 


3.4 

5.0 








mA 


, Power Consumption (T A = +125°C) 
(All Amplifiers) (T A = -55"C) 


PC 




72 
,08 


102 
150 


, = — 






mW 



* T hlgh * 125°Cfor MC4741 and 70°C for MC4741 C 
Tlow " -S5°C for MC4741 and 0°C for MC4741C 



\R/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-246 



MC4741, MC4741C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

<Vcc = "5 Vdc. Vg£ - -15 Mac. T A ■ + 25°C unless otherwise notedl. 



FIGURE 1 - POWER BANDWIDTH 
(LARGE SIGNAL SWING versus FREQUENCY) 




100 1.0 k 

f. FREQUENCY (Hi) 



FIGURE 2 - OPEN LOOP FREQUENCY RESPONSE 




1.0 k 10 k 100 k 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



- POSITIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 



FIGURE 4- 



NEGATIVE OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 





15 




14 




13 




12 


> 


11 


a 


10 


< 


S 




8.0 


> 






7.0 




6.0 


5 

a 


5.0 


6 
> 


4.0 




30 




2.0 




1.0 





























■ 


4* 


















i 


■ 




xl 


V 


Uf 


p 


If 


s 


















? 
















































































tl 


V 










































































































-.9 


V 






































































































it 


V 























































































































500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 
RL. LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



-15 
-14 

■13 
-12 

' -II 
-10 
-9.0 
-B0 
-7.0 
-6,0 
-5.0 
-4 
-3 
-2 
-1 



























































































I 


15 V 


SUPPl 


IE 


S 


























































































± 


2 >.' 








































































































1 


■fv 








































































































i 


6 V 















































500 700 1.0 k 2.0 k 

RL, LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 5 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 



+30 V Supply 




































♦27 V 






































♦24 V 




































♦21 V 






































+18 V 
























































♦16V 




















+12 V 






































+3.0 V 




































+6.0 V 
+5.0 V 





















































FIGURE 6 — NONINVERTiNG PULSE RESPONSE 



1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 
R L , LOAD RESISTANCE (kn) 















































■ 


















t 












I OUTPUT 
























































in 


PUT 



























10WDIV 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-247 




B - 160k« 
C - 0.001 nf 
Rl = 1.6 Mfl 
R2 = 1.6 Mil 
R3 = 1.6 MO 



«ref 



Notch Output 



Tgp - Center Frequency Gain 
Tpj = Passband Notch Gain 



- OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
tus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 9 - TRANSIENT RESPONSE TEST CIRCUIT 




FIGURE 10 - ABSOLUTE VALUE DVM FRONT END 



0.6JIF 




VEE 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-248 



® 



MOTOROLA 



Ad vance Information 



DUAL, LOW NOISE 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The MC33077 is a precision high quality, high frequency, low 
noise monolithic dual operational amplifier employing innovative 
bipolar design techniques. Precision matching coupled with a 
unique analog resistor trim technique is used to obtain low input 
offset voltages. Dual-doublet frequency compensation techniques 
are used to enhance the gain bandwidth product of the amplifier. 
In addition, the MC33077 offers low input noise voltage, low tem- 
perature coefficient of input offset voltage, high slew rate, high 
ac and dc open-loop voltage gain and low supply current drain. 
The all NPN transistor output stage exhibits no deadband cross- 
over distortion, large output voltage swing, excellent phase and 
gain margins, low open-loop output impedance and symmetrical 
source and sink ac frequency performance. 

The MC33077 is tested over the vehicular temperature range 
and is available in plastic DIP and SO-8 package (P and D suffixes). 

• Low Voltage Noise: 4.4 nV/VHi @ 1.0 kHz 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 0.2 mV 

• Low TC of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 ^V/°C 

• High Gain Bandwidth Product: 37 MHz (a 100 kHz 

• High AC Voltage Gain: 370 (a 100 kHz 

1850 @ 20 kHz 

• Unity Gain Stable: with Capacitance Loads to 500 pF 

• High Slew Rate: 11 V/fis 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.0007% 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: + 14 V to - 14.7 V 

• High DC Open-Loop Voltage Gain: 400 k (112 dB) 

• High Common Mode Rejection: 107 dB 

• Low Power Supply Drain Current: 3.5 mA 

• Dual Supply Operation: ± 2.5 V to ±18 V 







EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER) 




MC33077 







DUAL 
OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



PIN ASSIGNMENTS 



Output 1 [T ■ 



Inputs 



a 

v EE [T 




H vcc 

~T\ Output 2 



Inputs 2 



Dual, Top View 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Ambient Test 
Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Dual 


MC33077D 
MC33077P 


-40°C to +85°C 


SO-8 

Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-249 



MC33077 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage WcC t0 V EE^ 


vs 


+ 36 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V|DR 


(Note 1) 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 




(Note 1) 


Volts 


V|R 


Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


«s 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Maximum Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


"C 


Storage Temperature 


T stg 


- 60 to + 1 50 


C 


Maximum Power Dissipation 


PD 


(Note 2) 


mW 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 SI. V C M = V, V = V) 
T A = +25°C 
T A = - 40°C to + 85°C 


(Viol 




0.13 


1.0 
1.5 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
RS = 10 0. V CM = V, Vo = V. T A = ~40°C to + 85°C 


AViq/AT 


— 


2.0 




mV/°C 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 
T A = + 25T 
T A = -40°C to +85°C 


'IB 




280 


1000 
1200 


nA 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vq = V) 
T A = + 25°C 
T A = - 40°C to + 85°C 


•lO 




15 


180 
240 


nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range (M\q = 5.0 mV, Vq = V) 


VlCR 


±13.5 


±14 




V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo - ±10 V, R|_ = 2.0 kS!) 
T A = +25°C 
T A = - 40°C to + 85°C 


A VOL 


150 k 
125 k 


400 k 




V/V 


Output Voltage Swing (V|q = * 1.0 VI 
R[_ = 2.0 kn 
R L = 2.0 kn 
R L = 10 kSl 

Rl = 10 kn 


V + 

vo- 
v + 

v - 


13 
13.4 


13.6 
-14.1 

14 
-14.7 


-13.5 
-14.3 


V 












dB 


Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = ±13V) 


CMR 


85 


107 




Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) 
VccA/EE = + 15 V/-15 V to +5.0 V/-5.0 V 


PSR 


80 


90 




dB 


Output Short Circuit Current (V|D = ± 1.0 V, Output to Ground) 
Source 
Sink 


isc 


+ 10 
-20 


+ 26 
-33 


60 
60 


mA 


Power Supply Current (Vq = V, All Amplifiers) 
T A = +25°C 
T A = - 40X to + 85°C 


id 




3.5 


4.5 
4.8 


mA 



Notes: 

1. Either or both input voltages should not exceed Vqc °r Vee iSee Applications Information). 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded (See power dissipation performance 
characteristic, Figure 1). 

3. Measured with Wqq and Vgr£ simultaneously varied. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-250 



MC33077 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS IV CC * + 15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A 
Characteristics 



25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Symbol 



Typ 



Max 



Slew Rate IVj n = - 10 V to + 10 V, R|_ = 2.0 kO, C L = 100 pF, Ay = +1.0) 



SR 



Gain Bandwidth Product If = 100 kHz) 

= 2. 



GBW 



25 



37 



AC Voltage Gain (R L = 2.0 k!!, V = V) 
f = 100 kHz 
f = 20 kHz 



Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop) 



- 



AVO 



370 
1850 



Gain Margin (Rj. = 2.0 kn. C|_ = pF) 



Phase Margin (R|_ = 2.0 k!!, C|_ = pF) 



Channel S 



(f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, R L = 2.0 kil, V = 10 V, 



CS 



Power £ 



(Vp = 27 Vp. p , R L = 2.0 kg THD s 1%) 



200 



Distortion (R L = 2.0 Ml) 
A V = +1.0, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz 

V = 3.0 V rms 
Ay = 2000, f = 20 kHz 

V = 2.0 Vp.p 

Vo - 10 Vp.p 
Ay = 4000, f = 100 kHz 

V = 2.0 V p .p 

VQ = 10 Vp-p 



THD 



0.215 
0.242 



0.319 
0.316 



Open 



'O = V. 1 = fu> 



z 



Differential I 



Input Resistance 
Input Capacitanc 



< V CM 



V) 



R|N 



Differential 



itance (V C M = V) 



ClN 



Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rg = 100 fl) 
f = 10 Hz 
f = 1.0 kHz 




FIGURE 1 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION FIGURE 2 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 

versus TEMPERATURE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-251 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 4 — INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 




-15 



FIGURE 5 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus COMMON MODE VOLTAGE 

















































v— 

u 


















VCC = + 1 

l/ri- — If 


















Ti = 25°C 

































































































































































































-10 -5.0 +5.0 +10 

V CM , COMMON MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 6 — INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



Vcc 0.0 
Vcc-0.5 

V CC -10 

V CC -1.5 



+ 15 



Input 
:Voltage; 



l-VCM 




V C C = +3.0Vto +15V" 
V EE = -3.0VM -15V 
S-AV|0 = 5.0 mV ! 
Vq = 0V 



25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (XI 




MC33077 



FIGURE 9 - SUPPLY CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



-55 

































±15V^; 














5.0 V 














































VCM 


= ov 












■ R L = 

vo = 


ov 































25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l°C) 



FIGURE 10 — COMMON MODE REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 




10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 11 - POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 12 — GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




K 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



48 

i: 

5 14 

g 

| 40 

Q_ 
jE 

1 36 
z 

2 32 
z 

<t 
o 

i 28 
m 

24 



R L = 10 k!i 








C L = 0pF 








) = 100 kHz 








T A = 25°C 









































































V CC . |V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 13 — GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



r 

■Vcc = + 16V— 
Vje = -15 V 
' f = 100 kHz 
"RL = 20 kfl 
■C L = 0pF - 



T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI 



100 



125 



+ 20 
+ 15 
+ 10 
+ 5.0 


-5.0 
-10 
-15 
-20 



FIGURE 14 — MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 





5"C 










R L = 10 kfl 
















2.0 kfl 












































































R L = 


2.0 kfl 












R|_ 





VcdIVeeI. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-253 



MC33077 



FIGURE 15 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
i FREQUENCY 



30 

f 
I 

g 15 















































































































































































































































































































- 








VCC = +1 »V 
V EE = -15 V 
R L = 2.0 kfl 
Ay = +1.0 
THD s 1.0% 
Ta = 26°C 
I Mill 
































































\ 













































































































FIGURE 16 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
i SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



100 



10K 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



I 

. Rl = 2.0 kfi 
f = 10 Hz 

AV = 23|V C C-V EE I" 
T A = 25"C 



1.0M 



5.0 



10 



Vcc,|V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 




FIGURE 19 — CHANNEL SEPARATION FIGURE 20 — TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 

versus FREQUENCY versus FREQUENCY 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-254 



MC33077 




FIGURE 23 - SLEW RATE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



V in = 2J3(V CC - V EE ) 

T A = 25°C 



I 



1 

_l L 




)J JlOOpF 



2.5 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15 17.5 
VCO l v EEl. SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTS) 



FIGURE 24 - SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE 



— r~ 



-V C C = +I5V- 

V EE = -15 V 
-iV in = 20 V " 



>V 
= 100 pF 





T A , AMBIENT 



125 



iTURE (°CI 




f, FREQUENCY (Hi) C L , OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pFI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-255 



FIGURE 27 — PHASE MARGIN versus 
OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 28 — OVERSHOOT versus 
OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE 




NOISE VOLTAGE 
EQUENCY 




FIGURE 30 VOLTAGE 







+ 15V 


























; V E E 




-15V 






















































1 




= 1.0 kHZ 


























.T« 




25°C 


























-\ 


n 


to 


a 


I 




\ 










■(- 


» 


2 

1 


H 


- 


IK 


T 









































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































































f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



R S . SOURCE RESISTANCE (O) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-256 



MC33077 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-257 



MC33077 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

The MC33077 is designed primarily for its low noise, 
low offset voltage, high gain bandwidth product and 
large output swing characteristics. Its outstanding high 
frequency gain/phase performance make it a very 
attractive amplifier for high quality pre-amps, instru- 
mentation amps, active filters and other applications 
requiring precision quality characteristics. 

The MC33077 utilizes high frequency lateral PNP 
input transistors in a low noise bipolar differential 
stage driving a compensated Miller integration ampli- 
fier. Dual-doublet frequency compensation tech- 
niques are used to enhance the gain bandwidth prod- 
uct. The output stage uses an all NPN transistor design 
which provides greater output voltage swing and 
improved frequency performance over more conven- 
tional stages by using both PNP and NPN transistors 
(Class AB). This combination produces an amplifier 
with superior characteristics. 

Through precision component matching and inno- 
vative current mirror design, a lower than normal tem- 
perature coefficient of input offset voltage (2.0 (xV/°C as 
opposed to 10/xV/°C), as well as low input offset voltage, 
is accomplished. 

The minimum common mode input range is from 1 .5 
volts below the positive rail (Vcc) to 1 .5 volts above the 
negative rail (Vffrf). The inputs will typically common 
mode to within 1.0 volt of both negative and positive 
rails though degradation in offset voltage and gain will 
be experienced as the common mode voltage nears 
either supply rail. In practice, though not recommended, 
the input voltage may exceed Vcc D V approximately 30 
volts and decrease below the Vffg rail by approximately 
0.6 volts without causing permanent damage to the 
device. If the input voltage on either or both inputs is 
less than approximately 0.6 volts, excessive current 
may flow, if not limited, causing permanent damage to 
the device. 

The amplifier will not latch with input source currents 
up to 20 mA, though in practice, source currents should 
be limited to 5.0 mA so as to avoid any parametric 
damage to the device. If both inputs exceed Vcc- tne 
output will be in the high state and phase reversal may 
occur. No phase reversal will occur if the voltage on one 
input is within the common mode range and the voltage 
on the other input exceeds Vcc- Phase reversal may 
occur if the input voltage on either or both inputs is less 
than 1 .0 volt above the negative rail. Phase reversal will 
be experienced if the voltage on either or both inputs 
is less than Vf£f£. 

Through the use of dual-doublet frequency compen- 
sation techniques, the gain bandwidth product has 
been greatly enhanced over other amplifiers using the 
conventional single pole compensation. The phase and 
gain error of the amplifier remains low to higher fre- 
quencies for fixed amplifier gain configurations. 



With the all NPN output stage, there is minimal swing 
loss to the supply rails, producing superior output 
swing, no crossover distortion and improved output 
phase symmetry with output voltage excursions. Out- 
put phase symmetry being the amplifiers ability to 
maintain a constant phase relation independent of its 
output voltage swing. Output phase symmetry degra- 
dation in the more conventional PNP and NPN transistor 
output stage was primarily due to the inherent cut-off 
frequency mismatch of the PNP and NPN transistors 
(typically 10 MHz and 300 MHz respectively) used caus- 
ing considerable phase change to occur as the output 
voltage changes. By eliminating the PNP in the output, 
such phase change has been avoided and a very sig- 
nificant improvement in output phase symmetry as well 
as output swing has been accomplished. 

The output swing improvement is most noticeable 
when operation is with lower supply voltages (typically 
30% with ±5.0 V supplies). With a 10 k load, the output 
of the amplifier can typically swing to within 1.0 V of 
the positive rail (Vccl> ancl t0 within 0.3 V of the negative 
rail (Vee), producing a 28.7 V p . p signal from ±15 V 
supplies. Output voltage swing can be further improved 
by using an output pull-up resistor referenced to the 
Vcc- Where output signals are referenced to the posi- 
tive supply rail, the pull-up resistor will pull the output 
to Vcc during the positive swing and during the neg- 
ative swing, the NPN output transistor collector will pull 
the output very near VpfE- This configuration will pro- 
duce the maximum attainable output signal from given 
supply voltages. The value of load resistance used 
should be much less than any feedback resistance so 
as to avoid excess loading and allow easy pull-up of the 
output. 

Output impedance of the amplifier is typically less 
than 50 ohms at frequencies less than the unity gain 
cross-over frequency (see Output Impedance versus 
Frequency curve). The amplifier is unity gain stable with 
output capacitance loads up to 500 pF at full output 
swing over the -55°C to +125°C temperature range. 
Output phase symmetry is excellent with typically 4° 
total phase change over a 20 volt output excursion at 
25°C with a 2.0 kfl and 100 pF load. With a 2.0 kfi resis- 
tive load and no capacitance loading the total phase 
change is approximately one degree for the same 20 
volt output excursion. With a 2.0 kfl and 500 pF load at 
125°C the total phase change is typically only 10° for a 
20 volt output excursion (see Phase Margin versus Out- 
put Voltage curve). 

As with all amplifiers, care should be exercised so as 
to insure that one does not create a pole at the input of 
the amplifier which is near the closed loop corner fre- 
quency. This becomes a greater concern when using 
high frequency amplifiers since it is very easy to create 
such a pole with relatively small values of resistance on 
the inputs. If this does occur, the amplifiers phase will 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INI 
2-258 



MC33077 



degrade severely causing the amplifier to become 
unstable. Effective source resistances, acting in con- 
junction with the input capacitance of the amplifier, 
should be kept to a minimum so as to avoid creating 
such a pole at the input (see Phase Margin and Gain 
Margin versus Differential Source Resistance curve). 
There is minimal effect on stability where the created 
input pole is much greater than the closed loop corner 
frequency. Where amplifier stability is affected as a 
result of a negative feedback resistor in conjunction with 




the amplifier's input capacitance, creating 
the closed loop corner frequency, lead i 
pensation techniques (lead capacitor in f 
feedback resistor) can be employed to improve stability. 
The feedback resistor and lead capacitor RC time con- 
stant should be larger than that of the uncompensated 
input pole frequency. Having a high resistance con- 
nected to the non-inverting input of the amplifier can 
create a like instability problem. Compensation for this 
condition can be accomplished by adding a lead capac- 



imizes extraneous signal "pickup" at this node. Power 
supplies should be decoupled with adequate capaci- 
tance as close as possible to the device supply pin. 

In addition to amplifier stability considerations, input 
source resistance values should be low so as to take 
full advantage of the low noise characteristics of the 
amplifier. Thermal noise (Johnson noise) of a resistor 
is generated by thermally-charged carriers randomly 
moving within the resistor creating a voltage. The rms 
thermal noise voltage in a resistor can be calculated 
from: 



resistor 
larc 



itor in parallel with the non-inverting input i 
such a value as to make the RC time i 
than the RC time constant of the uncompensated input 
resistor acting in conjunction with the ampl fiers input 
capacitance. 

For optimum frequency performance and stability 
careful component placement and printed circuit 
board layout should be exercised. For example, long 
unshielded input or output leads may result in 
unwanted input-output coupling. In order to reduce 
the input capacitance, the body of resistors connected 
to the input pins should be physically close to the 
input pins. This not only minimizes the input pole cre- 
ation for optimum frequency response, but also min- 



E nr = V4kTR x BW 
where: 

k = Boltzmann's'constant (1.38 x 10 -23 joules/K) 
T = Kelvin temperature 
R = Resistance in ohms 

BW = Upper and lower frequency limit in hertz. 

By way of reference, a 1.0 kfl resistor, at 25°C, will 
produce 4.0 nV/x/Hz of rms noise voltage. If this resis- 
tor is connected to the input of the amplifier, the noise 
voltage will be gained up in accordance to the ampli- 
fiers gain configuration. For this reason the selection 
of input source resistance for low noise circuit appli- 
cations warrants serious consideration. The total 
noise of the amplifier, as referred to its inputs, is typ- 
ically only 4.4 nV/ VRI at 1 .0 kHz. 

The output of any one amplifier is current limited and 
thus protected from a direct short to ground. However, 
under such conditions, it is important to not allow the 
amplifier to exceed the maximum junction temperature 
rating. Typically for ±15 volt supplies, any one output 
can be shorted continuously to ground without exceed- 
ing the temperature rating. 



0.1 




1/2 MC33077 



4.7 ,iF ±: 



Voltage Gain 
= 50,000 



24.3 k!l 




No e: All capacitors < 






HI — 

0.1 M F 



Scope 

lhr— o xi 

R in = 1.0 Mil 

2.21 I 

" F T i iiokn 




NOISE TEST CIRCUIT 
Hz-to-10 HZp.p) 









MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-259 



(M) 



Advance Information 



LOW I 
OPERATIOIN 

The MC33078/9 series is a family of high quality monolithic 
amplifiers employing Bipolar technology with innovative high- 
performance concepts for quality audio and data signal process- 
ing applications. This family incorporates the use of high fre- 
quency PNP input transistors to produce amplifiers exhibiting low 
input voltage noise with high gain bandwidth product and slew 
rate. The all NPN output stage exhibits no deadband crossover 
distortion, large output voltage swing, excellent phase and gain 
margins, low open-loop high frequency output impedance and 
symmetrical source and sink ac frequency performance. 

The MC33078/9 family offers both dual and quad amplifier ver- 
sions, tested over the vehicular temperature range and available 
in the plastic DIP and SOIC packages (P and D suffixes). 

• Dual Supply Operation: ± 18 V (Max) 

• Low Voltage Noise: 4.5 nV/VHz 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 0.15 mV 

• Low T.C. of Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 /xV/°C 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.002% 

• High Gain Bandwidth Product: 16 MHz 

• High Slew Rate: 7.0 V//is 

• High Open-Loop ac Gain: 800 (a 20 kHz 

• Excellent Frequency Stability 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: + 14.1 V/- 14.6 V 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER) 




This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are 
subject to change without notice. 



MC33079 



DUAL/QUAD 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



MC33078 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Output IE 1 DVcc 

VEEE 



(Dual, Top View) 



MC33079 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



Output 1 E 1 | (3 Output 4 

Inputs l{^ k^|) Inputs 4 



VCCE 
Inputs 2 
Output 2 



3 V EE 
j Inputs 3 
Output 3 



(Quad, Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Op 
Amp 
Function 


Device 


Test 
Temp. 
Range 


Package 


Dual 


MC33078D 
MC33078P 


-40°C to 
+ 85°C 


SO-8 

Plastic DIP 


Quad 


MC33079D 
MC33079P 


-40X to 
+ 85°C 


SO-14 
Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC33078, MC33079 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (V cc to V EE ) 


vs 


+ 36 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


VlDR 


(Note 1) 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 




(Note 1) 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


ts 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Maximum Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


°C 


Storage Temperature 


T s tg 


- 60 to + 1 50 


X 


Maximum Power Dissipation 


PD 


(Note 2) 


mW 


Notes: 







1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or VEE 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is 
exceeded (See power dissipation performance characteristic. Figure 1). 

3. Measured with Vcc and V EE differentially varied simultaneously. 

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vqc = + 15 V, Vee = - 15 V. T A = 25°C unless otherwise notedl 



Characteristics 



Symbol 



Min 



Typ 



Input Offset Voltage (R S = 10 O, V CM = V, V = V) 

MC33078 T A = +25°C 

T A = -40X to +85X 

MC33079 T A = + 25X 
T A = -40Xto + 85X 



fVlQl 



0.15 
0.15 



2.0 
3.0 
2.5 
3.5 



Average Tei 



it of In 



til Offset Voltage 



R S = 10 fl. V CM = V. VQ = V. T A = T, ow to T hiflh 



AVio-AT 



2.0 



Input Bias Current (Vcm 
T A = + 25X 
T A = - 40X to + 85X 



V, V = VI 



'10 



750 
800 



u.V X 



Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vp 
T A = + 25X 
T A = - 40X to + 85°C 



VI 



II 



150 
175 



Common Mode Input Voltage Range (AV|p = 5 mV, Vp = V) 

Large Signal Voltage Gain (V = +10 V, R L = 2.0 km 
T A = + 25X 

T A = -40Xto + 85X 



V ICR 



AVOL 



90 
85 



do- 



Output Voltage Swing (V|p ' 
R L = 600 SI 
R L = 600 n 
RL = 2.0 kfi 
RL = 2.0 Ml 
R L = 10 kfl 

Rl = 10 kn 



±1.0 V) 







Vcp 

vo- 

V H 

v - 

Vo^ 

v 



13.2 
13.5 



10.7 
-11.9 

13.8 
-13.7 

14.1 
-14.6 



-13.2 
- 14 



Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = ±13 V) 



80 



100 



dB 



Power Supply Rejection (Note 3} 
VCC^EE = +15V/-15Vto +5.0 V/- 5.0 V 




PSR 



Output Short Circuit Current (V| D = 10 V, 
Source 
Sink 



ISC 



+ 15 

-20 



h29 
-37 



Supply Current (Vo = V, All Amplifiers) 
MC33078 T A = +25°C 

T A = -40'Cto +85X 
MC33079 T A = 
T A = -40X1O+8SX 



D 



4.1 
8.4 



5.0 
5.5 







MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-261 



MC33078, MC33079 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c - IS V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted) 















Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Slew Rate (V in = - 10 V to + 10 V. R L = 2.0 kl!, C L . 100 pF. A V - +1.0) 


SR 


5.0 


7.0 






— 


V/flS 


Gain BAndwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 












GBW 


10 


16 


— 


MHz 














Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop) 


«D 


— 


9.0 


— 


MHz 














Gain Margin (R|_ = 2.0 k!l) C|_ = pF 

C|_ = 100 pF 


Am 


— 
— 


-11 

-6.0 


— 
— 


dB 


Phase Margin (R|_ = 2.0 k!i) C|_ = pF 


*m 


— 


55 


— 


Deg 


U|_ — I UU pr 












V/IIciiimci Oc^ai ciuuii ii — i*j ri l iu Kn^y 


CS 




— 120 




dB 


Power Bandwidth (Vrj = 27 V p . p , Rl = 2.0 left, THD s 1.0%) 


BWp 




120 




kHz 


Distortion (R L = 2.0 ki!. f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, V = 3.0 V rms . A V = + 1.0) 


THD 




0.002 




% 


Open-Loop Output Impedance (Vq = V, f = 9.0 MHz) 


|Zq1 




37 




Q 


Differential Input Resistance (Vqm = V) 


RlN 




175 




kl! 


Differential Input Capacitance (Vcm = V) 


C|N 




12 




pF 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 !1. f = 1.0 kHz) 


en 




4.5 




nV/vfTz 














Equivalent Input Noise Current if = 1.0 kHz) 


'n 




0.5 




pA/VRz 


TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 





FIGURE 1 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION 

versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 2 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




-55 - 40 - 20 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 5.0 10 15 20 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI V CC , |V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 3 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE FIGURE 4 - INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus TEMPERATURE 




2-262 



MC33078, MC33079 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS - continued 



600 
500 
\ 400 




FIGURE 6 — INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE RANGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



co 300 
3 

2 200 



















1 


15 V 




















~v C c = + 

Vrr - 




















T A = 25°C 

























































































































































































































-10 -5.0 +5.0 +10 

V CM , COMMON MODE VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



- 15 



g v cc -0 

o 

£ V CC "0.5 
1 V CC - 1.0 

| V CC - 1.5 

o 
> 

g 

1 V EE +1.5 
o 

I Vee+1.0 
3 VEE +"-5 
I Vee+0 



■+VCM" 



VCC ~ + 3.0 V 10 +15V 
-Vje = -3.0 to -15 V - 

AV|0 = 5.0 mV 
-V = 0V 
_L_ 



-VCM 



T A , AMBIENT 



CO 



100 125 



FIGURE 7 — OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus 
LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND 



FIGURE 8 — OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 




R L . LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND (kill 



FIGURE 9 — SUPPLY CURRENT versus TEMPERATURE 




25 50 75 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CCI 



FIGURE 10 — COMMON MODE REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°CI 




10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-263 



versus FREQUENCY 



~1MMMM» — »Ji -. 



SUPPLY VOLTAGE 






















1 1 

\ = 10 Ml 

\ = pF 

= 100 kHz 
r A = 25°C — 

















































































































































































































































































10K 100K 
f. FREQUENCY (Hz) 



10 15 
vcc IVeeI. supply VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 13 — GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 
versus TEMPERATURE 































vc 

VE 

( 


C = +1 
E = =j» 
= 100 kHz 


V 
V 










% 

6[ 


= 10 kll 













25 50 75 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CXI 



FIGURE 14 — MAXIMUM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



20 
15 

i io 

5 5.0 
o 

£ 

3 

I "SO 

-15 
-20 



T A = 25°C 








^v + 






IU Rli 1 












= 2.0 k!l " 
















































). —in lii 










Ri .. mkO^SE 



















Vcc. iveeI. supply voltage IVOLTS) 



FIGURE 15 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY 




1.0K 10K 100K 

(, FREQUENCY (Hzl 



FIGURE 16 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN versus 
SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



I I T 
RL = 2.0 kll 
f 10 Hz 

" -W = 2 3 (Vcc - V 
_ t . - ic»r 


































El 
















A 

























































































































































































































5.0 



10 

VCC I 



Vccl SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVI 




MC33078, MC33079 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS — continued 



FIGURE 17 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus TEMPERATURE 



110 



I I 

V CC = + I5V 
V E £ = -15V 

Rl = 2.0 kn 










f ^ 10 Hz 

av = 


-10V1O 


+ 10V 

















































25 50 75 100 

TEMPERATURE l°CI 



FIGURE 18 — OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 

50 




1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 

f, FREQUENCY 1Hz) 



FIGURE 19 — CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY 




FIGURE 21 — TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE 




0.001 



1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 
V . OUTPUT VOLTAGE IVrmsl 



20 — TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus FREQUENCY 




100K 



FIGURE 22 — SLEW RATE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



_V in = 23IV CC -V EE I_ 
Ta = 25°C 



I" JTAVi, 




VO 
2.0 k!i" 



Falling 



Rising 



10 15 
VCC. IVeeI, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC33078, MC33079 



FIGURE 23 — SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 24 — VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE 
versus FREQUENCY 




25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ["CI 



100 I .OK 10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY IHzl 



FIGURE 25 — OPEN-LOOP GAIN MARGIN AND 
PHASE MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE 



FIGURE 26 — OVERSHOOT versus OUTPUT LOAD 
CAPACITANCE 




10 100 
C L , OUTPUT CAPACITANCE (pF) 



100 1.0K 
C L , OUTPUT LOAD CAPACITANCE (pFI 



FIGURE 27 — INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE AND 
CURRENT versus FREQUENCY 




100K 



FIGURE 28 - TOTAL INPUT REFERRED NOISE VOLTAGE 
i SOURCE RESISTANCE 




1.0K 

R S , SOURCE RESISTANCE (ft) 



100K 10M 



}FACE DEVICES 



MC33078, MC33079 






MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-267 



FIGURE 34 — VOLTAGE NOISE TEST CIRCUIT 
(0.1 Hz-TO-10 Hip.pl 



.0.1 fif 




1/2 MC33078 



4.7 ,iF ^3 




! " ^ Scope 
hy— O x 1 

R in = 1.0 MI! 

110 k!l 



0.1 (iF 



Note: All capacitors are non-polarized. 







MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



® 



MC33171, MC35171 
MC33172, MC35172 
MC33174, MC35174 



LOW POWER, SINGLE SUPPLY 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 



Quality bipolar fabrication with innovative design concepts are 
employed for the MC33171/2/4, MC35171/2/4 series of monolithic 
operational amplifiers. This series of operational amplifiers oper- 
ates at 180 jiA per amplifier and offers 1.8 MHz of gain bandwidth 
product and 2.1 V//as slew rate without the use of JFET device 
technology. Although this series can be operated from split sup- 
plies, it is particularly suited for single supply operation, since the 
common mode input voltage range includes ground potential 
(Vee). With a Darlington input stage, this series exhibits high input 
resistance, low input offset voltage and high gain. The all NPN 
output stage, characterized by no deadband crossover distortion 
and large output voltage swing, provides high capacitance drive 
capability, excellent phase and gain margins, low open-loop high 
frequency output impedance and symmetrical source/sink AC fre- 
quency response. 

The MC33171/2/4, MC35171/2/4 series of devices are specified 
over the industrial/vehicular or military temperature ranges. The 
complete series of single, dual and 
are available in the plastic and ceramic DIP as w 
surface mount packages. 

• Low Supply Current: 180 fiA (Per Amplifier) 

• Wide Supply Operating Range: +3.0 V to +44Vor ±1.5 V 
to ±22 V 

• Wide Input Common Mode Range Inclu 

• Wide Bandwidth: 1.8 MHz 

• High Slew Rate: 2.1 W/us 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 mV 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: -14.2 V to + 14.2 V 
(with +/- 15 V Supplies) 

• Large Capacitance Drive Capability: to 500 pF 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.03% 

• Excellent Phase Margin: 60° 

• Excellent Gain Margin: 15 dB 

• Output Short Circuit Protection 



PIN ASSIGNMENTS 

Offset Null UJ ^ \B NC 



;luding Ground 




LOW POWER, SINGLE SUPPLY 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 









P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



1 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Invt Input [? 
Noninvt Input [T 

veeE 



4^30 



3v cc 

utput 
3 Offset Null 



Single, Top View 



Output 1 E' 
Inputs ij^ 

VeeE 



5® 



^3! 



3v C c 

JJ Output 2 

Si 



Inputs 2 



Dual, Top View 



P SUFFIX 

PLAS^ - 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Single 


MC33171D 
MC35171U 
MC33171P 


-40 to + 85X 
-55 to + 125X 
-40 to +85X 


SO-8 Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 


Dual 


MC33172D 
MC35172U 
MC33172P 


-40 to + 85X 
-56 to + 125X 
-40 to + 85X 


SO-8 Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 


Quad 


MC33174D 
MC35174L 
MC33174P 


-40 to + 85X 
-56 to + 125X 
-40 to + 85X 


SO-14 Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 



TIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 

D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



Inputs 1 



Output 1 (7 

d 
vccQ 

Input. 2^ 
Output 2 G 



PIN ASSIGNMENTS 

g output 4 



13 v EE 

4a I 



Inputs 4 



Inputs 3 



3 Output 3 



Quad, Top View 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-269 



MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


vccvee 


±22 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V IDR 


(Note 1) 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


(Note 1) 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


's 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
MC35171/MC35172/MC35174 
MC33171/MC33172/MC33174 


TA 


-55 to +125 
-40 to +85 


°C 


Operating Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tstg 


-65 to +150 
-55 to +125 


X 



Notes: 1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or VgE 



ensure maximum junction temperature ITjl is not exceeded. 



EQUIVALENT 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER! 



Qi L^ j Q3 04 Q5 06 Q7 ! 



VCC 




(MC33171, MC35171I 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-270 



MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L connected to ground, T A 

unless otherwise noted.) 



T|ow to T high (Note 3] 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (V C M = V) 
Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = + 25°C 
V C C = +5 V. V EE = V, T A = +25X 
V CC = + 15 V. V EE = - 15 V, T A = T, ow to T high 




VlO 


- 


2.0 
2.5 


4.5 
5.0 
6.5 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage 


AV|0/AT 


- 


10 




mV/°C 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = VI 
T A = +25X 
T A = T| ow to Thigh 




llB 


— 


20 


100 
200 


nA 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V) 
T A = +25X 
T A = T| ow to Thigh 


ho 




5.0 


20 
40 


HA 


Large Signal Voltage Gain IV = ± 10 V. R L = 10 k) 
T A = + 25°C 
T"A = Tlowto Thigh 


AVOL 


50 


500 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 
VCC = + 5.0 V, V EE = V, R L = 10 k, T A = + 25°C 
Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, Rl = 10 k, T A m +25°C 
V CC = + 15 V. V EE = - 16 V, R L = 10 k. T A = T, ow to T high 


VOH 


3.5 
13.6 
13.3 


4.3 
14.2 




— 


V 


Vcc = +5 ° V V EE - V, Rl - 10 k, T A = +25°C 

V C C = + 15 V. V EE = - 15 V, R L = 10 k, T A = + 25°C 

V CC = +15V, V EE = -15 V, R L = 10k,T A = T| ow to T hi gh 


vol 




0.05 
-14.2 


0.15 
— 1 3.6 
-13.3 




Output Short Circuit Current (T A = +25°C) 
Input Overdrive = 1.0 V, Output to Ground 
Source 
Sink 


isc 


3.0 
15 


5 ,7° 




mA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 
T A = + 25°C 




VlCR 


VEE to (v C c - 


1.8) 


V 


T A = T| 0W to T high 






v E e to (v C c - 


2.2) 




Common Mode Rejection Ratio (R$ =s 10 k) 


CMRR 


80 


90 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Rs = 100 CO 




PSRR 


80 


100 




dB 


Power Supply Current {Per Amplifier) 
V CC = +5.0V,V EE = 0V,T A = + 25°C 




ID 




180 


250 




Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A = + 25°C 

V C C = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A - T| ow to T hig h 






220 
— 


250 
300 




Notes: (continued) 

3- T| ow = -55-CforMC35171/MC3517ZMC35174 
- -40'Cfor MC33171/MC33172/MC33174 


T high - + 125- 
- +85*C 


:for MC3517V^ 
for MC33171/MI 


:33172/MC 


36174 







MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-271 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = +15 V, V EE - -15 V, R L connected to ground, T A a +25°C unless otherwise 



noted.) 



wnwQtftVrHnlG 


Symbol 




Typ 


Max 


Unit 


blew Hate (Vj n = - 10 V to +■ 10 V, R|_ = 10 K, C|_ S= TOO pr) 
Ay + 1 
Ay - 1 


SR 


1.6 


2.1 
2.1 




V/^ts 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 


GBW 


1.4 


1.8 




MHz 


Power Bandwidth 


BWp 




35 




kHz 


A V - + 1.0, R[_ - 10 k, Vo = 20 Vp.p, THD = 5% 












Phase Margin 
R[_ = 10 k 

R|_ - 10 k, C L - 100 pF 


4>m 


- 


60 
45 




Degrees 


Gain Margin 
R L - 10 k 

R]_ = 10 k, C|_ = 100 pF 


A m 


- 


15 
5.0 


- 


dB 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
Rg = 100 11, f - 1.0 kHz 


e n 


- 


32 


- 


nV 

VHz 




■n 




0.2 




p/V 
VHz 


Differential Input Resistance 
V C M - V 


Rim 




300 




Mn 


Input Capacitance 


Ci 


- 


0.8 


— 


PF 


Total Harmonic Distortion 
A V ~ +10, R|_ = 10 k, 2.0 Vp.p « V ^ 20 V p . p , f - 10 kHz 


THD 




0.03 




% 












Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz) 






120 




dB 


Open-Loop Output Impedance (f = 1.0 MHz) 


z 




100 







TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 



FIGURE 1 ■ 



ON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE 
/IPERATURE 



FIGURE 2 — SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION 
versus LOAD CURRENT 







vcc- 




E . +/- 1.5 V to +I-22V 
AVm = 5.0 mV 




























































































































V EE - 











+25 +50 +75 
T Al AMBIENT TEMPERATURE i°C) 



H25 









Vcc-J*' 1 1 1 

VCC^EE = +/-5.0Vto +/-22V 












TA = 


5°C 






. — Soi 


rce — 














































s 


nk 


































V EE ~ 


i_ 









2.0 

l L , LOAD CURRENT ( ±mA) 



4.0 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-272 



MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174 



FIGURE 3 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
PHASE versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 4 — PHASE MARGIN AND PERCENT OVERSHOOT 
versus LOAD CAPACITANCE 

















































\ 


A, — I 






























\ 




























Phase \ 


\1 


r G 
- r* 


din 

rgm 
5 riR 






-15 


V- 










Margin \ 




k = 


¥ cc ¥ tt - 
.\ = 10 k 
-Vout = 0V 
Ta = 25°C 
1 — Phase 


















\ 
























Hi 














































t 










2 - Phase, C L = 100 pF 

3 — Gain 

■4 — Gain, C L - 100 pF 
i iii 












1 








> 
























I 






\ 









rTTTT 

Vcc'Vee = + -15V 
A V OL = + 1.0 
RL = 10 k 
AV„ = 20 mV p .p 
T A = 25°C 



1.0 M 
I, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



10 M 




FIGURE S — NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 
AND SLEW RATE versus TEMPERATURE 




70 
60 

50 8 
40 I 

r— 

30 § 

a. 

20 a* 
10 



50 100 200 500 1.0 k 

C L , LOAD CAPACITANCE IpFI 

FIGURE 6 - SMALL AND LARGE SIGNAL 
TRANSIENT RESPONSE 

0.60 (JS/DIV 



VCC^EE = +'-15 V 

V CM - OV 

V = 0V 

Al = ± 0.5 mA 

T A = 25X 



-25 25 50 ^75 100 15 

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 

FIGURE 7 — OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 



5.0 fis'DIV 

FIGURE 8 — SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



«ccVee = + 

Av = + 1.0 
R L = 10 k 
Cl = 100 pF 
Ta = + 25°C 




20 k 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



2.0 M 




5 ±0 ±5 ±20 

Vcc/VEE. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-273 



MC33171, MC33172, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION/PERFORMANCE FEATURES 



Although the bandwidth, slew rate, and settling time 
of the MC33171/72/74 amplifier family is similar to low 
power op amp products utilizing JFET input devices, 
these amplifiers offer additional advantages as a result 
of the PNP transistor differential inputs and an all NPN 
transistor output stage. 

Because the input common mode voltage range of this 
input stage includes the Vee potential, single supply op- 
eration is feasible to as low as 3.0 volts with the common 
mode input voltage at ground potential. 

The input stage also allows differential input voltages 
up to ±44 volts, provided the maximum input voltage 
range is not exceeded. Specifically, the input voltages 
must range between Vqq and Vee supply voltages as 
shown by the maximum rating table. In practice, although 
not recommended, the input voltages can exceed the Vqc 
voltage by approximately 3.0 volts and decrease below 
the Vf££ voltage by 0.3 volts without causing product 
damage, although output phase reversal may occur. It is 
also possible to source up to 5.0 mA of current from Vee 
through either input's clamping diode without damage 
or latching, but phase reversal may again occur. If at least 
one input is within the common mode input voltage 
range and the other input is within the maximum input 
voltage range, no phase reversal will occur. If both inputs 
exceed the upper common mode input voltage limit, the 
output will be forced to its lowest voltage state. 

Since the input capacitance associated with the small 
geometry input device is substantially lower (0.8 pF) than 
that of a typical JFET (3.0 pF), the frequency response for 
a given input source resistance is greatly enhanced. This 
becomes evident in D-to-A current to voltage conversion 
applications where the feedback resistance can form a 
pole with the input capacitance of the op amp. This input 
pole creates a 2nd order system with the single pole op 
amp and is therefore detrimental to its settling time. In 
this context, lower input capacitance is desirable espe- 
cially for higher values of feedback resistances (lower 
current DAC's). This input pole can be compensated for 
by creating a feedback zero with a capacitance across the 
feedback resistance, if necessary, to reduce overshoot. 
For 10 kfl of feedback resistance, the MC331 71/72/74 fam- 
ily can typically settle to within 1/2 LSB of 8 bits in 4.2 
ijls, and within 1/2 LSB of 12 bits in 4.8 jis for a 10 volt 
step. In a standard inverting unity gain fast settling con- 
figuration, the symmetrical slew rate is typically ±2.1 
volts//xs. In the classic noninverting unity gain configu- 
ration the typical output positive slew rate is also 2.1 
volts//iS, and the corresponding negative slew rate will 
usually exceed the positive slew rate as a function of the 
fall time of the input waveform. 

The all NPN output stage, shown in its basic form on 
the equivalent circuit schematic, offers unique advan- 
tages over the more conventional NPN/PNP transistor 
Class AB output stage. A 10 kfl load resistance can typ- 
ically swing within 0.8 volt of the positive rail (Vfx) and 
negative rail (Vee), providing a 28.4 Vp-p swing from ±15 
volt supplies. This large output swing becomes most no- 
ticeable at lower supply voltages. 

The positive swing is limited by the saturation voltage 
of the current source transistor Q7, the Vbe of the NPN 
pull up transistor Q17, and the voltage drop associated 
with the short circuit resistance, R5. For sink currents less 
than 0.4 mA, the negative swing is limited by the satu- 
ration voltage of the pull-down transistor Q15, and the 
voltage drop across R4 and R5. For small valued sink 
currents, the above voltage drops are negligible, allowing 
the negative swing voltage to approach within millivolts 



of Vee- For sink currents (> 0.4 mA), diode D3 clamps 
the voltage across R4. Thus the negative swing is limited 
by the saturation voltage of Q15, plus the forward diode 
drop of D3 (=Vee +1.0 V). Therefore an unprecedented 
peak-to-peak output voltage swing is possible for a given 
supply voltage as indicated by the output swing 
specifications. 

If the load resistance is referenced to Vqq instead of 
ground for single supply applications, the maximum pos- 
sible output swing can be achieved for a given supply 
voltage. For light load currents, the load resistance will 
pull the output to Vcc during the positive swing and the 
output will pull the load resistance near ground during 
the negative swing. The load resistance value should be 
much less than that of the feedback resistance to maxi- 
mize pull up capability. 

Because the PNP output emitter follower transistor has 
been eliminated, the MC33171/72/74 family offers a 15 
mA minimum current sink capability, typically to an out- 
put voltge of (Vee + 1-8 V). In single supply applications 
the output can directly source or sink base current from 
a common emitter NPN transistor for high current switch- 
ing applications. 

In addition, the all NPN transistor output stage is inher- 
ently faster than PNP types, contributing to the bipolar 
amplifier's improved gain bandwidth products. The asso- 
ciated high frequency low output impedance (200 n typ 
(a 1.0 MHz) allows capacitive drive capability from to 
400 pF without oscillation in the noninverting unity gain 
configuration. The 60° phase margin and 15 dB gain mar- 
gin as well as the general gain and phase characteristics 
are virtually independent of the source/sink output swing 
conditions. This allows easier system phase compensa- 
tion, since output swing will not be a phase consideration. 
The ac characteristics of the MC33171/72/74 family also 
allow excellent active filter capability, especially for low 
voltage single supply applications. 

Although the single supply specification is defined at 
5.0 volts, these amplifiers are functional to at least 3.0 
volts @ 25°C. However slight changes in parametrics such 
as bandwidth, slew rate, and dc gain may occur. 

If power to this integrated circuit is applied in reverse 
polarity or if the IC is installed backwards in a socket, 
large unlimited current surges will occur through the de- 
vice that may result in device destruction. 

As usual with most high frequency amplifiers, proper 
lead dress, component placement and PC board layout 
should be exercised for optimum frequency perfor- 
mance. For example, long unshielded input or output 
leads may result in unwanted input output coupling. In 
order to preserve the relatively low input capacitance 
associated with these amplifiers, resistors connected to 
the inputs should be immediately adjacent to the input 
pin to minimize additional stray input capacitance. This 
not only minimizes the input pole for optimum frequency 
response, but also minimizes extraneous "pick up" at this 
node. Supply decoupling with adequate capacitance 
immediately adjacent to the supply pin is also important, 
particularly over temperature, since many types of 
decoupling capacitors exhibit great impedance changes 
over temperature. 

The output of any one amplifier is current limited and 
thus protected from a direct short to ground. However, 
under such conditions, it is important not to allow the 
device to exceed the maximum junction temperature rat- 
ing. Typically for ±15 volt supplies, any one output can 
be shorted continuously to ground without exceeding the 
maximum temperature rating. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-274 




72, MC33174, MC35171, MC35172, MC35174 



FIGURE 9 — AC COUPLED NONINVERTING AMPLIFIER 
WITH SINGLE +5.0 V SUPPLY 



3.6 Vp-p 



FIGURE 10 — AC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER 
WITH SINGLE +5.0 V SUPPLY 




Vcc 



100 kS 



v 0- 




-3.8 Vp-p 



100 k 

_L _L 1 — wa — •— 



X. I — vw 



v in('V 



10 k 

-Wv- 



CO 



— WV 1 >100k 

i • Ri 



Ay = 10 
BW (-3.0 dB) = 200 kHz 



-ov 



FIGURE 12 - OFFSET NULLING CIRCUtT 

cc 



6 v E i 




Offset Nulling rai 



FIGURE 13 _ ACTIVE HIGH-Q NOTCH FILTER 

V in » 0.2 Vdc 




FIGURE 14 — ACTIVE BANDPASS FILTER 



R1 

1.1 k 
Vj„ O vw- 



C 

0.047 



C 

R2 i 0.047 I 

"1 c 



R3 
2.2 k 



-OV 

VCC 

f = 30 kHz 
Q = 10 
VCC- H = I" 

, R1 R3 



R3 
2H„ 



Given fo = Center Frequency 

Ao = Gain at Center Frequency 

Choose Value f„, Q. A . C R3 = ° 

rrf C 

Then 

For less than 10% error from operational amplifier 
Where f„ and GBW are expressed in Hz. 



4Q2R1-R3 
Q o'o 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-275 




UN M 



Advance Information 



— 



LOW INPUT OFFSET, HIGH SLEW RATE, 
WIDE BANDWIDTH, JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

The MC33282.4 series of monolithic operational amplifiers are 
quality fabricated with innovative Bipolar and JFET design con- 
cepts. This dual and quad operational amplifier series incor- 
porates JFET inputs along with a patented unique resistor trim 
element for input offset voltage reduction. The MC33282.4 
series of operational amplifiers exhibits low input offset volt- 
age, low input bias current, high gain bandwidth and high slew 
rate. Dual-doublet frequency compensation is incorporated to 
produce high quality phase/gain performance. In addition, the 
MC33282.4 series exhibits moderately low input noise charac- 
teristics for JFET input amplifiers. It's all NPN output stage 
exhibits no deadband crossover distortion, large output voltage 
swing, excellent phase and gain margin, low open-loop high 
frequency output impedance with symmetrical source and sink 
ac frequency performance. 

The MC33282,4 series is specified over -40°C to +85°C and is 
available in the plastic DIP and SOIC surface mount packages (P 
and D suffixes). 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 200 mV 

• Low Input Bias Current: 30 pA 

• Low Input Offset Current: 6.0 pA 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.003% 

• Low Noise: 18 nV<\ Hi (a 1.0 kHz 

• High Gain Bandwidth Product: 30 MHz (<J 100 kHz 

• High Slew Rate: 12 V<ms 

• Excellent Frequency Stability 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: +14.1 V -14.6 V 

• Dual Supply Operation: ± 18 V (Max) 







JFET 
OPERATIONAL 
AMPLIFIERS 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 8 
CASE 761-02 



Output 1 F£ 1 



Inputs 1 



E' 
VEEE 



3 v C c 

3 Output 2 
j Inputs 2 



(Dual, Top Viewl 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Ambient Test 
Temperature Range 


Package 


Dual 


MC33282D 
MC33282P 


-40"C to +85X 


SO-8 

Plastic DIP 


Quad 


MC33284D 
MC33284P 


-40-T to +85'C 


SO-14 
Plastic DIP 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



'4^ 




Inputs 2) 



| Inputs 3 



Output 2 [7 1 I JJ Output 3 



(Quad, Top View) 



This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and information herein are 
subject to change without notice. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-276 



MC33282, MC33284 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (Vcc to Vrfff) 


v s 


-36 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V|DR 


(Note 11 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


(Note 1) 


Volts 


Output Short Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


's 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Maximum Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


=C 


Storage Temperature 


T stq 


-60 to - 150 


C 


Maximum Power Dissipation 


?D 


(Note 2) 


mW 



NOTES: 

1. Either or both input voltages should not exceed Vcc or V EE 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not 
exceeded. 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-277 



MC33282, MC33284 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A 


= 25°C unless ( 


)therwise 


noted) 






Characteristics 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 10 fi, Vcm = V, V = VI 
T A = + 25°C 
T A = -40°C to + 85°C 


IVjo' 


— 


0.2 


2.0 


mV 








4.0 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 


AV| /AT 


— 


5.0 


— 


fiV/X 


R S = 10 n, V CM = V. V = V, T A = T| ow to T hiqh 












Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vq = VI 


Hb 




30 


100 
4.0 


pA 
nA 


Ta = + 25°C 

Ta = - 40°C to + 85°C 




- 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 
Ta = +25°C 
T A = -40°Cto + 85T 


to 














6.0 


50 
2.0 


pA 
nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range (AV|q = 5.0 mV, Vo = V) 


V ICR 


-11 



-12 
14 


11 


V 


1 amp *^innal Vnltanp Gain [V*-» = Ri =20 kfil 
Ta = + 25°C 
T A = -40°C to + 85°C 


"VOL 


50 
25 


200 


— 


V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing (V|q = ± 1.0 V) 
RL = 2.0 kf! 
RL - 2.0 kf! 
R|_ = 10 kfl 


v + 
v - 
v + 


13.2 
13.5 


13.7 
-13.9 

14.1 
-14.6 


-13.2 
-14 


V 


R[_ = 10 kn 


v - 






Common Mode Rejection (Vj n = ±11 V) 


CMR 


75 


95 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection (Note 3) 
VCC^EE = +15V/-15Vto +5.0V/-5.0V 


PSR 


75 


105 




dB 


Output Short Circuit Current (V|d = 1.0 V, Output to Ground) 
Source 
Sink 




isc 


15 
15 


21 

-27 




mA 


Power Supply Current (Vo = V, Per Amplifier) 
Ta = + 25°C 
T A = -40X to +85°C 


ID 




1.75 


2.5 
3.0 


mA 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + IS V, V EE = -15V, Ta = 25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



Slew Rate (V in = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 2.0 kn, C L = 100 pF, A V = +1.0) 


SR 


8.0 


12 




V/ M s 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 


GBW 




30 




MHz 


AC Voltage Gain (R L = 2.0 kn, V = V, f = 20 kHz) 


AVO 




1500 




V/V 


Unity Gain Frequency (Open-Loop) 


fu 




5.0 




MHz 


Gain Margin (Rl = 2.0 kn, C(_ = pF) 


A m 




8.0 




dB 


Phase Margin (R[_ = 2.0 kn, C|_ = pF) 


<Am 




55 




Deg. 


Channel Separation (f - 20 Hz to 20 kHz) 


CS 




-120 




dB 


Power Bandwidth (V = 27 V p . p , R L = 2.0 kn, THD s 1.0%) 


BWp 




120 




kHz 


Distortion (R[_ = 2.0 kn, f = 20 Hz to 20 kHz, V = 3.0 V rms , A v = +1.0) 


THD 




0.003 




% 


Open-Loop Output Impedance (Vq = V, f = 9.0 MHzl 


zo 




37 




n 


Differential Input Resistance (Vqm = V) 


"IN 




1012 




kn 


Differential Input Capacitance (Vcm = V) 


C|N 




5.0 




pF 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage (Rs = 100 £1, f — 1.0 kHz) 


<*n 




18 




nV/VHz 


Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) 


'n 




0.01 


- 


pA/VFii 



NOTE: 

3. Measured with V C C and V EE differentially varied simultaneously. 



2-278 



® 



JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

These low cost JFET Input operational amplifiers combine two 
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte- 
grated circuit. Each internally compensated operational amplifier 
has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for low input 
offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths 
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset cur- 
rents, and supply currents. 

The Motorola BIFET family offers single, dual and quad oper- 
ational amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry stan- 
dard MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar devices. 
The MC35001/35002/35004 series are specified over the military 
operating temperature range of -55°C to + 125°C and the 
MC34001/34002/34004 series are specified from 0°C to +70°C. 

• Input Offset Voltage Options of 2.0, 5.0, and 10 mV Maximum 

• Low Input Bias Current — 40 pA 

• Low Input Offset Current — 10 pA 

• Wide Gain Bandwidth — 4.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate — 13 V//xs 



• Low Supply Current — 1.8 mA per Amplifier 

• High Input Impedance — 12 f! 



High Common-Mode and 
100 dB 

• Industry Standard Pinouts 



Supply Voltage Rejection Ratios — 







ORDERING INFORMATION 



Op Amp 




Temperature 




Function 


Device 


Range 


Package 


Single 


MC34001AD, BD, D 


to +70 


SO-8 


MC34001AG, BG, G 


Metal Can 


MC34001AP, BP, P 


Plastic DIP 


MC34001AU, 8U, U 


Ceramic DIP 


MC35001AG, BG, G 


-55 to + 125°C 


Metal Can 


MC35001AU, BU, U 


Ceramic DIP 


Dual 


MC34002AD, BD, D 


Oto +70°C 


SO-8 


MC34002AG. BG, G 


Metal Can 


MC34002AP, BP, P 


Plastic DIP 


MC34002AU, BU, U 


Ceramic DIP 


MC35002AG, BG, G 


-55 to +125°C 


Metal Can 


MC35002AU, BU, U 


Ceramic DIP 


Quad 


MC34004BD, D 


Oto + 70°C 


SO-14 


MC34004BL, L 


Ceramic DIP 


MC34004BP, P 


Plastic DIP 


MC35004BL, L 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 




L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 




MC34001, MC35001 
MC34002, MC35002 
MC34004, MC35004 



JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



G SUFFIX MC34001, MC35001 
METAL PACKAGE (Top View) 

CASE 601-04 NC 

£ Offset 






Output B 



Noninverting 
Input A 



MC340O2, 
MC35002 
Inverting (Top View) 
input B 

Noninverting 
Input B 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



Offset Null E 
Invt Input [I 
Noninvt lnput[7 

VeeE 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 

D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 

3V CC MC34001, 
3 Output MC35001 
3 Offset Null (Top View! 



Output AC 
Inputs A 

VeeE 



3 v cc 

3 Output B MC34002, 

g>, MC35002 

.^Inputs B (TopV . aw) 



P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO- 14 




Inputs 2 



MC34004, MC35004 (Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-279 



Rating 


Symbol 


MC35001 
MC35002 
MC35004 


MC34001 
MC34002 
MC34004 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


vcc 
vee 


+ 22 
-22 


+ 18 
-18 


V 










Differential Input Voltage 


VlD 


±40 


±30 


V 


Input Voltage Range 


V|DR 


±20 


±16 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


ts 


Continuous 




Operating Ambient Temperature 


TA 


-55 to +125 


Oto +70 


°c 












Operating Junction Temperature 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Packages 


Tj 


150 


115 
115 


°c 


Storage Temperature Range 
Metal and Ceramic Packages 
Plastic Packages 


T stg 


- 65 to + 1 50 


-65 to +150 
-55 to + 125 


°c 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V E E = - 15 V, T A = 25° unless otherwise noted). 







Symbol 


MC35001/35002/35004 


MC3400 1/34002/34004 


Unit 


Characteristic 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs a 10 kl 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 




VlO 


- 

- 


1.0 
3.0 
5.0 


2.0 
5.0 
10 


- 
- 


1.0 
3.0 
5.0 


2.0 
5.0 
10 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offse 
R S « 10 k, T A = T| ow to T high (Note 1) 


t Voltage 


AVfcAT 




10 






10 






Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 2) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X. MC3400X 




!)0 




10 
10 

25 


25 
50 
100 


— 
— 
— 


25 
25 
25 


50 
100 
100 


pA 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 2) 


















hJB 














PA 


MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 






40 
40 


75 
100 


— 

z 


50 
50 


100 
200 




MC3500X. MC3400X 






50 


200 




50 


200 




Input Resistance 


rj 




lO 1 ^ 






1012 




11 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V ICR 


±11 


+ 15 
- 12 


- 


±11 


+ TS 
- 12 


- 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (V = ± 10 V. R L = 2.0 kl 
MC3500XA, MC3400XA 


AVOL 














V/mV 




50 


150 




50 


150 




MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 




50 
25 


150 
100 




50 
25 


150 
100 
























Output Voltage Swing 
IR L * 10 k) 
IR L » 2.0 kl 


v 


±12 
±10 


±14 
±13 




±12 
± 10 


±14 

±13 




V 














Common Mode Rejection Ratio (R$ =£ 10 k) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 


CMRR 


80 


100 




80 


100 




dB 


MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X. MC3400X 




80 


100 




80 
70 


100 
100 






Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (R$ « 10 k) (Note 31 
MC3500XA. MC3400XA 
MC3500XB. MC3400XB 


PSRR 


80 


100 
100 




80 
80 


100 
100 




dB 


MC3500X. MC3400X | 70 


100 




70 


100 






Supply Current (Each Amplifier} 


id 














mA 


MC3500XA. MC3400XA 




1.4 


2.5 




1.4 


2.5 
2.5 
2.7 




MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X. MC3400X 






1.4 
1.4 


2.5 
2.7 




1.4 
1.4 




Slew Rate (A v = 1) 


SR 




13 






13 




V/ W s 


Gain-Bandwidth Product 


GBW 




4.0 






4.0 




MHz 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
(RS = 100 !!, f - 1000 Hz) 


«n 




25 






25 




nVVHi 


Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1000 Hz) 


'n 




0.01 






0.01 




pA/VHz 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC35001/35002/35004 


MC34001/34002/34004 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs s 10 k) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 


V'O 


_ 




4.0 

7.0 
14 


- 


- 


4.0 
7.0 
13 


mV 


Input Offset Current (VqM = 0) (Note 2) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 


l IO 






20 






2.0 


nA 


MC3500XB, MC3400XB 




- 


- 


40 


- ■ 


- 


4.0 




MC3500X, MC3400X 








40 






4.0 




Input Bias Current (Vcm - 0) (Note 21 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 


IB 


- 


- 


50 
50 
50 


- 


- 


4.0 
8.0 
8.0 


nA 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|CR 


- 11 






±11 






V 


Large Signal (V = ±10 V, R L = 2.0 k) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 


A VOL 


25 
25 
15 


— 





25 
25 
15 








V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 
(R L B 10 k) 
(R L a 2.0 kl 


v 


±12 
±10 


— 


— 


±12 
— 10 


— 


_ 


V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rg c 10 k) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 


CMRR 


80 
80 
70 






80 
80 
70 






dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs « 10 k) (Note 3) 
MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3500XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X. MC3400X 


PSRR 


80 
80 

70 






80 
80 
70 






dB 


Supply Current (Each Amplifier) 

MC3500XA, MC3400XA 
MC3S00XB, MC3400XB 
MC3500X, MC3400X 


ID 






2.8 
2.8 
3.0 






2.8 
2.8 
3.0 


mA 



(D Tlow - -55"C for MC35001 MC35001 A 35001 B 
MC35002'MC35002A/35002B 
MC3500435004B 
- 0-C for MC34001/34001A34001B 
MC34002/34002A/34002B 
MC3400434004B 
Thigh - +125'C for MC35001 MC35001 A35001 B 
MC35002'MC35002A/35002B 
MC35004/35004B 
= + 70°C for MC34001/34001 A/34001 B 
MC3400; 



(2) The input bias currents approximately double for every 10 ,: C rise in junc- 
tion temperature, Tj. Due to limited test time, the input bias currents are 
correlated to junction temperature. Use of a heat sink is recommended 
if input bias current is to be kept to a minimum. 

(3) Supply voltage rejection ratio is measured for both supply magnitudes 
increasing or decreasing simultaneously, in accordance with common 

mum negative inpu volt- 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-281 



MC34001, MC35001 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 



FIGURE 1 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 2 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus FREQUENCY 




-75- 50 - 25 2 5 50 76 100 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PCI 




100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 

f, FREQUENCY (H2I 



FIGURE 3 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
i LOAD RESISTANCE 



0.1 















































15 

>°C 




































Tj = 2 


t- 





















































































































































































































































































































0.2 



0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 
Rl, LOAD RESISTANCE (kill 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
! SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



S '0 



_"l - 


2.0 k 














U = 


= 25°C 
































































































1 1 1 



5.0 10 15 

V C C«EE. SUPPLY VOLTAGE ( ± VI 



20 



FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 6 — SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER 
versus TEMPERATURE 



1 1 














"EE - 










10k 












































2.0 k 



































































vcc<Vee = - 's v 





























































































































































- 25 25 50 75 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



100 125 



- 25 25 50 75 1 00 125 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



ERFACE DEVICES 



MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004 



FIGURE 7 - LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN AND FIGURE 8 - LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN 

PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY versus TEMPERATURE 




1-0 10 100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 1.0 M 10 M - 50 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO 



FIGURE 9 — NORMALIZED SLEW RATE FIGURE 10 — EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE 

versus TEMPERATURE versus FREQUENCY 




0.1 0.5 1.0 5.0 10 50 100 

f, FREQUENCY (kHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-283 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 

Output 




Bias Circuitry 
Common to All ' 
Amplifiers 



o Vqc 



oV EE 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 







— 



FIGURE 12 — OUTPUT CURRENT TO VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION 
FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER 

V C = 5.0 V 




15 pF 

VEE = -15 V 



Settling time to within 1 2 LSB (±19.5 mVl is approximately 4.0 
MS from the time all bits are switched. 



•The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot and ring- 
ing (C - 68 pF). 



Theoretical Vq 



Vref ,„ , TA1 A2 A3 A4 

Adjust V re f. "1 °r "0 so that V with all digital 
level is equal to 9.961 volts. 



A6 A6 A7 A8] 
32 + 64 + 128 + 256 J 
inputs at high 



V re f = 2.0 Vdc 
R1 = R2 - 1.0 k!l 
RO - 5.0 kfl 



2V f1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 
V ° = Tl' 5kl [i + 4 + 8 + l^ + 3l + S + lS + 2loJ 



^INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34001, MC35001, MC34002, MC35002, MC34004, MC35004 



FIGURE 13 - POSITIVE PEAK DETECTOR 



V|NO- 



V C C 



D1 



'46'Efc 'X' 
1/2 MC34002 — 



esei ^ 

o-cr o 



Reset 
Network 
or Relay 



-OV 



1'2 MC34002 

Polycarbonate capacitor 

M - Hi-speed, low-reverse leakage diode 



FIGURE 14 — LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER 




FIGURE 15 — ISOLATING LARGE CAPACITIVE LOADS 

R2 5.1 k 

-O Vout 



5.1 k 



+ 2.0 V i— 

+ 
-2.0V J 



• Overshoot <10% 






c c 




_ 20 pF 




R3 l out 




10 » 




TP 




5,k| - 



Time Itl - R4 C(n [Vr/Vr-ViI, 
If R1 - R2: t - 0.693 R4C 



R3 == R4. R5 " 0.1 R6 



• t s - 10 us 

• When driving large Cl, the V out slew rate is determined by C|_ 



Design Example: 100 Second Timer 

Vr = 10 v C = 1.0 (iF R3 - R4 = 144 M 

R6 = 20 k R5 = 2.0 k Rl - R2 - 1.0 k 



and loutlmax: 

AVput _ loju _ 0_02 
At Cl 0.5 



FIGURE 16 — WIDE BW, LOW NOISE, 
LOW DRIFT AMPLIFIER 




V/,is « 0.04 V>s (with Cl shown) 



• Power BW: f m ax - a 240 kHz 

2rrV p 

• Parasitic input capacitance (C1 = 3 pF plus any additional layout ca- 
interacts with feedback elements and creates undesirable 

pole. To compensate add C2 such that: R2C2 = R1C1 



high-freqi 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-285 



® 



MC34071,2,4 
MC35071,2,4 
MC33071,2,4 



HIGH SLEW RATE, WIDE BANDWIDTH, 
SINGLE SUPPLY OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

Quality bipolar fabrication with innovative design concepts are 
employed for the MC33071/2/4, MC34071/2/4, MC35071/2/4 series 
of monolithic operational amplifiers. This series of operational 
amplifiers offer 4.5 MHz of gain bandwidth product, 13 V/^s slew 
rate and fast settling time without the use of JFET device tech- 
nology. Although this series can be operated from split supplies, 
it is particularly suited for single supply operation, since the com- 
mon mode input voltage range includes ground potential (Vrfg). 
With a Darlington input stage, this series exhibits high input resis- 
tance, low input offset voltage and high gain. The all NPN output 
stage, characterized by no deadband crossover distortion and 
large output voltage swing, provides high capacitance drive capa- 
bility, excellent phase and gain margins, low open-loop high fre- 
quency output impedance and symmetrical source/sink ac fre- 
quency response. 

The MC33071/2/4, MC34071/2/4, MC35071/2/4 series of devices 
are available in standard or prime performance (A Suffix) grades 
and are specified over the commercial, industrial/vehicular or mil- 
itary temperature ranges. The complete series of single, dual and 
quad operational amplifiers are available in the plastic, ceramic 
DIP and SOIC surface mount packages. 

• Wide Bandwidth: 4.5 MHz 

• High Slew Rate: 13 V/fis 

• Fast Settling Time: 1.1 ^is to 0.1% 

• Wide Single Supply Operation: 3.0 V to 44 V 

• Wide Input Common Mode Voltage Range: Includes Ground (Vf££) 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 3.0 mV Maximum (A Suffix) 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: -14.7 V to +14 V (with ±15V 
Supplies) 

• Large Capacitance Drive Capability: to 10,000 pF 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.02% 

• Excellent Phase Margin: 60° 

• Excellent Gain Margin: 12 dB 

» Output Short Circuit Protection 



HIGH I 

SINGLE SUPPLY 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



P SUFFIX U SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 CASE 693-02 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 




3NC 
3V CC 
3 Output 
3 Offset Null 



{Single, Top View) 



Output 1 E 

IS 

VEEE 



Inputs 1 j 



5 



3 V C C 
3 Output 2 

^ ' Inputs 2 



(Dual, Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


Single 


MC34071P. AP 
MC34071D. AD 
MC34071U, AU 
MC33071P, AP 
MC33071D. AD 
MC33071U, AU 
MC35071U, AU 


OX to + 70"C 
0°Cto + 70X 
OX to + 70X 
-40'C to + 85X 
-40Xto + 85X 
-40X to + 85X 
-55Xto + 125X 


Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Ceramic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 


Dual 


MC34072P, AP 
MC34072D AD 
MC34072U, AU 
MC33072P, AP 
MC33072D AD 
MC33072U, AU 
MC35072U. AU 


OX to + 70X 
OX to +70°C 
OX to + 70X 
-40°C to + 85X 
-40"C to + 85X 
-40X to + 85X 
-55X to +125X 


Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Ceramic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 


Quad 


MC34074P, AP 
MC34074D, AD 
MC34074U, AU 
MC33074P, AP 
MC33074D, AD 
MC33074U, AU 
MC35074U, AU 


OX to + 70X 
OX to +70X 
OX to +70X 
-40X to +85X 
-40X to +85X 
-40X to +85X 
-55X to +125X 


Plastic DIP 
SO-14 

Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 
SO-14 

Ceramic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 




P SUFFIX 



4^P 



L SUFFIX 



PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 CASE 632-08 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 




lnpu,s2{S^>|?<^Jj lnputS 3 
t 2 [7 1 I 3 Output 3 



(Quad, Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-286 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (from V^e to Vcc) 


v S 


+ 44 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V|DR 


Note 1 


Volts 


Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


Note 1 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 




<S 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 




Tj 


+ 160 
+ 150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 




Tstg 


-65 to +160 
-60 to +150 


°C 




voltages should r 
must be con! 



nitude of Vcc or V EE' 
n junction temperature ITj) is not exceeded (see Figure 1). 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER) 




V EE /Gnd 



Offset Null 
(MC33071, MC34071, MC35071 only) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-287 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, Rl = connected to ground unless otherwise noted. 
See [Note 3] for T A = T| ow to T higr ,l 







A Suffix 


Non-Suffix 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (R s = 100 n, Vcm = V. Vo = V) 


VlO 
















mV 


Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, Ta = +25°C 

Vcc = +5.0 V, V EE = V, Ta = +25°C 

V CC = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = T, ow to T niqn 




— 


0.5 
0.5 


3.0 
3.0 
5.0 




— 


1.0 
1.5 


5.0 
5.0 
7.0 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 

r s = 10 a. v CM = o v. v = o v, t a = t, ow to T hiqh 


iV|0/^T 




10 






10 






Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 
T A = +25°C 
T A = T| ow to Thigh 

B , 


In 














nA 






100 


500 
700 




100 


500 
700 




Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 
Ta = +25°C 
TA = T|ow to Thigh 


ho 




6.0 


50 
300 




6.0 


75 
300 


nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 
Ta = + 25°C 
Ta = T| w to Thiqh 


VlCR 


V EE to(V C c-1.8l 
V EE to (V C C -2.21 


V EE to (V CC -18) 

Vee to (v cc -2.2) 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vq - ±10 V, Rl = 2.0 kf!) 
Ta = + 25°C 
Ta - T|ow to Thigh 


AVOL 


50 
25 


100 




25 
20 


100 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing (V[D = ±1.0V} 

Vcc = + 5 V, V EE = V, R L = 2.0 kf!, T A = + 25°C 

Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L = 10 kfl, T A = + 25°C 

V C C = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, R L = 2.0 kn, T A = T| ow to Thigh 


VOH 


3.7 
13.6 
13.4 


4.0 
14 




3.7 
13.6 
13.4 


4.0 
14 




V 


Vcc = +5 V, V EE = V, Rl = 2.0 kn, Ta = + 25°C 

VCC = +15 V, V EE = -15 V, R L = 10 kn, Ta = +25°C 

V CC = +15V,V EE = -15 V, R L = 2.0kn,T A = T| ow toT hiqh 


Vol 




0.1 
-14.7 


0.3 
-14.3 
-13.5 




0.1 
-14.7 


0.3 
-14.3 
-13.5 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Current (V|d = 1.0 V, Vo = V, Ta = 25°CI 
Source 
Sink 


isc 


10 
20 


30 
30 




10 
20 


30 
30 




mA 


Common Mode Rejection 
R S = 100 kn, V CM = V|CR, T A = 25°C 


CMR 


80 


97 




70 


97 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection (Rs = 100 M 
^CC^EE = +16.5 V- 16.5 V to + 13.5 V/ - 13.5 V, T A = 25"C 


PSR 


80 


97 






70 


97 




dB 






































mA 


Power Supply Current (Per Amplifier, No Load) 
Vcc = +6.0V, V EE = V, Vo = +2.5V, Ta = +25°C 
V C c = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, Vo = V, T A = +25°C 


id 




1.6 
1.9 


2.0 
2.5 






1.6 
1.9 


2.0 
2.5 


V CC = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, V = V, T A = T| ow to Th iqh 








2.8 








2.8 




NOTES: (continuedl 

3 - T low = -56X for MC35071,2,4,/A Thigh - + 125'C for MC35071,2,4,/A 
= -40»CforMC33071,2.4./A = + 85X for MC33071.2.4./A 
= OX for MC34071.2.4./A - +70X for MC34071,2,4,/A 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-288 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = +15V,V EE = -15 V, R L = connected to ground, T A = + 25°C unless 

otherwise noted) 







A Suffix 


Non Suffix 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Slew Rate (V in - - 10 V to + 10 V, Ri = 2.0 kfl, Ci - 500 pF) 


SR 














V//1S 








8.0 


10 
13 




8.0 


10 
13 


- 




Settling Time (10 V Step, Ay = -1.0) 
To 0.1% 1 + 1/2 LSBof9-Bits) 
To 0.01% ( + 1/2 LSB of 12-Bits) 




„ 




1.1 
2.2 


— 




1.1 
2.2 


— 


lis 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 




GBW 


3.5 


4.5 




3.5 


4.5 




MHz 


Power Bandwidth 
A V = +1.0, Rl = 2.0 kn, V = 20 Vp.p, THD = 5.0 




BW 




200 






200 




kHz 


Phase Margin 
RL = 2.0 kn 

RL = 2.0 kn, Cl = 300 pF 




*m 


— 


60 
40 






60 
40 




Deg 


Gain Margin 
RL = 2.0 kn 

Rl = 2.0 kn, Cl = 300 pF 




A m 


— 


12 
4.0 






12 
4 




dR 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
RS = 100 n, f = 1.0 kHz 


<*n 




32 










pA/ 
VR7 


Equivalent Input Noise Current 
f = 1.0 kHz 


'n 




0.22 






0.22 




pA/ 
VHz 


Differential Input Resistance 
VCM = V 


R|N 




150 






150 




Mn 














Differential Input Capacitance 
V CM = V 


C|N 




2.5 






2.5 




pF 


Total Harmonic Distortion 

A V = +10, R L = 2.0 kn, 2.0 Vp.p s V « 20 V p . p , f = 10 kHz 


THD 




0.02 






0.02 




% 


Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz) 






120 






120 




dB 


Open-Loop Output Impedance (f = 1.0 MHz) 


|Z I 




30 






30 







FIGURE 1 - POWER SUPPLY CONFIGURATIONS 



FIGURE 2 - OFFSET NULL CIRCUIT 





*V EE 

Offset nulling range is approximately ±80 mV with a 10 k 
171, MC35071 only). 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-289 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 350; 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 

FIGURE 3 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION versus FIGURE 4 — INPUT OFFSET VOLTAGE versus 

TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE TYPES TEMPERATURE FOR REPRESENTATIVE UNITS 




V EE I I I V I I I I I W 0.7 1 I I I 1 I 1 

-56 - 25 + 25 + 50 + 76 +100 + 125 - 55 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 




-12 -8.0 -4.0 4.0 8.0 12 5.0 10 15 20 25 



V|C INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE IVI V CC l v EEt SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V| 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-290 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 9 - SPLIT SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION 



FIGURE 10 - SINGLE SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND 



vcc 
vcc-i.o 

Vcc -2.0 
VfE + 2.0 
Vee + 1.0 

vee 



s 


> 

vcc 


vc 
ta 


C'VEE = 
- 25°C 


+ 5.0V 


-5.0Vto +22V 


-22V 




So 


jrce 














































































Si 




















VfF 
















> 











vcc 

VCC" 20 

v C c-« 

+ 0.2 
+ 0.1 




5.0 10 15 20 

l L , LOAD CURRENT ( ± mA) 

FIGURE 11 - SINGLE SUPPLY OUTPUT SATURATION versus 
LOAD RESISTANCE TO V CC 




1.0K 10K 
Rl, LOAD RESISTANCE TO V CC (ni 



100K 



FIGURE 13 — OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 




10K 100K 1.0M 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 





















vcc 


> 










































■■ 






























- 












































*'cc 




H 




5 


V 












i 




























= Gnd 
= 25°C 
1 l 












7 




























-ta 

i 


! 1 


























































































































































































































Gnd 
















































R 

































100 



FIGURE 12 



1.0K 10K 100K 

R L , LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND (fll 

























Sink 










Source 
































Vcc = +15 V 
Vee = -15V 

- Rl « o.i a - 












AVj„ = 1.0 V 












I I 



-25 25 50 75 100 125 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



FIGURE 14 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING versus FREQUENCY 



Tx 24 

o. 
> 

o 20 
3 

CO 

uj 16 

o 12 

> 

t- 

| 8.0 

z> 

o 

o 4.0 




























1 1 1 1 in 




























vcc 




+ 15V " 




























VEE 


-15V ' 




























Ay = +1.0 
















- 








I 


R L = 


2.0 k 

s 1.0% - 
25°C - 


























r THD = 
:Ta = 






















r 





















































































































































































































3.0K 



10K 



30K 100K 300K 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-291 



FIGURE 15 — OUTPUT DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 16 — OUTPUT DISTORTION versus 
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 



0.3 



i — 0.2 



S 0.1 









I 

A V - 1000 
















































«C 


C = + 


5V 












1 Vf 

vc 


- = — ID V 

= 2.0V„ 
= 2.0 k — 












\ 












T< 


= 25°C 








Ay = 100 














1 

A V = 10 














A V = 1.0 









10 



100 1.0K 

I, FREQUENCY (Hz| 



10K 



100K 

















I 1 
















V CC 


= +15V 
= -15V - 
= 2.0 k 
















vee 
«l 


A V 


= 100C 












Ta 


= 25°C 






















































































A V 


= 100 


















, A V = 10 


















^Av = tSf 

















4.0 8.0 12 16 

V . OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING IVp_ p | 



FIGURE 17 - 



OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 18 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
PHASE versus FREQUENCY 



< 108 



S 104 



j 100 

















vcc = 


+ 15V 












V EE = -15V 
- V out = -lOVt 
Rl = 10 k 


) +10V- 




















f s 10 


Hz 















































































-25 + 25 + 50 + 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO 



-100 



FIGURE 19 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
PHASE versus FREQUENCY 




MINI 

Phase 

Margin = 60° -5— 



1.0 



1 - Phase R L = 2.0 k 

2 - Phase Rl = 2.0 k, q. = 300 pF\ 

3 - Gain R L = 2.0 k ~ 

4 — Gain R[_ = 2.0 k, C L = 300 pF - 
V C C = +1BV 

V EE = -15 V 

V out = V T A = ""C 



Margin = 12 dB 



2.0 



3.0 



f, FREQUENCY (MHz) 




1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 10M 100M 
f. FREQUENCY (Hz) 

FIGURE 20 — NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH 
PRODUCT versus TEMPERATURE 




20 30 



-55 -25 



25 50 75 100 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI 



125 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 21 — PERCENT OVERSHOOT versus 
LOAD CAPACITANCE 



S 40 
20 




I III 

- V CC = +15V 

Vee = -15 V 

RL = 2.0 k 


I 


III 

+ 10V 




















































































— »u — iv v iu 

Ta = 25°C 



















































































































































































































































































































































,00 1.0K 
C L , LOAD CAPACITANCE [pFI 



FIGURE 22 — PHASE MARGIN versus 
LOAD CAPACITANCE 





70 


LU 


60 


o 


50 








-10 


<. 






30 


CO 




<t 




3C 


20 


i 
-e 






10 



























-m 1 1 — i i i i i 

Vcc = + 15 V 

v E e - -15 V 

Ay = +1.0 

RL = 2.0 k to 

Vo = - 10 V to + 10 V 

Ta = 75T 



















































































































































































































100 1.0K 
C L , LOAD CAPACITANCE (pF| 



FIGURE 23 — GAIN MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE 



FIGURE 24 — PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 




C L , LOAD CAPACITANCE (pf) 
FIGURE 25 — GAIN MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 



. V EE = -15 V 
A V = +1.0 
RL = 2.0 k to 




§ 80 K Vp = -10V1O +10V C L =100pF 




-55 -25 25 50 75 100 125 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C| 




Cl = 1,000 pF 



VCC = +15V 

_Vee = —15 V 

A V = +1.0 
- \ = 2.0 k to * 
Vo ' -10 V to +10V 




T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IT) 

FIGURE 26 — PHASE MARGIN AND GAIN MARGIN versus 
DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE 




10 100 1.0K 10K 

R T , DIFFERENTIAL SOURCE RESISTANCE |OI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-293 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



1.15 

u 

1.05 
1.0 



0.85 



FIGURE 27 — NORMALIZED SLEW RATE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 28 — OUTPUT SETTLING TIME 



V C C = +15V 
Vee = -15 V 
Ay = +1.0 
R L = 2.0 k 
Cl = 500 pF 




-25 25 50 75 100 125 

ta, ambient temperature rci 




0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 
U, SETTLING TIME (>is) 



3.0 3.5 



FIGURE 29 — SMALL SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



FIGURE 30 — LARGE SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 




INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 33 — SUPPLY CURRENT versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




V CC ,|V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) 



FIGURE 34 - POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 
versus TEMPERATURE 




FIGURE 35 — CHANNEL SEPARATION 



-55 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (X) 
FIGURE 36 — INPUT NOISE versus FREQUENCY 



1 00 
80 
60 
40 
20 
























Vrv - +1RV 




















_ v EE = - 


15V 




















T A = 25"C 






















































































































































































— 


— 




— 


- 










f.FRE 



1.0K 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 
CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION/PERFORMANCE FEATURES OF THE MC34071 SERIES 



Although the bandwidth, slew rate, and settling time 
of the MC34071 amplifier series are similar to op amp 
products utilizing JFET input devices, these amplifiers 
offer other additional distinct advantages as a result of 
the PNP transistor differential input stage and an all NPN 
transistor output stage. 

Since the input common mode voltage range of this 
input stage includes the Vf£g potential, single supply 
operation is feasible to as low as 3.0 volts with the 
common mode input voltage at ground potential. 

The input stage also allows differential input voltages 
up to ±44 volts, provided the maximum input voltage 
range is not exceeded. Specifically, the input voltages 
must range between V EE and V C C supply voltages as 



shown by the maximum rating table. In practice, 
although not recommended, the input voltages can 
exceed the Vcc voltage by approximately 3.0 volts and 
decrease below the Vee voltage by 0.3 volts without 
causing product damage, although output phase rever- 
sal may occur. It is also possible to source up to approx- 
imately 5.0 mA of current from Vee through either 
input's clamping diode without damage or latching, 
although phase reversal may again occur. 

If one or both inputs exceed the upper common mode 
voltage limit the amplifier output is readily predictable 
and may be in a low or high state depending on the 
existing input bias conditions. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-295 



man me typical jrci input gate capacitance (b.O pF), 
better frequency response for a given input source resis- 
tance can be achieved using the MC34071 series of 
amplifiers. This performance feature becomes evident, 
for example, in fast settling D-to-A current to voltage 
conversion applications where the feedback resistance 
can form an input pole with the input capacitance of the 
op amp. This input pole creates a 2nd order system with 
the single pole op amp and is therefore detrimental to 
its settling time. In this context, lower input capacitance 
is desirable especially for higher values of feedback 
resistances (lower current DAC's). This input pole can 
be compensated for by creating a feedback zero with a 
capacitance across the feedback resistance, if neces- 
sary, to reduce overshoot. For 2.0 kfl of feedback resis- 
tance, the MC34071 series can settle to within 1/2 LSB 
of 8 bits in 1 .0 lis, and within 1/2 LSB of 1 2 bits in 2.2 lis 
for a 10 volt step. In a inverting unity gain fast settling 
configuration, the symmetrical slew rate is ±13 volts/ 
/as. In the classic noninverting unity gain configuration 
the output positive slew rate is +10 volts//xs, and the 
corresponding negative slew rate will exceed the pos- 
itive slew rate as a function of the fall time of the input 
waveform. 

Since the bipolar input device matching character- 
istics are superior to that of JFETs, a low untrimmed 
maximum offset voltage of 3.0 mV prime and 5.0 mV 
downgrade can be economically offered with high fre- 
quency performance characteristics. This combina- 
tion is ideal for low cost precision, high speed quad 
op amp applications. 

The all NPN output stage, shown in its basic form on 
the equivalent circuit schematic, offers unique advan- 
tages over the more conventional NPN/PNP transistor 
Class AB output stage. A 10 kfi load resistance can 
swing within 1.0 volt of the positive rail (Vccl- an d 
within 0.3 volts of the negative rail (Vf£El, providing a 
28.7 Vp.p swing from ±15 volt supplies. This large out- 
put swing becomes most noticable at lower supply 
voltages. 

The positive swing is limited by the saturation voltage 
of the current source transistor Q7, and Vp,E of the NPN 
pull up transistor Q17, and the voltage drop associated 
with the short circuit resistance, R7. The negative swing 
is limited by the saturation voltage of the pull-down 
transistor Q-\q, the voltage drop l|_R6< ar, d tne voltage 
drop associated with resistance R7, where II is the sink 
load current. For small valued sink currents, the above 
voltage drops are negligible, allowing the negative 
swing voltage to approach within millivolts of Vrfrf. For 
large valued sink currents (>5.0 mA), diode D3 clamps 
the voltage across Rg, thus limiting the negative swing 
to the saturation voltage of Q15, plus the forward diode 
drop of D3 (=Vf£E + 1.0 V). Thus for a given supply 
voltage, unprecedented peak-to-peak output voltage 
swing is possible as indicated by the output swing 
specifications. 

If the load resistance is referenced to Vcc instead of 
ground for single supply applications, the maximum 
possible output swing can be achieved for a given sup- 



and the output will pull the load resistance near ground 
during the negative swing. The load resistance value 
should be much less than that of the feedback resistance 
to maximize pull up capability. 

Because the PNP output emitter-follower transistor 
has been eliminated, the MC34071 series offers a 20 mA 
minimum current sink capability, typically to an output 
voltage of (Vgrf + 1.8 V). In single supply applications 
the output can directly source or sink base current from 
a common emitter NPN transistor for fast high current 
switching applications. 

In addition, the all NPN transistor output stage is 
inherently fast, contributing to the bipolar amplifier's 
high gain bandwidth product and fast settling capability. 
The associated high frequency low output impedance 
(30 fi typ (a 1.0 MHz) allows capacitive drive capability 
from to 10,000 pF without oscillation in the unity 
closed loop gain configuration. The 60° phase margin 
and 12 dB gain margin as well as the general gain and 
phase characteristics are virtually independent of the 
source/sink output swing conditions. This allows easier 
system phase compensation, since output swing will 
not be a phase consideration. The high frequency char- 
acteristics of the MC34071 series aiso allow excellent 
high frequency active filter capability, especially for low 
voltage single supply applications. 

Although the single supply specification is defined at 
5.0 volts, these amplifiers are functional to 3.0 volts @ 
25°C although slight changes in parametrics such as 
bandwidth, slew rate, and dc gain may occur. 

If power to this integrated circuit is applied in reverse 
polarity or if the IC is installed backwards in a socket, 
large unlimited current surges will occur through the 
device that may result in device destruction. 

Special static precautions are not necessary for these 
bipolar amplifiers since there are no MOS transistors 
on the die. 

As usual with most high frequency amplifiers, proper 
lead dress, component placement, and PC board layout 
should be exercised for optimum frequency perfor- 
mance. For example, long unshielded input or output 
leads may result in unwanted input-output coupling. In 
order to preserve the relatively low input capacitance 
associated with these amplifiers, resistors connected to 
the inputs should be immediately adjacent to the input 
pin to minimize additional stray input capacitance. This 
not only minimizes the input pole for optimum fre- 
quency response, but also minimizes extraneous "pick 
up" at this node. Supply decoupling with adequate 
capacitance immediately adjacent to the supply pin is 
also important, particularly over temperature, since 
many types of decoupling capacitors exhibit great 
impedance changes over temperature. 

The output of any one amplifier is current limited and 
thus protected from a direct short to ground. However, 
under such conditions, it is important not to allow the 
device to exceed the maximum junction temperature 
rating. Typically for ±15 volt supplies, any one output 
can be shorted continuously to ground without exceed- 
ing the maximum temperature rating. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-296 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 37 — AC COUPLED NONIN VERTING AMPLIFIER 



TYPICAL SINGLE SUPPLY APPLICATIONS V C C = 5.0 VOLTS 

FIGURE 38 - AC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER 



V CC 
B.1M 



V 

0- 



1 



— 3.7 V, 



P P 



20 k C in 



36.6 mVp.p 



Vin© 




MC34071 



CO 



100 k 

— v — 



VO 

— 



1 



1.0 k Ay = 101 

BW (-3.0 dB) = 45 kHz A 



I OK 
Rl 



v cc o o - 



100 k 



3.7 Vrj.i 



p-p 



10 k 



. V in 370 mV p .p' 
Ay = 10 BW (-3.0 dB) = 450 kHz 



C I 10 k 

Rl 



FIGURE 39 - DC COUPLED INVERTING AMPLIFIER 
MAXIMUM OUTPUT SWING 



FIGURE 40 — UNITY GAIN BUFFER TTL DRIVER 




o v cc 



2.5 V 



MC34071 



MC54/74XX 



O V 



A V = 10 
Vin BW ( - 3.0 dB) = 450 kHz 




TTL Gate 



FIGURE 41 — ACTIVE HIGH-Q NOTCH FILTER 



FIGURE 42 — ACTIVE BANDPASS FILTER 



V in » 0.2 Vdc 



Vin O- 



R 

1 -wv 1 


R 


16 k 


16 k 


C ? 




0.01 




32 k • 


: 2R 

— 51— 


2C 


2C 


0.02 


0.02 



MC34071 




v 
— o 




o v 



f = 1 .0 kHz 
f ° = 4^RC 



f G = 30 kHz 
Q = 10 
604V CC H =1.0 



Rl R3 



Given f = Center Frequency 
Aq = Gain at Center Frequency 
Choose Value f D , Q, A D , C Q R3 

Then R3 = — — R1 = — R2 = — 5 

Trf C 2H G 4Q2R1-R3 

For less than 10% error from operational amplifier 

5iw< 01 

Where f and G8W ere expressed in Hz. 
GBW = 4.5 MHz Typ. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-297 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 43 — LOW VOLTAGE FAST O/A CONVERTER 




(R-2R) Ladder Network 'P 

Settling Time 

1.0,1s (8 Bits. 1/2 LSB) 



FIGURE 44 — HIGH SPEED LOW VOLTAGE COMPARATOR 



Vin 
o — 



MC34071 




Vo 

-o 



I 



1.0 V 



2.0 k : 
Rl • 



vo ! 



13 VVs 



0.1 



— H |-«- Delay 
1.0 /is 



0.2 i±s 
Delay 

25 V/,is 



FIGURE 45 — LED DRIVER 

> v C c 



Vin O 




^V* "ON" 

v in<V Re f 



FIGURE 46 - TRANSISTOR DRIVER 



MC34071 



•V* "ON" 
1* v in > VRef 




(A) PNP 



(B) NPN 



FIGURE 47 — AC/DC GROUND CURRENT MONITOR 

'Load 



FIGURE 48 - PHOTOVOLTAIC CELL AMPLIFIER 



C) 



Ground Current 
Sense Resistor 



Rs 



MC34071 




R1 

— ^r- 



-o v 



'Cell 



MC34071 




-O V 



R2^ 



VO = 'Load RS (l + j^) 
For V > 0.1 V 
BW(-3.0dB) = GBW^^p^) 



VCell = V 



Vo = 'Cell RF 
Vq > 0.1 V 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2~298 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 49 — LOW INPUT VOLTAGE COMPARATOR 
WITH HYSTERESIS 

Hysteresis 



VRef R1 



R2 



O 

Vin 

VinL 



VOH 



VOL 



n 



VinL 



VinH 



R1 



; (Vol - v Ref ) + V Ref 



VRef 



v inH = R1 + R2 (VOH - VRef) + V Ref 
R1 



R1 + R 



(Vqh - v 0L ) 



FIGURE 50 — HIGH COMPLIANCE VOLTAGE TO 
SINK CURRENT CONVERTER 




Vin * V|Q 



FIGURE 51 — HIGH INPUT IMPEDANCE 
DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 

R1 R2 



FIGURE 52 — BRIDGE CURRENT AMPLIFIER 

VRef 




R1 R3 



(Critical to CMRR) 




For (V2 s VI), V > 




rJ V = VRe,^5£ 

AR « R H F ? 2R 

R F » R 4 [ Vo s 0.1 V) 



FIGURE 53 - LOW VOLTAGE PEAK DETECTOR 



FIGURE 54 — HIGH FREQUENCY PULSE 
WIDTH MODULATION 




0.85 

,osc = W v 




-v P 



isc 



Base Charge 
Removal 



10,000 pF 



Vir 



1/2 MC34072 I | 1/2 MC34072 
R ! 



z 



r-vp 




OSC 



Comparator High Current 
Output 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-299 




MC34071 

Choose: f D , H , C2 
Then: C1 = 2C2 (H D + 1) 



R2 = 



V2 
4irf C2 




R2 







FIGURE 56 — i 



C2 . 
0.05 ■ 



C1 
1.0 



R1 
46.1 k 



E FILTER 



1.0 < R2 

r p 




Choose: f , H , C1 Then: R1 = ° „ 

ttTqCI v 2 

V2 



R2 



C2 = 



2irf C1 (1/H + 2) 
C 



FIGURE 57 - FAST SETTLING INVERTER 



FIGURE 58 — BASIC INVERTING AMPLIFIER 



CF* 






High Spjed 
DAC 



I Uncompensated 
Compensated 



•Optional Compensation 



V = 10 V 
Step 



O V 

t s = 1.0 MS 

to 1/2 LSB (8 Bits) 

t s = 2.2 MS 

to 1/2 LSB (12 Bits) 

SR = 13 V/ms 




J^B BW,-3.0dB^Bw[i] 



SR = 13 V/ms 



FIGURE 59 — BASIC NON INVERTING AMPLIFIER 



FIGURE 60 — UNITY GAIN BUFFER (A V = +1.0) 




Vin O 



„ "1 S-("S) I 

|_R1 + R2j 




O V 



BW (-3.0 dB) = Gl 



BWp = 200 kHz 
VO 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-300 



MC34071, 34072, 34074 / MC35071, 35072, 35074 / MC33071, 33072, 33074 



FIGURE 61 — HIGH IMPEDANCE DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 




Example: 
Let: R = Re 
Then: A V = 3.0 
BW = 1.5 MHz 



O V 



A V = 







— DUAL VOLTAGE DOUBLER 



MC34074 



220 pF 





Rl 


+v 


-V 




18.93 


-18.78 


10 k 


18 


-18 


5.0 k 


15.4 


-15.4 



10 



-o +v 



Rl 



-o -v 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-301 



® 



HIGH SLEW RATE, WIDE BANDWIDTH, 
JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

These devices are a new generation of high speed JFET input 
monolithic operational amplifiers. Innovative design concepts 
along with JFET technology provide wide gain bandwidth product 
and high slew rate. Well matched JFET input devices and ad- 
vanced trim techniques ensure low input offset errors and bias 
currents. The all NPN output stage features large output voltage 
swing, no deadband crossover distortion, high capacitive drive 
capability, excellent phase and gain margins, low open-loop out- 
put impedance, and symmetrical source/sink ac frequency 
response. 

This series of devices are available in standard or prime per- 
formance (A suffix) grades, fully compensated or decompensated 
(A\/CL s2 l anQl are specified over commercial or Military temper- 
ature ranges. They are pin compatible with existing Industry stan- 
dard operational amplifiers, and allow the designer to easily up- 
grade the performance of existing designs. 

• Wide Gain Bandwidth: 8.0 MHz for Fully Compensated Devices 

16 MHz for Decompensated Devices 

• High Slew Rate: 25 V u.s for Fully Compensated Devices 

50 V;>s for Decompensated Devices 

• High Input Impedance: 10^2 n 

• Input Offset Voltage: 0.5 mV Maximum (Single Amplifier) 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: -14.7 V to + 14 V for 

VCC/VEE = ±15V 

• Low Open-Loop Output Impedance: 30 f! (a 1.0 MHz 

• Low THD Distortion: 0.01% 

• Excellent Phase/Gain Margins: 55*77.6 dB for Fully Compen- 

sated Devices 



Output 1 H 



Outputs 1 



DW SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751G-01 
SO-16L 



Inputs 2 



vccE 

output 2 rr 
nc rr 



IE 
f 



• Inputs 4 



ill Output 4 

ii 
i3v EE 

■• 

|3 Output 3 
TJNC 



Inputs 3 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



MC34080/MC35080 
thru 

MC34085/MC35085 



HIGH PERFORMANCE 
JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 



/pi 

P SUFFIX U SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 CASE 693-02 


D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 8 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 


t 


PIN ASSIGNMENTS 


Offset Null E 




3 NC 


Invt Input (T 
Noninvt Input [T 




Uvcc 

3 Output 


VeeE 




B Offset Null 


Single, Top View 


Output 1 E 




HVcc 




Inputs 1 |^ 




JJ Output 2 
ill 


VeeE 




gi ln P u,s 2 


Dual, Top View 



Op Amp 
Function 


Fully 
Compensated 


A V CL»2 
Decompensated 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Single 


MC35081U,AU 
MC34081D.AD 
MC34081P.AP 


MC35080UAU 
MC34080D.AD 
MC34080P.AP 


-55 to +125°C 
to + 70°C 
Oto +70°C 


Ceramic DIP 

SO-8 
Plastic DIP 


Dual 


MC34082P.AP 


MC34083P.AP 


Oto + 70°C 


Plastic DIP 


Quad 


MC35084L.AL 
MC34084DW 
MC34084P.AP 


MC35085L.AL 
MC34085DW 
MC34085P.AP 


-55 to + 125°C 
Oto + 70°C 
to + 70°C 


Ceramic DIP 

SO-16L 
Plastic DIP 




P SUFFIX L SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 CASE 632-08 

PIN ASSIGNMENTS 



Output 1 (T 1 I u| Output 4 

Inputs 1-j | £>l U<J: | J- Inputs 4 



'E 
vccE 

s 

output 2 rj 



Inputs 2 




53 v EE 

a, 

Inputs 3 
3 Output 3 



Quad, Top View 



R/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-302 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 

MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (from Vrjc to V^e) 


vs 


+ 44 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


VlDR 


Note 1 


Volts 


Input Voltaqe Ranqe 
— *L ^1 


V| R 


Note 1 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2} 


»s 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
MC34XXX 


TA 


— 55 to +125 
to +70 


°C 


Operating Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


+ 165 
+ 125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +165 
-55 to +125 


°c 



,t not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or Vee- 

■num junction temperature (Tj) is not 




■O V C C 



Output 



oV EE 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-303 



UU CLEl. I HK.ML CHHttHV. I cnio I IWO tV(;C 







A Suffix 


Non-Suffix 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (Note 4) 


V|0 














mV 


Single 


















T A = + 25°C 






0.3 


0.5 




0.5 


1 .0 




T A = 0°Cto + 70°C (MC34080, MC34081) 








2.5 






3.0 




T A = -55°C to + 125°C (MC35080, MC35081) 








3.5 






4.0 




Dual 


















T A = + 25°C 






6 


1 




1 


3.0 




T A = 0°C to + 70°C (MC34082. MC34083) 




— 




3.0 


_ 




5.0 




T A = -55°C to + 125°C (MC35082. MC35083) 




— 


— 


4.0 


— 


— 


6.0 




Quad 


















T A = +25°C 




— 


3.0 


6.0 


— 


6.0 


12 




T A = 0°C to + 70 a C (MC34084, MC34085) 




— 


— 


8.0 


— 


— 


14 




T A - -55°C to + 125°C (MC35084, MC35085) 








9.0 






15 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage 


AV|0/-iT 


— 


10 


— 


— 


10 


— 


lxV/°C 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = N °te 5) 


l|B 
















T A = + 25°C 







0.06 


0.2 





0.06 


0.2 


nA 


T A = 0°C to + 70°C 




— 


— 


4.0 


— 


— 


4.0 




T A = - 55°C to + 1 25°C 




— 


— 


50 


— 


— 


50 




Input Offset Current (Vcm = Note 5 > 


iio 
















T A = + 25°C 




— 


0.02 


0.1 


— 


0.02 


0.1 


nA 


T A - S C to + 70°C 




— 


— 


2.0 


— 


— 


2.0 




T A = -55°C to + 125°C 




— 


— 


25 


— 


— 


25 




Large Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = ± 10 V, R|_ = 2.0 k) 


AVOL 














V/mV 


T A = +25°C 




50 


80 


— 


25 


80 


— 




T A = T| 0W to T niqn 




25 






15 








Output Voltage Swing 


VOH 














V 


R L = 2.0 k, T A = +25°C 




13.2 


13.7 




13.2 


13.7 






R L = 10 k, T A = +25"C 




13.4 


13.9 


— 


13.4 


13.9 


— 




R L = 10 k. T A = T tow to T high 




13-4 


— 


— 


134 


— 


— 




RL = 2.0 k, T A = + 25°C 


vol 


— 


-14.1 


- 13.5 


— 


-14.1 


-13.5 




RL = 1 k, T A = + 25°C 






- 14.7 


- 14.1 




- 14.7 


-14.1 




R[_ = 10 k. T A = T| 0W to T n igh 








- 14.0 






- 14.0 




Output Short-Circuit Current (T A = + 25°C) 


isc 














mA 


Input Overdrive = 1.0 V, Output to Ground 


















Source 




20 


31 




20 


31 






Sink 




20 


28 




20 


28 






Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


V|CR 


(Vr£f£ + 4.0) to 


(Vf£f£ + 4.0) to 


V 


T A = + 25'C 




(VCC " 2 0) 


(V C C " 2.0) 




Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs ^ 10 k T A = *25 3 C) 


CMRR 


75 


90 




70 


90 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio (Rs = 100 !!. T A = 25°C) 


PSRR 


75 


86 




70 


86 




dB 


Power Supply Current 


!D 














mA 


Single 


















T A = +25°C 






2.5 


3.4 




2.5 


3.4 




T A = T| 0VV to T high 








4.2 






4.2 




Oual 


















T A = +25°C 






4.9 


6.0 




4.9 


6.0 




T A = T| 0W to T higri 








7.5 






7.5 




Quad 


















T A = +25°C 






9.7 


11 




9.7 


11 




T A = T| 0W to Thjqh 








13 






13 





NOTES: (CONTINUED) 

3- T| ov » = -55°C for MC35080.A 
MC35081.A 
MC35082.A 
MC35083.A 
MC35084.A 
MC35085.A 



0*C for MC34080.A 
MC34081.A 
MC34082.A 
MC34083.A 
MC34084.A 
MC34085.A 



Thigh " +125"CforMC35080,A 
MC35081.A 
MC35082.A 
MC35083.A 
MC35084.A 
MC35085.A 



Thigh ' 



4. See application information for typical changes in input offset voltage due to solderability and temperature cycling. 

5. Limits at T A = +25°C are guaranteed by high temperature (Thigh) testing. 



f7CTC for MC34080.A 
MC34081.A 
MC34082.A 
MC34083.A 
MC34084.A 
MC34085.A 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-304 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = + 15 V, V EE = -15 V. T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


oymDoi 


A Suffix 


Non-Suffix 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Slew Rate (V in = 10 V to + 10 V, Rl = 2. 
Compensated Av = ^1.0 

A V = -1.0 
Decompensated Ay - 2.0 

A v -- -1.0 


k, C|_ = 1 


00 pF) 


SR 


20 
40 


25 
30 
50 
50 





20 
40 


25 
30 
50 
50 





V/ M s 


Settling Time |10 V Step, Ay = -1.0) 
To 0.10% It V, LSB of 9-Brts) 
To 0.01% ( ± % LSB of 12-Bits) 






's 




0.72 
1.6 






0.72 
1.6 




MS 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 200 kHz) 
Decompensated 




GBW 


6.0 
12 


8.0 
16 


- 


6.0 
12 


8.0 
16 


- 


MHz 


Power Bandwidth IR L = 2.0 k, V - 20 V p p . THD = 5.0%) 
Compensated Ay = +1.0 
Decompensated A V -1.0 


BWp 


_ 
- 


400 
800 


_ 
- 


_ 

- 


400 
800 


_ 
- 


kHz 


Phase Margin (Compensated) 
R L - 2.0 k 

R L » 2.0k.C L - 100 pF 


<f>m 


_ 


55 
39 


_ 


— 


55 
39 





Degrees 


Gain Margin (Compensated) 
R L = .2.0 k 

RL = 2.0 k, Ci = 100 pF 


Am 




7.6 
4.5 






7.6 
4.5 




dB 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
R$ = 100 a f - 1.0 kHz 


e n 




30 






30 




nV/ 
\ Hz 


Equivalent Input Noise Current (f = 1.0 kHz) 


In 




0.01 






0.01 




pA 
\ Hz 


Input Capacitance 


Ci 




5.0 






5.0 




PF 


Input Resistance 


•ti 




1012 






1012 




S! 


Total Harmonic Distortion 
A V = + 10, R L - 2.0 k, 2.0 ^ V * 20 V p _ p , f - 10 kHz 


THD 




0.05 






0.05 




% 


Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz) 







120 






120 




dB 




Open-Loop Output Impedance (f = 1.0 MHz) 


*o 




35 






35 




!l 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 



FIGURE 1 — INPUT COMMON MODE VOLTAGE RANGE FIGURE 2 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 

versus TEMPERATURE versus TEMPERATURE 




g -55 - 25 + 25 + 50 + 75 + 100 + 125 - 55 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 

» Ta. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CCI T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CO 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-305 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 




FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT SATURATION versus FIGURE 6 — OUTPUT SATURATION versus 

LOAD CURRENT LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND 




FIGURE 7 — OUTPUT SATURATION versus 
LOAD RESISTANCE TO V C C 




3.0K 30K 
R L , LOAD RESISTANCE TO V C C (ID 



300K 



FIGURE 8 — OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 




25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l°C) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 






MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-307 



FIGURE 14 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
PHASE versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 15 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE 
versus FREQUENCY 




FIGURE 16 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE 
versus FREQUENCY 




2.0 3.0 5.0 7.0 10 
f, FREQUENCY IMHzl 



20 30 



FIGURE 17 — NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH 
PRODUCT versus TEMPERATURE 

























vcc<v 


EE = ±1 
2,0 k 


5V 








. .. . 


R L = 









































































-25 25 50 75 100 125 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PCI 



FIGURE 18 — PERCENT OVERSHOOT versus FIGURE 19 — PHASE MARGIN 

LOAD CAPACITANCE LOAD CAPACITANCE 




INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 



FIGURE 20 — GAIN MARGIN versus LOAD CAPACITANCE 



FIGURE 21 — PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 




60 
50 

i 40 

Q 

| 30 

is 20 

f 10 


















m -4 — 

C L = 10 p 


- Solid L 
Dashed 


ne Curves 
Line Curv 


— Compensated Uni 
?s — Decompensatec 


sAy = 
Units Ay 


M.O — 
- +2.0 


C L - 100 
/ 


F 












C L = 360 


























200 pF 


V CC V EE = ±15V 
R). = 2.0 k to * 


AV 

Vo = 


= 100mV p . p 
- 10 V to + 10 V 



100 1.0K 
C L , LOAD CAPACITANCE ipFI 



-25 25 50 75 100 125 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC! 



FIGURE 22 — GAIN MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 



Solid Line Curves — Compensated Units Ay = ~ 1.0 
" Dashed Line Curves — Decompensated Units Ay = + 2.0 




VccVee - ±«v 
c L - io pf S r 2 '" ,0 j:_t^F^p= 

Ju ^ — +■ 



. AV = 100 mV p p _ 
Vq = - 10 V to + 10 V 




- 25 + 25 + 50 + 75 + 100 + 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO 



FIGURE 23 - NORMALIZED SLEW RATE versus 
TEMPERATURE 



£ 1.00 



VCC'VEE = ±15V 

Ay = +1.0 for Compensated Units 

Ay = -1.0 tor Decompensated Units 

R L = 2.0 k 

C L = 100 pF 

Vq = -10VW +10V ^ 



25 50 76 100 125 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-309 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 



MC34084 TRANSIENT RESPONSE 

A V = +1.0, Rl = 2.0 k, Vcc/VEE = ±15 V, T A = 25°C 



FIGURE 24 — SMALL-SIGNAL 



FIGURE 25 — LARGE-SIGNAL 





MC34085 TRANSIENT RESPONSE 

A V = +2.0, R|_ = 2.0 k, V CC /VeE = ±15 V, T A = 25°C 



FIGURE 26 — SMALL-SIGNAL 



FIGURE 27 — LARGE-SIGNAL 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-310 



MC34080, MC35080 Series 




- POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 31 - 



Negative 

Supply Vcc/Vee = ±15V 

AV S = 3.0 V 

Vo = V 

f s 10 Hi 




25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



100 



125 



SUPPLY CURRENT 
ILTAGE 




T A = 125°C_ 



T A = 25-C 



Supply Current 
Normalized to 

Vc C A<EE= ±15V,T A = 25°C- 



\ — 



±10 ±15 ±20 

V S , SUPPLY VOLTAGE IVOLTS) 



±25 



FIGURE 32 — CHANNEL SEPARATION versus FREQUENCY 

120 



FIGURE 33 — SPECTRAL NOISE DENSITY 



S 60 
< 

UJ 

Z 
z 
< 

5 20 






























































































































































































































































































































k 


s 


N 


ll 






























































































Wee = 




15V 


































'A " 


























































T 



































100K 1.0 
f, FREQUENCY (Hzl 



10M 



|| 80 



V 



g 20 



VcoVEE = ±15 V 
VCM = 



100 1.0K 10K 

f, FREQUENCY IHz) 



100K 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-311 



The bandwidth and slew rate of the MC34080 series 
is nearly double that of currently available general pur- 
pose JFET op-amps. This improvement in ac perfor- 
mance is due to the P-channel JFET differential input 
stage driving a compensated miller integration ampli- 
fier in conjunction with an all NPN output stage. 

The all NPN output stage offers unique advantages 
over the more conventional NPN/PNP transistor Class 
AB output stage. With a 10 k load resistance, the op-amp 
can typically swing within 1.0 V of the positive rail (Vex), 
and within 0.3 volts of the negative rail (Vr;r:), providing 
a 28.7 Vp-p swing from ±15 volt supplies. This large 
output swing becomes most noticeable at lower supply 
voltages. If the load resistance is referenced to Vqq 
instead of ground, the maximum possible output swing 
can be achieved for a given supply voltage. For light 
load currents, the load resistance will pull the output to 
Vqc during the positive swing and the NPN output tran- 
sistor will pull the output very near V^e during the neg- 
ative swing. The load resistance value should be much 
less than that of the feedback resistance to maximize 
pull-up capability. 

The all NPN transistor output stage is also inherently 
fast, contributing to the operational amplifier's high 
gain-bandwidth product and fast settling time. The as- 
sociated high frequency output impedance is 50 ohms 
(typical) at 8.0 MHz. This allows driving capacitive loads 
from to 300 pF without oscillations over the military 
temperature range, and over the full range of output 
swing. The 55° phase margin and 7.6 dB gain margin 
as well as the general gain and phase characteristics 
are virtually independent of the sink/source output 
swing conditions. The high frequency characteristics of 
the MC34080 series is especially useful for active filter 
applications. 

The common mode input range is from 2.0 volts be- 
low the positive rail (Vqc) to 4.0 volts above the neg- 



ative rail (Vee). The amplifier remains active if the inputs 
are biased at the positive rail. This may be useful for 
some applications in that single supply operation is pos- 
sible with a single negative supply. However, a degra- 
dation of offset voltage and voltage gain may result. 

Phase reversal does not occur if either the inverting 
or noninverting input (or both) exceeds the positive 
common mode limit. If either input (or both) exceeds 
the negative common mode limit, the output will be in 
the high state. The input stage also allows a differential 
up to ±44 volts, provided the maximum input voltage 
range is not exceeded. The supply voltage operating 
range is from ±5.0 V to ±22 V. 

For optimum frequency performance and stability 
careful component placement and printed circuit board 
layout should be exercised. For example, long un- 
shielded input or output leads may result in unwanted 
input-output coupling. In order to reduce the input ca- 
pacitance, resistors connected to the input pins should 
be physically close to these pins. This not only mini- 
mizes the input pole for optimum frequency response, 
but also minimizes extraneous "pickup" at this node. 

Supply decoupling with adequate capacitance close 
to the supply pin is also important, particularly over 
temperature, since many types of decoupling capacitors 
exhibit large impedance changes over temperature. 

Primarily due to the JFET inputs of the op amp, the 
input offset voltage may change due to temperature 
cycling and board soldering. After 20 temperature 
cycles (-55°C to 165°C), the typical standard deviation 
for input offset voltage is 559 iAI and 473 /xV in the 
plastic and ceramic packages respectively. With respect 
to board soldering (260°C, 10 seconds) the typical stan- 
dard deviation for input offset voltage is 525 iiV and 
227 nV in the plastic and ceramic package respectively. 
Socketed plastic or ceramic packaged devices should 
be used over a minimal temperature range for optimum 
input offset voltage performance. 



FIGURE 34 — OFFSET NULLING CIRCUIT 

vec 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-312 



® 



MOTOROLA 



— 



LOW POWER, HIGH SLEW RATE, \ 
)NAL 




JFET INPUT OPERATION 



Quality bipolar fabrication with innovative design concepts are 
employed for the MC33181/2/4, MC34181/2/4, MC35181/2/4 series 
of monolithic operational amplifiers. This JFET input series of 
operational amplifiers operate at 210 u.A per amplifier and offer 
4.0 MHz of gain bandwidth product and 10 V/^is slew rate. Pre- 
cision matching and an innovative trim technique of the single 
and dual versions provide low input offset voltages. With a JFET 
input stage, this series exhibits high input resistance, low input 
offset voltage and high gain. The all NPN output stage, charac- 
terized by no deadband crossover distortion and large output 
voltage swing, provides high capacitance drive capability, excel- 
lent phase and gain margins, low open-loop high frequency out- 
put impedance and symmetrical source/sink ac frequency 
response. 

The MC33181/2/4, MC34181/2/4, MC35181/2/4 series of devices 
are specified over the commercial, industrial/vehicular or military 
temperature ranges. The complete series of single, dual and quad 
operational amplifiers are available in the plastic and ceramic DIP 
as well as the SOIC surface mount packages. 

• Low Supply Current: 210 fiA (Per Amplifier) 

• Wide Supply Operating Range: ±1.5Vto ±18V 

• Wide Bandwidth: 4.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate: 10 V/^s 

• Low Input Offset Voltage: 2.0 mV 

• Large Output Voltage Swing: -14Vto +14V(with ±15V 
Supplies) 

• Large Capacitance Drive Capability: to 500 pF 

• Low Total Harmonic Distortion: 0.04% 

• Excellent Phase Margin: 67° 

• Excellent Gain Margin: 6.7 dB 

• Output Short Circuit Protection 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



MC34181,2,4 
MC35181,2,4 
MC33181,2,4 



LOW POWER 
JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Test Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Single 


MC34181P 
MC34181D 
MC33181P 
MC33181D 
MC35181U 


to + 70°C 
to + 70°C 
- 40 to + 85°C 
-40 to +85°C 
-55 to +125°C 


Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Ceramic DIP 


Dual 


MC34182P 
MC34182D 
MC33182P 
MC33182D 
MC35182U 


to + 70°C 
to + 70°C 
-40 to +85°C 
-40 to +as°c 
-55 to + 125°C 


Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Plastic DIP 
SO-8 

Ceramic DIP 


Quad 


MC34184P 
MC34184D 
MC33184P 
MC33184D 
MC35184L 


to +70°C 
Oto +70°C 
- 40 to + 85°C 
-40 to +85°C 
-55 to + 125T 


Plastic DIP 
SO-14 
Plastic DIP 
SO-14 

Ceramic DIP 



P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 




Inputs 2 



[Dual, Top View! 



l' L SUFFIX 

P SUFFIX CERAMIC PACKAGE 
PLASTIC PACKAGE CASE 632-08 

CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 




(Quad, Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-313 



MC34181,2 f 4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage (from Vcc to Vee> 


vs 


+ 36 


Volts 


Input Differential Voltage Range 


V|DR 


Note 1 


Volts 




Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


Note 1 


Volts 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


ts 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Junction Temperature 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


+ 160 
+ 150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T 

T stg 


-65 to +160 
-60 to +150 


X 



NOTES: 

1. Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vqq or Vrfp:. 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded (see Figure 1)- 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER) 




Null Offsets 
MC3X181 (Single) Only 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33 18 1,2,4 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vpc = + 15 V, Vee = - 15 V. T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (R s = 50 SI, Vrj = V) 
Single 
T A = + 25X 

T A = 0°Cto + 70X (MC34181) 
T A = -40Xto + 85X (MC33181) 
T A = -55Xto + 125X (MC35181) 
Dual 
T A = + 25X 

T A = OX to +70°C IMC34182) 
T A = -40Xto + 85X (MC33182) 
l A — — yrj to + Iztj u (IvIUJo lozj 
Quad 
Ta = +25°C 

T A = OX to + 70X (MC34184) 
T A = -40Xto +85°C IMC33184) 
Ta = -55Xto + 125X (MC35184) 


VlO 


— 
- 

- 


0.5 

- 

4.0 


2.0 
3.0 
3.5 
4.5 

3.0 
4.0 
4.5 
5 5 

10 
11 

11.5 
12.5 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of V| (Rs = 50 a V = V) 


AV| .AT 




10 




M V/X 


Input Offset Current (Vqm = V, Vo = V) 
T A = + 25X 
Ta = OX to + 70X 
Ta = - 40X to + 85X 
T A = -55Xto +125X 


llO 




0.001 


0.05 
1.0 
2.0 
13 


nA 


Input Bias Current (Vc M = V, Vq = V) 
Ta = +25X 
T A = OX to + 70X 
T A = - 40X to + 85X 
T A = -55Xto +125X 


'IB 




0.003 


0.1 
2.0 
4.0 
25 


nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range 


V|CR 


(Vee + 4.0 v) to (Vcc - 2.0 vi 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (Rl = 10 ka Vq = ± 10 V) 
T A = + 25X 
TA - T|ow 'o Thigh 


AvOL 


25 
15 


60 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing (V|d = 1.0 V, Ri_ = 10 ka> 
T A = +25X 


V + 

vo- 


+ 13.5 


+ 14 
-14 


-13.5 


V 


Common Mode Rejection (Rg = 50 a VrjM - V|cr, Vo - V| 


CMR 


70 


86 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection (Rs = 50 a Vqm = V, Vo = V) 


PSR 


70 


84 




dB 


Output Short Circuit Current (V|Q = 1.0 V, Output to Ground) 
Source 
Sink 


isc 


3.0 
8.0 


8.0 
11 




mA 


Power Supply Current (No Load, V = V) 
Single 

Ta = + 25X 

T A = T|ow to Thigh 
Dual 

T A = +25X 

TA = T| 0W to Thigh 
Quad 

T A = + 25X 

TA = T !ow to Thigh 


id 





210 
420 
840 


250 
250 

500 
500 

1000 
1000 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-315 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15V, V EE = -15 V, T A = + 25°C unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Slew Rate (V jn = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 10 kfl, C L = 100 pF) 
A V = + 1 .0 
A V = -10 


SR 


7.0 
— 


10 
10 




V/^s 


Settling Time (A V = -1.0, Rl = 10 k!l, Vfj = V to +10 V Step) 

Tn \ATitKin n in*/ 

i o wimm u. i u □ 
To Within 0.01% 


<s 




1.1 
1 5 




MS 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 100 kHz) 


GBW 


3.0 


4.0 


— 


MHz 


Power Bandwidth (A v = +1.0, R L = 10 kll, V = 20 V p . p , THD = 5%) 


BW p 




200 




kHz 


Phase Margin (-10V<V o < +10 V) 
RL = 10 k« 

R L = 10 k!l, Ci = 100 pF 


0m 




67 
34 




Degrees 


Gain Margin (-10 V < V < +10 V) 
R L = 10 m 

R[_ = 10 kfi, C L = 100 pF 


Am 


- 


6.7 
3.4 


- 


dB 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
d. _ inn o f - in kH? 


<=n 


— 


38 


— 


nV/VHz 


Equivalent Input Noise Current 
f = 1.0 kHz 


'n 




01 




\ir\l V "i 


Differential Input Capacitance 


p. 




3 




pl" 


Differential Input Res i sta nee 


R- 




10 12 






Total Harmonic Distortion 

Ay - 10, Rl = 10 kil, 2 Vp.p < Vq < 20 V p . p , f = 10 kHz 


THD 


- 


0.04 


- 


% 


Channel Separation (Rl = 10 k!!, -10 V < Vq < + 10 V, Hz < f < 10 kHz) 






120 




dB 


Open-Loop Output Impedance 
(f = 1.0 MHz) 


|Z I 




200 




n 



FIGURE 1 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION 
TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE VARIATIONS 



FIGURE 2 — INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE RANGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 




20 40 60 80 100 120 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC) 



Vcc = + 3.0 V to +15V 
_V EE = -3.0VW -15V_ 
AV|o = 5.0 mV 

— — L ^ 


A I 

V CC l v CM 'o V CC> 













25 50 75 100 

T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PCI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2~31 6 



MC34181 f 2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



1000 
100 



vcc = 
-v EE = 

VCM - 


+ 15 V 
-15V - 










OV 





































































25 50 75 100 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



FIGURE 4 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT versus INPUT 
COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE 



I 

VCC = + ' 

vee = -is 

T A = 25'C 


V 












V 







































































































- 5.0 5.0 

V|CR. INPUT COMMON-MODE VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 



FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



I i [ 

Hi Connected to Ground 








T A 






















































R L = 


10 k ^ 

























































4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 
VCC. |V EE |. SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 6 — OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus 
LOAD CURRENT 













\ 1 

N v cc 








VCC 


= +1 


5V 










^Sourc 


i 




vee = -i5v 

Ta = + 25°C 


















1,0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10 
l L . LOAD CURRENT (mA) 



FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus FIGURE 8 - OUTPUT SATURATION VOLTAGE versus 

LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND LOAD RESISTANCE TO V CC 




1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 

RL. LOAD RESISTANCE TO GROUND (fl) R L , LOAD RESISTANCE Ifll 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-317 



MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181,2,4 



FIGURE 9 — OUTPUT SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 10 — OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 



5E 



1 1 

V C C= +15V 

Vrr - 15 V 










r l ^ o.i n 

Vin = 1.0 V 
































. Sink 












Soi 


rce 























-25 25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE fCi 



125 



I I I III 
VCC = +"V 

— V EE = -15V 
V CM = 0V 

— Vo = ov 

AlOUT = 10/iA 

— Ta = 25°C 




I OK 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1.0M 



FIGURE 11 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 12 — OUTPUT DISTORTION versus FREQUENCY 



1.0K 



Va = +15V 
' V EE = -15 V 

■ r l = io kn 

THD = 1% 
" T A = 25X 



10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY IHz] 



m Mill 
■Vcc = +15V 
V EE = -15 V 
V = 2.0Vp.p 
RL = 10k!l 
T A = 25°C 




rat 

f. FREQUENCY IHz) 



100K 



FIGURE 13 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 



S 50 



J 30 





























































































\ 


CC - + 


5V 










V 
R 


EE = -15V 

I = 10 kn 

« 10 Hz 

* = 25°C 

1 










f 










T 



T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CCI 



FIGURE 14 - OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN AND PHASE 
versus FREQUENCY 




1.0K 10K 100K 
f, FREQUENCY IHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-318 



MC34181,2,4, MC35181,2,4, MC33181 # 2 f 4 



FIGURE 15 — NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



s. 








I 

V C C = +15 V 












R|. = 1 


5 k!! 





























































25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CCI 



16- 



OUTPUT VOLTAGE OVERSHOOT versus 
LOAD CAPACITANCE 



— i i i i~t 

.Vfx = +15 V 
V EE = -15 V 
R|_ = 10 kl! 
AV in = 100mV p .p 
-10V<Vo< +10V 
Ay = +1.0 
T A = 25'C 



0L_ 



100 

C L , LOAD CAPACITANCE IpF) 




FIGURE 19 — PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 20 — GAIN MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 









c L = 


10 pf 








































C L = 


100 pF 






















V( 
Vf 


C = +15V 
E = -15V 










Rl = 10 m to * 

-10V<Vo< +10V 

1 i i 





25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 1X1 



10 
9.0 
_ 8.0 

1 70 

i 6.0 
< 

I « 

o 4.0 

< 3.0 
2.0 
1.0 




- ss 



































C L = 


10 pF 








































Cl 100 pF 












-vcc = 


+ 15V 
-15V 

ioknto = 

<v < 












VEE = 












R L = 
— 10 \ 


+ 10 V 



















+ 25 + 50 + 75 
T Al AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



H00 



h 125 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-319 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-320 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-321 



t 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Temperature Range 



NE592D 
NE592N 
NE592H 
NE592F 
SE592H 
SE592F 



to 70X 
to 70"C 
0to70*C 
Oto 70°C 
-55 to +125X 
-55 to + 125°C 



SO-14 
Plastic DIP 
Metal Can 

Ceramic DIP 
Metal Can 

Ceramic DIP 



DIFFERENTIAL TWO STAGE VIDEO AMPLIFIER 

The SE/NE592 is a monolithic, two stage, differential output, 
wideband video amplifier. It offers fixed gains of 100 and 400 with- 
out external components and adjustable gains from 400 to with 
. The input stage has been designed so that with 

:s between the gain 
select terminals, the circuit can function as a high pass, low pass, or 
band pass filter. This feature makes the circuit ideal for use as a video 
or pulse amplifier in communications, magnetic memories, display 
and video recorder systems. The 592 is a pin-for-pin replacement for 
the MC1733. 

• 90 MHz Bandwidth 

• Adjustable Gains From to 400 

• Adjustable Pass Band 

• No Frequency Compensation Required 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



Input 2 O 



,npu,, Hv 




NE592 
SE592 



VIDEO AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 603-04 




Inpui 2 (2 
G2 B Gam Select (3 



G1 B Gain Select 

(Top View) 

Pin 5 connected to case 




F SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-10 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



h,pu,i[T, 

NcjT 

G2 B 
Gain 3 
Select 1 

Gain [T 
Select 

Vee[T 

NC|T 

Output [~^~ . 
2 1 



M 



(Top View) 



Ta] Input 1 

T3] NC 

,G2 A 

12 Gain 
1 Select 

3 



G1 A 
Gain 
Select 



~9~| NC 



.R/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-322 



NE592, SE592 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = +25°C unless otherwise notedl 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 




Power Supply Voltage 


V CC 










Vcc 
■ t b 


—8.0 






Differential Input Voltages 


V|D 


+ 5 


Volts 




Common-Mode Input Voltage 


Vic 


±6.0 


Volts 




Output Current 


Id 


10 


mA 






Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


Ta 








SE592 




-55 to +125 


°C 




NE592 




to +70 






Operating Junction Temperature Range 


Tj 




°c 




Metal and Ceramic Packages 




175 






Plastic Package 




150 






Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 




°c 




Metal and Ceramic Packagee 


-65 to +150 






Plastic Package 




-55 to +125 







ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS T A = 25°C unless otherwise noted. (v cc = +6.0 V, V EE = -6.0 V, v C m = °> 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


SE592 


NE592 


Units 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Differential Voltage Gain - Figure 3 
(R L -2kn,e out = 3 Vp-pl 
(Gain 1, Note 1 ) 
(Gain 2. Note 21 


A«d 


300 
90 


400 
100 


500 
110 


250 
80 


400 
100 


600 
120 


v/v 


Bandwidth — Figure 3 
(Gain 1, Note 1) 
(Gain 1. Note 2) 


BW 


- 


40 

90 


- 


- 


40 
90 


- 


MHz 


Rise Time - Figure 3 

(Gain 1 , e ou , = 1 Vp-p, Note 1 1 

if*ain O p . = 1 Vn.n NntP 91 

IVJdIH 4, ^OUt "M + 1 J.1 


'TLH 
'THL 




10.5 
4.5 


10 




10.5 
4.5 


12 


ns 


Propagation Delay — Figure 3 
(Gain 1 , e out = 1 Vp-p, Note 1 ) 
(Gain 2. e ou , » 1 Vp-p, Note 2) 


'PLH 
'PHL 




7.5 
6.0 


10 




7.5 
6.0 


10 


ns 


Input Resistance 
(Gain 1, Note 1) 
(Gain 2, Note 21 


R in 


20 


4.0 
30 




10 


4.0 
30 




kn 


Input Capacitance 
(Gain 2, Note 21 


C,n 




2.0 






2.0 




pF 


Input Offset Current (Gain 3, Note 3) - Fig. 2 


ho 




0.4 


3 




0.4 


5.0 


"A 


Input Bias Current (Gain 3, Note 3)- Fig. 2 


! IB 




9.0 


20 




9.0 


30 


MA 


Input Noise Voltage (Gain 1 and Gain 2) 
IBW = 1 kHz to 10 MHz) - Figure 1 


v n 




12 






12 




uV(rms) 


Input Voltage Range (Gain 2, Note 2)- Fig. 3 


v ( „ 


±1.0 






11 






V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio — Figure 3 
(Gain 2. V CM = ±1 V, f < 100 kHzl 
(Gain 2. V CM = ±1 V, f = 5 MHz) 


CMRR 


60 


86 
GO 




60 


86 
60 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio — Figure 2 
(Gain 2, A V s - ±0.5 V) 


PSRR 


50 


70 




50 


70 




dB 


Output Offset Voltage - Figure 2 ' 
(Gain 3, R L = » , Note 3) 


voo 




0.35 


0.75 




0.36 


0.75 


V 


Output Common-Mode Voltage — Figure 2 
(R[_ - Gain 3, Note 3) 


v CMO 


2 4 


2.9 


3.4 


2.4 


2.9 


3.4 


V 


Output Voltage Swing — Figure 3 
(R L = 2k,Gain 2, Note 21 


v 


3 


4.0 




3.0 


4.0 




Vp-p 


Output Resistance 


r o 




20 






20 - 




•A 


Power Supply Current - Figure 2 
(R L = -,Gain2,Note2) 


'□ 




18 


24 




18 


24 


mA 



Note 1. Gain select pins G 1a and G1g connected together. 
Note 2. Gain select pins G2^ and G2b connected together. 
Note 3. All gain select pins open. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-323 



Input Resistance (Gain 21 


"in 


8.0 




_ 


8.0 


_ 


_ 


kfi 


Input Offset Current (Gain 3) - Figure 2 


kio! 


- 


- 


5.0 




- 


6.0 


MA 


Input Bias Current (Gain 3) — Figure 2 


1 1 D 






40 






40 


mA 


Input Voltage Range (Gain 2) - Figure 3 


Vin 




- 




11.0 


- 




V 


Common-Mode Rejection Ratio — Figure 3 
(Gain 2, VrjM = ±1 V, f 4 100 kHz} 


CMRR 


50 






50 






dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio — Figure 2 
(Gain 2, A V s = i0.5 V) 


PSRR 


50 






50 






dB 


Output Offset Voltage (Gain 31 - Figure 2 


voo 






1.2 






1.5 


V 


Output Voltage Swing (Gain 21 — Figure 3 


Vo 


2.5 






2.5 






Vp-P 


Power Supply Current (Gain 2) - Figure 2 


id 






27 






27 


mA 



•T| ovv - 0°C for NE592. -55°C for SE592 
T high =+70°C for NE592, +125°C for SE592 

GENERAL TEST CIRCUITS 
FIGURE 1 



O 6.0 V Battery 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-324 



FIGURE 4 - GAIN 1 versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 5 - GAIN 2 versus FREQUENCY 




1.0 2 3.0 5.0 



10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 
FREQUENCY (MHz) 




2.0 3.0 5.0 10 20 30 50 100 200 300 500 1000 
FREQUENCY (MHz) 



70 

_ 60 

S 5.0 
.' 

S 

2 4.0 

< 

b 3.0 

o 

> 

2 2-0 
I- 

° 1.0 



FIGURE 6 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A 
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 



\ 



VCC^EE ' =6.0 V 
~4 = 25°C 
i > 1.0 k 



10 50 100 

FREQUENCY (MHz) 



FIGURE 7 - OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING AS A FUNCTION 
OF LOAD RESISTANCE 

7.0 
6 
50 



w 40 
< 

5 3.0 

o 

> 

= 2.0 
f. 1.0 




_ V CC V EE - :6.0 V 
T. - 25°C 



50 100 500 lk 

LOAD RESISTANCE (OHMS) 



FIGURE 8 - VOLTAGE GAIN AS A FUNCTION OF 
R adj RESISTANCE 




1 .Ok^ ^1 .1 




10k 100k 1M 



V s - ±6.0 V T A - 25°C 



R 3d j 'OHMS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-325 



NE592, SE592 



FIGURE 9 - DISK/TAPE PHASE MODULATED 
READBACK SYSTEMS 



AMPLITUDE: 1 
FREQUENCY: 1-4 




1 



READ HEAD I DIFFERENTIATOR/AMPLIFIER 




ZERO CROSSING DETECTOR 



FIGURE 10 - DIFFERENTIATION WITH HIGH COMMON 
MODE NOISE REJECTION 




FOR FREQUENCY f, «1/2 it 1321 C 
v Q a 1 .4 x 1 crc 



FIGURE 11 - FILTER NETWORKS 



BASIC CONFIGURATION 




2 NETWORK 


FILTER 
TVPE 


v M TRANSFER 
V, (t) FUNCTION 








C 

O^AA/ 1 | O 


High Pass 


1.4 X10 4 f i 1 
[^1/RCJ 




Bind Pan 


I.4XI0 4 f . 1 




L L * R/L » * 1/LC J 


R 

O — */W" 1 c i — O 

HH 




1.4X10 4 (" s=-1/LC 1 


R L * 2 * "tC * >' RC J 



NOTE. 
In Bib ni 

lo includ. 2 or BDpro.imBWly 30 Ohm*. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-326 



MOTOROLA 




— 



ULTRA-LOW NOISE PRECISION, HIGH SPEED 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The OP-27 series of monolithic operational amplifiers combine 
low-noise, precision dc performance and high bandwidth in one 
device. Advanced Bipolar processing and innovative design tech- 
niques are used to produce this low noise precision operational 
amplifier. This device is trimmed for extremely low initial input 
offset voltage by utilizing a highly stable and reliable zener zap 
technique during factory testing which yields guaranteed V|0 lim- 
its as tight as 25 ^V. A unique input bias current cancellation 
scheme maintains low l|g and l|o to typically ±20 nA and 15 nA 
respectively over the full military temperature range. Other 
sources of input errors are reduced in excess of - 120 dB due to 
extremely high common-mode and power supply rejection ratios. 
The OP-27 has a gain bandwidth product of 8.0 MHz and slew 
rate of 2.8 V//xs. 

The precision, low noise and high speed characteristics of this 
device makes it ideal for amplifying transducer signals, RIAA 
phono, NAB tape head and microphone preamplifiers, wide band 
instrumentation amplifiers and high speed signal conditioning for 
data acquisition systems. 

• Extremely Low-Noise — 3.0 nV/VHI at 1.0 kHz 

80 nVp-p, 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz 

• Low Initial Input Offset Voltage — 10 juV 

• Ultra Stable Input Offset Voltage — 0.2 /^V/rno. 

• High Gain Bandwidth Product and High Slew Rate — 8.0 MHz, 
2.8 V/jis 

• High Open-Loop Gain — 1.8 Million 

• High Common-Mode Rejection — 126 dB 



OP-27 



ULTRA-LOW NOISE 
PRECISION. HIGH SPEED 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

T CIRCUIT 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



Z SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 





(Top View) 




Offset Null |T 






TQ Offset Null 


Invt Input fT 






3 v cc 


Noninvt Input fT 






1] Output 


v EE rr 






J] n.c. 











ORDERING INFORMATION 



Slew Rate 


Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


V| * 25 


Vio a 60 nV 


V| * 100 M V 


3 1.7 V/^s 


OP-27 AZ 


OP-27BZ 


OP-27CZ 


-56 to + 125°C 


Ceramic DIP 


OP-27EZ 


OP-27FZ 


OP-27GZ 


- 25 to + 85°C 


Ceramic DIP 


OP-27EP 


OP-27FP 


OP-27GP 


to + 70X 


Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-327 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


V CC 

vee 


+ ^ 
- 22 




Input Voltage Range (Note 1) 


V IDR 


±22 


V 


Differential Input Voltage (Note 2) 


VlD 


±0.7 


V 






Differential Input Current (Note 2) 


'ID 


±25 


mA 


Output Short-Circuit Duration 


's 


Indefinite 




Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 
Plastic Package (P Suffix) Ta = +36°C 


PD 


500 


mW 


Derate above Ta = +75°C 




6.7 


mW/"C 


Ceramic Package (Z Suffix) Ta = + 75°C 


PD 


500 


mW 


Derate above Ta ~ +80°C 


1 Rej a 






Operating Ambient Temperature 
a,h ana l uraaes 


ta 


— 55 to +125 


=C 


E,F and G Grades 
{Ceramic Package) 




— 25 to + 85 




br, rr ana ur oraaes 
(Plastic Package) 




Oto +70 




Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


-65 to +150 
-65 to +125 


X 



NOTES; 

1. For supply voltages less than * 22 V, the absolute maximum input voltage range is equal 
to the supply voltage. 

2. The inputs are protected by back-to-back diodes. Current limiting resistors are not used 
in order to achieve low noise. If differential input voltage exceeds + 0.7 V. the input current 
must be limited to 25 mA. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = +15V, V EE = -15 V, T A = + 25X unless otherwise noted.) 







OP-27A/E/EP 


OP-27B/F7FP 


OP-27C/G/GP 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 




10 


25 




20 


60 




30 


100 


uV 


Long Term input Offset Voltage 
Stability (Note 3) 


V| t 




0.2 


1.0 




0.3 


1.5 




0.4 


2.0 


u.V mo 


Input Offset Current 


lu 




7.0 


35 




9.0 


50 




12 


75 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


l|B 




± 10 


±40 




± 12 


±55 




±15 


±80 


nA 


Input Noise Voltage 0.1 to 10 Hz 
(Note 4) 


e np-p 




0.08 


0.18 




0.08 


0.18 




0.09 


0.25 


I^Vp.p 


Input Noise Voltage Density 
f = 10 Hz 
f = 30 Hz 
f = 1000 Hz 
(Note 4) 


en 




3.5 
3.1 
3.0 


5.5 
4.5 
3.8 




3.5 
3.1 
3.0 


5.5 
4.5 
3.8 




3.8 
3.3 
3.2 


80 
5.6 
4.5 


nV \ Hi 


Input Noise Current Density 
f = 10 Hz 


'n 




1.7 


4.0 




1.7 


4.0 




1.7 




pA'\ Hz 


f D .. 30 Hz 






1.0 


2 3 




1.0 


2.3 




1.0 






f = 1000 Hz 
(Note 4) 






0.4 


0.6 




0.4 


0.6 




0.4 


0.6 




Input Resistance — Differential 
Mode 


n 


1.5 


6.0 




1.2 


5.0 




0.8 


4.0 




MSi 


Input Resistance — Common Mode 


Rincm 




3.0 






2.5 






2.0 




Gil 


Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


±11.0 


±12.3 




±11.0 


±12.3 




±11.0 


r 12.3 




V 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-328 



OP-27 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


OP-27A/E/EP 


OP-27B7F/FP 


OP-27C/G/GP 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
VCM = -11 V 


CMRR 


114 


126 




106 


123 


— 


100 


120 


— 


dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 
V CC V EE " - 4 V 10 ■ 18 V 


PSRR 


100 


120 




100 


120 




94 


114 




dB 


Large-Signal Voltage Gain 
RL f 2 kit, Vq = - 10 V 
RL 3 1.0 k!!. Vo = :10 V 

Rl = 600 ii, vq = ±1.0 v, 

V CC V EE = ± 4.0 V to ± 18 V 


AVOL 


1000 
800 


1800 
1 500 

700 


— 


1000 
800 


1800 
700 


- 


700 


1500 
500 


- 


V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 
R L * 2.0 k!l 
R L 3 600 !! 


v O 


: 12 
±10 


.-. 13.8 
± 11.5 




tJ2 

:10 


-.13.8 
: 11.5 




: 11.5 
:10 


±13.5 
±11.5 




V 


Slew Rate, R L f 2.0 kil 


SR 


1.7 


2.8 




1.7 


2.8 




1.7 


2.8 




V/ns 


Gain Bandwidth Product 


GBW 


5.0 


8.0 




5.0 


8.0 




5.0 


8.0 




MHz 


Open Loop Output Resistance 
V - 0, l o 


'o 




70 






70 






70 




S! 


Power Dissipation 
Vo = 0, No Load 






90 


140 




90 


140 




100 


170 


mW 


Offset Adjustment Range 
Rp = 10 kS! 






-4.0 






r4.0 






±4.0 




mV 



NOTES (continued) 

3. Long term input offset voltage stab-lily for the OP-27 senes, refers to the average trend line of V|Q versus time over extended periods after the 
first 30 days of operation. Excluding the first hour of operation, changes in Vjo during the first 30 days are typically 2.5 o.V. 

4. Sample tested. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V C c = - 15 V, V EE = 15 V, T A = T, ow to T hi gh (Note 5)) 





Symbol 


OP-27A 


OP-27B 


OP-27C 


Unit 


Characteristic 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 


VlO 




30 


60 




50 


200 




70 


300 


uV 


Average Input Offset Drift 
(Note 6) 


TCV 10 




0.2 


0.6 




0.3 


1.3 




0.4 


1.8 


(iVZ-C 


Input Offset Current 


iio 




15 


50 




22 


85 




30 


135 


nA 


Input Bias Current 


'IB 




±20 


±60 




±28 


■ 95 




- 35 


■ 150 


nA 


Input Voltage Range 


V,R 


-10.3 


±11.5 




± 10.3 


: 11.5 




±10.2 


: 11.5 




V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
V CM = ±10 V 


CMRR 


108 


122 




100 


119 




94 


116 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 
VCCA/EE = ± 4.5 V to ±18V 




96 


114 




94 


114 




86 


108 




dB 


Large-Signal Voltage Gain 
R L 3 2k!!, V = ±10 V 


A VOL 


600 


1200 




500 


1000 




300 


800 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 
R L » 2 k!l 


v 


±11.5 


±13.5 




±11.0 


±13.2 




±10.5 


±13.0 




V 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-329 



OP-27 



fha rapt c r i t; t i r 




OP-27E/EP 


OP-27F/FP 


OP-27G/GP 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage 


V|0 




20 


50 




40 


140 




55 


220 


p-v 


Average Input Offset Drift 
(Note 6) 


TCVio 


— 


0.2 


0.6 


— 


0.3 


1.3 


- 


0.4 


1.8 


P.V7X 


Input Offset Current 


iio 


— 


10 


50 


— 


14 


85 




20 


135 


nA 


Input Bias Current 






±14 


±60 




±18 


= 95 




±25 


±150 


nA 


Input Voltage Range 


V|R 


±10.5 


±11.8 




±10.5 


±11.8 




• 10 5 


±11.8 




V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio 
V CM - ±10 V 


CMRR 


110 


124 




102 


121 




96 


118 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection Ratio 
VCC^EE = ±4.5 V to ±18V 


PSRR 


97 


114 




96 


114 




90 


114 




dB 


Large-Signal Voltage Gain 
R|_ s 2.0 kil, Vo = ±10 V 


A V0 L 


750 


1500 




700 


1300 




450 


1000 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing 
R L s 2.0 k!l 


v 


±11.7 


±13.6 




±11.4 


±13.5 




±11 


±13.3 




V 



NOTES (continued) 

5- T| 0W = -55X for OP-27A T high - + 125°C for OP-27A 



OP-27B 
OP-27C 

- -25"C for OP-27E 

OP-27F 
OP-27G 

- 0*C for OP-27EP 

OP-27FP 
OP-27GP 



OP-27B 
OP-27C 
+ 85-C for OP-27E 
OP-27F 
OP-27G 
^70-C for OP-27EP 



6. TCVjo performance is v 



OP-27FP 
OP-27GP 



icalions unnulled or when nulled with a potentiometer Rp = 8 k!l to 20 k£t. 
ABBREVIATED CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



Offset Nu 




Output 



•R1 & R2 are trimmed 
at wafer test for minimum 
offset voltage. 



OV EE 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-330 



OP-27 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



FIGURE 1 — VOLTAGE NOISE TESTER GAIN FIGURE 2 — VOLTAGE NOISE TEST CIRCUIT 

versus FREQUENCY (0.1 Hz-TO-10 Hz) 




FIGURE S — TOTAL NOISE versus SOURCE RESISTANCE FIGURE 6 — VOLTAGE NOISE versus TEMPERATURE 

100 , I , i i I i i i i i i i i [ M i r; 50 l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 




RS. SOURCE RESISTANCE III) T A , TEMPERATURE l°C) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-331 



FIGURE 7 — VOLTAGE NOISE versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE FIGURE 8 — CURRENT NOISE versus FREQUENCY 




V C C - V EE . SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI f, FREQUENCY [Htl 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-332 



OP-27 



FIGURE 13 — OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 14 — OPEN LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 




10 20 " 30 40 50 

V CC - Vf-E ■ TOTAL SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VI 



FIGURE 15 — MAXIMUM OUTPUT SWING 
versus RESISTIVE LOAD 





ie 




14 


•-> 


'I 


o 






■: 


CO 






l 


ZD 

£ 


6 


o 


c 


4; 


> 






2 C. 









) : 

























































p 
s 


3Siti\ 
N -q 


e 




















































< 


Nec 
Sv 


ativ 










































































25C 
























vcc = -15 V 
Vee - -15 V 

1 1 1 











































1.0 

R L . LOAD RESISTANCE Ikfil 
FIGURE 17 — COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO 




10 10 
R L . LOAD RESISTANCE IM1] 



FIGURE 16- 



■ POWER SUPPLY REJECTION RATIO 
versus FREQUENCY 



















































,!» 


g alive 










Positive 


\~ S 


upply — 










Sup 


>lv 


V 








































> 



1.0 10 10 2 10 3 10 a 10 5 
f, FREQUENCY IHzl 



FIGURE 18 — OPEN LOOP GAIN versus FREQUENCY 




Tt 

f. FREQUENCY IHzl 



102 103 10* 105 106 10? 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-333 



OP-27 



FIGURE 19 — MAXIMUM UNDISTORTED OUTPUT 
versus FREQUENCY 




100 K 1.0 I 

f. FREQUENCY (Hzl 



10 M 



FIGURE 20 — SMALL-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 







*1 






scr>: 



t. TIME 1500 ns DIVI 
A V = +1.0 V EE = -15 V 
T A = + 25°C C L - 15 pF 
V CC = + 15 V R L - * 



FIGURE 21 — LARGE-SIGNAL TRANSIENT RESPONSE 




Av 

T A = + 25°C 
V C C = + 15 V 



t. TIME !2.0 M sDIV) 
-1.0 V EE = - 15 V 



C L = 12 pF 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

The designer is cautioned that stray thermoelectric 
voltages generated by dissimilar metals at the contacts 
to the input terminals can prevent realization of the drift 
performance indicated. Best operation will be obtained 
when both input contacts are maintained at the same 
temperature, preferably close to the temperature of the 
device's package. 

OFFSET VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT 

The input offset voltage and drift over temperature 
are permanently trimmed at wafer testing. However, if 
further adjustment of V|o is required, nulling with a 
1 kil potentiometer as shown in Figure 22 will not 
degrade TCV|Q. Other potentiometer values from 1 .0 kfi 
to 1.0 MSI can be used with a slight degradation (0.1 to 
0.2 tA/r'C) of TCVio- Trimming to a value other than 
zero creates a drift of (V|q/300) /xV/'C, e.g. if V|q is 
adjusted to 100 mV, the change in TCV|o will be 0.33 
/iV/°C. The offset voltage adjustment range with a 10 kil 
potentiometer is ± 4.0 mV. If a smaller adjustment range 
is required, the sensitivity and/or resolution of the null- 
ing can be increased by using a smaller pot in con- 
junction with fixed resistors. 

FIGURE 22 — OFFSET NULLING CIRCUIT 




NOISE MEASUREMENTS 

The extremely low noise of these devices can make 
accurate measurement a difficult task. In order to realize 
the 80 nV peak-to-peak noise specification of the op amp 
in the 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz frequency range, the following 
guidelines must be observed: 

(1) The device has to be warmed up for at least five 
minutes. As the op amp warms up, its offset voltage 
changes typically 4.0 /iV due to its chip temperature 
increasing 14 to 20°C from the moment the power 
supplies are turned on. In the 10 sec measurement 
interval these temperature-induced effects can eas- 
ily exceed tens of nanovolts. 

(2) For similar reasons, the device has to be well 
shielded from air currents to eliminate the possi- 
bility of thermoelectric effects in excess of several 
nanovolts. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-334 



(3) Sudden motion in the vicinity of the device can 
also "feed-through" to increase the observed noise. 

(4) The test time to measure 0.1 Hz to 10 Hz noise 
should not exceed 10 sec. As shown in the noise 
tester frequency response curve (Figure 1) the 0.1 
Hz corner is defined by only one zero. The test time 
of 10 sec acts as an additional zero to elim nate noise 
contributions from the frequency band below 0.1 
Hz. 

A noise-voltage density test is recommended when 
measuring noise on a large number of units. A 10 Hz 
noise-voltage density measurement will correlate well 
with a 0.1 Hz-to-10 Hz peak-to-peak noise reading since 
both results are determined by the white noise and the 
location of the 1/f corner frequency. 

UNITY GAIN BUFFER APPLICATIONS 

When Rp s 100 fi and the input is driven with a fast, 
large signal pulse (> 1.0 V), the output waveform will 
look as shown in Figure 23. 

During the initial fast input step, the input protection 
diodes effectively short the output to the input and cur- 
rent limit only by the output short circuit protection of 



the op amp and the source resistance of the generator. 
With Rp s 500 n, the output is capable of handling the 
current requirements di_ « 20 mAat 10 VI and the ampli- 
fier stays in its active mode and a smooth transition will 
occur. 

As with all operational amplifiers when Rp > 2.0 kfl, 
a pole will be created with Rp and the amplifier's input 
capacitance (8.0 pF), creating additional phase shift and 
reducing the phase margin. A small capacitor (20 to 50 
pFI in parallel with Rp will eliminate this problem. 

FIGURE 23 — PULSED OPERATION 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-335 




TCA0372 



Advance Information 



DUAL POWER OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

The TCA0372 is a monolithic circuit, intended for use as a power 
operational amplifier in a wide range of applications including servo 
amplifiers and power supplies. No deadband cross-over distortion 
provides better performance for coil driving. 

• Output current to 1 A. 

• Slew rate of 1.3 V/jiS. 

• Wide bandwidth 1.1 MHz. 

• Thermal shutdown. 

• Single or split supply operation. 

• Excellent gain and phase margins. 

• Common mode input includes ground. 

• Zero deadband cross-over distortion. 



Block Diagram 



INV T 
INPUT 

o-C 



(>- 



NON INV 
INPUT 



OH 



CURRENT 
BIAS 
MONITORING 



It 

s 



4 



vcc 

-o 



OUT 

f-o 



THERMAL 
PROTECTION 



-o 



DUAL POWER 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 





ORDERING INFORMATION 




Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


TCA0372DP1 
TCA0372DP2 
TCA0372SP 


Tj = -40°Cto+125°C 
Tj = -40°Cto+125°C 
Tj = -40°Cto+125°C 


DIP 8 pins plastic 
DIP 16 pins plastic 
Single-in-line 



DPI SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-04 




(Topviewl 



DP2 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE InpuaA 
CASE 648-06 




(Top VIBW) 




SP SUFFIX 

PLASTIC MEDIUM 
POWER PACKAGE i"P<mA 
CASE 762-01 



(Top view) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2 ~336 



mHAiMUM rtM i fraud 



Rating 


Symbol 




Unit 


Supply voltage (from Vcc to V EE ) 


v s 


40 


V 


Input differential voltage range 


V|DR 


Note 1 


V 


Input voltage range 


V|R 


Notel 


V 


Operating junction temperature 
Plastic package 


Tj 


+ 125 


X 


Storage temperature range 
Plastic package 


TSTG 


-55 to +126 


°c 


DC output current 


io 


1.0 


A 


Peak output current (non repetitive) 


'MAX 


1.5 


A 



Notes 

1 . Either or both input voltages must not exceed the magnitude of Vcc or V EE- 

2. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded. 

DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = +15V,R|_ connected to ground, Tj = T| ow to T h igh [Note 3] 
unless otherwise noted). 



Chfl r set 0rt stic 


Symbol 




Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input offset voltage (Vcm = 0) 
Vcc = +15 V, V EE = -15 V.Tj = +25°C 
V CC =+ 1 5 V, V£E = -1 5 V. Tj = T, ow to T nigh 


VlO 




3.0 


15 
20 


mV 


Average temperature coefficient of offset voltage 


AV|o/AT 




20 




M-V/°C 


Input bias current (Vcm = 0) 


>n 




100 


500 


nA 


Input offset current (Vcm = W 


'10 




10 


50 


nA 


Large signal voltage gain 
Vo= ±10V,R|. = 2.0K 


AVOL 


30 


100 




V/mV 


Output voltage swing l[_ = 100 mA 
Vcc= +15V,V EE = -15V,T= +25°C 
V CC = + 15 V, V EE = -1 5 V. T = T|ow to T high 

Vcc= +15V,V EE = -15V,T= +25°C 

V C C = + 1 5 V, V EE = -1 5 V. T = Tlow to T high 


VOH 


14 

13.9 


14.2 




V 


vol 




-14.2 


-14 
-13.9 


V 


Output voltage swing l|_ = 1 A 
Vcc = +24 V, V EE = V. Tj = +25°C 
V C C = +24 V. V EE = V. Tj = T !ow to T h i gh 

VCC = +24 V. V EE = 0, Tj = +25-C 

V CC = +24 V. V EE = V. Tj = T low to T high 


V H 


22.5 
22.5 


22.7 




V 


vol 




1.3 


1.5 
1.5 


V 


Input common mode voltage range 
T A = +25°C 
T A = T| ow to Thigh 


VlCR 


V EE to(VccD 
V EE to(V C c-1.3> 


V 


Common mode rejection ratio (Rs = 10 K) 


CMRR 


70 


90 




dB 


Power supply rejection ratio (Rs = 100 fl) 


PSRR 


70 


90 




dB 


Power supply current 

Vcc= +15V,V EE --15V,Tj = +25°C 

V CC = + 1 5 V. V EE = -1 5 V. Tj = T, ow to T hi g h 


id 




7 


10 
14 


mA 



Notes (continued) 

3.T| ovv = -dO°C.T high = +125°C 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-337 



TCA0372 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vcc = + 15V,Vee connected to ground, Tj = +25°C unless otherwise noted). 















C h s rs ctfif isti c 


Symbol 


Min 


'VP 


Max 


Unit 


Slew rate (V|N = -10 V to + 10 V, R L = 2.0 K, C|_ = 100 pF) 
A V = -1 Tj = T| ow toT ni g h 












SR 


1 


1.4 




V/nS 


Gain bandwidth product (f = 100 KHz,C|_ = 100 pF. RL = 2 K) 


GBW 










Tj = 25°C 

Tj = T| ow to Thigh 




0.9 


1.1 


- 


MHz 




0.7 


■ 


- 


Phase margin Tj = T| ow to T h i g h 
Rl = 2.0K,Cl= 100 pF 


$m 




80 




Degrees 


Gain margin 












Rl = 2.0K,Cl= lOOpF 






15 




dB 


Equivalent input noise voltage 

Rs = 100 ohms, f = 1.0 KHz to 100 KHz 


e n 




22 




rtV/ 
VRz 


Total harmonic distortion 

Ay = -1 , Rl = 50 ohms, Vo = 0.5 VRMS, f = 1 KHz 


Thd 




0.02 




% 


Thermal shutdown 






1.60 







If Vee is disconnected before Vcc, a diode between V EE and GROUND is recommended to avoid device damage. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-338 



TCA0372 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 



Figure 1. 

Input Offset Voltage vs Temperature 



S 0.4 

















vs - lis 


































































































J 

I 






















20 40 60 80 
Tj, Junction Temperature 



100 120 140 



Figure 2. 

Normalized Input Bias Current vs Temperature 



1 12 

I 1.0 

6 

Z 

c 0.8 
| 

S 0.4 
a. 

5 02 



















































-- 


= — 


































































•.-its 



















— * 





20 40 60 
Tj, Junction Temperature 



80 100 120 140 




-700 -600 -500 

H, Load Current (mA) 



re 4. 



High Output Saturation vs Load Current 



1 






M 

vcc 














v 1 
























































1 






















-60 -50 -40 -30 
II, Load Current (mA) 



Figure 5. 

Low Output Saturation vs Load Current 




40 50 60 
II. Load Current (mA) 



Figure 6. 

Low Output Saturation vs Load Current 



400 500 600 700 
II, Load Current (mA) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES (continued) 




Figure 9. 

Closed Loop Voltage Gain (40dB) and Phase vs Frequency 




100 

f. Frequency (KHz) 



Figure 10. 

Total Harmonic Distortion vs Frequency 



1 

£ 0.1 



vs- ±1SV 

A - -1 
Vo - -JV 

rl - son 



10 



f, Frequency (KHz) 



Figure 11. 

Phase vs Frequency 



























































































































! 






s 






ski 








I 




















F 








\ 




















































\ 


s 










TJ 


- 2 






























§ 




RL - 10K 

I mm 




























Mil 



f, Frequency (KHz) 



000 10000 



Figure 12. 

Phase vs Frequency 



— — 




























































i 






























r 


















































Av - -100 
CL- iOpF 
— TJ - 23T 

1 Mill 
























II 























f. Frequency (KHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-340 



TCA0372 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES (continued) 



Figure 13. 

Slew Rate ± vs Temperature 



1" 



20 40 60 80 100 120 140 
Tj, Junction Temperature (°C) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-341 



TCA0372 



APPLICATION INFORMATION 



Figure 16. Bidirectional DC motor control with (iP compatible inputs. 




ElO 
VS/2 O 



Vs = logic supply voltage Must be Vqc > Vs E1, E2 = logic inputs 



OE2 



17. Bidirectional speed control of DC motors. 
For circuit stability ensure that Rv>2S3lEJ where Rm = internal resistance of motor. The voltage available atthe 

Rm 

terminals of the motor is Vm = 2(Vi - ^S) + [Ro]- Im where [Ro] = 2B ^ ' R1 and \m is the motor current. 

2 Rx 



VsQ 




10 K 



10 K 



THERMAL INFORMATION 

The maximum power consumption an integrated circuit can tolerate at a given operating ambient temperature 
can be found from the equation: 

PD(TA) = Tj(max)-T A 
RejA (typ) 



Where: 

P D(TA) = Power dissipation allowable at a given operating temperature. This must be greater than the sum of 

the products of the supply voltages and supply currents at the worst case operating condition. 
T J(Max) = Maximum operating junction temperature as listed in the MAXIMUM RATINGS section. 
T/\ = Maximum desired operating ambient temperature. 

R 9JA = Typical thermal resistance junction to ambient. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-342 



® 



MOTOROLA 



LOW POWER JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER 

These JFET input operational amplifiers are designed for low 
power applications. They feature high input impedance, low input 
bias current and low input offset current. Advanced design tech- 
niques allow for higher slew rates, gain bandwidth products and 
output swing. The TL061 device provides for the external null 
adjustment of input offset voltage. 

These devices are specified over the commercial, vehicular and 
military temperature ranges. The commercial and vehicular 
devices are available in Plastic dual in-line and SOIC packages. 
The military devices are available in Ceramic dual in-line 
packages. 

• Low Supply Current — 200 ^A/Amplifier 

• Low Input Bias Current — 5.0 pA 

• High Gain Bandwidth — 2.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate — 6.0 V/^s 

• High Input Impedance — 10 12 fi 

• Large Output Voltage Swing — ± 14 V 

• Output Short Circuit Protection 





TL061 




TL062 




TL064 



LOW POWER 
JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Tested 
Temperature Range 


Package 


Single 


TL061CD, ACD, BCD 
TL061CP, ACP. BCP 
TL061VD 
TL061 VP 
TL061MJG 


to + 70°C 
to + 70"C 
- 40 to + 85°C 
-40 to + 85°C 
-55 to + 125°C 


SO-8 
Plastic DIP 

SO-8 
Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 


Dual 


TL062CD, ACD, BCD 
TL062CP, ACP, BCP 
TL062VD 
TL062VP 
TL062MJG 


to + 70°C 
to + 70°C 

- 40 to + 85°C 

- 40 to + 85°C 
-55 to +125°C 


SO-8 
Plastic DIP 

SO-8 
Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 


Quad 


TL064CD, ACD, BCD 
TL064CN, ACN, BCN 
TL064VD 
TL064VP 
TL064MJ 


to + 70°C 
to + 70°C 
- 40 to + 85°C 
-40 to + 85°C 
-55 to +125°C 


SO- 14 
Plastic DIP 

SO-14 
Plastic DIP 
Ceramic DIP 





P SUFFIX JG SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 CASE 693-02 




D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 


Offset Null 11 
Inputs (JE 

VeeE 




3NC 

3 v cc 

J! Output 
3 Offset Null 


(Single, Top View) 


Output 1 E 
Inputs 

VEEE 




3 v C c 

3 Output 2 
ijj Inputs 2 


(Dual, Top View) 



10» J0& 



14 



N SUFFIX J SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 CASE 632-08 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



Output 1 (T 1 | 3 Output 4 

Inputs l|^ ^) Inputs 4 



III 

Veen 

Inputs 2 Jjj 
Output 2 d 



1 I DC 



11 

3 Vee 

■at 
1 Inputs 3 

3 Output 3 



(Quad, Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-343 




Rating 


Symbol 


Value Unit 


Supply Voltage (from Vqc to V EE' 


V S 


+ 36 


V 


Input Differential Voltage Range (Note 1) 


V|[)p 


+ 30 


V 


Input Voltage Range (Notes 1 and 2) 


V|R 


+ 15 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Duration {Note 3) 


>s 


Indefinite 


Seconds 


Operating Junction Temperature (Note 31 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


Tj 


+ 160 
+ 150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 
Ceramic Package 
Plastic Package 


T stg 


- 65 to + 1 60 
-60 to +150 


C 



NOTES: 

1. Differential voltages are at the noninverting input terminal with respect to the inverting input terminal. 

2. The magnitude of the input voltage must never exceed the magnitude of the supply or 15 volts, whichever is less. 

3. Power dissipation must be considered to ensure maximum junction temperature (Tj) is not exceeded. (See Figure 1.1 



EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC (EACH AMPLIFIER) 




•Null adjustment pins for 
TL061 only. 




-OVEE 



TL061 input offset voltage 
null adjust circuit 



MOTOROLA LINEAR INTERFACE DEVICES 
9-144 



TL061, TL062, TL064 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS IV C c - + 15 V. Vee = - 15 V. T A = OX to + 70X. unless otherwise noted) 





Characteristic 




TL061BC 
TL062BC 
TL064BC 


TL061AC 
TL062AC 
TL064AC 


TL061C 
TL062C 
TL064C 




Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage <Rs = 50 11, Vo - V) 
T A = 25 C 
T A = 0°Cto + 70X 


VlO 


- 


2.0 


3.0 
5.0 


- 


3.0 


6.0 
7 5 


- 


3.0 


15 
20 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient for Offset Voltage 
(R S = 50 !!. V = VI 


AVio AT 


- 


10 


- 


- 


10 


- 


- 


10 


- 


^V c 


Input Offset Current (V CM = V, V = V) 
Ta = 25X 
Ta = 0°C to + 70°C 


ho 


- 


0.5 


100 
2.0 


- 


0.5 


100 
2.0 


- 


0.5 


200 

2.0 


pA 
nA 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vo = V) 
Ta = 25X 
Ta = OX to + 70X 


l|B 


- 


3.0 


200 
7 


- 


3.0 


200 
7 


- 


3.0 


200 
10 


pA 
nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range (Ta = 25X) 


V ICR 


— 1 1 5 


+ 14.5 
— 12 


+ 11.5 


— 1 1 5 


+ 14.5 
— 12 


+ 11.6 


— 1 1 


+ 14.5 
— 12 


-11 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (R L = 10 k!! V = ± 10 V) 
T A = 25X 
Ta = OX rn + 70X 


AVOL 


4.0 


58 




4.0 


58 


- 


3.0 


58 


- 


V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing (R L = 10 hK V| D = 1.0 V) 

Ta i 25X 


Vr» + 

vo- 


+ 10 


+ 14 
-14 


-10 


+ 10 


+ 14 
- 14 


-10 


+ 10 


+ 14 
- 14 


- 10 


V 


T A = 0°C to + 70°C 


Vo + 

vo- 


+ 10 




- 10 


+ 10 




-10 


+ 10 




- 10 




Common Mode Rejection 

(RS = 50 11, Vcm '-' V ICR min - V = V, T A - 25°C) 


CMR 


80 


84 




80 


84 




70 


84 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection 
(R S = 50 a Vcm = V, V = 0, T A - 25 C C) 


PSR 


80 


86 




80 


86 




70 


86 




dB 


... 

Power Supply Current (each amplifier! 
(No Load, Vq = V, T A - 25°C) 


id 




200 


250 




200 


250 




200 


250 


MA 


Total Power Dissipation (each amplifier) 
(No Load, V - V, T A - 25°C) 


Pd 




6.0 


7.5 




6.0 


7.5 




6.0 


7.5 


mW 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-345 



TL061, TL062, TL064 



DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V EE = -15 V, T A = T| 0W to T hiqh (Note 4) unless otherwise noted) 







TL061M,V 
TL062M.V 


TL064M.V 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs = 50 !!, V = V) 
T A = 25°C 
T A = T low to T hiqh 


VlO 


- 


3.0 


6.0 
9.0 


- 


3.0 


9.0 
15 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Offset Voltage 
(RS = 50 «, Vo = V) 


AV|Q/AT 




10 






10 




M V,'°C 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = V, Vq = V) 
T A = 25°C 
TA = T|ow to T niqh 


iio 


- 


5.0 


100 
20 


- 


5.0 


100 
20 


pA 
nA 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = V, Vq = VI 
Ta = 25'C 

TA = Tlrt\n, tO Thinh 

M low niqn 


llB 


- 


30 


200 
50 


- 


30 


200 
50 


pA 

nA 


Input Common Mode Voltage Range (T A = 25°C) 


V|CR 


-11.5 


+ 14.5 
-12 


+J1.5 


- 11.5 


+ 14.5 
-12 


+ 11.5 


V 


Large Signal Voltage Gain (Rl = 10 Ml, Vo - ±10 V) 
T A = 25°C 
TA = Tlow to T hiqn 


AVOL 


4.0 
4.0 


58 


— 


4.0 

4.0 


58 


— 


V mV 


Output Voltage Swing (R(_ - 10 Ml, Vjfj = 1.0 VI 
T A = 25°C 

TA = T|ow to Thigh 


V + 

v + 
v - 


+ 10 
+ 10 


+ 14 

-14 


-10 
10 


+ 10 
+ 10 


+ 14 

- 14 


- 10 

-10 


V 


Common Mode Rejection 

(R S = 50 ft V CM = V|CR min, V = V, T A = 25°© 


CMR 


80 


84 




80 


84 




dB 


Power Supply Rejection 

(R S = 50 n, V CM = V, V = V, T A = 25°C) 


PSR 


80 


86 




80 


86 




dB 


Power Supply Current (each Amplifier) 


ID 










200 


250 


mA 


(No Load, V = V, T A = 25°C> 






200 


250 






Total Power Dissipation (each Amplifier) 
(No Load, V = V, T A = 25°C) 


Pd 




6.0 


7.5 




6.0 


7.5 




mW 



Note 4. TL06XM T ]ow = -55X Thigh = +125'C 
TL06XV Ti ow - -40-C Thigh ' +85°C 



AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTE 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Slew Rate (V in = - 10 V to + 10 V, R L = 10 kil C L = 100 pF. A V = +1.0) 


SR 


2.0 


6.0 




V fiS 


Rise Time (V in = 20 mV, R|_ = 10 Ml, C L = 100 pF, A v = +1.0) 


'r 




0.1 






Overshoot (Vj n = 20 mV, Rl = 10 Ml, C L = 100 pF, Av = +1.0) 


OS 




10 






Settling Time 

(V C c = +15V, V EE = -15 V, A V = -1.0, To within 10 mV 
R L = 10 Ml, Vo = V to + 10 V step) To within 1.0 mV 


«5 




1.6 
2.2 




MS 


Gain Bandwidth Product (f = 200 kHz) 


GBW 




2.0 




MHz 


Equivalent Input Noise (Rs = 100 fl, f = 1.0 kHz) 


e n 




47 




nV/\ Hz 


Input Resistance 


Hi 




1012 




!! 


Channel Separation (f = 10 kHz) 


cs 




5 20 




dB 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



TL061, TL062, TL064 



TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CURVES 



FIGURE 1 — MAXIMUM POWER DISSIPATION versus FIGURE 2 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 

TEMPERATURE FOR PACKAGE VARIATIONS versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




FIGURE 3 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus TEMPERATURE 



































































































VCC 

VEE 
_R L 


= +1 


V 












s-Msw 

- 1(1 KJ 



























75 - 50 - 25 25 50 75 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°CI 



FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus FREQUENCY 



V CC = ->- 15 V, V EE = -15 V 




Vcc = +12 V, V EE = -12V 





100 



V'CC = 



v 5.o Wee = -5.ov 



V CC = +2.5V,V EE 



1.0K 10K 100K 1.0M 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz] 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 




FIGURE 6 — LARGE SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus TEMPERATURE 



V CC = +15 

— V EE = -15 

Rl = io m 














v 












v 






















































N 



















































































-25 25 50 75 100 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°CI 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-347 



FIGURE 7 — OPEN-LOOP VOLTAGE GAIN 
AND PHASE versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 8 — SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 




100 1.0K 10K 
f. FREQUENCY (Hzl 





250 




200 


< 






150 


cc 




a: 
ZD 

o 




E 


100 






8 


50 





















































































































































T A = 25X 
















Vq = V 
R L = *!! 
















I I 

















2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 

Vco ftt SUPPLY VOLTAGE (VOLTSI 



FIGURE 9 — SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 10 — TOTAL POWER DISSIPATION 
versus TEMPERATURE 



1 







































































































V 












_V EE = -15 

Vg - V 
Ri = ifl 


V 
























1 1 













-25 25 50 75 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 

















Vr 


• = +1 


iV 


IL 


Jb4 








V EE = -1 
— V = V 
Ri = * !1 


V 






























TL 


162 














































■ TU 


61 

























































5.0 

i 

0L 

- 5 - 50 - 25 25 50 75 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO 



125 



FIGURE 11 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 12 - COMMON-MODE REJECTION 
i FREQUENCY 



I 

v<x = + 

V EE = - 
_ Vn = V 


5V 












5V 














= 10 k! 


1 





























































































-25 26 50 7 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



1 125 



V CC = +15V 
. V EE - -15 V 
V CM = 0V 
AV CM = =1-5V 
T A = 25°C 



■m 1 — i i m l Ml 1 — r-rr 



AV CM ^I^^ V 
CMR = 20Lcg » A( j M j 




1.0K 10K 

f. FREQUENCY (Hj| 



1.0M 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-348 



FIGURE 13 — POWER SUPPLY REJECTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 14 — NORMALIZED GAIN BANDWIDTH PRODUCT, 
SLEW RATE AND PHASE MARGIN versus TEMPERATURE 




10K 100K 
f. FREQUENCY [Hz) 



50 75 
A, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



FIGURE 15 - INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
s TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 16 — INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE versus FREQUENCY 



1000 

_ 100 
< 

§ 10 

en 

m 

ZD 
C_) 

w 1,0 

< 

co 

| 0.1 
~ 0.01 
0.001 



1 I 

VCC = -15V 

U 1C W 










vc 


M = OV 





































































- 25 25 50 75 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IX) 



| 

I 50 

? 40 
o 

S 30 
o 

I 20 

i 10 



10 











































V 


I 










































































> 15 V 






























V EE - -15V 
R$ - 10011 






























IA 




C 

































































1.0K 10K 
: . FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 17 — SMALL SIGNAL RESPONSE 



FIGURE 18 — LARGE 





t, TIME (2.0nsDIV) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



2-349 



TL061, TL062, TL064 



FIGURE 19 - AC AMPLIFIER FIGURE 20 - HIGH-Q NOTCH FILTER 




FIGURE 22 - 0.5 Hz SQUARE-WAVE OSCILLATOR 

FIGURE 23 — AUDIO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER 

Rp = 100 kSl 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



2-350 



® 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



— 
— 



Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Single 


TL071ACD, BCD, CD 


to + 70°C 


SO-8 


TL071ACJG, BCJG, CJG 


Ceramic DIP 


TL071ACP, BCP, CP 


Plastic DIP 


TL071MJG 


-55 to + 125°C 


Ceramic DIP 


Dual 


TL072ACD, BCD, CD 


Oto +70°C 


SO-8 


TL072ACJG, BCJG, CJG 


Ceramic DIP 


TL072ACP, BCP, CP 


Plastic DIP 


TL072MJG 


-55 to +125X 


Ceramic DIP 


Quad 


TL074ACD, BCD, CD 


Oto +70T 


SO- 14 


TL074ACJ, BCJ, CJ 


Ceramic DIP 


TL074ACN, BCN, CN 


Plastic DIP 


TL074MJ 


-55 to + 125°C 


Ceramic DIP 



TL071 
TL072 
TL074 



LOW NOISE, JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

These low-noise JFET input operational amplifiers combine two 
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte- 
grated circuit. Each internally compensated operational amplifier 
has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for low input 
offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths 
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset cur- 
rents, and supply currents. Moreover, the devices exhibit low- 
noise and low harmonic distortion making them ideal for use in 
high-fidelity audio amplifier applications. 

These devices are available in single, dual and quad operational 
amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry standard 
MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar products. De- 
vices with an "M" suffix are specified over the military operating 
temperature range of -55°C to +125°C and those with a "C" 
suffix are specified from 0°C to +70°C. 

• Low Input Noise Voltage — 18 nV/Vfiz Typ 

• Low Harmonic Distortion — 0.01% Typ 

• Low Input Bias and Offset Currents 

• High Input Impedance — 10 12 £1 Typ 

• High Slew Rate — 13 V/us Typ 

• Wide Gain Bandwidth — 4.0 MHz Typ 

• Low Supply Current — 1.4 mA per Amp 



r 



LOW NOISE, JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 




P SUFFIX JG SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 CASE 693-02 



B^r^- 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 



Offset Null E 



V EE E 



3 NC 



lnv+ Input G-f-v. p V C c 
Noninvt Input E-b^-H Output 



TL071 
(Top View) 



3 Offset Null 



Output A E 
Inputs A j E 




IlVcc 

□ Output B 

IH Inputs B TL072 

(Top View) 




N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(TL074 Only) 



J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 
(TL074 Only) 

D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



Out 1 E 

v C c E 
1 2 E 



Inputs 1 



Inputs 2 



3 Out 4 

ill 

3v E e 
3 

3 Out 3 



Inputs 4 



Inputs 3 



TL074 (Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-351 



Rating 


Symbol 


TL07_ M 


TL07 C 
TL07_ AC 
TL07_ BC 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


VCC 

vee 


+ 18 
-18 


+ 18 
-18 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


V|D 


±30 


±30 


V 


Input Voltage Range (Note 1) 


V|DR 


±15 


±15 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 2) 


rS 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation 
Plastic Package (N,P) 

Flo rate shni/o Ta — A~ AIT 

Ceramic Package (J, JG) 
Derate above Ta = + 82°C 


pd 

1 lit I A 

pd 

1/sja 


680 
10 


680 
10 

680 
10 


mW 

mW7°C 

mW 
mW/'C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


ta 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


- 65 to + 1 50 


- 65 to + 1 50 


°c 



NOTES: 1. The magnitude of the input voltage must not exceed the magnitude of the supply voltage or 15 volts, whichever is less. 

2. The output may be shorted to ground or either supply. Temperature and/or supply voltages must be limited to ensure that power dissipation 
ratings are not exceeded. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = + 15 V, V EE = - 15 V, T A = +25° unless otherwise noted). 







TL07_ M 


TL07_ C 
TL07_AC 
TL07_ BC 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (R$ 10 k, VQM = 0) 

TL071, TL072 
TL074 
TL07_ A 
TL07_ B 


VlO 


— 




3.0 
3.0 

— 


6.0 
9.0 



— 



3.0 
3.0 
3.0 
2.0 


10 
10 
6.0 

3.0 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
R S = 50 n, T A = T| 0W to T niqn (Note 3) 


AV|o'AT 


- 


10 


- 


- 


10 




uV/°C 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 41 

TL07_ 

TL07_ A, TL07_ B 


ho 




5.0 


50 




5.0 
5.0 


50 
50 


pA 


Input Bias Current (V C M = 0) (Note 4) 

TL07_ 

TL07_ A, TL07_ B 


lie 




30 


200 




30 
30 


200 
200 


pA 


Input Resistance 


rj 




1012 






1012 




n 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 


V|CR 














V 


TL07_ 




±11 


+ 15,-12 




±10 


+ 15,-12 






TL07_ A, TL07_ B 










±11 


+ 15,-12 






Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vo f ± 10 V, Rl s, 2.0 k) 
TL07_ 


AyOL 


35 


150 




25 


150 




V/mV 


TL07_ A, TL07_ B 










50 


150 






Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak) 
(RL = 10 k) 


v 


24 


28 




24 


28 




V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rs s 10 M 
TL07_ 


CMRR 


80 


100 




70 


100 




dB 


TL07_ A, TL07_ B 










80 


100 






Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs * 10 k) 
TL07_ 

TL07_ A, TL07_ B 


PSRR 


80 


100 




70 
80 


100 
100 




dB 


Supply Current (Each Amplifier) 


ID 




1.4 


2.5 




1.4 


2.5 


mA 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


BW 




4.0 










MHz 








4.0 




Slew Rate (See Figure 1) 
V in = 10 V, R[_ = 2.0 k, C|_ = 100 pF 


SR 


10 


13 






13 




V/us 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-352 



TL071, TL072, TL074 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V CC = + 15 V, Vee - -15V,T A ^ +25° unless otherwise noted) 





Characteristic 


Symbol 


TL07_ M 


TL07_ C 
TL07_ AC 
TL07_ BC 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Rise Time (See Figure 1) 

Overshoot Factor 
V in = 20 mV, R L = 2.0 k, C L = 100 pF 


tr 




0.1 






0.1 




MS 


— 




10 






10 




% 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
R S = 100 n, f = 1000 Hz 


e n 




18 






18 




nV/VHl 


Equivalent Input Noise Current 
R S = 100 11, f - 1000 Hz 


'n 




0.01 






0.01 




pA/VR! 


Total Harmonic Distortion 
V (RMS) = 10 V. Rs s 1.0 k 
R L 3 2.0 k, f = 1000 Hz 


THD 




0.01 






0.01 




% 


Channel Separation 
A V = 100 






120 






120 




dB 







TL07_ M 


TL07_ C 
TL07_ AC 
TL07_ BC 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs « 10 k, VrjM = 0) 

TL071, TL072 
TL074 
TL07_ A 
TL07_ B 


VlO 






9.0 
15 






13 

13 
7.5 
5.0 


mV 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 4) 

TL07_ 

TL07_ A, TL07_ B 


ho 






20 






2.0 
2.0 


nA 


Input Bias Current (Vcm " 0) ' No,e 4 ' 

TL07_ A, TL07_ B 


lie 






50 






7.0 
7.0 


nA 


Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = ±10 V, R|_ s 2.0 k) 
TL07_ 

TL07_ A, TL07_ B 


AvOL 


20 






15 
25 






V mV 


Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak) 
(RL » 10 k) 
(RL » 2.0 k) 


vo 


24 
20 






24 
20 






V 



NOTES (Continued): 

3. T| ov » = - 55°C for TL071 M. TL072M, TL074M Thigh ' + 125°C for TL071M, TL072M, TL074M 

- 0°C for TL071C, TL071AC, TL071BC = +70"C for TL071C, TL071AC, TL071BC 

TL072C, TL072AC, TL072BC TL072C, TL072AC, TL072BC 

TL074C. TL074AC TL074C, TL074AC 

4. Input Bias currents of JFET input op amps approximately double for every 10"C rise in Junction 1 
Junction Temperature as close to ambient temperatures as possible, pulse techniques must be used during test. 



l in Figure 3. To maintain 



TEST CIRCUITS 



FIGURE 1 — UNITY GAIN VOLTAGE FOLLOWER 



FIGURE 2 — INVERTING GAIN 



o- 
Vin 




-O V 



T 



iC|.= 100 pF 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-353 



TL071, TL072, TL074 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



0.01 





= *ISV 















































































































































































-50 - 25 25 50 75 100 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI 



FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 







































_vc 


C'Vf 


E = = 


-15 






























T A = 25°C 






























— & 


e higure i 





















































































































































































































































0.4 0.7 1.0 2.0 
R L , LOAD RESISTANCE (ml 



7.0 10 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus FREQUENCY 



o. 30 

% 25 
S 

CO 

s 20 

I '» 

o 























































V 


c 


;/V 


E 




= ±1 


J 


/ 




























IP 
A = 
ee 


is 


2.0 
25 
ur 


k 

C 




































\ 








1 












r 1 


/ 




















- 
































































U 5 





V 





















































































































































































10 k 100 k 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1.0 M 



FIGURE 6 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 



_"L = 


= 2.0 k 














TA = 


= 25°C 















































































































5.0 10 15 

v CO |V EE |, SUPPLY VOLTAGE ( ± V) 





35 








30 








25 






< 


20 


o 




> 






15 


=> 

& 




O 


10 


£■ 






5.0 








FIGURE 7 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 8 - 





± 15 V 














See Fig 


ure 2 








10 k 












^ 


































V 1 
R|. = 2.0 k 





































































-50 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("0 



I 1.6 

| <•< 
1 1.2 
1.0 
0.8 
0.6 
0.4 
0.2 




2 



CO 



SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER 
versus TEMPERATURE 



Vcc/Vt 


E = ±15V 





























































































































































-25 25 50 75 100 125 
T^, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-354 



TL071, TL072, TL074 



FIGURE 9 — LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 10 — LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus TEMPERATURE 




1.15 
£ 1.10 

I 1 05 
g t.00 
< 0.95 

EC 

S 0.30 



1.0 k 10 k 100 k 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



FIGURE 11 - NORMALIZED SLEW RATE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



-25 




T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PC) 



75 



100 125 



Evcc/Vee = ±15V; 
"Vo = ±iov- 

_R L = 2.0 k _ 



-50 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (XI 

FIGURE 12 - EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE 
versus FREQUENCY 




50 100 



FIGURE 13 — TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



1 1 
0.05 



; 0.01 
i 0.005 



0.001 



VCC^EE " - 15 Vdc 
Ay = 1.0 
,:Vo = 6.0 V {RMS} 
T A = 25°C 




1.0 5.0 
I, FREQUENCY (kHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-355 



2 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(Each Amplifier) 

Output 




Amplifiers 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-356 



TL071, TL072, TL074 



1.0 nF 



FIGURE 14 — AUDIO TONE CONTROL AMPLIFIER 



Input o— W ' 



O Output 




68 k 

Turn-Over Frequency 1.0 kHz 
Bass Boost/Cut — ± 20 dB at 20 Hz 
Treble Boost/Cut — ± 19 dB at 20 kHz 



FIGURE 15 — HIGH Q NOTCH FILTER 



Input O- 



R = 2R1 = 1.5 M 
C1 

C = y = 300 pF 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-357 



® 



MOTOROLA 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



JFET INPUT OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

These low-cost JFET input operational amplifiers combine two 
state-of-the-art linear technologies on a single monolithic inte- 
grated circuit. Each internally compensated operational amplifier 
has well matched high voltage JFET input devices for low input 
offset voltage. The BIFET technology provides wide bandwidths 
and fast slew rates with low input bias currents, input offset cur- 
rents, and supply currents. 

These devices are available in single, dual and quad operational 
amplifiers which are pin-compatible with the industry standard 
MC1741, MC1458, and the MC3403/LM324 bipolar products. De- 
vices with an "M" suffix are specified over the military operating 
temperature range of -55°C to +125°C and those with a "C" 
suffix are specified from 0°C to + 70°C. 

• Input Offset Voltage Options of 3.0, 6.0, and 15 mV Max 

• Low Input Bias Current — 30 pA 

• Low Input Offset Current — 5.0 pA 

• Wide Gain Bandwidth — 4.0 MHz 

• High Slew Rate — 13 V/us 

• Low Supply Current — 1.4 mA per Amplifier 

• High Input Impedance — 10 12 fi 

• Industry Standard I 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Op Amp 
Function 


Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


Single 


TL081ACO, BCD, CD 


Oto +70°C 


SO-8 


TL081ACJG, BCJG, CJG 


Ceramic DIP 


TL081ACP, BCP, CP 


Plastic DIP 


TL081MJG 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 


Dual 


TL082ACD, BCD, CD 


Oto +70X 


SO-8 


TL082ACJG, BCJG, CJG 


Ceramic DIP 


TL082ACP, BCP, CP 


Plastic DIP 


TL082MJG 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 


Quad 


TL084ACD, BCD, CD 


to +70°C 


SO- 14 


TL084ACJ, BCJ, CJ 


Ceramic DIP 


TL084ACN, BCN, CN 


Plastic DIP 


TL084MJ 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 



TL081 
TL082 
TL084 



JFET INPUT 
OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIERS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



JG SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 



SO-8 



Offset Null E 
lnv+ Input E- 
Noninvt Input E - 
VEE E - 

Output A E- 
Inputs A || j_ 

VeeE 4 



3 NC 
3Vcc 
L 3 Output 
3 Offset Null 



TL081 
(Top View) 



3VCC 
- 3 Output B 

T|} Inputs B TL082 
(Top View) 



flfW 



N SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 
(TL084 Only) 



J SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 
(TL084 Only) 

D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



3 Out 4 




TL084 (Top View) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-358 



TL081, TL082, TL084 



Rating 


Symbol 


TL08 M 


TL08 C 

TL08 AC 


Unit 


Supply Voltage 


vcc 
vee 


+ 18 
-18 


+ 18 
-18 


V 


Differential Input Voltage 


V|D 


±30 


±30 


V 


Input Voltage Range (Note 1) 


V|DR 


±15 


±15 


V 


Output Short-Circuit Duration (Note 21 


ts 


Continuous 




Power Dissipation 
Plastic Package (N,P) 

Derate above Ta = + 47°C 
Ceramic Package (J,JG) 

Derate above Ta = + 82°C 


PD 
1'«JA 
PD 


680 
10 


680 
10 

680 
10 


mW 

mW/°C 

mW 
mW7X 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


t a 


-55 to +125 


to +70 


C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


-65 to +150 


c 



NOTES: 1. The magnitude of the input voltage must not exceed the magnitude of the supply voltage or 15 volts, whichever is less. 

2. The output may be shorted to ground or either supply. Temperature and/or supply voltages must be limited to ensure that power 
dissipation ratings are not exceeded. 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C c = +15 V, Vee = -15 V, Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noted). 





Characteristic 


Symbol 


TL08 M 


TL08 C 

TL08 AC 

TL08 BC 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Vol' 


age (Rs < 10 k. Vcm = 0) 

TL081, TL082 
TL084 
TL08_A 
TL08 B 


VfO 




3.0 
3.0 


6.0 
9.0 




5.0 
5.0 
3.0 
2.0 


15 
15 
6.0 
3.0 


mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Input Offset Voltage 
R S = 50 fl. T A = T| ow to T hiqn (Note 3) 


AV|o/AT 




10 






10 




f/V/X 


Input Offset Current (Vcm = 0) (Note 4) 

TL08 

TL08 A. TL08 B 


ho 




5.0 


100 




5.0 
5.0 


200 
100 


PA 


Input Bias Current (Vcm = °> ( Note 4 > 

TL08 

TL08 A, TL08 B 


lip 




30 


200 




30 
30 


400 

200 


PA 


Input Resistance 


n 




1012 






1012 




fi 


Common Mode Input Voltage Range 

TL08 

TL08 A. TL08 B 


V|CR 


±11 


+ 15,-12 




±10 
±11 


+ 15,-12 
+ 15,-12 




V 


Large-Signal Voltage Gain (V = ±10 V, R L 32.0 kl 

TL08 

TL08 A, TL08 B 


*VOL 


25 


150 




25 
50 


150 
150 




V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak) 
R L = 10 k 


vo 


24 


28 




24 


28 




V 


Common Mode Rejection Ratio (Rgs10 k) 

TL08 

TL08 A. TL08 B 


CMRR 


80 


100 




70 
80 


100 
100 




dB 


Supply Voltage Rejection Ratio (Rs«10 kl 

TL08 

TL08 A, TL08 B 


PSRR 


80 


100 




70 
80 


100 

100 




dB 


Supply Current (Each Amplifier) 


ID 




1.4 


2.8 




1.4 


2.8 


mA 


Unity Gain Bandwidth 


BW 




4.0 






4.0 




MHz 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-359 



Characteristic 




TL08 M 


TL08 AC 

TL08 BC 


Unit 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Slew Rate (See Figure 11 
V in = 10 V, R[_ = 2.0 k, C L = 100 pF 


SR 


8.0 


13 






13 




Wilis 


Rise Time (See Figure 1) 

Overshoot Factor 
Vj n = 20 mV, R L = 2.0 k, C L = 100 pF 


<r 




0.1 


- 


- 


0.1 


- 


MS 


— 




10 






10 




% 


Equivalent Input Noise Voltage 
RS = 100 n, f = 1000 Hz 














nV/VHz 


"n — " 










Channel Separation 
A V = 100 






120 






120 




dB 


ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V cc = + 15 V. V EE = - 15 V. T A = T, ow to T hiqh [Note 3JJ 






TL08 M 


TL08 C 

TL08 AC 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


TL08 BC 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Offset Voltage (Rs *10 k, Vqm = "I 

TL081, TL082 
TL084 


V|0 






9.0 
15 






20 
20 


mV 


TL08 A 

TL08 B 














7.5 
5.0 




Input Offset Current (Vqm = 0) (Note 41 

TL08 

TL08 A, TL08 B 


iio 






20 






5.0 
3.0 


nA 
















Input Bias Current (Vqm = 0) (Note 4) 

TL08 

TL08 A, TL08 B 


Mb 






50 






10 
7.0 


nA 


Large-Signal Voltage Gain (Vo = ± 10 V, Rl»2.0 k) 

TL08 

TL08 A, TL08 B 


AVOL 


15 






15 
25 






V/mV 


Output Voltage Swing (Peak-to-Peak) 
IR L s10 k) 
(R L s2.0 k) 


vo 


24 
20 






24 
20 






V 



NOTES (continued): 

3- T|ov» » -55°Cfor TL081M, TL082M, TL084M T h igh = + 125°C tor TL081M. TL082M. TL084M 

= 0°C for TL081C. TL081 AC, TL081BC = +7<TC for TL081C, TL081AC, TL0818C 

TL082C. TL082AC, TL082BC TL082C. TL082AC. TL082BC 

TL084C, TL084AC, TL084BC TL084C. TL084AC, TL084BC 

4. Input Bias currents of JFET input Op Amps approximately double for every 10°C rise in junction temperature as shown in Figure 3. To 
maintain junction temperature as close to ambient temperature as possible, pulse techniques must be used during test. 



FIGURE 1 — UNITY GAIN VOLTAGE 
FOLLOWER 



TEST CIRCUITS 



FIGURE 2 — INVERTING GAIN OF 10 
AMPLIFIER 




R|_ = 2.0 k : 



-o v 



T 



^ Cl = 100 pF 



10 k 

-VW- 




-o v 



Cl = 100 pF 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-360 



TL081, TL082, TL084 



FIGURE 3 — INPUT BIAS CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus FREQUENCY 




50 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 




£ 10 

=3 
CL. 

°5.0 




FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus LOAD RESISTANCE 









































: e 


E = : 


15 


/ 




























T A = 25°C 




























-s 


e hgu 


e 2 





















































































































































































































































7.0 10 



FIGURE 6 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 





2.0 k 














Ta = 


= 25°C 















































































































5.0 10 15 

V CC , |V EE i, SUPPLY VOLTAGE I ± VI 



FIGURE 7 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING 
versus TEMPERATURE 



1 

VCC'V E E = 


±15V 














See Rc 


ure 2 






y\ - 


10 k 












s' 




































2.0 k 





































































-50 - 25 25 50 75 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TO 



100 125 



FIGURE 8 — SUPPLY CURRENT PER AMPLIFIER 
versus TEMPERATURE 



VCCVEE= -15 V 





























































































































































-25 25 50 75 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE l°C) 



100 125 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-361 



TL081, TL082, TL084 



FIGURE 9 - LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN AND 
PHASE SHIFT versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 10 — LARGE-SIGNAL VOLTAGE GAIN 
versus TEMPERATURE 




1.0 k 10 k 100 k 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



-25 26 50 75 100 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TCI 



FIGURE 11 — NORMALIZED SLEW RATE 
versus TEMPERATURE 




-25 25 50 75 
T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°CI 



FIGURE 12 - EQUIVALENT INPUT NOISE VOLTAGE 
versus FREQUENCY 



Wee = iisvdc 

A V = 10 

Rs = 100 n 

TA 




0.05 0.1 



FIGURE 13 — TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION 
versus FREQUENCY 



0.5 1.0 
f, FREQUENCY (kHz! 



5.0 10 50 1 00 



1.0 

Z 0.5 

Z 

O 

1 01 

1 0.05 

O 

a 
< 

^ o.oi 

o 0.005 

Q 

w 

0.001 




-VCC' V EE = =15 V 
Av - 1.0 
V = 6.0 V IRMS) 
T A = 25°C 




1.0 5.0 
f. FREQUENCY (kHz) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-362 



TL081, TL082, TL084 



REPRESENTATIVE CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 
(Each Amplifier) 

Output 
9 



oV CC 




Bias Circuitry 
Common to All 1 
Amplifiers 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



FIGURE 14- 



5.0 V 



OUTPUT CURRENT TO VOLTAGE TRANSFORMATION 
FOR A D-TO-A CONVERTER 




Settling time to within % LSB ( ± 19.5 mV) is approximately 
4.0 fis from the time all bits are switched. 

•The value of C may be selected to minimize overshoot 
and ringing (C ~ 68 pF). 



Theoretical Vq 



Yrsi 



IRQ) 



[A1 A2 A3 A 

|t + t + t + t 



A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 

6 + 32^ 64 + 128 + 256 



Adjust V re f, R1 or Rq so that Vo with all digital inputs at 
high level is equal to 9.961 volts. 



Vref ■ 
Rl = 
RO 



2.0 Vdc 
R2 - 1.0 kf! 
5.0 kfl 



V ° - TM (5 -° k) [2 + i + I + Ti + 3l + i5 + 12i + 25iJ 



"0 



255 ] 
256J 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-363 



VinO- 



1N914 1.0 fiF 



Vz TL082 



Reset ^ 



v R o- 



FIGURE 16 — LONG INTERVAL RC TIMER 

R1 VI R3 
• R2 




Time (t) = R4 Cfn (Vr'Vr - V,). R3 = R4, «5 - 0.1 R6 

If R1 = R2: t = 0.693 R4C 
Design Example: 100 Second Timer 
Vr = 10 V C = 1.0 mF R3 = R4 = 144 M 

R6 = 20 k R5 = 2.0 k R1 = R2 = 1.0 k 




v out 



V4 TL082 



•Polycarbonate 
Polystyrene Capai 



FIGURE 17 — ISOLATING LARGE CAPACITIVE LOADS 

R2 5.1 k 



+ 2.0 V 


-2.0 V 



v r 

v —I 




• Overshoot < 10% 

• t s = 10 

• When driving large C L , the V out slew rate is determined by C L 
and lout(max) : 



AV. 



out _ Iput _ 



0.02 



C L 0.5 



Vlfts = 0.04 V/^is (with C L shown) 



FIGURE 18 — VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CURRENT SOURCE 



VinO 




O lout 



If R1 through R4 >=■ R5 then l out = ^ 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
2-364 




In Brief . . . 

In most electronic systems some form of voltage reg- 
ulation is required. Yesterday the task of voltage reg- 
ulator design was tediously accomplished with discrete 
devices, and the results were quite often complex and 
costly. Today with bipolar monolithic regulators, this 
task has been reduced considerably. The designer now 
has a wide choice of fixed, low Vjitf. adjustable, and 
tracking series-type regulators. 

These devices incorporate many built-in protection 
features making them virtually immune to the cata- 
strophic failures encountered in older discrete designs. 

The Switching Power Supply continues to increase 
in popularity and is one of the fastest growing markets 
in the world of power conversion. They offer the 
designer several important advantages over that of lin- 
ear series-pass regulators. These advantages include 
significant advancements in the areas of size and 
weight reduction, efficiency, and the ability to perform 
voltage step-up and voltage-inverting. Motorola offers 
an ever increasing diverse portfolio of full featured 
switching regulator control circuits which meet the 
needs of today's modern compact electronic 
equipment. 



Power 



s 



Selector Guide 

Linear Voltage Regulators 3-2 

Switching Regulators 3-7 

Special Power Controllers 3-9 

Power Supervisory 3-10 

Alphanumeric Listing 3-13 

Related Application Notes 3-14 

Data Sheets 3-15 



Power Circuits 

Linear Voltage Regulators 

Fixed Output 

These low-cost monolithic circuits provide positive and/or 
negative regulation at currents from 100 mA to 3.0 A. They 
are ideal for on-card regulation employing current limiting and 
thermal shutdown. Low Vdjff devices are offered for battery 
powered systems. 

Although designed primarily as fixed voltage regulators, 
these devices can be used with external components to ob- 
tain adjustable voltages and currents. 



Linear Voltage Regulators 

Fixed Output 3-2 

Adjustable Output 3-5 

Special 3-6 

Switching Regulators 

Single-Ended Controllers 3-7 

Double-Ended Controllers 3-8 

Special Power Supply Controllers 

High Performance Dual Current-Mode 3-9 

Universal Microprocessor 3-9 

Control IC for Line-Isolated Free 
Running Flyback Converter 3-9 

Power Supervisory 

Overvoltage "Crowbar" Sensing Circuit 3-10 

Over-Under Voltage Protection Circuit 3-10 

Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 3-11 

Microprocessor Voltage Regulator 

and Supervisory Circuit 3-11 

Series Switch Transient Protection Circuit 3-12 




Fixed-Voltage, 3-Terminal Regulators for Positive or Negative Polarity Power Supplie 



Vout 
Volts 


Tol.t 
Volts 


"0 
mA 
Max 


Device 
Positive Output 


Device 
Negative Output 


V|„ 
Min/Max 


Regiine 
mV 


Regioad 
mV 


AVq/AT 

mvrc 

Typ 


Case 
Suffix 


5 


±0.5 


100 


LM2931-5.0 




5.6/40 


30 


50 


1.0 


Z, T 




±0.25 




MC78L05C 


MC79L05C 


6.7 30 


200 


60 




P, G 








LM2931A-5.0 




5.6/40 


30 


50 




Z, T 








MC78L05AC 


MC79L05AC 


6.7/30 


150 


60 




P, G 






500 


MC78M05C 


MC79M05C 


7/35 


100 


100 


1.0 


G, T 




±0.4 


1500 


LM109 










1.1 


K, H 








LM209 
















±0.25 




LM309 






50 




1.0 






±0.35 




MC7805' 




8.0/35 






0.6 


K 




±0.25 




MC7805B# 




8/35 


100 




1.0 


T 








MC7805C 


MC7905C 


7/35 








K, T 




±0.2 




MC7805A* 




7.5/35 


10 


50 


0.6 


K 








MC7805AC 


MC7905AC 






100 




K, T 




±0.25 




LM140-5* 




7.0/35 


50 


50 




K 




±0.2 




LM140A-5* 






10 


25 








±0.25 




LM340-5 






50 


50 




K, T 




±0.2 




LM340A-5 






10 


25 








±0.1 




TL780-05C 




7.0/36 


5.0 


25 


0.06 


KC 




±0.25 


3000 


MC78T05C 




7.3/35 


25 


30 


0.1 


K, T 




±0.2 




MC78T05AC 






10 


25 







#Tj = -40°to +125°C tOutput Voltage Tolerance for Worst Case *Tj = - 55° to +150X 



(continued) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-2 



Fixed Output Voltage Regulators (continued) 



Vout 
Volts 


Tol.t 
Volts 


Iq 

mA 
Max 


Device 
Positive Output 


Device 
Negative Output 


Vin 
Mtn/Max 


R«>9line 
mV 


R egioad 
mV 


AVo/AT 
mVfC 
Typ 


Case 
Suffix 


5 


±0.4 


3000 


LM123* 




7.5/20 


25 


100 


0.1 


K 




LM223 





±0.25 


LM323 




T 


±0.2 


LM123A 




15 


50 


K 


1 

LM223A 





LM323A 




T 


5.2 


±0.26 


1500 


— 


MC7905.2C 


7 2 35 


105 


105 


1.0 


T 


6 


±0.3 


500 


MC78M06C 




8,35 


100 


120 


1.0 


T 


-0.35 


1500 


MC7806* 




9/35 


60 


100 


0.7 


K 


±0.3 


MC78068# 




120 


120 


T 


MC7806C 


- 

MC7906C 


8/35 


K, T 


± 0.24 


MC7806AC 




8.6/35 


11 


100 


T 


±0.3 


LM140-6* 




8/35 


60 


60 


K 


LM340-6 




K, T 


8 


-0 8 


100 


MC78L08C 


- 


9.7,30 


200 


80 




P. G 


MC78L08AC 


— 


175 


- 0.4 


500 


MC78M08C 


— 


10/35 


100 


160 


1.0 


G, T 


1500 


MC7808* 




11.5,35 


80 


100 


K 


MC7808B* 




160 


160 


T 


MC7808C 


MC7908C 


10.5/35 


K, T 


±0.3 


MC7808AC 


— 


10.6/35 


13 


100 


T 


±0.4 


LM140-8* 




10.5/35 


80 


80 


K 


LM340-8 




K, T 


3000 


MC78T08C 




10.4/35 


35 


30 


0.16 


12 


±1.2 


100 


MC78L12C 


MC79L12C 


13.7/35 


250 


100 




P. G 


±0.6 


MC78L12AC 


MC79L12AC 


500 


MC78M12C 


MC79M12C 


14/35 


100 


240 


1.0 


G, T 


1500 


MC7812* 


- 


15.5/35 


120 


120 


1.5 


K 


MC7812B* 


- 


240 


240 


T 


MC7812C 


MC7912C 


14.5/35 


K, T 


±0.5 


MC7812A' 


- 


14.8/35 


18 


50 


K 


MC7812AC 




100 


T 


±0.6 


LM140-12* 




14.5/35 


120 


120 


1.5 


K 


±0.5 


LM140A-12* 




18 


32 


±0.6 


LM340-12 




120 


120 


K, T 


±0.5 


LM340A-12 




18 


32 


±0.24 


TL780-12C 




5.0 




0.15 


KC 


±0.6 


3000 


MC78T12C 




14.5/35 


45 


30 


0.24 


K, T 


±0.5 


MC78T12AC 




18 


25 



#Tj = -40° to + 125°C tOutput Voltage Tolerance for Worst Case *Tj = - 55° to +150°C (continued) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-3 



Fixed Output Voltage Regulators (continued) 



Vout 
Volts 


Tol.t 
Volts 


io 

mA 
Max 


Device 
Positive Output 


Device 
Negative Output 


Vin 
Min/Max 


Regiine 
mV 


Re9| oa d 
mV 


AVrj/AT 
mV/X 
Typ 


Case 
Suffix 


15 


±1.5 


100 


MC78L15C 


MC79L15C 


16.7/35 


300 


150 




P. G 


±0.75 


MC78L15AC 


MC79L15A 


500 


MC78M15C 


MC79M15C 


17 35 


100 


300 


1.0 


G, T 


1500 


MC7815* 


— 


18.535 


150 


150 


1.8 


K 


MC7815B# 


— 


300 


300 


T 


MC7815C 


MC7915C 


17.5/35 


K. T 


±0.6 


MC7815A' 


— 


17.9/35 


22 


50 


K 






MC7815AC 


— 


100 


K, T 


±0.75 


LM140-15* 


— 


17.5/35 


150 


150 


K 


±0.6 


LM140A-15» 


— 


22 


35 


±0.75 


LM340-15 


— 


150 


150 


K. T 


±0.6 


LM340A-15 


— 


22 


35 


±0.3 


TL780-15C 


, = 


15 


60 


0.18 


KC 


±0.75 


3000 


MC78T1 5C 




17.5/40 


55 


30 


0.3 


K, T 




! 0.6 




MC78T15AC 




22 


25 


18 


±1.8 


100 


MC78L18C 


MC79L18C 


19.7/35 


325 


170 




P 


±0.9 


MC78L18AC 


MC79L18AC 


500 


MC78M18C 


— 


20/35 


100 


360 


1.0 


G, T 


1500 


MC7818* 


- 


22/36 


180 


180 


2.3 


K 


MC7818B# 


— 


360 


360 


T 


±0.7 


MC7818C 


MC7918C 


21/35 


K, T 






31 


100 


j 


±0.9 


LM340-18 




180 


180 


T 


20 


± 1 .0 


500 






22/40 


10 


400 


1.1 


G, T 


24 


±2.4 


100 


MC78L24C 


MC79L24C 


25.7/40 


350 


200 




P 


±1.2 


MC78L24AC 


MC79L24AC 










MC78M24C 


— 


26/40 






1 .2 


G. T 


1500 


MC7824* 


— 


28/40 


240 


240 


3.0 


K 


MC7824B* 


— 


480 


480 


T 


MC7824C 


MC7924C 


27 40 


K, T 


±1.0 


MC7824AC 




27.3/40 


36 


100 


T 


±1.2 


LM340-24 




240 


240 


T 



#Tj « -40°to+125"C tOutput Voltage Tolerance for Worst Case "Tj = - 55" to + 1 50°C 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-4 



Adjustable Output Voltage 
Regulators 



Motorola offers a broad line of adjustable output volt- 
age regulators with a variety of output current capabil- 
ities. Adjustable voltage regulators provide users the 
capability of stocking a single integrated circuit provid- 



ing a wide range of output voltages for industrial and 
communications applications. The three-terminal de- 
vices require only two external resistors to set the out- 
put voltage. 



Positive Output Regulators 



io 

mA 
Max 


Device 


Suffix 


Vout 
Volts 


Vi„ 
* in 

Volts 


Vin- 
Vout 
Differ- 
ential 
Volts 
Min 


PD 
Watts 
Max 


Regulation 
% V out @ 
T A = 25°C 
Max 


TC V ou , 
Typ 

%rc 


Tj = 

°C 

Max 


Case 


Min 


Max 


Min 


Max 


T A = 
ZS'C 


TC = 
25°C 


Line 


Load 


100 


LM317L 


H,2 


1.2 


37 


5.0 


40 


3.0 


Internally 
Limited 


0.04 


0.5 


0.006 


125 


29,79 


LM217L* 


0.02 


0.3 


0.004 


150 


LM1 17L* 


003 


LM2931C 


T 


3.0 


24 


3.16 


0.6 


0.15 


1.0 




125 


31 4D 


150 


MC1723 


CP 


2.0 


37 


9.5 


40 


3.0 


1.25 




0.1 


0.3 


0.003 


150 


646 


CG 


1.0 


2.1 


0.003 


603C 


G 


0.002 


CL 


1.5 




0.003 


175 


632 


L 




0.002 


500 


LM317M 


T 


1.2 


37 


5.0 


40 


3.0 


Inter 

Lim 


nally 
ted 


0.04 


0.5 


0.0056 


125 


221A 


1500 


LM317 


T 


1.2 


37 


5.0 


40 


3.0 


Internally 
Limited 


0.04 


0.5 


0.006 


125 


221A 


LM317 


H. K 


79. 1 


LM217# 


0.02 


0.3 


0.004 


LM117* 


0.003 


150 


3000 


LM350 


T 


1.2 


33 


5.0 


36 


3.0 


Internally 
Limited 


0.03 


0.5 


0.008 


125 


221A 


LM350 


K 


1 


LM250# 


0.01 


0.3 


0.0057 


150 


LM150* 


0.0051 


Negative Output Regulators 




io 

mA 
Max 


Device 


Suffix 


Vout 
Volts 


Vin 
Volts 


Vin- 
Vout 
Differ- 
ential 
Volts 
Min 


PD 

Watts 
Max 


Regulation 

% v ou , @ 

Ta = 25°C 
Max 


TC Vout 
Typ 

%rc 


Tj = 
°C 
Max 


Case 


Min 


Max 


Min 


Max 


TA = 
25'C 


Tc = 
25°C 


Line 


Load 


500 


LM337M 




-1.2 


-37 


5.0 


40 


3.0 


Internally 
Limited 


0.04 


1.0 


0.0048 


!25 


221 A 


1500 


LM337 


T 


-1.2 


-37 


5.0 


40 


3.0 


Internally 
Limited 


0.04 


1.0 


0.0048 


125 


221A 


LM337 


H, K 


79, 1 


LM237# 


0.02 


0.5 


0.0034 


150 


LM137* 


0.0031 



-25' to +150X *Tj = -55" to +150X 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-5 



Special Regulators 

Floating Voltage and Current Regulators 



Designed for laboratory type power supplies. Voltage is limited only by the break down voltage of associated, 
external, series-pass transistors. 

, , , , . , . , 1 1 



Vout 
Volts 


io 

mA 
Max 


Device 


Suffix 


Vaux 
Volts 


PD 
Watts 
Max 


AV re( /V ref 

% 


AI L /L L 

% 
Max 


TC V out 
%/X 
Typ 


Case 


Min 


Max 


Min 


Max 


Line 


Load 









MC1466 


L | 21 


30 1 0.76 


0.015 


0.015 


0.2 


0.001 


632 



'Dependent on characteristics of external series-pass elements 



Dual ±15 V Tracking Regulators 



Internally, the device is set for ±15 V, but an external adjustment can change both outputs simultaneously, from 
8.0 V to 20 V. 



Vout 
Volts 


io 

mA 


Vin 
Volts 






PD 
Watts 


"eaiine 
mV 


Regioad 
mV 


TC 
%/X 
<T|ow to 
Thighl 
Typ 


T A 




Min 


Max 


Max 


Min 


Max 


Device 


Suffix 


Max 


X 


Case 










30 


MC1468 




0.8 


10 


10 


3.0 


to +75 


603C 


14.8 


15.2 


±100 


17 


G 














L 


1.0 










632 












MCI 568 


G 


0.8 








-55 to +125 


603C 















L 


1.0 










632 



Microprocessor Voltage Regulator/Supervisory Circuit 



A 5.0 V fixed output with many monitoring functions required in microprocessor-based systems. 



Vout- V re f 
Volts 


'SINK 
mA 
Max 


Vin 
Volts 


mV Max 


Reg| ad 




Suffix 


ta 

X 


Case 


Min 


Max 


Min 


Max 


mV Max 


Device 


4.75 


5.25 


100 


7.0 


40 


40 


50 


MC34160 


P 


to +70 


648C 


2.47 


2.73 


2.0 


5.0 


20 


30 


MC33160 


-40 to +85 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



Switching Regulators 



Used as a control circuit in PWM, push-pull, bridge and duty cycle are independently adjustable. Most of these 

series type Switchmode supplies, the devices include a devices also include one or two on-chip error amplifiers 

voltage reference, oscillator, pulse-width modulator, for voltage or current error signal feedback, 
phase splitter and output drive sections. Frequency and 



Single-Ended Controllers 

These single-ended voltage- and current-mode controllers are designed for use in buck, boost, flyback, and 
forward converters. They are cost effective in applications that range from 0.1 to 200 watts power output. 



In 
'O 

mA 


vcc 

Votts 


VI 

Operating 
Mode 


Rat 


Max 

Osc. 






ta 

X 




Max 


Min 


Max 


Volts 


Freq. (kHz) 


Device 


Suffix 


Case 


250 


7.0 


40 


V 


5.0 ±5.0% 


200 


MC34060 


P 


to +70 


646 
















L 




632 














MC35060 


L 


-55 to +125 




500 








5.0 ±1.5% 




MC34060A 


D 


to +70 


751A 
















P 




646 














MC33060A 


D 


-40 to +85 


751A 
















P 




646 














MC35060A 


L 


-55 to +125 


632 


1000 


4.2 


12 


1 


1.25 ±2.0% 


300 


MC34129 


D 


to +70 


751A 
















P 




646 














MC33129 


D 


-40 to +85 


751A 
















P 




646 




11 5 


30 




5.0 ±2.0% 


500 


UC3842A 


D 


to +70 


751A 
















N 




626 




11 






5.0 ±1.0% 




UC2842A 


D 


-25 to +85 


751A 
















J 




693 
















N 




626 




8.2 






5.0 ± 2.0% 




UC3843A 


D 


to +70 


751A 
















N 




626 










5.0 ± 1 .0% 




UC2843A 


D 


-25 to +85 


751A 
















J 




693 
















N 




626 


1500 


2.5 


40 


V 


1.24±5.2%# 


100 


MA78S40 


PC 


to +70 


648 
















DC 




620 
















PV 


-40 to +85 


648 
















DM 


- 55 to + 1 25 


620 










1 .25 ± 5.6%# 




MC34063 


PI 


to +70 


626 
















U 




693 














MC33063 


P1 


- 40 to + 85 


626 
















u 




693 














MC35063 


u 


-55 to +125 












1.25 ±2.0% 




MC34063A 


D 


to ^70 


751 
















P1 




626 














MC33063A 


D 


-40 to +85 


751 
















P1 




626 














MC35063A 


U 


-55 to +125 


693 



# Tolerance applies over the specified operating temperature range. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-7 



Double-Ended Controllers 

These double-ended voltage-mode controllers are designed for 
verters. They are cost effective in applications that range from 100 



use in push-pull, half-bridge, and full-bridge con- 
to 2000 watts power output. 



10 
mA 
Max 



VCC 
Volts 



V/l 
Operating 
Mode 



Ref. 
Volts 



Max 
Osc. 
Freq. (kHz) 



Device 



Suffix 



Ta 

X 



500 



:500 



t200 



8.0 



200 



CN 



TL594 



SG3525A 



SG2525A 



SG1525A 



SG3527A 



SG2527A 



SG2S26 



to +70 



-25 to +85 



- 25 to + 85 



to +70 



-55 o +150* 




'Junction Temperature Range 

#Tolerance applies over the specified operating temperature range. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-8 



Special Power Supply Controllers 

High Performance Dual Current-Mode Controllers 

Optimized for off-line AC-to-DC power supplies and DC-to-DC converters in the flyback topology. Applications include 
desktop computers, peripherals, televisions, games, and various consumer appliances. 



10 
mA 
Max 


vcc 

Volts 


V/l 
Operating 
Mode 


Ref. 
Volts 


Max 
Osc. 
Freq. (kHz) 


Device 


Suffix 


t a 

°c 


Case 


Min 


Max 


±1000 


11 


15.5 


I 


5.0 ±2.0% 


500 


MC34065 


DW 


to +70 


751G 


P 


648 




MC33065 


DW 


- 40 to + 85 


751G 


P 


648 



Universal Microprocessor Power Supply Controller 

TCA5600 — T A = -40° to + 75X, Case 707 

A versatile power supply control circuit for microprocessor-based systems which is mainly intended for automotive 
applications and battery powered instruments. The device provides a power-on RESET delay and a watchdog feature 
for orderly microprocessor operation. 



licroprocessor operati' 



Current 



Outputs 



vcc 

Volts 



Min 



Max 



Ref. 
Volts 



Key 
Supervisory 

Features 



MPU Reset and 
Watchdog Circuit 



E 2 PROM Programmable Output: 
24 Volts (Write * 
5.0 Volts (Read I 



150 peak 



6.0 



35 



2.5 ■ 3.2% 



Fixed Linear Output: 
5.0 Volts 



10 to external buffer 
transistor 



Control IC for Line-Isolated Free Running Flyback Converter 

Regulates and monitors the switching transistor in power supplies based on the free oscillating flyback converter 
principle. Provides excellent Switchmode performance in Hi-Fi equipment, active loudspeakers, as well as applications 
in TV receivers and video recorders. 



"0 
mA 
Max 


Vcc 

Volts 


V/l 
Operating 
Mode 


Ref. 
Volts 


Max 
Osc. 
Freq. (kHz) 


Device 


Suffix 


ta 

•c 


Case 


Min 


Max 


±1500 


12.3 


20 


V 


4.2 ±5.0% 


100 


TDA4601 




-15 to +85 


762 


a 


707 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-9 



Power Supervisory 

A variety of Power Supervisory Circuits are offered. Overvoltage sensing circuits which drive "crowbar" SCR's are 
provided in several configurations from a low cost three-terminal version to 8-pin devices which provide pin-program- 
mable trip-voltages or additional features such as an indicator output drive and remote activation capability. An over- 
under-voltage protection circuit is also offered. 



Overvoltage "Crowbar" Sensing Circuit 



MC3523U — T A = 
MC3423P1,U — T A 



55° to + 125°C, Case 693 
■ 0°to + 70°C, Case 626, 693 



This device can protect sensi- 
tive circuitry from power supply 
transients or regulator failure 
when used with an external 
"Crowbar" SCR. The device sen- 
ses voltage and compares it to 
an internal 2.6 V reference. Over- 
voltage trip is adjustable by 
means of an external resistive 
voltage divider. A minimum 
duration before trip is program- 
mable with an external capacitor. 
Other features include a 300 mA 
high current output for driving 
the gate of a "Crowbar" SCR, an 
open-collector indicator output 
and remote activation c 




Vref 

-2.6 V 




Q 200 



VEE 




3 Sense 2 5 6 60 Indicator 



4 

— o 

Current 
Source 



Output 



Remote 
Activation 



Output 



Over-Under Voltage Protection Circuit 

MC3425P1 — T A = 0° to + 70°C, Case 626 

The MC3425 is a power sup- 
ply supervisory circuit con- 
taining all the necessary func- 
tions required to monitor over- 
and under-voltage fault condi- 
tions. This device features ded- 
icated over- and under-voltage 
sensing channels with indepen- 
dently programmable time 
delays. The over-voltage chan- 
nel has a high current Drive 
Output for use in conjunction 
with an external SCR "Crow- 
bar" for shutdown. The under- 
voltage channel input compar- 
ator has hysteresis which is 
externally programmable, and 
an open-collector output for 
fault indication. 




7 6 Gnd 
Output Section 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-10 



Undervoltage Sensing Circuit 



MC34064P-5, D-5 
MC33064P-5, D-5 



■ Ta = 0° to +70°C, Case 29, 751 
. T A = -40° to +85"C, Case 29, 751 



The MC34064 is an undervol- 
tage sensing circuit specifically 
designed for use as a reset con- 
troller in microprocessor-based 
systems. It offers the designer an 
economical solution for low volt- 
age detection with a single exter- 
nal resistor. The MC34064 fea- 
tures a trimmed-in-package 
bandgap reference, and a com- 
parator with precise thresholds 
and built-in hysteresis to prevent 
erratic reset operation. The open 
collector reset output is capable 
of sinking in excess of 10 mA, 
and operation is guaranteed 
down to 1.0 volt input with low 
standby current. These devices 
are packaged in 3-pin TO-92 and 
8-pin surface mount packages. 

Applications include direct 
monitoring of the 5.0 volt MPU/ 
logic power supply used in appli- 
ance, automotive, consumer, 
and industrial equipment. 



Input o 2 (2) 




Sink Only 
Positive True Logic 

Pin numbers adjacent to terminals are for the 3 pin TO-92 package. 
Pin numbers in parenthesis are for the D suffix SO-8 package. 



Chip Disable 



Thermal 
Shutdown 



2.6 V 
Reference 



^1 



1- 



R' 

com J5p — ° 



Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 

MC34160P — T A = 0° to +70°C, Case 648C 
MC33160P — T A = -40° to +85°C, Case 648C 

The MC34160 Series is a volt- 
age regulator and supervisory 
circuit containing many of the 
necessary monitoring functions 
required in microprocessor 
based systems. It is specifically 
designed for appliance and 
industrial applications offering 
the designer a cost effective 
solution with minimal external 
components. These integrated 
circuits feature a 5.0 V, 100 mA 
regulator with short circuit cur- 
rent limiting, pinned out 2.6 V 
bandgap reference, tow voltage 
reset comparator, power warn- 
ing comparator with program- 
mable hysteresis, and an 
uncommitted comparator ide- 
ally suited for microprocessor 
line synchronization. 

Additional features include a 
chip disable input for low 
standby current, and internal 
thermal shut-down for over 
temperature protection. 

These devices are contained 
in a 16 pin dual-in-line heat tab 
plastic package for improved 
thermal conduction. 



Noninverting Input 



J± 

d O 4, 5, 12, 13 



Regulator Output 



Reference Output 



Power Warning 



Comparator Output 
O 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



3-11 



Series Switch Transient Protection Circuit 




MC3397T — Tj = -40° to + 125°C, Case 221 A 



This device acts as a satu- 
rated series pass element with 
a very low voltage drop for load 
currents in excess of 750 mA. In 
the event of an over voltage 
condition (^17.5 V typically) or 
high voltage transient of either 
positive or negative polarity, 
the MC3397T instantaneously 
switches to an open circuit 
(OFF) state, interrupting power 
to the load and protecting the 
load during this potentially 
destructive condition. The 
device will immediately recover 
to an ON state when supply 
voltages fall within the normal 
operating range. 



npul 
-O 



0047 mF 
C200 V 



Thermal 
Sense 



Control 
Circuit 



Current 
Limit 



( ) Ground 



Output* 
O 



4.7 M F 
Co *tn50V 



NOTE: 

'Depending on Load Current and Transient Duration, an Output Capacitor (Co) of 
sufficient value may be used to hold up Output Voltage during the Transient, and 
absorb Turn-off Delay Voltage Overshoot. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-12 



POWER CIRCUITS 



Linear Voltage Regulators 



Device Function Page 

LM109 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-15 

LM117 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-20 

LM117L Low-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-28 

LM123.A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage Regulator 3-36 

LM137 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-42 

LM140.A Three-Terminal Positive Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-49 

LM150 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-65 

LM209 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-15 

LM217 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-20 

LM217L Low-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-28 

LM223.A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage Regulator 3-36 

LM237 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-42 

LM250 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-65 

LM309 Positive Voltage Regulator 3-15 

LM317 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-20 

LM317L Low-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-28 

LM317M Medium-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-73 

LM323.A 3-Ampere, 5 Volt Positive Voltage Regulator 3-36 

LM337 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-42 

LM337M Medium-Current 3-Terminal Adjustable Negative Voltage Regulator 3-81 

LM340.A Three-Terminal Positive Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-49 

LM350 3-Terminal Adjustable Positive Voltage Regulator 3-65 

LM2931 Series Low Dropout Voltage Regulators 3-88 

MC1466L Voltage and Current Regulator 3-95 

MC1468 Dual ± 15-Volt Tracking Regulator 3-105 

MC1568 Dual ± 15-Volt Regulator 3-105 

MC1723.C Adjustable Positive or Negative Voltage Regulator 3-111 

MC7800 Series 3-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-132 

MC78L00.A Series Positive Voltage Regulators 3-145 

MC78M00 Series Positive Voltage Regulator 3-151 

MC78T00 Series Three-Ampere Positive Voltage Regulators 3-159 

MC7900 Series Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-168 

MC79L00.A Series Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-177 

MC79M00 Series Three-Terminal Negative Fixed Voltage Regulators 3-182 

MC33160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-271 

MC34160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-271 

TL780 Three-Terminal Positive Voltage Regulators 3-334 



Switching Regulators 

Device Function Page 

MC33060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-197 

MC33063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-227 

MC33063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-233 

MC33129 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-258 

MC34060 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-185 

MC34060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-197 

MC34063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-227 

MC34063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-233 

MC34129 High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-258 

MC35060 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-185 

MC35060A Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-197 

MC35063 DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-227 

MC35063A DC-to-DC Converter Control Circuits 3-233 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-13 



Switching Regulators (continued) 



Device Function Page 

SG1525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-279 

SG1526 Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-286 

SG1527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-279 

SG2525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-279 

SG2526 Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-286 

SG2527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-279 

SG3525A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-279 

SG3526 Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-286 

SG3527A Pulse Width Modulator Control Circuits 3-279 

TL494 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-316 

TL594 Switchmode Pulse Width Modulation Control Circuits 3-327 

UC2842A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-344 

UC2843A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-344 

UC3842A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-344 

UC3843A High Performance Current Mode Controller 3-344 

/xA78S40 Universal Switching Regulator Subsystem 3-357 

Special Power Supply Controllers 

Device Function Page 

MC33065 High Performance Dual Channel Current Mode Controller 3-246 

MC34065 High Performance Dual Channel Current Mode Controller 3-246 

TCA5600 Universal Microprocessor Power Supply Controller 3-294 

TDA4601.B Flyback Converter Regulator Control Circuit 3-305 

Power Supervisory 

Device Function Page 

MC3397T Transient Suppressor See Chapter 10 

MC3423 Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-117 

MC3425 Power Supply Supervisory/Over-Under-Voltage Protection Circuit 3-124 

MC3523 Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-117 

MC33160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-271 

MC34061,A Three-Terminal Programmable Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-209 

MC34062 Pin-Programmable Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-216 

MC34064 Pin-Programmable Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-242 

MC34160 Microprocessor Voltage Regulator and Supervisory Circuit 3-271 

MC35062 Pin-Programmable Overvoltage Sensing Circuit 3-216 

RELATED APPLICATION NOTES 

Application Related 
Note Title Device 

AN703 Designing Digitally-Controlled Power Supplies MC1466, MC1723 

AN920A Theory and Applications of the MC34063 and /J.A78S40 

Switching Regulator Control Circuits MC34063, /xA78S40 

AN778 Mounting Techniques for Power Semiconductors LM317, LM337, 

MC7800, MC78M00, 
MC7900, MC79M00 

AN954 A Unique Converter Configuration MC34063 

AN976 A New High Performance Current-Mode Controller Teams 

Up with Current Sensing Power MOSFETs MC34129 

AN983 A Simplified Power Supply Design Using the TL494 

Control Circuit TL494 

ANE002 130 W Ringing Choice Power Supply Using TDA4601 TDA4601,B 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-14 




MONOLITHIC POSITIVE THREE-TERMINAL 
FIXED VOLTAGE REGULATOR 

A versatile positive fixed + 5.0-volt regulator designed for easy 
application as on on-card, local voltage regulator for digital logic 
systems. Current limiting and thermal shutdown are provided to 
make the units extremely rugged. 

In most applications only one external component, a capacitor, 
is required in conjunction with the LM109 Series devices. Even 
this component may be omitted if the power-supply filter is not 
located an appreciable distance from the regulator. 

• High Maximum Output Current — Over 1.0 Ampere in 
TO-204AA type Package — Over 200 mA in TO-205AD type 
Package. 

• Minimum External Components Required 

• Internal Short-Circuit Protection 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Excellent Line and Load Transient Rejection 

• Designed for Use with Popular MDTL and MTTL Logic 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 




LM109 
LM209 
LM309 



POSITIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 




K SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 1-03 



Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case. Case is 
third electrical connection. 




(Bottom \ G, ™ nd / 
View) 





Output 

. 2 




\ Input /^o*\ 




V 1(0 0J3 

> y/Ground 




(Bottom View) 


3/// 


H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 79-05 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Tested Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM109H 


Tj - -55'Cto -150-C 


Metal Can 


LM109K 


Tj - -55'Cto +150X 


Metal Power 


LM209H 


Tj - -25"Cto +150-C 


Metal Can 


LM209K 


Tj = -25'Cto + 150-C 


Metal Power 


LM309H 


Tj = 0°C to +125°C 


Metal Can 


LM309K 


Tj - 0-Cto +125X 


Metal Power 



TYPICAL APPLICATION 
FIXED 5.0 V REGULATOR 



1 



0.22 uF 



3 rS 



^C 2 



•Required if regulator is located an appreciable 
distance from power supply filter. 
Although no output capacitor is needed for 
stability, it does improve transient response. 







MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-15 



Junction Temperature Range 
LM109 
LM209 
LM309 


Tj 


- 55 to + 1 50 
-25 to +150 
Oto +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


OC 


Lead Temperature 
(soldering, t - 60 si 


T S 


300 


OC 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM109/LM209 1 


LM3092 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Output Voltage (Tj - +25°Ct 


Vg 


4 7 


5 05 


5 3 


4.8 


5 05 


5.2 


Vdc 


Input Regulation (Tj - +25°C) 
7.0<V m s£25 V 


,,c y|lne 




4.0 


50 




4.0 


50 


mV 


Load Regulation (Tj = + 25°C) 
Case 1-03 5.0 mA s lo « 1-5A 
Case 79-05 5.0 mA « lo ^ 0.5A 


R e9load 




50 
20 


100 
50 




50 
20 


100 
50 


mV 


Output Voltage Range 
7.0 V stV m <25 V 
5 mA < l < l max . P <P m ax 


v 


4 6 




5.4 


4.75 




5.25 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current (7 V <V m < 25 VI 
Qu lescent Current Change !7 V < V; n s( 25 VI 
5.0 mA< l «lm,x 


'B 

*s 




5.2 


10 
5 

0.8 




5.2 


10 
5 
0.8 


mAdc 


Output Noise Voltage !T A +25°CI 

10Hz<f< 100 kHz 






40 






40 




(iV 


Long Term Stability 


s 






10 






20 


mV 


Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case-* 
Case 1-03 (TO-204AA) 
Case 79-05 (TO-205AD) 


8JC 




3 
15 






3.0 
15 




°C/W 



NOTES: 

1. Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply for -55°C ^ Tj s + 15CTC (-25°C s Tj « + 150°C for the LM209). For Case 79-05, Vj n = 10 V, Iq = 0.1 A, 
'max - 0-2 A and P max = 2.0 W. For Case 1-03, V jn = 10 V, Iq = 0.5 A, l max = 1.0 A and P max = 20 W. 

2. Unless otherwise specified, these specifications apply for 0°C =s Tj s= + 125°C, Vj n = 10 V. For Case 79-05, Ifj = 0.1 A, l max = 0-2 A and P max = 2.0 W. For Case 1-03, 
Iq = 0.5 A, l max = 1.0 A and P max = 20 W. 

3. Without a heat sink, the thermal resistance of the Case 79-05 package is about 150T/W, while that of the Case 1-03 package is approximately 35°C/W. With a heat sink, 
the effective thermal resistance can only approach the values specified, depending on the efficiency of the heat sink. 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-16 



LM109, LM209, LM309 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 

(Vj n = 10 V, Ta • +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 3 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION 
(LM309K) 




50 75 100 125 

Ta , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE (°C) 



FIGURE 4 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER DISSIPATION 
ILM309H) 




50 75 100 

Ta, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE t°CI 



160 



FIGURE 5 ■ OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 

10*' 



FIGURE 6 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT (K PACKAGE) 



, 10 -0 



10-' 



ID" 2 





















































































































l(. = 20 




















mA ^ 




































































































lL = 5 


00 mA 
























































—\ — 1 — 























100 1,0k 10k 100k i.o M 

f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 




FIGURE 7 - PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT (H PACKAGE) 



FIGURE 8 — RIPPLE REJECTION 




5.0 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 
Vi n , INPUT VOLTAGE (V) 

















ta = 


-55°C 
















> 




ta* 
' 


*25°C 
































•♦125 


'C— 
















— ta 


= +150 










1 


L = 200 

r-iiw 


TlA 




— n 










AV| 


p-p 



































1.0k 10k 
f, FREQUENCY (Hz) 



100 k 1.0* 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-17 



LM109, LM209, LM309 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



FIGURE 10 - DROPOUT CHARACTERISTIC 
FIGURE 9 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE (K PACKAGE) 




-75 -50 -25 +25 +50 +75 + 100 + I25 +150 +175 5 6 1 P 8 <> M 

Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ("CI ft INPUT VOLTAGE IV) 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-18 



LM109, LM209, LM309 

FIGURE 15 - ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



INPUT* 



0.22 „f ; 



FIGURE 16 - CURRENT REGULATOR 



3 CASE 




'T* 



»1 

300 

1% 




f 



•DETERMINES OUTPUT CURRENT. 



FIGURE 17 - 5.0-VOLT, 3.0-AMPERE REGULATOR FIGURE 18 - S.O VOLT, 4.0-AMPERE TRANSISTOR 

(with plastic boast transistor) (with plastic Darlington boost transistor) 




FIGURE 19 - 5.0-VOLT. 10- AMPERE REGULATOR 



FIGURE 20 - 5.0-VOLT, 10- AMPERE REGULATOR 
(with Short-Circuit Current Limiting for 
Safe-Area Protection of pass transistors) 



MJ2955 OR EQUIV 



;io 



T 

0.22 jiF 



LNI109K -6 2 



5.0 V 
10A 



■X'10,F 



'0V (rnin) 




0.1. 3W ^MJ2955 OR E0UIV 



\ | 0.1, 3W^ 



0.22 



MJ2955 OR EQUIV 



-r. 



5.0 V 
10A 



■O 

2 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-19 



(M) 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE 
OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

The LM117/217/317 are adjustable 3-terminal positive voltage 
regulators capable of supplying in excess of 1.5 A over an output 
voltage range of 1.2 V to 37 V. These voltage regulators are ex- 
ceptionally easy to use and require only two external resistors to 
set the output voltage. Further, they employ internal current lim- 
iting, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making 
them essentially blow-out proof. 

The LM1 17 series serve a wide variety of applications including 
local, on card regulation. This device can also be used to make 
a programmable output regulator, or by connecting a fixed resis- 
tor between the adjustment and output, the LM117 series can be 
used as a precision current regulator. 

• Output Current in Excess of 1.5 Ampere in K and T Suffix 
Packages 

• Output Current in Excess of 0.5 Ampere in H Suffix Package 

• Output Adjustable between 1.2 V and 37 V 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protectiion 

• Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting Constant with 
Temperature 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 

• Standard 3-lead Transistor Packages 

• Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages 



STANDARD APPLICATION 



V ,n 

-o- 



- c ° 

1 uF 



* = C jn is required if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power 
supply filter. 

* * = C is not needed for stability, however it does improve transient 



ciated with this 



V oot =1.25V(1t-l)+l Adi R 2 
R 1 

Since l Ad j is controlled to less than 100 uA, the error : 
term is negligible in most applications 



LM217 
LM317 



THREE-TERMINAL 
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



K SUFFIX 


/o\ 


METAL PACKAGE 




CASE 1-03 






L° ® ) 








(Bottom View) 




CASE 




IS OUTPUT 


Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case. 


Case is third electrical connection. 



T SUFFIX 




PLASTIC PACKAGE 




CASE 221A-04 










PIN 1 ADJUST 




Br 2. v ut 




JP» 3. V in 


i vJW 


Heatsink surface connected 




to Pin 2 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 79-05 



CASE 
IS OUTPUT 





,^3 
{Bottom View) 



PIN 1. V in 

2. ADJUST 
3- V out 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Tasted Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM117H 


Tj 




-55X 


to 


+ 150X 


Metat Can 


LM117K 


Tj 




-55X 


to 


+ 150X 


Metal Power 


LM217H 


Tj 




-25°C 


to 


+ 150X 


Metal Can 


LM217K 


Tj 




-25X 


to 


+ 150X 


Metal Power 


LM317H 


Tj 




ox 


to 


+ 125X 


Metal Can 


LM317K 


Tj 




OX 


to 


+ 125X 


Metal Power 


LM317T 


Tj 




ox 


to 


+ 125X 


Plastic Power 


LM317BT* 


Tj 




-40X 


to 


+ 125X 


Plastic Power 



#Automotive temperature range selections are available 
with special test conditions and additional tests. 
Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-20 



LM117, LM217, LM317 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 










Input-Output Voltage Differential 




40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 




Internally 
Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature Range 
LM117 
LM217 
LM317 


Tj 


-55 to +150 
-25 to +150 
Oto +150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +125 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V|-Vo = 5.0 V; l = 0.5 A for K and T packages; lo = 0.1 A for H package; T j 

T high l see No, e 11: Imax and p max P er Note 2 : unless otherwise specified.) 



T|ow <o 










LM117/217 


LM317 




Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
Ta = 25*C, 3.0 V a V|-Vo a 40 V 


1 


"69 line 




0.01 


0.02 




0.01 


0.04 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3) 
Ta = 25T. 10 mA * lo * Imax 
Vo * 5.0 V 
Vo » 5.0 V 


2 


R egioad 


- 


5.0 
0.1 


15 
0.3 


- 


5.0 
0.1 


25 
0.5 


mV 

%V 


Thermal Regulation (Ta = + 25T} 
20 ms Pulse 








0.02 


0.07 




0.03 


0.07 


%m 


Adjustment Pin Current 


3 


lAdi 




50 


100 




50 


100 


nA 


Adjustment Pin Current Change 
2.5 V a V|-V 6 40 V 
10 mA a l L a l max , P D a P max 


1.2 


■ilAdj 


— 


0.2 


5.0 




0.2 


5.0 


*A 






















Reference Voltage (Note 4) 
3.0 V a V|-Vo * 40 V 
10 mA a l a Imax. P D s p max 


3 


Vref 


1 .20 


1 .25 


1 .30 


1 .20 


1.25 


1 .30 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 


1 


R e9line 


— 


0.02 


0.05 


— 


0.02 


0.07 


%/V 


3.0 V a V|-V a 40 V 




















Load Regulation (Note 3) 
10 mA a 1 a l max 
Vo a 5.0 V 
V * 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 




20 
03 


50 
1.0 




20 
0.3 


70 

1.5 


mV 
%V 


Temperature Stability (T| 0W a Tj a T n i q hl 


3 


TS 




7 






7 




%v 


Minimum Load Current to 
Maintain Regulation (V|-Vo = 40 VI 


3 


'Lmin 




3.5 


5.0 




3.6 


10 


mA 


Maximum Output Current 
V|-V a 15V.P D aP max 

K and T Packages 

H Package 
V|-V » 40 V. P D a P max . T A . 25X 

K and T Packages 

H Package 


3 


'max 


1.5 

0.5 

0.25 


22 
0.8 

0.4 
0.07 




1.5 
0.5 

015 


2.2 
0.8 

0.4 
0.07 




A 


RMS Noise. % of Vo 
T A = 25'C, 10 Hz a f a 10 kHz 




N 




0.003 






0.003 




%v 


Ripple Rejection. Vo = 10 V. f - 120 Hz 
(Note 5) 
Without CAdj 
CAdi = 10 


4 


RR 


66 


65 
80 




66 


65 
80 




dB 


Long-Term Stability. Tj = T n jgh (Note 61 
Ta = 25°C for Endpoint Measurements 


3 


S 




03 


1.0 




0.3 


1.0 


•4 10 k 
Hrs. 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 
H Package 
K Package 
T Package 




«HJC 




12 
23 


15 

3.0 




12 
2.3 
5.0 


15 
3 


•c/w 



NOTES: { 1) T| ow = - 55°C for LM1 17 T hign = 4- 150°C for LM117 
= -25°CforLM217 = + 150°C for LM217 

= 0°C for LM317 = +125°C for LM317 

(2) Imax = 15 A for K and T Packages 

= 0.5 A for H Package 
Pmax = 20 W for K Package 
= 20 W for T Package 
= 2.0 W for H Package 

(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant 
junction temperature. Changes in Vq due to heating 



effects must be taken into account separately. Pulse 
testing with low duty cycle is used. 

(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference 
voltage available. 

(5) CADJ- when used, is connected between the 
adjustment pin and ground. 

{6) Since Long-Term Stability cannot be measured on 
each device before shipment, this specification is an 
engineering estimate of average stability from lot to lot. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-21 



LM117, LM217, LM317 




LM117, LM217, LM317 



FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND AI Adj /LOAD TEST CIRCUIT 



— O 



Load Regulation (mV) = V Q (min Lo „ d | - V Q ( m . x . Load ) 
v O (min. Load) - v O lm «- Load > 



Load Regulation (%V Q ) 
Vout 



v O (min. Load) 



u O (min. Load) 
(max. Load) 



C in ^ 0.1 JiF 



H L 

ilmax. Load) 



«L 

(min. Load) 



' Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. 



FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT 







<=in 



Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. 



To Calculate R 2 - 

V " 'SET «2 + ! -250 V 

Assume IsET = 5.25 mA 



FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT 



14 V ' O 


Vin 


LM11 7 


Vout 








Vo ■ 


< - 120 Hz • < 








O < 










C,n f 


5 0.1 (IF 


< 


) Adjust 


"i ! 


j 240 -j 
> 1% i 

■ 1 


°1* 
^ 1N4002 

Co^ 


5 1 mf 


> R l 






" 2 l 


> 1.65 K 
I 1% 

I 


< 

« 


+ 

io«F 
> 









Dt Discharges C ADJ if Output is Shorted to Ground. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-23 



LM117, LM217, LM317 



FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION 



FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT 



0.2 


-0.2 
-0.4 
-0.6 
-0.8 
-1.0 



























































).5A - 


































i 


L • 1-5 










Vi- 


15V 


















vo- 


10V 







































































T . - 7R°r 
















J 












ft 

f 1 


T,- 150°C v v. 






55°C — 






/ 








- Tj- 








p~ 
















i 















-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C> 



V, - V n , INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdcl 



FIGURE 7 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT 




-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ("CI 



FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE 




-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 ISO 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE [°C> 



FIGURE 9 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY 



FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT 




-75 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE l°CI 







































t j-- 


>5°C 




















1 
















= 150° 


5°C 
C 







































































































































10 20 30 40 

V, - V , INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE, DIFFERENTIAL IVdcl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-24 



LM117, LM217, LM317 



FIGURE 11 — RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



i oo 











1 

_ . = in „c 














































Wl 


THOUT 


*DJ 






































1 1 = 500 mA 














1 - 120 H* 
T,.25°C 













































5 10 15 20 25 30 35 

Vq. OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VI 



FIGURE 12 — RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURRENT 




Iq, OUTPUT CURRENT (A) 



FIGURE 13 — RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY 



FIGURE 14 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 































DO mA 














V, - IbV 
V n = 10 V 














V* 


5°C 














































AOJ ' 14 










ITH0UT 












v 


C ADJ 




























10 100 IK I0K IO0K 1M 10M 
f, FREQUENCY [Hz) 




100K 1M 



I. FREQUENCY (Hil 



FIGURE 15 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



FIGURE 16 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



_i > 



- s 10 





















































c L = 




adj :- 


0»F 








. 








"A 






















> 










Vq - IU V 

1. = 50 mA 






« 












T J = 


'5 U C 








0;WIT 


0UTC 


AOJ- 




























1 


















1 







20 30 
I.TIMElnsl 




ADJ " 10 " f - 



C, = 0: WITHOUT C, 



20 

:,TIME U 



V, « 15 V 
V Q = 10 V 
l N , =50mA 

rS 25»c ■ 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM117, LM217, LM317 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The LM117 is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In opera- 
tion, the LM117 develops and maintains a nominal 1.25 
volt reference (V re f) between its output and adjustment 
terminals. This reference voltage is converted to a pro- 
gramming current (IpROG) D V R1 (see Figure 17), and 
this constant current flows through R2 to ground. The 
regulated output voltage is given by: 

R2. 



V ut = V re f (1+^) + lAdj R2 



Since the current from the adjustment terminal ( I Adj) 
represents an error term in the equation, the LM117 was 
designed to control I Adj to less than 100 uA and keep it 
constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current is 
returned to the output terminal. This imposes the require- 
ment for a minimum load current. If the load current is 
less than this minimum, the output voltage will rise. 

Since the LM117 is a floating regulator, it is only the 
voltage differential across the circuit which is important 
to performance, and operation at high voltages with 
respect to ground is possible. 

FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 



Adjust 6 




V ref - 1.25 V TYPICAL 



LOAD REGULATION 

The LM117 is capable of providing extremely good 
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to 
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the 
programming resistor (R1| should be connected as close 
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which 
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby 
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be 
returned near the load ground to provide remote ground 
sensing and improve load regulation. 



EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 

A 0.1 iif disc or 1 uF tantalum input bypass capacitor 
(Cin) is recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input 
line impedance. 

The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to 
improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (Cadj) prevents 
ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is 
increased. A 10 uF capacitor should improve ripple 
rejection about 15dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application. 

Although the LM117 is stable with no output capaci- 
tance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of external 
capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An output capaci- 
tance (C ) in the form of a 1 uF tantalum or 25 uF 
aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output swamps 
this effect and insures stability. 

PROTECTION DIODES 

When external capacitors are used with any I.C. regu- 
lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to 
prevent the capacitors from discharging through low 
current points into the regulator. 

Figure 18 shows the LM117 with the recommended 
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V or 
high capacitance values (C > 25 uF, CadJ > 10 i" F '- 
Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against 
capacitor CADJ discharging through the I.C. during an 
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and 
D2 prevents CaDJ from discharging through the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. 

FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH 
PROTECTION DIODES 



■m 




J^ 2 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-26 



LM117, LM217, LM317 



FIGURE 19 - "LABORATORY" POWER SUPPLY WITH ADJUSTABLE 
CURRENT LIMIT AND OUTPUT VOLTAGE 





I 




OUTPUT RANGE: 
< Vq < 25 V 
0<l o <1.2A 



Diodes D-j and D2 and transistor Q 2 are added to allow adjustment 
of output voltage to volts. 

D 6 protects both LM 1 1 7's during an input sh ort ci rcu 1 1. 





FIGURE 20 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT L IMITER 



FIGURE 21 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUT DOWN REGULATOR 



V ou , R, 

O-^VV- 

1.25 



' To provide current limiting of Iq 
to the system ground, the source of 
the FET must be tied to a negative 
voltage below -1.25 V. 



u 2 

1N4001 



'DSS 



'Omax * 'DSS 
V D < BV DSS * 1.25 V* V SS 

'Lmin - 'DSS < 'O < 1 5 A 
As shown < l n < 1 A 



1 K 



T 



-±T Minimum V OUT = 1 25 V 
proiects the device during an input short circuit. 



FIGURE 22 - SLOW TURN-ON REGULATOR 



FIGURE 23 - CURRENT REGULATOR 



Adjust 




"2 >'«- n MPS2907 



^OUt B, 
— O W\r— 



Vref 

'out " l-p^-l * 'Adj 

„ 1.25 V 
- R i 

10 mA <S l ou ,< 1.5 A 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-27 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



THREE TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE 
OUTPUT POSmVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

The LM117L/217L/317L are adjustable 3-terminal positive volt- 
age regulators capable of supplying in excess of 100 mA over an 
output voltage range of 1.2 V to 37 V. These voltage regulators 
are exceptionally easy to use and require only two external re- 
sistors to set the output voltage. Further, they employ internal 
current limiting, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, 
making them essentially blow-out proof. 

The LM117L series serves a wide variety of applications in- 
cluding local, on card regulation. This device can also be used to 
make a programmable output regulator, or by connecting a fixed 
resistor between the adjustment and output, the LM117L series 
can be used as a precision current regulator. 

• Output Current in Excess of 100 mA 

• Output Adjustable Between 1.2 V and 37 V 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 

• Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages 

• Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages 



STANDARD APPLICATION 




* = C jn it required if regulator is located an appreciable distance from power 
tupplv filter. 

** - C Q it not needed for stability, however it does improve transient 



V out - 1.25 V (1 + _) t l Ad( R 2 
R 1 

Since l^dj controlled to less then 100 uA, the error associated with this 
term it negligible in most applications 



LRIZ1/L 

LM317L 



LOW-CURRENT 
THREE-TERMINAL 
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



Z SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 29-04 

PIN I! ADJUST 

2. V0UT 

3. V|N 




H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 79-05 




D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SOP-8* 



PIN 1. V lN 

2- VOUT 

3- VouT 

4. ADJUST 

5. N.C. 
"OUT 
?V 0U T 
8. N.C. 



SOP-8 is an internally modified SO-8 Package. Pins 
2, 3, 6 and 7 are electrically common to the die 
attach flag. This internal lead frame modification 
decreases package thermal resistance and 
increases power dissipation capability when 
appropriately mounted on a printed circuit board. 
SOP-8 conforms to all external dimensions of the 
standard SO-8 Package. 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test conditions and 
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. 



Device 


Tested Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM117LH 


Tj = -55'Cto +150X 


Metal Can 


LM217LH 


Tj - -25'Cto +150°C 


Metal Can 


LM317LD 


Tj - 0°Cto +125-C 


SOP-8 


LM317LH 


Metal Can 


LM3I7L2 


Plastic 


LM317LBZ* 


Tj = -40'Cto +125-C 


Plastic 



MOTOROLA LI NEAR/ INTER FACE DEVICES 
3-28 



LM117L, LM217L, LM317L 

MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


V|-V 


40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 


Pd 


Internally Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature Range LM1 1 7L 

LM217L 


Tj 


-55 to +150 
-25 to +150 


°C 


LM317L 




to +125 




Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(V| - V = 5.0 V; Ip = 40 mA; Tj = T| ow to Thigh Isee Note 1]; l max and P max per Note 2; unless otherwise specified.) 









LM117U217L 


LM317L 


Unit 


Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


Mln 


Typ 


Max 


Mln 


Typ 


Max 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
Ta = 25°C, 3.0 V s V| - V « 40 V 


1 


Regime 




0.01 


0.02 




0.01 


0.04 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3), Ta = 25°C 
5.0 mA s l s l max — LM117L/217L 
lu mA ^ lo ^ 'max — livmi /l 

Vq « 5.0 V 

Vq ■ 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 




5.0 
0.1 


15 
0.3 


- 


5.0 
0.1 


25 
0.5 


mV 

% Vo 


Adjustment Pin Current 


3 


'Ad i 




50 


100 




50 


100 


«A 


Adjustment Pin Current Change 
2.5VsV|-Vo«40V,P D «P ma x 
5.0 mAslQS l max — LM117L/217L 
10 mA « lo « lmax — LM317L 


1,2 


AlAdj 




0.2 


5.0 




0.2 


5.0 


MA 


Reference Voltage (Note 4) 
3.0 V s V| - V « 40 V, P D s P max 
5.0 mA s lo * lmax — LM117L/217L 
10mA«l o «lmax-LM317L 


3 


Vref 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
3.0 Vs V|-V o «40V 


1 


Re 9line 


- 


0.02 


0.05 


- 


0.02 


0.07 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3) 
5.0 mA s lo « lmax — LM117L/217L 
10 mA s l « lmax — LM317L 
Vq ' 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 


- 


20 


50 




20 
0.3 


70 
1.5 


mV 
% v 


V » 5.0 V 








0.3 


1.0 


— 


Temperature Stability (T| ovv « Tj « Thigh) 


3 


TS 




0.7 






0.7 




% V 


Minimum Load Current to Maintain 
Regulation (V|-V = 40 V) 


3 


'Lmin 


- 


3.5 


5.0 


- 


3.5 


10 


mA 


Maximum Output Current 
V|- Vo « 20 V, Pq * Pmax. H Package 
V|-Vo « 6.25 V, P D « P m a X , Z Package 
V,-V = 40 V, P D « Pmax. T A = 25°C 

H Package 

Z Package 


3 


'max 


100 
100 


200 
200 

50 
20 




100 
100 


200 
200 

50 
20 




mA 


RMS Noise, % of V 
Ta = 25°C, 10 Hz s f s 10 kHz 




N 




0.003 






0.003 




% V 


Ripple Rejection (Note 5) 
Vo = 1.25 V, f = 120 Hz 
CADJ = 10mFV O = 10.0 V 


4 


RR 


66 


80 
80 




60 


80 
80 




dB 


Long Term Stability, Tj = Thigh (Note 6) 
Ta = 25°C for Endpoint Measurements 


3 


S 




0.3 


1.0 




0.3 


1.0 


%/1 .0 k 
Hrs. 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 
H Package 
Z Package 




R 6JC 




40 






40 
83 




°C/W 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Air 
H Package 
Z Package 




R (UA 




185 






185 
160 




°C/W 



(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. 
T high " + 1 50°C for LM1 1 7L Changes in Vq due to heating effects must be taken into account 

= +150°C for LM217L separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 

= +1 25°C for LM317L (4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage available 

(5) C^dj, when used, is connected between the adjustment pin and 
ground. 

(6) Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured on each device before 
shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of average 
staDility from lot to lot. 



NOTES: 

(1) T| ow =-55°Cfor LM117L 

-25°Cfor LM217L 
0°C for LM317L 

(2) l max = 100 mA 

Pmax = 2 W for H Package 

= 625 mW for Z Package 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-29 



LM117L, LM217L, LM317L 



SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 



VlNO- 



>300 >300 >300 



6.3 V 

^ 180 J J 180 



2 k< <6 k 



>3 k 300? <?0 






'SC'6.8 V 
•^6.8 V 

> 18 k 



100 



-ov OUT 



J2.4 k 

l-^W-« O Adjust 



FIGURE 1 - LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT 



Vcc 



V|H 



Cm 



1 Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle 
it suggested. 



v OH v OL 
Line Regulation (%/V) - — X 100 



OH 

vol 



6 Adjust 



Ri 



(^AdT) 



R 2 
1* 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-30 



LM117L, LM217L, LM317L 



FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND AI Adj /LOAD TEST CIRCUIT 



— o — 



Load R^ul.tlon Ml - V Q (min ,_„,<,, - V D (mlx Lo . d) 

Load Ra.ul.tlon «%V ) - V OI^" Lo. d >-Vo lm...LQ.d) x ( Vq (m ,„. Load) 

Vout ° ( "" n - L °"" U V (max. Load) 



6 Adjutt 



Ri 



C in ^ 0.1 «F 



( > 



"L 

(mln. Load) 



■ Pulaa Tatting Required 
IS Duty Cycla la 



FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT 







V|„ 

— o— 



<£> 



Cin 0.1 MF 







PulM Touting Raqutrad: 
1% Outy Cvcl« is 



To Calculata R2 

V = 'SET *2 + 1 2 50 v 
Assume <SET = 5.25 mA 



FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT 



23J 



Vln 



f- 120 Hz 



6 Adiutt 



C|„ ^ 0.1 (if 



Vq - 1.25 V- 



"1 



7 1 N4002 



1 <1F 







Dy Discharge C^ DJ if Output is Shorted to Ground. 
" C ADJ P'ovldw an AC Ground to the Adjutt Pin. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-31 



FIGURE S - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION 




-vol 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L 

-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 

Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE [»CI Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE l»CI 



FIGURE 7 - CURRENT LIMIT 

0.50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 




OU I I 1 1 1 1 1 J 1 1 

10 20 30 40 50 



V| - V . INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE 




ni l I I I I I I I I 

-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE I°C] 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-32 



LM117L, LM217L, LM317L 




FIGURE 13 - LINE REGULATION 



FIGURE 14 - OUTPUT NOISE 



g 0.4 
I 02 

X 

cj 

LU 
< 

§ -0.2 

I -0.4 

»- 

§ -0-6 

s 

3 -0.8 
-1.0 







■ 4.25 to 41.2! 
= V ref 
















— v in 
v 


V — 














'l 













































































































































Ba 


dwidth 


100 Hi 


10 10 k 


ll 














i — 



















































































































-50 - 26 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO 



-50 - 25 25 50 75 100 125 151 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE CO 



FIGURE 15 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



FIGURE 16 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



^ > 



is 





















































c l = 


1 nF 












- 






























' 










vg - i.^a v 
l L .20mA 






t 












Tj = 2 


5°C 



























-c L - 






































1 







10 20 

c. TIME („s) 



40 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-33 



LM117L, LM217L, LM317L 



APPLICATIONS 

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The LM117L is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In 
operation, the LM1 17L develops and maintains a nominal 
1 .25 volt reference (V re f) between its output and adjust- 
ment terminals. This reference voltage is converted to a 
programming current (IpROG) by R 1 (see Figure 13), 
and this constant current flows through R2 to ground. 
The regulated output voltage is given by: 

R2 

V ut = V re f (1 +j^) + l A dj R2 

Since the current from the adjustment terminal dAdj) 
represents an error term in the equation, the LM1 17L was 
designed to control l/\dj to less than 100 uA and keep it 
constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current is 
returned to the output terminal. This imposes the require- 
ment for a minimum load current. If the load current is 
less than this minimum, the output voltage will rise. 

Since the LM1 17L is a floating regulator, it is only the 
voltage differential across the circuit which is important 
to performance, and operation at high voltages with 
respect to ground is possible. 

FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 



Adjust & 



'r.f 

\ 



'prog 



V r ., - 1.25 V TYPICAL 



LOAD REGULATION 

The LM117L is capable of providing extremely good 
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to 
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the 
programming resistor (R1) should be connected as close 
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which 
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby 
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be 
returned near the load ground to provide remote ground 
sensing and improve load regulation. 



INFORMATION 

EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 

A 0.1 uF disc or 1 uF tantalum input bypass capacitor 
(Ci n ) is recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input 
line impedance. 

The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to 
improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (CadJ) prevents 
ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is 
increased. A 10 jjF capacitor should improve ripple 
rejection about 15dB at 120 Hz in a 10volt application. 

Although the LM117L is stable with no output capaci- 
tance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of external 
capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An output capaci- 
tance (C ) in the form of a 1 )iF tantalum or 25 uF 
aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output swamps 
this effect and insures stability. 

PROTECTION DIODES 

When external capacitors are used with any I.C. regu- 
lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to 
prevent the capacitors from discharging through low 
current points into the regulator. 

Figure 14 shows the LM117L with the recommended 
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V or 
high capacitance values (C Q > 10 uF, CadJ > 5 uF). 
Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. Diode O2 protects against 
capacitor CaDJ discharging through the I.C. during an 
output short circuit. The combination of diodes DI and 
D2 prevents CaDJ from discharging through the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. 

FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH 
PROTECTION DIODES 



Adjust 6- 




C ADJ 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-34 



LM117L, LM217L, LM317L 



FIGURE 19 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT LIMITER 



Adjust 



LM117L 



•To provide current limiting of Iq to 
the system ground, the source of the 
current limiting diode must be tied 
to a negative voltage below -7.25 V. 



R 2 > 



ret 



Vr.» 



'Omax * 'DSS 
v O < p OV + 1.25 V + V ss 
'l_min - lp < lo < 100 m A - lp 
As shown O < l D < 95 mA. 




Q1N531d 



FIGURE 21 - SLOW TURN-ON REGULATOR 




FIGURE 20 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUTDOWN REGULATOR 




Minimum V out = 1.25 V 
D t protects the device during an input short circuit. 



FIGURE 22 - CURRENT REGULATOR 



R, R 2 
"out 



/ V 'ef \ 1 2! 

5 mA < l out < 100 mA 



25 V 
R 2 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-35 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

The LM123,A/LM223,A/LM323,A are a family of monolithic inte- 
grated circuits which supply a fixed positive 5.0 volt output with 
a load driving capability in excess of 3.0 amperes. These three- 
terminal regulators employ internal current limiting, thermal shut- 
down, and safe-area compensation. An improved series with 
superior electrical characteristics and a 2% output voltage toler- 
ance is available as A-suffix (LM123A/LMZ23A/LM323A) device 
types. 

These regulators are offered in a hermetic metal power package 
in three operating temperature ranges. A 0°C to + 125°C temper- 
ature range version is also available in a low cost plastic power 
package. 

Although designed primarily as a fixed voltage regulator, these 
devices can be used with external components to obtain adjust- 
able voltages and currents. This series of devices can be used 
with a series pass transistor to supply up to 15 amperes at 5.0 
volts. 

• Output Current in Excess of 3 Amperes 

• Available with 2% Output Voltage Tolerance 

• No external Components Required 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Thermal Regulation and Ripple Rejection Have Specified Limits 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input Voltage 


Vin 


20 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 


PD 


Internally Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature LM 1 23. A 
Range LM223, A 
LM323, A 


Tj 


-55 to +150 
-25 to +150 
Oto +150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +125 


°C 


Lead Temperature (Soldering. 10 s) 


Tsolder 


300 


°c 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Output Voltage 
Tolerance 


Tested Operating 
Junction Temp. Range 


Package 


LM123K 
LM123AK 


6% 
2% 


-55 to+150°C 


Metal Power 


LM223K 
LM223AK 


6% 
2% 


-25 to+150°C 




LM323K 
LM323AK 


4% 

2% 


0to+125°C 




LM323T 
LM323AT 


4% 

2% 




Plastic Power 



IM223, LM223A 
LM323, LM323A 







3-AMPERE, 5 VOLT 
POSITIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



K SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 1-03 




PIN 1. INPUT 

2. OUTPUT 
CASE GROUND 




(Bottom View| 



T SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 221A-04 



PIN 1. INPUT 

2. GROUND 

3. OUTPUT 




(Heatsink surface connected 
to Pin 2) 



STANDARD APPLICATION 



Input i 



Cin" 
0.33 



LM123, A 



I Output 



CO" 



A common ground is required between the 
input and the output voltages. The input volt- 
age must remain typically 2.5 V above the out- 
put voltage even during the low point on the 
input ripple voltage. 

* = Cj n is required if regulator is located an 
appreciable distance from power supply 
filter. (See Applications Information for 
details.) 

** = Co is not needed for stability; however, 
it does improve transient response. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-36 



LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Tj = T| 0>v to T h(gh |see Note 1 ) unless otherwise specified ! 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


LM1 23A/LM223A/LM323A 


UW123/UM223 


LM323 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Output Voltage 
(V jn * 7.5 V. ^ l out < 3.0 A, Tj = 25°C) 


v 


4.9 


5.0 


5.1 


4.7 


5.0 


5.3 


48 


5.0 


5.2 


V 


Output Voltage 
(7.5 V < V jn ^ 1 5 V. l out < 3.0 A, 
Pmax [Note 2]> 


v 


4.8 


5.0 


5.2 


4.6 


5.0 


5.4 


4,75 


5.0 


5.25 


V 


Line Regulation 
(7.5 V ^ V jn ^ 1 5 V, Tj = 25°C) (Note 3) 


Re 9line 


- 


1.0 


15 


- 


1.0 


25 




1.0 


25 


mV 


Load Regulation 
(V in = 7.5 V. ^ l out < 3.0 A. Tj = 25°C) 
(Note 3) 


R 09load 


- 


10 


50 


- 


10 


100 


- 


to 


100 


mV 


Thermal Regulation 

\ rUISe - 1 U mS. r - ZU W, 1 - iB 11 


Re 9therm 




0.001 


0.01 




0002 


0.03 




0002 


0.03 


%v /w 


Quiescent Current 

(7.5 V < V in ^ 1 5 V, *S l out ^ 3.0 A) 


>B 




35 


10 




3 5 


20 




3.5 


20 


mA 


Output Noise Voltage 

(10 Hz^ f s£ 100 kHz, Tj= 25°C) 


v N 




40 






40 






40 






Ripple Rejection 
(8.0 V*£ V in < 18 V. l out = 2 A, 
f = 120 Hz. Tj= 25°C) 


RR 


62 


75 




62 


75 




62 


75 




dB 


Short Circuit Current Limit 
(V jn = 15 V. Tj = 25°C) 
(V in = 7.5V. Tj = 25°C> 


isc 




45 

5.5 






4.5 
5.5 






4.5 

5.5 




A 


Long Term Stability 


s 






35 






35 






35 


mV 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 
(Note 4) 


R 8JC 




2 






2 






2.0 




°c/w 



' 1 T, ow = -55°Cfor LM123. A T n , sh = 
4 -25°Cfor LM223. A 
4 0°Cfor LM323, A 



►150°C for LM123, A 
► 150°Cfor LM223, A 
►125°Cfor LM323. A 



Note 3. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction tem- 
perature Pulse testing is required with a pulse width 4 1 ms and 
a duty cycle ^ 5%. 



Note 2. Although power dissipation is internally limited, specifications 
apply only for P =s P max 
Pmax - 30 W for K package 
p max = 25 w for T package 



Note 4. Without a heat sink, the thermal resistance (R$ja is 35°C/W for 
the K package, and 65X/W for the T package. With a heat sink, 
the effective " 
ues of 2.0°C/ 



i can approach the specified val- 
iding on the efficiency of the heat sink. 



VOLTAGE REGULATOR PERFORMANCE 

The performance of a voltage regulator is specified by its immu- 
nity to changes in load, input voltage, power dissipation, and 
temperature. Line and load regulation are tested with a pulse of 
short duration « 100 ^s) and are strictly a function of electrical 
gain. However, pulse widths of longer duration (> 1.0 ms) are 
sufficient to affect temperature gradients across the die These 
temperature gradients can cause a change in the output voltage, 
in addition to changes caused by line and load regulation Longer 
pulse widths and thermal gradients make it desirable to specify 
thermal regulation. 

Thermal regulation is defined as the change in output voltage 
caused by a change in dissipated power for a specified time, and 
ressed as a percentage output voltage change per watt. The 



change in dissipated power can be caused by a change in either 
the input voltage or the load current. Thermal regulation is a func- 
tion of I.C. layout and die attach techniques, and usually occurs 
within 10 ms of a change in power dissipation. After 1 ms. addi- 
tional changes in the output voltage are due to the temperature 
coefficient of the device. 

Figure 1 shows the line and thermal regulation response of a 
typical LM 1 23A to a 20 watt input pulse. The variation of the out- 
put voltage due to line regulation is labeled (T) and the thermal 
regulation component is labeled (2). Figure 2 shows the load and 
thermal regulation response of a typical LM1 23Ato a 20 watt load 
pulse. The output voltage variation due to load regulation is labeled 
(7) and the thermal regulation component is labeled (2). 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-37 



LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A 



SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 



M Ok <10k 




10* lOpF 



7 2k 



022 

> 16 k 



210 

AA/V-fa: 




ioo \S 
AAA^T Q 
24 h». 



k.0.24 

200 



300 



4 



Input 

-o 



Output 

— o 



God 

— o 



FIGURE 1 - LINE AND THERMAL REGULATION 



FIGURE 2 - LOAD AND THERMAL REGULATION 




I. TIME |2 ms/div I 

LM123A 
Vq = 5 V 

V|„=8.0V-»-18V-.-8 0V © = Regans = 2 4 mV 

lout = 2.0 A © = Beg lhErm = 001 5%V /W 



1. TIME 12 ms/d.v I 

LM123A 
V = 5 V 

V,„=16 © =Reo| oad = 44mV 

l„„, = OA-»2 0A-^OA © =B8g lnerm = OOOI5%V /W 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-38 



LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A 




-50 -10 30 70 1I0 150 

Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE |°C) 



10-4 L 



10 100 1.0k 10k 100k 
I. FREQUENCY (Hz) 



1.0 M 10M IO0M 




FIGURE 7 — QUIESCENT CURRENT versus 
INPUT VOLTAGE 




5 10 15 20 



Vi„. INPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc) 



FIGURE 8 - QUIESCENT CURRENT versus 
OUTPUT CURRENT 



5 



S 2.0 































1 1 


































'J 














































2: 




c ■'■ 


































= 




























\ 


= 1 


50 r 


C 
































Tj 












































































= 


10 


V - 





















































































001 0.1 1.0 10 

'out- OUTPUT CURRENT (A) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-39 




FIGURE 1 1 — LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



FIGURE 12 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 

















- 150 
= 


mA 
















Co 


















Tj 


= 25°C 








{ 




























* 






























































































































10 2D 30 40 








^ r~ 

c = o 

-Tj = 25°C 



ft. 



20 

t. TIME |,is| 



FIGURE 13 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER FIGURE 14 - MAXIMUM AVERAGE POWER 

DISSIPATION FOR LM123K and LM223K DISSIPATION FOR LM323K 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM123, LM123A, LM223, LM223A, LM323, LM323A 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



Design Considerations 

The LM123.A Series of fixed voltage regulators are designed with 
Thermal Overload Protection that shuts down the circuit when subjected 
to an excessive power overload condition, Internal Short -Circuit Protection 
that limits the maximum current the circuit will pass, and Output Transis- 
tor Safe- Area Compensation that reduces the output short-circuit current 
as the voltage across the pass transistor is increased 

In many low current applications, compensation capacitors are not 
required However, it is recommended that the regulator input be bypassed 
with a capacitor if the regulator is connected to the power supply filter with 



long wire lengths, or if the output load capacitance is large. An input by- 
pass capacitor should be selected to provide good high-frequency charac- 
teristics to insure stable operation under all load conditions. A 0.33 jjF or 
larger tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low internal impedance 
at high frequencies should be chosen The bypass capacitor should be 
mounted with the shortest possible leads directly across the regulator's 
input terminals Normally good construction techniques should be used 
to minimize ground loops and lead resistance drops since the regulator has 
no external sense lead. 



FIGURE 15 - CURRENT REGULATOR 



n 



Constant 
> Current to 
Grounded Load 



The LM123,A regulator can also be used as a current source when 
connected as above. Resistor R determines the current as follows: 



5.0 V , 
'O = -=- + IB 



AIr - 0.7 mA over line, load and temperature changes 
IB * 3.5 mA 

For example, a 2-ampere current source would require R to be a 2.5 
ohm, 15 W resistor and the output voltage compliance would be the 
input voltage less 7.5 volts. 







FIGURE 17 - CURRENT BOOST REGULA 



FIGURE 16 - ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR 




V . 8 V to 20 V 

Vin - V S 2.5 V 

The addition of an operational amplifier allows adjustment to higher 
or intermediate values while retaining regulation characteristics. The 
minimum voltage obtainable with this arrangement is 3.0 volts greater 
than the regulator voltage. 



2N4398 or Equn 



FIGURE 18 - CURRENT BOOSTWITH 
SHORT CIRCUIT PROTECTION 



2N4398 

or Equiv 



T 



1 OyF y-px 7p 01 uF 

The LM123,A series can be current boosted with a PNP transistor. The 
2N4398 provides current to 15 amperes. Resistor R in conjunction with 
the Vqe of the PNP determines when the pass transistor begins con- 
ducting; this circuit is not short-circuit proof. Input-output differential 
voltage minimum is increased by the Vbe of the pass transistor. 




MJ2955 
or Equiv 



1 OjiF 



r 



T 



The circuit of Figure 17 can be modified to provide supply protection 
against short circuits by adding a short-circuit sense resistor, Rsc- a" " 
an additional PNP transistor. The current sensing PNP must be able to 
handle the short-circuit current of the three-terminal regulator. There- 
fore, an eight-ampere power transistor is specified. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-41 



® 



MOTOROLA 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE 
OUTPUT NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

The LM137/237/337 are adjustable 3-terminal negative voltage 
regulators capable of supplying in excess of 1.5 A over an output 
voltage range of -1.2 V to -37 V. These voltage regulators are 
exceptionally easy to use and require only two external resistors 
to set the output voltage. Further, they employ internal current 
limiting, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making 
them essentially blow-out proof. 

The LM137 series serve a wide variety of applications including 
local, on-card regulation. This device can also be used to make 
a programmable output regulator; or, by connecting a fixed re- 
sistor between the adjustment and output, the LM137 series can 
be used as a precision current regulator. 

• Output Current in Excess of 1.5 Ampere in K and T Suffix 
Packages 

• Output Current in Excess of 0.5 Ampere in H Suffix Package 

• Output Adjustable Between - 1 .2 V and - 37 V 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Internal Short-Circuit-Current Limiting, Constant with 
Temperature 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 

• Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages 

• Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages 







STANDARD APPLICATION 



"VinO- 




O" v out 



"Cj n is required if regulator is located more than 4 inches from power supply 
filter A 1 jiF solid tantalum or 10 fiF aluminum electrolytic is recommended 
*C D is necessary for stability. A 1 solid tantalum or 10 aluminum electro- 

V out = -1.25V|1 +52) 



LM137 
LM237 
LM337 



THREE-TERMINAL 
ADJUSTABLE NEGATIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



K SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 1-03 


( o ® \ 

^Adjust V 0U J 




\2/ 




\ (Bottom View) 
) CASE IS INPUT 


Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case. 
Case Is third electrical connection. 



T SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 221A-04 




1 








1 




PIN 1. ADJUST 

2. Vin 
3 V out 




Heatsink surface connected 
to Pin 2 



H SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 79-05 





1 o o 3 



(Bottom View) 



PIN T. ADJUST 

2. OUTPUT 

3. INPUT 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test conditions a 
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. 



Device 


Tested Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM137H 


Tj 


- -55'Cto +150*C 


Metal Can 


LM137K 


Tj 


- -55°Cto +150-C 


Metal Power 


LM237H 


Tj 


- -25"Cto +150X 


Metal Can 


LM237K 


Tj 


= -25-Cto +150°C 


Metal Power 


LM337H 


Tj 


- O'Cto +125"C 


Metal Can 


LM337K 


Tj 


= 0"Cto +125°C 


Metal Power 


LM337T 


Tj 


= O'Cto +125"C 


Plastic Power 


LM337BT* 


Tj 


- -40'Cto +125X 


Plastic Power 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-42 



LM137, LM237, LM337 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


V|-V 


40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 


Pd 


Internally Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature Range LM137 

LM237 
LM337 


Tj 


-55 to +150 
-25 to +150 
Oto +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (|V|-V I = 5.0 V, l * 0.5 A for K and T packages; i = 0.1 A for H package; 



T J ~ T low t0 Thigh l see Note H. 'max and p max P er Note 2 . unless otherwise specified.) 



Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


LM137/237 


LM337 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
T A = 25°C. 3.0 V s |V|-V I s 40 V 


1 


Regiine 




0.01 


0.02 




0.01 


0.04 


%/V 


Load Regulation {Note 3) 
Ta = 25°C, 10 mA s l s l max 

|Vol * 5.0 V 
|V I 3 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 


— 


15 
0.3 


25 
0.5 


— 


15 

0.3 


50 
1.0 


mV 
% V 


Thermal Regulation 
10 ms Pulse, Ta = 2S°C 


- 


Re 3therm 




0.002 


0.02 




0.003 


0.04 


% V(yw 


Adjustment Pin Current 


3 


lAdi 




65 


100 




65 


100 


^A 


Adjustment Pin Current Change 
2.5 V s |V|-Vol s 40 V 
10 mA s l L <s lmax. 
PD « Pmax. Ta = 25X 


1,2 


AUdj 


- 


2.0 


5.0 


- 


2.0 


5.0 




Reference Voltage (Note 4) Ta — + 25°C 
3.0 V s |V|-Vol s 40 V, 10 mA s lo s 
'max- PD ' Pmax- Tj - T| ow to T n jq n 


3 


v ref 


-1.225 
- 1.20 


-1.250 
- 1.25 


-1.275 
-1.30 


-1.213 
- 1.20 


-1.250 
- 1.25 


- 1 .287 
— 1.30 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
3.0 V s |V|-V I * 40 V 


1 


Regime 




0.02 


0.05 




0.02 


0.07 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3) 
10 mA s l * lmax |V I * 5.0 V 
|V I 3 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 




20 
0.3 


50 
1.0 


— 


20 

0.3 


70 
1.5 


mV 
% Vo 


Temperature Stability (T| ow sTjs Thigh) 


3 


TS 


- 


0.6 






0.6 




% V 


Minimum Load Current to 
Maintain Regulation (|V|-Voi * 10 V) 
(|V]-VOI ? 4U V) 


3 


'Lmin 




1.2 
2.5 


3.0 
5.0 




1.5 
2.5 


6.0 
10 


mA 












Maximum Output Current 
!V|-V | s 15 V, P D s P max 

K and T Packages 

H Package 
1V|-V ! = 40 V, P D s P max , Tj = 25°C 

K and T Packages 

H Package 


3 


'max 


1.5 
0.5 

0.24 
0.15 


2.2 
0.8 

0.4 

0.2 




1.5 
0.5 

0.15 
0.1 


2.2 
0.8 

0.4 
0.2 




A 












RMS Noise, % of Vq 
Ta = 25°C, 10 Hz s f s 10 kHz 




N 




0.003 






0.003 




%V 


Ripple Rejection, Vo = -10 V, f = 120 Hz (Note 5) 
Without CAdj 
C A di = 10 mF 


4 


RR 


66 


60 
77 




66 


60 
77 




dB 


Long-Term Stability, Tj = Thigh (Mote 6) 
Ta = 25°C for Endpoint Measurements 


3 


S 




0.3 


1.0 




0.3 


1.0 


%/1.0 k 
Hrs. 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 
H Package 
K Package 
T Package 




"ejc 




12 
2.3 


15 
3.0 




12 
2.3 
4.0 


15 
3.0 


"C/W 



NOTES 

(5) C a( jj. when used, is connected between the adjustment pin and 
ground. 

(6) Since Long Term Stability cannoi be measured on each device before 
shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of average 
stability from lot to lot 

(7) Power dissipation within an I C voltage regulator produces a tempera- 
ture gradient on the die. affecting individuaM C components on the die 
These effects can be minimized by proper integrated circuit design and 
layout techniques. Thermal Regulation is the effect of these tempera- 
ture gradients on the output voltage and is expressed in percentage of 
output change per wan of power change m a specified time. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-43 



< 1 1 T low = -55°C for LM1 37 T high - +1 50°C for LM1 37 

= -25°Cfor LM237 = + 150°Cior LM237 

= 0"C tor LM337 = +1 25°C for LM337 

(2) 'max = 15 A for K a n <J T Packages 

= 0.5 A for H Package 
Pmax " 20 W for K and T Packages 
= 2 W for H Package 

(3) Load and line regulation are specified at a constant junction tempera- 
ture Pulse testing with a low duty cycle is used Change in V because 
of heating effects is covered under the Thermal Regulation specifi- 
cation 

(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage available 



SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 



o Adjust 



o v out 




FIGURE 1 — LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT 



r 



Cj n ;fc 1.0 nF 



•Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle 
is suggested. 



R2 > 1% 



120 



Adjust I 



Vin 
— o- 



~LF 




IT 



VlH 
VlL 



LM137 



Vout 
— o 



1.0 iif 



- V H 

- vol 



v E e 



Line Regulation (% V I = ^p^ 1 * 100 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-44 



LM137, LM237, LM337 



FIGURE 2 - LOAD REGULATION AND AI Adj /LOAD TEST CIRCUIT 



r 



-V|Q- 



R2 ? 1% 



Cin .-p- 1.0 lit 



R1 2120 



Adjust i 



O 



'Pulse Testing required: 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. 



:i.0 M F . 1^ 

"LP 



(max. 
Load) 



_TL 



- Vq (min. Load) 
Vq (max. Load) 



Load Regulation ImV) = V | min . Load) - V (ma x. Load) Load Regulation (% V ) = V ° lmk ^° ad> V ° (max - L ° adl x 100 

v O (min. Load) 



FIGURE 3 — STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT 



r 



® 



Cin 1.0 fif 



To Calculate R2 
R2 



R2 >1% 



Co'-pl-O/xF < R L 



Adjust ' 



Vin 
— o — 



LM137 



Vout 



R1 i 120 



This assumes l a( jj 
is negligible. 



Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. 



FIGURE 4 — RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT 



r 



R2 ? 1% 



C in ^ 1.0 MF 



Adjust 6 



Vin 
~o- 



c adj --p 10 mF 

I 



LM137 



R1 $120 D1* A 1N4002 

Vout 
— o 



C ^1.0 fiF 



R L V 



14.3 V 

4.3 V — 



f = 120 Hz 



V = -1.25 V 

"Di Discharges C a( jj if Output is shorted to Ground. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-45 



LM137, LM237, LM337 



FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT 







































lL- 


0.5 A 


















































































v r 


15V 










IL = 


1.5 A 






v . 


-10V 













































1 

■ Tj = -55°C 














- Tj = 25°C 
_ t . = it.n°r 




T-a 


W K- Pat 


kaged Dev 


ces 




■ j — 


























-H- 


Packaged 














Devices — 























































-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°CI 



FIGURE 7 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT m 



10 20 30 40 

V, = V . INPUT -OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL IVdcl 



FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE 



- 3.0 







1 1 

V = -5 V 


















Q = III 


mv 






























.5 A 








































-OA 














- 200 


nA* 1 *"", 


.' L = s 


*± 
00 mA 
































L = 20 'mA^ 
1 







-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C) 



-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj.JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°CI 



FIGURE 9 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY 



FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT 



-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C) 



< 


16 








1.4 






1.2 








1.0 






SCE 


0.8 




o.e 


a 






0.4 




0.2 
















L Tj = 


-55°C 
25°C 


















— T,= 


















- Tj = I50°C 























































































































































10 20 30 40 

V, - V , INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL IVdcl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

■3 AR 



LM137, LM237, LM337 



FIGURE 11 — RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE 

























c adi " 


10 *F 




























































**III1UL 


1 "adi 
























v.-v 


o" sv 














1, = 500 mA 
1 = 120 Hz 














V 2 


°c 





























-5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 
UTPUT VOLTAGE IV1 



FIGURE 12 - 



RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURRENT 



o 

01 



















































































- 

10/- 


F 


















































i 1— 




















































Wil 


10 


t Cj 










































































































































































































V 

r 




5 


J 


















































| --IU V 

120 Ml 


















































t j 


■ 25°C " 
1 1 




































— 













I q , OUTPUT CURRENT (A! 



10 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-47 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The LM137 is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In op- 
eration, the LM137 develops and maintains a nominal 
- 1 .25 volt reference ( V re f ) between its output and ad- 
justment terminals. This reference voltage is converted 
to a programming current Oprog' DV R1 ' see Figure 
17), and this constant current flows through R2 from 
ground. The regulated output voltage is given by: 

R2 

Vout = Vrefd + jjf) + l ad j R2 

Since the current into the adjustment terminal (l ac jj) 
represents an error term in the equation, the LM 1 37 was 
designed to control l a( jj to less than 100 and keep 
it constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current 
is returned to the output terminal. This imposes the 
requirement for a minimum load current. If the load 
current is less than this minimum, the output voltage 
will increase. 

Since the LM137 is a floating regulator, it is only the 
voltage differential across the circuit that is important 
to performance, and operation at high voltages with 
respect to ground is possible. 

FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 



<1 R2 
!adj f ' Iprog 



Adjust 




\ 

V 

7 



r v out 



Vout 



V re f= -1.25 V Typically 



LOAD REGULATION 

The LM137 is capable of providing extremely good 
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to 
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the 
programming resistor (R1 1 should be connected as close 
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which 
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby 
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be 



returned near the load ground to provide remote ground 
sensing and improve load regulation. 

EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 

A 1 uF tantalum input bypass capacitor (Cjn) is recom- 
mended to reduce the sensitivity to input line impedance. 

The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground to 
improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (C a dj) prevents 
ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is 
increased. A 10 uF capacitor should improve ripple 
rejection about 1 5 dB at 1 20 Hz in a 10 volt application. 

An output capacitor (C ) in the form of a 1 /jF tantalum 
or 10 (jF aluminum electrolytic capacitor is required 
for stability. 

PROTECTION DIODES 

When external capacitors are used with any I.C. regu- 
lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to 
prevent the capacitors from discharging through low 
current points into the regulator. 

Figure 18 shows the LM137 with the recommended 
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of -25 V or 
high capacitance values (C Q > 25 /jF, C a dj > 10 pf). 
Diode Di prevents C Q from discharging thru the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. Diode 02 protects against 
capacitor C a dj discharging through the I.C. during an 
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and 
D2 prevents C a dj from discharging through the I.C. during 
an input short circuit. 

FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH 
PROTECTION DIODES 



r 



Adjust 



C =r V ° ul 

R1 io2 



1 N4002 



D1 

1 N4002 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-48 



® 



MOTOROLA 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



THREE-TERMINAL POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

This family of fixed voltage regulators are monolithic integrated 
circuits capable of driving loads in excess of 1.0 ampere. These 
three-terminal regulators employ internal current limiting, ther- 
mal shutdown, and safe-area compensation. Devices are available 
with improved specifications, including a 2% output voltage tol- 
erance, on A-suffix 5.0, 12 and 15 volt device types. 

Although designed primarily as a fixed voltage regulator, these 
devices can be used with external components to obtain adjust- 
able voltages and currents. This series of devices can be used 
with a series-pass transistor to boost output current capability at 
the nominal output voltage. 

• Output Current in Excess of 1.0 Ampere 

• No External Components Required 

• Output Voltage Offered in 2% and 4% Tolerance* 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Output Voltage 
and Tolerance 


Tested Operating 
Junction Temp. Range 


Package 


LM140K-5.0 


5.0 V ± 4% 


- 55X 10 + 150X 


Metal Power 


LM140AK-5.0 


5.0 V ± 2% 


-65"C to + 150X 


Metal Power 


LM140K-8.0 


8.0 V - 4% 


- 55X to + 1 50°C 


Metal Power 


LM140K-12 


12 V ± 4% 


-55Xto + 150X 


Metal Power 


LM140AK-12 


12 V ± 2% 


-55Xto + 150X 


Metal Power 


LM140K-15 


1 5 V ± 4% 


-5S"C to + 150X 


Metal Power 


LM140AK-15 


15 V ± 2% 


-55Xto M50X 


Metal Power 


LM340K-5.0 


5.0 V ± 4% 


OX to + 1 25"C 


Metal Power 


LM340AK-5.0 


5.0 V ± 2% 


0T to + 12SX 




LM340T-5.0 


5.0 V ± 4% 


OX to + 12SX 


Plastic Power 


LM340AT-6.0 


5.0 V t 2% 


OX to + 125X 




LM340T-6.0 


6.0 V s 4% 


0"Cto + 125X 


Plastic Power 


LM340K-8.0 


8.0 V * 4% 


OX to + 125X 


Metal Power 


LM340T-8.0 


8.0 V ± 4% 


OX to + 125X 


Plastic Power 


LM340K 12 


12 V ± 4% 


OX to + 12SX 


Metal Power 


LM340AK-12 


12 V ± 2% 


OX to +125X 




LM340T-12 


12 V ± 4% 


OX to +125X 


Plastic Power 


LM340AT-12 


12 V ± 2% 


OX to +125X 




LM340K-15 


15 V ± 4% 


OX to +125X 


Metal Power 


LM340AK-15 


15 V i 2% 


OX to +126X 




LM340T-15 


15 V ± 4% 


OX to + 1 26X 


Plastic Power 


LM340AT-15 


15 V i 2% 


OX to +125X 




LM340T-18 


18 V ± 4% 


OX to +125X 


Plastic Power 


LM340T-24 


24 V ± 4% 


OX to +125X 


Plastic Power 







LM140.A Series 
LM340.A Series 



THREE-TERMINAL 
POSITIVE FIXED 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



K SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 1-03 




PIN 1. INPUT 

2. OUTPUT 
CASE GROUND 




(Bottom View) 



T SUFFIX 




PLASTIC PACKAGE 




CASE 221A-04 




1 V% 

PIN 1. INPUT 2 7 


{Heatsink surface 


2. GROUND 3 


connected to 


3. OUTPUT 


Pin 2) 



STANDARD APPLICATION 



Input • 

C. * 
in 
0.33 



LM140-XX 



Output 



rr 



Acommon ground is required between the 
input and the output voltages. The input volt- 
age must remain typically 1.7 V above the 
output vottage even during the low point on 
the input ripple voltage. 

XX = these two digits of the type number 
indicate voltage. 
* = Cj n is required if regulator is located 
an appreciable distance from power 
supply filter. 

** = Cq is not needed for stability; how- 
ever, it does improve transient re- 
sponse. If needed, use a 0.1 ce- 
ramic disc. 



*2% regulators are available in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-49 



LM140.A, LM340.A 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25X unless otherwise noled.l 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input Voltage (5.0 V - 18 V) 
(24 V) 


Vin 


35 
40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 








Plastic Package 
T A = + 25X 

Derate above Ta = + 25°C 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 


PD 

i/ejA 


Internally Limited 
15.4 
65 


Watts 

mW/X 
X/W 


«JA 


T C = + 25X 

Derate above Trj = + 75°C (See Figure 1 ) 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 

Metal Package 
= + 25X 
Derate above Ta = + 25°C 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 


pd 

1/0JC 
«JC 


Internally Limited 
200 
5.0 


Watts 
mW/X 
X/W 


Prt 

"»JA 
«JA 


iiiiciiaiiy i_ 1 1 m i icu 

22.5 
45 


Watts 
mW/X 
X/W 


T C = + 25X 

Derate above Tc = + 65X (See Figure 21 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 


pd 

1'«JC 
»JC 


Internally Limited 
182 
5.6 


Watts 
mWfC 
X/W 


Storage Junction Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


X 


Operating Junction Temperature Range 

LM140.A 
LM340.A 


Tj 


- 55 to + 1 50 
to +150 


X 



EQUIVALENT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-50 



LM140A LM340,A 



DEFINITIONS 



Line Regulation — The change in output voltage for a change 
in the input voltage. The measurement is made under condi- 
tions of low dissipation or by using pulse techniques such that 
the average chip temperature is not significantly affected. 

Load Regulation — The change in output voltage for a 
change in load current at constant chip temperature. 

Maximum Power Dissipation — The maximum total device 



dissipation for which the regulator will operate within 
specifications. 

Quiescent Current — That part of the input current that is 
not delivered to the load. 

Output Noise Voltage — The rms ac voltage at the output, 
with constant load and no input ripple, measured over a spec- 
ified frequency range. 



LM140/340 — 5.0 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V ir 



10 V, Iq = 500 mA, Tj = T| 0W to T n j gri (Note 1), unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25X1 
10 = 5.0 mAto 1.0 A 


vo 


4.8 


5.0 


5.2 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 
8.0 to 20 Vdc 

7.0 to 25 Vdc (Tj = + 25X) 

8.0 to 12 Vdc, lo = 10 A 

7.3 to 20 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A (Tj = +25°CI 


Regiine 


- 


- 


50 
50 
25 
50 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA a lo * 1.0 A 
5.0 mA a lo a 1.5 A (Tj = + 25X) 
250 mA a l * 750 mA (Tj = +25°C) 






— 


50 
50 
25 


mV 


Output Voltage 
LM140 

8.0 a Vj n s 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA a Iq a 10 A, Pqs 15 W 
LM340 

7.0 s V; n a 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l « 1.0 A, P D a 15 W 


v 


4.75 
4.75 


— 


5.25 
5.25 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 
lO = 1.0 A 
LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = + 25X) 
LM340 (Tj = + 25X) 


>B 


- 


- 


7.0 
8.5 
6.0 
8.0 


mA 




_ 


4.0 
4.0 




Quiescent Current Change 
8.0 s Vj n s 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM140 
7.0 a Vi n s 25 Vdc. lo = 500 mA LM340 
5.0 mA a l a 1.0 A, V m = 10 V LM140, LM340 
8.0 a V in * 20 Vdc, lo * 10 A LM140 
7.5 a V in s 20 Vdc, l = 1.0 A LM340 


aib 


- 


- 


0.8 

1.0 
0.5 
0.8 
1.0 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 
LMT40 
LM340 
l = 1.0 A (Tj = +25X1 
LM140 
LM340 


RR 


68 
62 

68 

62 


80 
80 




da 


Dropout Voltage 


Vin -VO 




1.7 




Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz] 


r 




2.0 




mil 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25°C) 


'sc 




2.0 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (T/\ = + 25XI 
10 Hz a f a 100 kHz 


Vn 




40 




*V 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±0.6 




mV/X 


Peak Output Current (Tj = +25°C] 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25X1 
Iq = 1.0 A 




7.3 






Vdc 



NOTES: 1. T| ow - -55T for LM140 T h igh = + 150T for LM140 
0'CforLM340 - + 125"C for LM340 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-51 



LM140A/340A — 5.0 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS [V in = 10 V. Ip = 1.0 A, Tj = T, ow lo Thigh (Note 1). unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = +25°CI 
lO = 5 mA to 1.0 A 


VO 


4.9 


5.0 


5.1 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 
7.5 to 20 Vdc. lo - 500 mA 
7.3 to 20 Vdc ITj = + 25°C) 


Regime 


— 




3.0 


10 
10 


mV 


8.0 to 12 Vdc 

8.0 to 12 Vdc (Tj = + 25°C) 




- 




12 
4.0 














Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA =s Iq *s 10 A 
5.0 mA s l s 1.5 A (Tj = +25"CI 
250 mA s lo s 750 mA (Tj = +25°C) 


Regioad 






25 


mV 








25 
15 




Output Voltage 
7.5 " Vj n =£ 20 Vdc, 5.0 mA.s lo ^ 1.0 A, Prjs 15 W 


vo 


4.8 





5.2 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 
(Tj = +25°CI 


'B 


- 


3.5 


6.5 
6.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 
5.0 mA s Iq « 1.0 A, Vj n = 10 V 
8.0 s Vj n « 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA 
7.5 s V in s 20 Vdc, l = 1-0 A (Tj . + 25"C) 


AI B 


- ~ 
— 


— 


0.5 
0.8 
0.8 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 
8.0 s V in « 18 Vdc, f = 120 Hz 
lO = 500 mA 

I - 1 n A /X . , TCO^l 

'0 1 .0 A ( I J - Zb L! 


RR 


68 
68 


— 
80 


— 


dB 


Dropout Voltage 


Vin " V 




1 7 


— 


Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r O 


— 


2.0 




mfl 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25°C) 


sc 


— 


2.0 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (T A = + 25°CI 
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz 


Vn 




40 




mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±0.6 




mV/°C 


Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25X) 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25°C) 




7.3 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1- T| 0W = -55°C for LM140A T high = + ISO'C for LM140A 
OX for LM340A - + 125'C for LM340A 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-52 



LM140.A, LM340,A 



LM 140/340 — 6.0 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vj n = 1 1 V. Iq = 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to T nign (Note 1), unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj — +25°C) 
lO = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A 


Vn 


5.75 


6.0 


6.25 


Vdc 












Line Regulation (Note 2) 
9.0 to 21 Vdc 

8.0 to 25 Vdc (Tj = +25°C) 

9 to 13 Vdc In = 1 A 

8.3 to 21 Vdc, l = 1.0 A (Tj = + 25°C> 


Re 9line 






60 
60 
30 
60 


mV 










Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA fi lo « 1.0 A 
5.0 mA « lo « 15 A (Tj = +25°C) 
250 mA s lo * 750 mA (Tj = + 25°C) 


feoioad 


- 


- 


60 
60 
30 


mV 










Output Voltage 
LM140 

9.0 s V in s 21 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lo * 1.0 A, Pq s 15 W 
LM340 

8.0 « V in s 21 Vdc, 6.0 mA s l « 1.0 A, P D « 15 W 


vo 


5.7 
5.7 


- 


6.3 
6.3 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 
lO - 10 A 
LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = + 25°C) 
LM340 (Tj = + 25°C) 




- 


4.0 
4.0 


7.0 
6.5 
6.0 
8.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 
9.0 « V in s 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM140 
on < - ?5 Vrlp Ir* - 500 mA I M^40 
5.0 mA « Iq « 1.0 A, V in - 11 V LM140, LM340 
Q(i < w- jc 21 Vdc lr* - 1 A LM140 
8.6 « Vj n s 21 Vdc, lo - 1.0 A LM340 




— 
— 


— 

— 
— 


0.8 
1 .0 
0.5 
0.8 
1.0 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 
LM140 
LM340 

lO = 1.0 A (Tj . +25°C) 
LM140 


RR 


65 
59 

65 
59 


- 

78 
78 


- 
— 


dB 


LM340 








Dropout Voltage 


Vin " Vo 




1.7 




Vdc 






Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHzl 






2.0 






r O 






mil 








1.9 




mA 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25°CI 


Isc 






Output Noise Voltage (Tzj = + 25°C) 
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz 


Vn 




45 




,.V 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




-0.7 




mWC 


Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25°C) 


lO 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = + 25T) 
l = 1.0 A 




8.3 






Vdc 













NOTES: 

1. T| ow - -55-C for LM140 Thjgh = * 150'C for LM140 

OX for LM340 = + 125"C for LM340 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-53 



LM140,A, LM340.A 



LM140/340 — 8.0 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS [Vj n = 14 V, Iq = 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to T high (Note 1), unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 




Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25°C) 
lO = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A 


vo 


7.7 


8.0 


8.3 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 
11 to 23 Vdc 

10.5 to 25 Vdc (Tj = +25°C) 

11 to 17 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A 

10.5 to 23 Vdc, lo = 10 A (Tj = +25"C) 


Regime 


- 


- 


80 
80 
40 
80 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA a l « 10 A 
5.0 mA s If) « 1 5 A (Tj = + 25°C) 
250 mA s lo « 750 mA (Tj = +25°C) 


Regioad 


- 


- 


80 
80 
40 


mV 


Output Voltsge 
LM140 

11.5 s V in s 23 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l « 10 A, P s 15 W 
LM340 

10.5 s V in s 23 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lo « 1.0 A, P D s 15 W 


v O 


7.6 
7.6 


- 


8.4 
84 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 

°LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = + 25°C) 
LM340 (Tj = + 25°C) 


IB 


- 


- 


7.0 
8.5 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 

1 1.3 ^ Vjp ZD VOC, IQ ~ OUU mM LM l^U 

10.5 s Vj n * 25 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM340 

5.0 mA s lo * 10 A, Vj n = 14 V LM140, LM340 

11.5 s Vj n s 23 Vdc, Iq = 10 A LM140 

10.6 « Vj n =£ 23 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A LM340 


«b 








mA 


— 


z 

- 


0.8 
1.0 
0.5 
0.8 
1.0 


Ripple Rejection 
LM140 
LM340 
l = 10 A(Tj = + 25°C) 
LM140 
LM340 


RR 


62 
56 

62 
56 


- 

76 
76 


— 


dB 


Dropout Voltage 


Vin "VO 




1.7 




Vdc 






Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHzl 


'0 




2.0 




mil 






Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = *25°C) 






1.5 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (T A = + 25°C) 
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz 


Vn 




52 




mV 






Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±1.0 




mV/°C 






Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25°C) 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25°C) 
Iq = 1.0 A 




10.5 






Vdc 









NOTES: 

1. T|ow - -55X for LM140 Thigh = + 150"C for LM140 

0°CforLM340 = + 125"C for LM340 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-54 



LM140.A, LM340,A 



LM 140/340 — 12 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 19 V, Iq = 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to T high (Note 1), unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25X1 
10 = 5.0 mAto 1.0 A 


vo 


11.5 


12 


12.5 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 

15 to 27 Vdc 

14.6 to 30 Vdc (Tj = + 25X) 

16 to 22 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A 

14.6 to 27 Vdc, lo = 10 A (Tj = + 25X) 


Regiine 








mV 


_ 


— 


120 
120 
60 
120 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA s lo * 10 A 
5.0 mA s lo * 15 A (Tj = + 25X) 
250 mA s lo * 750 mA (Tj = + 25X) 


Regioad 








mV 


- 


- 


120 
120 
60 


Output Voltage 
LM140 

15.5 Vjn « 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA s In 6 1.0 A, Pq SS 15 W 


Vo 








Vdc 


11.4 




12.6 




LM340 

14.5 s V in s 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l £ 1.0 A, P D s15W 




11.4 


— 


12.6 




Quiescent Current 
lO = 10 A 
LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = + 25X) 
LM340 (Tj = + 25X) 


B 


- 


— 

4.0 
4.0 


7.0 
8.5 
6.0 
8.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 
15 c Vj n s 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM140 
14.5 « V in * 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM340 
5.0 mA =£ lo 1.0 A, Vj n = 19 V LM140, LM340 
15 £ Vjn * 27 Vdc, Iq = 1 .0 A LM140 


AIb 


— 


— 


0.8 
1.0 
0.5 


mA 




— 


— 










0.8 




14.8 s V in £ 27 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A LM340 




— 


— 


1.0 




Ripple Rejection 
LM140 
LM340 

l = 1.0 A (Tj . + 25X) 
LM140 


RR 


61 
55 

61 





— 


dB 




72 






LM340 




55 


72 


- 




Dropout Voltage 


Vj n -Vo 




1.7 




Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r 




2.0 




mi! 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25°C) 


'sc 




1.1 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (T^ m + 25X) 
10 Hz s f a 100 kHz 


Vn 




75 






Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




i 1.5 




mV/X 


Peak Output Current (Tj = +25X) 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25X) 
Iq = 10 A 




14.6 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1. T| ovv = -55X for LM140 Thigh = + 150'C for LM140 

= +125X for LM340 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-55 



LM140A/340A — 12 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Vjn = 19 V, lp = 1.0 A, Tj = T| ow lo T high [Note II, unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = +25°C) 


vo 


11.75 


12 


12.25 


Vdc 


lo = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A 












Line Regulation (Note 2) 

14.8 to 27 Vdc, lo = 500 mA 
14.5 to 27 Vdc (Tj = +25°C) 
16 to 22 Vdc 

16 to 22 Vdc (Tj - + 25°C) 


Regiine 


— 


4.0 


18 
18 
30 


mV 








9.0 




Load Regulation (Note 2) 

5 mA < In < 1 (1 A 

5.0 mA =£ lo 55 1.5 A (Tj = + 25 3 C) 

250 mA « In ^ 750 mA (Tj = + 25°C) 
Si ^ 


Regioad 


- 


- 


60 
32 
19 


mV 


Output Voltage 

14.8 « V in « 27 Vdc, 5.0 mA ^ l *j 1-0 A, P D ^ 15 W 


Vo 


11.5 




12.5 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 

IT, - 4. 9RTI 


IB 




3 5 


6.5 
6.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 
5.0 mA « Iq * 1.0 A, V in - 19 V 
15 « Vj n =s 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA 

1JQ < U. < 97 ViHc lo - 1 (1 A [T i - 4- 9R a Pr 


11 B 


- 




0.5 
0.8 
8 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 

15 s V in s 25 Vdc, f = 120 Hz 
Iq = 500 mA 
lO = 1-0 A, (Tj = +25°C) 


RR 


61 
61 


— 
72 


— 


dfi 


Dropout Voltage 


Vin-Vo 




1.7 


_ 


Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r 


— 


2.0 


— 


mfl 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25°C) 


'sc 




1.1 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25°C) 
10 Hz s f == 100 kHz 


Vn 





75 


_ 


fV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
Iq = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±1.5 




mV/X 


Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25°C) 


10 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25°C) 




14.5 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1 T| ow = -55'C for LM140A Thigh- 4-1WC for LM140A 
= 0-C for LM340A - + 125"C for LM340A 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



3-56 



LM140A LM340,A 



LM140A/340 — 15 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS [Vjn = 23 V, Iq = 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to Thigh ( N °t e P. unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


TVP 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25°C) 
10 = 5.0 mAto 1.0 A 


vo 


14.4 


15 


15.6 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 21 
18.5 to 30 Vdc 

17.5 to 30 Vdc (Tj = + 25X) 

20 to 26 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A 

17.7 to 30 Vdc, lo = 10 A (Tj = + 25X) 


Regiine 


- 


— 


150 
150 
76 
150 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA s lo * 1.0 A 
5.0 mA s lo * 15 A (Tj = +25X) 
250 mAslQS 750 mA (Tj = + 25X) 


Regioad 


- 


- 


150 
150 
76 


mV 


wuipui voltage 
LM140 

18.5 « V| n s 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA«l s 1.0 A, P D s 15 W 
LM340 

17.5 s V in s 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, P D « 15 W 


v O 


14.25 


- 


15.75 


Vdc 




14.25 




15.75 




Quiescent Current 

LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = +25X) 
LM340 (Tj = + 25X) 


'B 


- 


4.0 
4.0 


7.0 
8.5 
6.0 
8.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 

io.d =: Vjn ^ -su vqc, io ~~ ouu mM livi m\3 
17.5 s V in s 30 Vdc, lo = 600 mA LM340 
5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, Vj n = 23 V LM140, LM340 
18.5 s Vjn s 30 Vdc, lo = 10 A LM140 
17.9 s Vj n * 30 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A LM340 


■Mb 




- 




- 


0.8 
1.0 
0.5 
0.8 
1.0 


mA 










Ripple Rejection 
LM140 
LM340 

l = 1.0 A (Tj = +25X) 
LM140 


RR 


60 
54 

60 


- 
70 


- 
— 


dB 


LM340 




54 


70 






Dropout Voltage 


Vin - V 




1.7 


- 


Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r O 




2.0 




mi] 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25X) 


l S c 




800 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (T A = +25X) 
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz 


Vn 




90 




mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±1.8 




mV/X 


Peak Output Current (Tj = +25X) 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25X) 
l = 1.0 A 




17.7 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1 • T| 0VV = -55"C for LM140 Thigh = + 150'C for LM140 
- +125°C for LM340 



2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately- Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-57 



LM140A LM340,A 



LM140A/340A — 15 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 23 V, lp = 1.0 A, Tj = T| ow to T high INote 1), unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unrt 


Output Voltage (Tj - + 25°C) 
lO = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A 


v O 


14.7 


15 


15.3 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 

17.9 to 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA 

17.5 to 30 Vdc (Tj = +25°C) 

20 to 26 Vdc, l = 10 A 

20 to 26 Vdc, l = 10 A (Tj = + 25°C) 


Reflline 


- 
- 


4.0 


22 
22 
30 
10 


- mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA s Iq * 1.0 A 
5.0 mA s lo s 1.6 A (Tj . +25°C) 
250 mA s l s 750 mA (Tj = + 25°C) 


R egioad 




12 


75 
35 
21 


mV 


Output Voltage 

17.9 si Vj n a 30 Vdc, 5.0 mA s lo s 10 A, Pp s 15 W 


v 


14.4 




15.6 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 
(Tj = +25X1 


B 


— 


3.5 


6.5 
6.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 

5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, V in = 23 V 

17.9 s V in s 30 Vdc, lo = 500 mA 

i /.y s V| n ^ 3U vac, lo — i u a ( i J — + ^o uj 


AI B 


- 


- 


0.5 
0.8 
0.8 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 

lo.c- s V|n ^ Zo.o vac, T — l^u nz 
lO = 500 mA 
l = 1.0 A, (Tj = +25°C) 


RR 


60 
60 


_ 
70 




dB 


Dropout Voltage 


V in " V 




1.7 




Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r O 




2.0 




mfl 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = +25°C) 


'sc 




800 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (Ta = +25°C) 
10 Hz s f s 100 kHz 


Vn 




90 




mV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±1.8 




mV/°C 


Peak Output Current (Tj s= +25°C) 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = + 25°C) 




17.5 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1- T|ovw - -55°C for LM140A Thigh - + 150"C for LM140A 
0°C for LM340A - 4 125°C for LM340A 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM140,A, LM340,A 



LMUO/340 — 18 

ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS [Vj n = 27 V, lp = 500 mA, Tj = T| ow to T high (Note 1), unless otherwise noted). 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj • + 25°C) 
lo = 5.0 mA to 1.0 A 


v 


17.3 


18 


18.7 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 
21.5 to 33 Vdc 
21 to 33 Vdc (Tj = + 25"C) 
24 to 30 Vdc. lo = 10A 
21 to 33 Vdc. lo = 1.0 A (Tj = + 25°C) 


Regijne 






180 
180 
90 
180 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
5.0 mA s lo * 10 A 
5.0 mA s l « 15 A (Tj = +25°C] 
250 mA s lo « 750 mA (Tj = + 25°C) 


Regioad 








180 
180 
90 


mV 


Output Voltage 
LM140 

22 s V in s 33 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l « 1.0 A, P D s 15 W 
LM340 

21 s V in S 33 Vdc, 5.0 mA a l s 1.0 A. P D s 15 W 


v 


17 1 

17.1 


- 


18.9 
18.9 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 
lO = 10 A 
LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = + 25°C) 
LM340 ITj = + 25°C) 


| Q 


— 


4.0 
4.0 


7.0 
8.5 
6.0 
8.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 
22 s V in s 33 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM140 

21 s V in s 33 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM340 

D.U mA "S IQ »6 l.UA,V|n — £./ V LTVl I4(J, LMJ4U 

22 s V in s 33 Vdc, l = 1.0 A LM140 
21 s V in s 33 Vdc, lo = 1.0 A LM340 


AIh 


— 
— 

z 

— 


— 
— 

z 

— 


0.8 
1.0 
0.5 
0.8 
1.0 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 
LM140 
LM340 
lO = 1.0 A (Tj = +25XI 
LM140 
LM340 


RR 


59 
53 

59 
53 




69 
69 




dB 


Dropout Voltage 


v in " v O 




1.7 




Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r O 




2.0 




mfl 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = t 25°C) 


!sc 




500 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25"CI 
10 Hz s t « 100 kHz 


Vn 




110 




jtV 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
lO = 5.0 mA 


TCV 




±2.3 




mVTC 


Peak Output Current (Tj = +25X) 


io 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25°C) 
Iq = 10 A 




21 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1- T|ow = -55°C for LM140 Thigh' + 150"C for LM140 
0"CforLM340 - + 125'C for LM340 

2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-59 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage (Tj = + 25°C) 
lO = 6.0 mA to 1.0 A 


vo 


23 


24 


25 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 
28 to 38 Vdc 

27 to 38 Vdc (Tj ■ + 25°C) 

30 to 36 Vdc. lo = 1.0 A 

27.1 to 38 Vdc. lo = 1.0 A (Tj = +25XI 


R e 9line 


- 


- 


240 
240 
120 
240 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2} 
5.0 mA « lo * 10 A 

5.0 mA s lo « 1.5 A (Tj = + 25°C) 
250 mA s lo s 750 mA (Tj = + 25°C) 


Regioad 




— 


240 
240 
120 


mV 


LM140 

28 s V in s 38 Vdc, 5.0 mA s l * 1.0 A, P D « 15 W 
LM340 

27 s V in s 38 Vdc, 6.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, Pq « 16 W 


Vn 
v O 


22 8 
22.8 


- 


25.2 
25.2 


Vdc 


Quiescent Current 
|q — 1 A 
LM140 
LM340 

LM140 (Tj = + 25°C) 
LM340 (Tj = + 25°C) 


>B 


- 


4.0 
4.0 


7.0 
8.5 
6.0 
8.0 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 

ZO ^ »jn VUC, IQ — PUU [TIM LPVI IHU 

27 s Vj n s 38 Vdc, lo = 500 mA LM340 

5.0 mA s l s 1.0 A, Vj n = 33 V LM140, LM340 

28 « V| n s 38 Vdc, lo = 10 A LM140 
27.3 s V in s 38 Vdc, Iq = 1.0 A LM340 






- 


8 
1.0 
0.5 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 
LM140 
LM340 

lO - 1.0 A (Tj = + 25°C) 
LM140 
LM340 


RR 


56 
50 

56 
50 




66 
66 





dB 


Dropout Voltage 


Vin "VO 




1.7 


- 


Vdc 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz) 


r 




2.0 




mil 


Short Circuit Current Limit (Tj = + 25°C) 


'sc 


— 


200 


— 


mA 


Output Noise Voltage (Ta = + 25°C) 
10 Hz ss f ss 100 kHz 


v n 


— 


170 


- 


u v 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 
|q - 5.0 mA 


TCV 


- 


±3.0 


- 


mV/°C 


Peak Output Current (Tj = + 25°C) 


10 




2.4 




A 


Input Voltage to Maintain Line Regulation (Tj = +25°CI 
l = 1.0 A 




27.1 






Vdc 



NOTES: 

1 T| ow = -55TforLM140 Thigh = ♦ 150°C for LM140 
0°CforLM340 = + 125"C for LM340 



2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temperature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into account 
separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM140,A, LM340.A 



VOLTAGE REGULATOR PERFORMANCE 

The performance of a voltage regulator is specified 
by its immunity to changes in load, input voltage, power 
dissipation, and temperature. Line and load regulation 
are tested with a pulse of short duration (< 100 /is) and 
are strictly a function of electrical gain. However, pulse 
widths of longer duration (> 1.0 ms) are sufficient to 
affect temperature gradients across the die. These tem- 
perature gradients can cause a change in the output 
voltage, in addition to changes caused by line and load 
regulation. Longer pulse widths and thermal gradients 
make it desirable to specify thermal regulation. 

Thermal regulation is defined as the change in output 
voltage caused by a change in dissipated power for a 
specified time, and is expressed as a percentage output 
voltage change per watt. The change in dissipated 



power can be caused by a change in either the input 
voltage or the load current. Thermal regulation is a func- 
tion of IC layout and die attach techniques, and usually 
occurs within 10 ms of a change in power dissipation. 
After 10 ms, additional changes in the output voltage 
are due to the temperature coefficient of the device. 

Figure 1 shows the line and thermal regulation re- 
sponse of a typical LM140AK-5.0 to a 10 watt input 
pulse. The variation of the output voltage due to line 
regulation is labeled © and the thermal regulation com- 
ponent is labeled ©. Figure 2 shows the load and ther- 
mal regulation response of a typical LM140AK-5.0 to a 
15 watt load pulse. The output voltage variation due to 
load regulation is labeled © and the thermal regulation 
component is labeled ©. 



FIGURE 1 LINE AND THERMAL REGULATION 



FIGURE 2 LOAD AND THERMAL REGULATION 



S: ° -5 
□ o > 



if 

L * 



© Is 5 I 

I 1— - 5 E T 

" :§~ © 



© 

© 



=3 § 



I. TIME(2 0ms/di»| 

LM140AK-5.0 

Vn = 5.0 V 

V in = 8.0 V — 19 V — 8.0 V ® = Regnne = I* mV 

lout = 1-0* ® = Regtherm = 0.0030%V()W 



I TIMS|2 0ms/divl 

LM140AK-5.0 

Vn = 5.0 V 

Vin = '5 © = Region = 4.4 mV 

lout = 0A—1.5A — OA @ = Reothem, = 0.0020%V(yW 



FIGURE 3 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY 



FIGURE 4 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 





















































= 5 
on i 


) V 






















m 


























































































































































-10 30 70 110 150 

Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE l°CI 



10 * 



10 10 100 10k 1 k 100k I 0M 10M I00M 
I. FREQUENCY |H ; | 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-61 



LM140,A, LM340.A 



FIGURE 5 - RIPPLE REJECTION versus FREQUENCY 

100 









I 














'out 














7~ 














'out ' 


-- 1.5 A 














Vo = 5.0 V 
^Vj„ = 10V „ 














Co = o 

t, = 













































10 10 100 10k 10k 100k 10M 10 M IO0M 
t FREQUENCY (Hi) 



FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION 
OUTPUT CURRENT 











































— 


— 
















































































Vo a 5.0 V 
C v m=10V 
C = 
f = 1 20 Hz 






























































T 


- 


2 




c 







































































oi io io 

l ou ,. OUTPUT CURRENT |A| 



FIGURE 7 — QUIESCENT CURRENT versus 
INPUT VOLTAGE 







Tj = -5 






















"-Tj = 


25_°C 










""% = 


150°C 






























vo = 


5.0 V 














'out = 


1.0 A 






~fjf 


-Tj = - 
-Tj = 2 


j5°C 
°C 


























"-Tj = 150 C C 













10 20 30 

V in . INPUT VOLTAGE (Vdc) 



FIGURE 8 - QUIESCENT CURRENT versus 
OUTPUT CURRENT 





































1 


c 








































V 




















































2! 










































- 1. 




































= 


50 


c 




















































































h 












































-v 


y 


5 C 


V 



























































































001 1 10 

l ou ,, OUTPUT CURRENT |A| 



FIGURE 9 — DROPOUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 10 — PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT 




-25 25 50 75 100 125 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE ("CI 




10 20 30 40 

V in -V . INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM140,A, LM340.A 



FIGURE 1 1 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE 



FIGURE 12 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 















vo 


= 5 V 
= 150 
> 


















'out 
CO 


















Tj = 


25°C 






































r 


































































< 


































1 







20 

I. TIME l„s| 



ZD Z 









] = 50 
3 = 


V 
















V 

c 


V 1 
















T 


= 25' 


c 






































































* 






























1 1 ■ 1 












p 







































10 20 

I. TIME Ij, si 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-63 



Design Considerations APPLICATIONS 

The LM140 Series of fixed voltage regulators are de- 
signed with Thermal Overload Protection that shuts 
down the circuit when subjected to an excessive power 
overload condition, Internal Short-Circuit Protection 
that limits the maximum current the circuit will pass, 
and Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation that re- 
duces the output short-circuit current as the voltage 
across the pass transistor is increased. 

In many low current applications, compensation ca- 
pacitors are not required. However, it is recommended 
that the regulator input be bypassed with a capacitor 
if the regulator is connected to the power supply filter 



INFORMATION 

with long wire lengths, or if the output load capacitance 
is large. An input bypass capacitor should be selected 
to provide good high-frequency characteristics to insure 
stable operation under all load conditions. A 0.33 /iF or 
larger tantalum, mylar, or other capacitor having low 
internal impedance at high frequencies should be cho- 
sen. The bypass capacitor should be mounted with the 
shortest possible leads directly across the regulators 
input terminals. Normally good construction techniques 
should be used to minimize ground loops and lead re- 
sistance drops since the regulator has no external sense 
lead. 



FIGURE 15 — CURRENT REGULATOR 



t • ^ o- 



LM 140-5.0 



Constant 
► Current to 
Grounded L oad 



These regulators can also be used as a current source when 
connected as above, tn order to minimize dissipation the 
LM140-5.0 is chosen in this application. Resistor R determines 
the current as follows: 

5.0 V 
lO = -p~ + lQ 

Iq = 1.5 mA over line and load changes 
For example, a 1-ampere current source would require R to be 
a 5-ohm, 10-W resistor and the output voltage compliance 
would be the input voltage less 7.0 volts. 



FIGURE 16 — ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR 




Vo. 7.0 V to 20 V 
V|N - Vo 3 2 V 
The addition of an operational amplifier allows adjustment to 
higher or intermediate values while retaining regulation char- 
acteristics. The minimum voltage obtainable with thi arrange- 
ment is 2.0 volts greater than the regulator voltage. 



FIGURE 17 — CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR 

MJ2955 or Equiv. 



Input < 



FIGURE 18 — SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION 

MJ2955 

Input. R SC or Equiv. 



R 



1.0 /iF ^ 



LM140 



T 



► Output 



0.1 M F 




The LM140 series can be current boosted with a PNP transistor. 
The MJ2955 provides current to 5.0 amperes. Resistor R in 
conjunction with the VgE of the PNP determines when the pass 
transistor begins conducting; this circuit is not short-circuit 
proof. Input-output differential voltage minimum is increased 
by VgE of the pass transistor. 



Output 



The circuit of Figure 17 can be modified to provide supply 
protection against short circuits by adding a short-circuit sense 
resistor, P sc , and an additional PNP transistor. The current 
sensing PNP must be able to handle the short-circuit current 
of the three-terminal regulator. Therefore, a four-ampere plas- 
tic power transistor is specified. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-64 




Specifications and Applications 
Information 



THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE 
OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

The LM1 50/250/350 are adjustable 3-terminal positive voltage 
regulators capable of supplying in excess of 3.0 A over an output 
voltage range of 1 .2 V to 33 V. These voltage regulators are excep- 
tionally easy to use and require only two external resistors to set the 
output voltage Further, they employ internal current limiting, 
thermal sh-utdown and safe area compensation, making them 
essentially blow-out proof. 

The LM1 50 series serve a wide variety of applications including 
local, on card regulation. This device also makes an especially 
simple adjustable switching regulator, a programmable output 
regulator, or by connecting a fixed resistor between the adjustment 
and output, the LM150 series can be used as a precision current 
regulator. 
• 



Guaranteed 3.0 Amps Output Current 
Output Adjustable between 1 2 V and 33 V 
Load Regulation Typically 0. 1 % 
Line Regulation Typically 0.005%/V 
Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

Internal Short-Circuit Current Limiting Constant with Temperature 
Output Transistor Safe-area Compensation 
Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 
Standard 3-lead Transistor Packages 
Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages 



STANDARD APPLICATION 




* = C in if required if regulator it located an appreciable distance from power 
supply filter. 

•* » C Q is not needed for stability, however it does improve transient 



LM150 
LM250 
LM350 



THREE-TERMINAL 
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



V ou ,-l.25VI1t^|tl Aaj n 2 

"i 

Since l Ad j is controlled to less than 100 uA, the error associated with this 
term Is negligible in most applications 



K SUFFIX 




METAL PACKAGE 


/o\ 


CASE 1-03 


[00] 
I *d|usl Vj n J 




\ Vout / 

\°/ 




(8ottom View) 


Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case. 


Case is third electrical connection. 








T SUFFIX 




PLASTIC PACKAGE /\ 




CASE 221A-04 Q 
1 


PIN 1 . ADJUST 
2 V ou , 
3- V in 






Heatsink i 
to Pin 2 


urtace connected 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test conditions and 
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. 



Device 


Tested Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM150K 
LM250K 
LM350K 
LM350T 
LM350BT# 


Tj = -55°C to +160"C 
Tj = -25"Cto +150"C 
Tj = 0°c to +125*C 
Tj = OX to +125"C 
Tj = -40'Cto +125X 


Metal Power 
Metal Power 
Metal Power 
Plastic Power 
Plastic Power 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM150, LM250, LM350 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


V,-V 


35 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 


P D 


Internally Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature Range LM150 

LM250 
LM350 


Tj 


-55 to +150 
-25 to +150 
to +125 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to ♦ 1 50 


°C 


Soldering Lead Temperature (10 seconds) 




300 


or 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise specified, V|-V = 5.0 V; l L = 1.5 A; Tj = T| ow to T high ; P max 
(see Note 1].) 









LM 150/250 


LM350 




Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Line Regulation {Note 2) 


1 


Regiine 


— 


0.005 


0.01 


— 


0.005 


0.03 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
Ta = 25T, 10 mA « II * 3.0 A 
V « 5.0 V 
V * 5.0 V 


2 


— 

Re 9load 


- 


5.0 
0.1 


15 
0.3 


- 


5.0 
0.1 


25 
0.5 


mV 

%v 


Thermal Regulation, Pulse = 20 ms, 
T A = 25°C 


- 


Re 9therm 




002 






002 




% Vo/W 


Adjustment Pin Current 


3 


Udj 




50 


100 




50 


100 


ft* 


Adjustment Pin Current Change 
3.0 V s V|-Vo « 35 V 
10 mA s l|_ s 3.0 A, Pq s P max 




AI Adj 


- 


0.2 


5.0 


- 


0.2 


5.0 


..A 


Reference Voltage (Note 3) 

J.U V ----- V|-VQ JO V 

10 mA s II 6 3.0 A, Pq s P max 


3 


Vref 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 2) 
3.0 V « V|-V s 35 V 




Re 9ltne 


- 


0.02 


0.05 




0.02 


0.07 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
10 mA « II « 3.0 A 
Vo « 5.0 V 
Vq ' 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 




20 
0.3 


50 
1.0 




20 
0.3 


70 
1.5 


mV 

% Vn 
m vrj 


Temperature Stability (T| ow ^ Tj =s Thiqh) 


3 


TS 




1.0 






1.0 




% v 


Minimum Load Current to 
Maintain Regulation (V|-Vrj = 35 VI 


3 


'Lmin 




3.5 


5.0 




3.5 


10 


mA 


Maximum Output Current 
V,-V O «10V, P D «Pmax 
V|-V = 30 V, P D s P max , T A = 25°C 


3 
















A 


'max 


3.0 
0.3 


4.5 

,1.0 




3 G 
0.25 


4.5 
1.0 




RMS Noise, % of V 
T A = 25°C, 10 Hz s f s 10 kHz 




N 




0.003 






0.003 




% V 


Ripple Rejection, Vq = 10 V, f = 120 Hz 
(Note 4) 
Without CAdj 
C Adi = 10 *iF 


4 


RR 


66 


65 
80 




66 


65 
80 




dB 


Long-Term Stability, Tj = Thigh (Note 51 
Ta = 25°C for Endpoint Measurements 


3 


S 




0.3 


1.0 




0.3 


1.0 


%/1.0 k 
Hrs. 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 
Peak (Note 6) K Package 

T Package 
Average {Note 7) K Package 

T Package 




Rwc 




2.3 


1.5 




2.3 
2.3 


1.5 
1.5 


°C/W 



















NOTES: 

(D T| ow = -55°CforLM150 T h jgh = +150°C for LM150 

-25°CforLM250 = + 150°C for LM250 

u°CforLM350 = + 125°C for LM350 

Pmax = 30 W for K suffix 
Pmax = 25 W for T suffix 

(2) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temper- 
ature. Changes in Vq due to heating effects must be taken into 
account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 

(3) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage available. 
W CAdj. wnen u sad, is connected between the adjustment pin and 

ground. 



(5) Since Long-Term Stability cannot be measured on each device be- 
fore shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of av- 
erage stability from lot to lot. 

(6) Thermal Resistance evaluated measuring the hottest temperature 
on the die using an infrared scanner. This method of evaluation 
yields very accurate thermal resistance values which are conser- 
vative when compared to other measurement techniques. 

(7) The average die temperature is used to derive the value of thermal 
resistance junction to case (average). 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-66 



LM150, LM250, LM350 



SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 



I 




FIGURE 1 — LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT 





JU 



Line Regulation (%/V) = V °"" V0L x 100 
VOL 



V|H 

V|L V ir 



C in ^ 0.1 M F 



•Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle 
is suggested. 



LM150 









6 Adjust 

'Adi 



Vout 

— o 



R1 



' 240 



R2 

1% 



. 1.0 \Jf 



Vol 



Rl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-67 



■u tm,n. LO «., _ v (min. Load) 

Load RegulationJmV) = V (min. Load) - Vq (max. Load) \J Vq (mm 



Rl 

(min. Load) 




•Pulse Testing Required: — 1_ 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. - 



FIGURE 3 — STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT 







Vin 

— o- 



LM150 



Vout 



i Adjust 



Qn 7k 0.1 M F 



> "2 
1% 



C s-r-. 1.0 iiF 



Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested. 



To Calculate R2: 

Vo = ISET"2 + 1-250 V 

Assume Iset = 5 26 mA 



FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT 



24 V- 
14 V ■ 



f = 120 Hz 



LM150 



C in _ 0.1 M F 



Vout 



<5> 



v = 10 v 



D1* 

„ <|240 -l- 
R 1 < 1% A 1N4002 



RL 



Coi 1.0 vlT 



R2 | 1 1 6 % k ^Adj sjZ 10 ^iF 







*D-| Discharges C^dj if Output is Shorted to Ground. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-68 



LM150, LM250, LM350 



FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - CURRENT LIMIT 




-« -50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 10 20 30 40 



Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°CI V, - Vq, INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (Vdcl 



FIGURE 7 — ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT •= FIGURE 8 — DROPOUT VOLTAGE 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-69 




FIGURE 15 — LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 — LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/JNTERFACE DEVICES 
3-70 



LM150, LM250, LM350 



APPLICATIONS 

BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The LM 150 is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In opera- 
tion, the LM150 develops and maintains a nominal 1.25 
volt reference (V re f) between its output and adjustment 
terminals. This reference voltage is converted to a pro- 
gramming current (lpROG> D V R 1 ' see Figure 17), and 
this constant current flows through R2 to ground. The 
regulated output voltage is given by: 

R2 

Vout = Vref d + p-f) + lAdj R2 

Since the current from the adjustment terminal (lAdj' 
represents an error term in the equation, the LM150 was 
designed to control lAdj to less than 100 uA and keep it 
constant. To do this, all quiescent operating current is 
returned to the output terminal. This imposes the require- 
ment for a minimum load current. If the load current is 
less than this minimum, the output voltage will rise. 

Since the LM150 is a floating regulator, it is only the 
voltage differential across the circuit which islmportant 
to performance, and operation at high voltages with 
respect to ground is possible. 



FIGURE 17 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 




LOAD REGULATION 

The LM150 is capable of providing extremely good 
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to 
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, the 
programming resistor (R1) should be connected as close 
to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops which 
effectively appear in series with the reference, thereby 
degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can be 
returned near the load ground to provide remote ground 
sensing and improve load regulation. 



INFORMATION 

EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 

A 0.1 uF disc or 1 uF tantalum input bypass capacitor 
(Cj n ) is recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input 
line impedance. 

The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to-ground to 
improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (CadjI Prevents 
ripple from being amplified as the output voltage is 
increased. A 10 uF capacitor should improve ripple 
rejection about 15[dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application. 

Although the LM150 is stable with no output capaci- 
tance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of external 
capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An output capaci- 
tance (C ) in the form of a 1 uF tantalum or 25 uF 
aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output swamps 
this effect and insures stability. 

PROTECTION DIODES 

When external capacitors are used with any I.C. regu- 
lator it is sometimes necessary to add protection diodes to 
prevent the capacitors from discharging through low 
current points into the regulator. 

Figure 18 shows the LM150 with the recommended 
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V or 
high capacitance values (C c > 25 ;jF, CadJ > 10 ^F). 
Diode D( prevents C Q from discharging thru the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against 
capacitor CadJ discharging through the I.C. during an 
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and 
D2 prevents CadJ ' rom discharging through the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. 

FIGURE 18 - VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH 
PROTECTION DIODES 



°1 
1N4O02 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-71 



V|N , 

33 V 



V|n1 
0.1 MF 



LM150 
(1) 



v out1 R SC 



Vi„2 

— O 



LM150 
(2) 



v out2 



'O 



Current 

Limit 

Adjust 



'Omax + 'DSS 

1.25 V 
l Oma» ♦ 'DSS 



Ol 
2N3822 



°1 

1N4001 
1N4001 

°2 



>1 



> Voltage 
J Adjust 

,°3^ 



240 £ ^D; ^ 1 »F 

| 1N4001 

+ 

; iohf 



Diodes Dt and D 2 and transistor Q 2 are added to allow adjustment 
of output voltage to volts. 

Dg protects both LM1 50s during an input short circuit. 



2 N 5640 



°4 



1N4001 



OUTPUT RANGE: 
0< V Q < 25 V 
0< l Q < 3 A 



-10V 







FIGURE 20 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT LIMITER 



FIGURE 21 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUT DOWN REGULATOR 



+25 V 
Vin 



"out R l 
— O-^vW- 
620 



*• 'o 



' To provide current limiting of Iq 
to the svttem ground, the source of 

the FET must be tied to a negative 
voltage below -1.25 V. 



*2»^ 
'OSS 



"ret 



y 



'Omax » 'DSS 
Vo<V( B R|DSS + 1.25 V + V SS 
iLmin - toSS < to < 3 * 
As shown < Iq < 2 A 



Adjust rv 



T 



D ^ protects the device during an input short circuit. 



FIGURE 22 - SLOW TURN-ON REGULATOR 



FIGURE 23 - CURRENT REGULATOR 



Adjust t ► 




"2 <■«— | MPS2907 



Adjust 



"out "1 

— O vw- 



'out 



Udj 



'out - l-^r> ♦ 'Adj 



, v r.<. 



10mA < 'out* 3 A 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-72 



® 



MOTOROLA 



LM317M 



THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE 
OUTPUT POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR 

The LM317M is an adjustable 3-terminal positive voltage reg- 
ulator capable of supplying in excess of 500 mA over an output 
voltage range of 1.2 V to 37 V. This voltage regulator is excep- 
tionally easy to use and requires only two external resistors to 
set the output voltage. Further, it employs internal current limit- 
ing, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making it 
essentially blow-out proof. 

The LM317M serves a wide variety of applications including 
local, on-card regulation. This device also makes an especially 
simple adjustable switching regulator, a programmable output 
regulator, or by connecting a fixed resistor between the adjust- 
ment and output, the LM317M can be used as a precision current 
regulator. 

• Output Current in Excess of 500 mA 

• Output Adjustable Between 1.2 V and 37 V 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Internal Short-Circuit-Current Limiting 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 

• Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages 

• Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages 



V|» o- 



STANDARD APPLICATION 

Vout 



c in 

0.1 nf 



LM317M 



'adj 



Adjust 



■fp.2 



-»v 



Co 
1.0 



•Cj n is required if regulator is located in appreciable distance from power supply 
filter. 

**C is not needed for stability, however it does improve transient response 
V - 1.25 V(1 + 52) + l ad ,R 2 

Since l aa j is controlled to less than 100 ^A, the error associated with this term is 
negligible in most applications. 



MEDIUM-CURRENT 
THREE-TERMINAL 
ADJUSTABLE POSITIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




(Heatsink surface 
connected to Pin 2) 



(All 3 Packages) 

PIN 1. ADJUST 

2- Vout 
3. V in 



T SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 221A-04 




DT-1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 369-03 
DPAK 



DT SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 369A-03 
DPAK 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Tested Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM317MT 
LM317MBT# 


Tj = 0°Cto +125°C 
Tj = -40°CtO +125X 


Plastic Power 
Plastic Power 



#Aulomotive temperature range selections are 

available with special test conditions and additional tests. 

Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-73 



LM317M 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


V|-V 


40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 


PD 


Internally Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature Range 


Tj 


Oto +125 


"C 


Storage Temperature Range 


Tstg 


- 65 to + 1 50 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(V|-Vq = 5.0 V, Ip • 



i P m ax P er Note 2' unless otherwise specified.) 



Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
T A = 25X, 3.0 V s V|-V * 40 V 


1 


Regiine 




0.01 


0.04 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3} 
T A = 25°C,'lO mA s lo « 0.5 A 
Vo « 5.0 V 
V a 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 


- 


5.0 
0.1 


25 
0.5 


mV 

%v 


Adjustment Pin Current 


3 


'adj 




50 


100 




Adjustment Pin Current Change 

2.5 V s V|-V * 40 V, 10 mA s l L s 0.5 A, P D £ P max 


1,2 


Aladj 


- 


0.2 


5.0 


ma 


Reference Voltage (Note 4) 
3.0 V s V|-V s 40 V, 10 mA s l * 0.5 A, P D s P max 


3 


Vref 


1.20 


1.25 


1.30 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
3.0 V s V|-Vo * 40 V 


1 


R e9line 




0.02 


0.07 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3) 
10 mA s lo « 0.5 A 
Vo * 5.0 V 
V 3 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 




20 
0.3 


70 
1.5 


mV 

% v 


Temperature Stability (T| ow sTjs T n jgh) 


3 


TS 




0.7 




% v 


Minimum Load Current to Maintain Regulation 
(V|-Vo = 40 V) 


3 


'Lmin 




3.5 


10 


mA 


Maximum Output Current 
V|-V «15V, P D «Pmax 
V|-V = 40 V. P D £ P max , T A = 25°C 


3 


'max 


0.5 
0.15 


0.9 
0.25 




A 


RMS Noise, % of Vo 
T A = 25°C. 10 Hz s f s 10 kHz 




N 




0.003 




% V 


Ripple Rejection, Vo = 10 V, f = 120 Hz (Note 5) 
Without C at ij 
Cadi = 1 °mF 


4 


RR 


66 


65 
80 




dB 


Long Term Stability, Tj = T n ig n (Note 6) 
T A = 25°C for Endpoint Measurements 


3 


S 




0.3 


1.0 


%/l .0 k 
Hrs. 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 




f>«JC 




7.0 




°C/W 



NOTES: 

(1)T| ovv toT high ■ 



0°Cto +125°C 



(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temper- 
ature. Changes in Vo due to heating effects must be taken into 
account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage 
available. 

(5) C a( jj, when used, is connected between the adjustment pin and 
ground. 

(6) Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured on each device before 
shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of average 
stability from lot to lot. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-74 



LM317M 




FIGURE 1 - LINE REGULATION AND AI Adj /LINE TEST CIRCUIT 



V H _v OL 
Line Regulation IWl — - X 100 



_l L_ V|L Vjo 



' Pulse Testing Required: 
1 % Duty Cycte 



LM317M 



O I i 



V H 

vol 



6 Adjust 



240 

1% 



«2 
1% 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



v O Imln, Lo.d) ~ Vp <"«"- „ 




mln. Lo.O) 
v (mex. Loedl 



' Pulse Tatting Required 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested 



FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT 







— O— 



LM317M 



"out 

-O 



"i , 



C|n 0.1 (.F 



; 1 «F 



e 



Pulw Tettlng R«qulr»»d 
1% Duty Cycl« It 



To Calculate R 2 

V = 'SET *2 + 1 250 v 
A«umi 'SET = 5 25 mA 



FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT 



,4V 

14 V W 



LM317M 



if Adjust 



c, n 0.1 jiF 



Vq = 10 V 



240 -t- 
1% S1N4002 



c,dj 10 mf 







' 0-\ Discharges C ac jj if Output is Shorted to Ground 
* *C ad j provides an AC Ground to the Adjust Pin. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-76 



LM317M 



FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION 



FIGURE 6 - RIPPLE REJECTION 














- With 


c adj " 






















































thout C 


















' W 










inn m 


















f = T20 Hi 
- V -10V 
V| » 14 to i 
1 


















4 V 

















-50 - 25 2 5 50 75 100 125 ISO 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C1 



-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj. JUNCTION TEMPERATURE l°C> 



FIGURE 7 - CURRENT LIMIT 



FIGURE 8 - DROPOUT VOLTAGE 



£ 0.60 

IE 

O 

| 0.40 

3 
O 

_o 

0.20 



























r 






















































N 1 


j-25° 


C 
























































■ 7 


J = * 













































































10 20 30 40 50 

V| - V . INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VOLTS, 

































'l 


■ 500 r, 


A 


































tfcaJ 


30 mA 



























































































•25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE [°CI 



FIGURE 9 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT 



FIGURE 10 - RIPPLE REJECTION versos FREQUENCY 



5.0 

4.5 

« 4.0 

£ 3.5 

S 3.0 

| 2.5 

| 2.0 

1 1.5 
o 

1.0 
OS 



Tj = 25°C 

-Tj = 125"C-- 



10 20 30 

Vl - Vo. INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL IV0LTS1 





100 




90 




80 








70 


q 






60 








SO 




40 








30 








20 




10 





























— IL" 


in mA 














V, ■ 


5 V t 1 Vpp 












— v -- 








































































































100 IK 10K 100 K Im 
I. FREQUENCY |H;1 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-77 



LM317M 



FIGURE 11 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY 



FIGURE 12 - ADJUSTMENT PIN CURRENT 




-50 -25 25 50 J 5 1 00 125 1 50 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C) 





V| 


1 

■6.25 V 
= V.ef 

Ii = 10 m 


















\ 
















'L 


■ 100 r 


lA 















































































































-25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C) 




FIGURE 15 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-78 



LM317M 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The LM317M is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In op- 
eration, the LM317M develops and maintains a nominal 
1.25 volt reference (V re f) between its output and ad- 
justment terminals. This reference voltage is converted 
to a programming current |lp r0 g) by R1 (see Figure 17), 
and this constant current flows through R2 to ground. 
The regulated output voltage is given by: 

R2 

VO = V ref < 1 + r!' + 'adjR2 

Since the current from the adjustment terminal (l a dj) 
represents an error term in the equation, the LM317M 
was designed to control l a( jj to less than 100 and 
keep it constant. To do this, all quiescent operating cur- 
rent is returned to the output terminal. This imposes 
the requirement for a minimum load current. If the load 
current is less than this minimum, the output voltage 
will rise. 

Since the LM317M is a floating regulator, it is only 
the voltage differential across the circuit that is impor- 
tant to performance, and operation at high voltages with 
respect to ground is possible. 



FIGURE 17 — BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 



LM317M 



Adjust (l 



>adj 



V ref = -1.25 V Typical 




LOAD REGULATION 

The LM317M is capable of providing extremely good 
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to 
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, 
the programming resistor (R1) should be connected as 
close to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops 
which effectively appear in series with the reference, 
thereby degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can 
be returned near the load ground to provide remote 
ground sensing and improve load regulation. 



EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 

A 0.1 /xF disc or 1 fiF tantalum input bypass capacitor 
(Ci n ) is recommended to reduce the sensitivity to input 
line impedance. 

The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground 
to improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (C at jj) pre- 
vents ripple from being amplified as the output voltage 
is increased. A 10 /iF capacitor should improve ripple 
rejection about 15 dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application. 

Although the LM317M is stable with no output ca- 
pacitance, like any feedback circuit, certain values of 
external capacitance can cause excessive ringing. An 
output capacitance (C | in the form of a 1 m f tantalum 
or 25 iiF aluminum electrolytic capacitor on the output 
swamps this effect and insures stability. 

PROTECTION DIODES 

When external capacitors are used with any I.C. reg- 
ulator it is sometimes necessary to add protection 
diodes to prevent the capcitors from discharging 
through low current points into the regulator. 

Figure 18 shows the LM317M with the recommended 
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of 25 V 
or high capacitance values (C Q > 25 fiF, C ac jj > 5.0 /xF). 
Diode D1 prevents C from discharging thru the I.C. 
during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects against 
capacitor C ac jj discharging through the I.C. during an 
output short circuit. The combination of diodes D1 and 
D2 prevents C ac jj from discharging through the I.C. dur- 
ing an input short circuit. 



FIGURE 18 — VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH 
PROTECTION DIODES 



Cin 7k 



1 N4002 



LM317M 



Adjust 6- 




-»V 



Cadj 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-79 



FIGURE 19 - ADJUSTABLE CURRENT LIMITER 



FIGURE 20 - 5 V ELECTRONIC SHUTDOWN REGULATOR 



LM317M 



Adjust 



Vout 

O- 



R l v D 
AAAv — • 



«2 
500 

— 



1N914 



'To provide current limiting ot Iq to 
the system ground, the source ot the 
current limiting diode must be tied 
to a negative voltage below -7 25 V 



R 2 •* 



"ret 
DSS 



■"1 



V,et 



'Omax * 'DSS 
V < Pov ♦ ' 25 V . V SS 
'Lm.n " 'p < lo < 500 mA - 
As shown O < l < 495 mA 



FIGURE 21 - SLOW TURN-ON REGULATOR 



Adjust fS- 




H 2 MPS2907 



10 U F 



Adjust <J> 
720 



1.0 Uf 



Minimum V Q ■ 1.25 V 
D] protects the device during an input short circuit 



FIGURE 22 - CURRENT REGULATOR 



LM317M 



O-AAA^ 

v out 



, me, . ) 



1 25 V 



R 1 + R 2 



5 mA < l ou , < 500 mA 



• 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-80 




LM337M 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



THREE-TERMINAL ADJUSTABLE 
OUTPUT NEGATIVE VOLTAGE REGULATOR 

The LM337M is an adjustable 3-terminal negative voltage reg- 
ulator capable of supplying in excess of 500 mA over an output 
voltage range of - 1 .2 V to - 37 V. This voltage regulator is excep- 
tionally easy to use and requires only two external resistors to 
set the output voltage. Further, it employs internal current limit- 
ing, thermal shutdown and safe area compensation, making it 
essentially blow-out proof. 

The LM337M serves a wide variety of applications including 
local, on-card regulation. This device can also be used to make a 
programmable output regulator; or, by connecting a fixed resistor 
between the adjustment and output, the LM337M can be used as 
a precision current regulator. 

• Output Current in Excess of 500 mA 

• Output Adjustable Between - 1.2 V and -37 V 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Internal Short-Circuit-Current Limiting 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Floating Operation for High Voltage Applications 

• Standard 3-Lead Transistor Packages 

• Eliminates Stocking Many Fixed Voltages 



MEDIUM-CURRENT 
THREE-TERMINAL 
ADJUSTABLE NEGATIVE 
VOLTAGE REGULATOR 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



gfl 








PIN 1. ADJUST 
2. V in 
3- V ou , 


T SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 221A-04 





ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Tested Operating 
Temperature Range 


Package 


LM337MT 
LM337MBT 


Tj = CTCto +125°C 
Tj = -40°Cto +125X 


Plastic Power 
Plastic Power 



STANDARD APPLICATION 




O-Vout 



*Cj n is required if regulator is located more than 4 inches from power supply 
filter. A 1.0 mF solid tantalum or 10 aluminum electrolytic is recommended. 
*"C is necessary for stability. A 1.0 solid tantalum or 10 ^.F aluminum 
electrolytic is recommended. 

V out - -1.25 vn + 5?| 



#Automotive temperature range selections are available with special test conditions and 
additional tests. Contact your local Motorola sales office for information. 



OLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM337M 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


V|-V0 


40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation 


PD 


Internally Limited 




Operating Junction Temperature Range 


Tj 


to +125 


X 


Storage Temperature Range 


Tstg 


- 65 to + 1 50 


"C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS l|V|-V l = 5.0 V. I = 0.1; 

unless otherwise specified. 



Tj = T| ow to T h jgh (see N °<« H p max P<*' N °'« 2, 



Characteristic 


Figure 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 

1 A — £J O.U V ^ |V — V(j| • 


1 


Regime 




0.01 


0.04 


%/V 


Load Regulation (Note 3) 
Ta = 25X, 10 mA == l =s 0.5 A 

l v OI 3 - u v 
|V I 3 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 


— 


1 5 
0.3 


50 
1.0 


mV 

%v 


Thermal Regulation 

10 mc Plllep Ta - ?5°r 


— 


Regtherm 




0.03 


0.04 


%Vc/W 


Adjustment Pin Current 


3 


'adi 


- 


65 


100 


nA 


Adjustment Pin Current Change 

2.5 V £ |V|-V I « 40 V, 10 mA a l L s 0.5 A, 
PD s Pmax. T A = 25X 


1,2 


^adj 




2.0 


5.0 




Reference Voltage (Note 4) 
3.0 V a [V|-Voi a 40 V, 10 mA a l s 0.5 A, 
PD a r max. 'A - 25 L 
T low '0 T hiqh 


3 


Vref 


— 1 .213 
-1.20 


— 1 .250 
-1.25 


— 1 .287 
-1.30 


V 


Line Regulation (Note 3) 
3.0 V a |V|-VqI a 40 V 


1 


Regiine 




0.02 


0.07 


%.V 


Load Regulation (Note 3) 
10 mA a l a 0.5 A 
|VqI a 5.0 V 
|V | s 5.0 V 


2 


Regioad 




20 
0.3 


70 
1.5 


mV 
°'=V 


Temperature Stability (T| ovv s Tj a T n jqh) 


3 


TS 




0.6 




%V 


Minimum Load Current to 
Maintain Regulation (|V|-Vol a 10 VI 
(|V|-V I a 40 VI 


3 


'Lmin 




1.5 
2.5 


6.0 
10 


mA 


Maximum Output Current 
|V|-V |a15V.P D aP ma!< 
|V|-V | = 40 V. P D a P max , T A = 25X 


3 


'max 


0.5 
0.1 


0.9 
025 




A 


RMS Noise, % of Vo 
Ta = 25°C, 10 Hz a f s 10 kHz 




N 




0.003 




%v 


Ripple Rejection, V = - 10 V, f = 120 Hz (Note 51 
Without C ac jj 
C adi = 10 


4 


RR 


66 


60 
77 




dB 


Long Term Stability, Tj = Thigh (Note 61 
T A = 25°C for Endpoint Measurements 


3 


S 




0.3 


1.0 


%, 1.0 k 
Hrs. 


Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 




RflJC 




7.0 




C W 



NOTES: 

(1IT low toT high = O-Cto +125-0 
(21 Pmax " 7.5 W 

(3) Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction temper- 
ature. Changes in Vq due to heating effects must be taken into 
account separately. Pulse testing with low duty cycle is used. 



(4) Selected devices with tightened tolerance reference voltage 
available. 

(5) C a( jj, when used, is connected between the adjustment pin and 
ground. 

|6) Since Long Term Stability cannot be measured on each device befor e 
shipment, this specification is an engineering estimate of average 
stability from tot to lot. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-82 



LM337M 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-83 



r 



'V, o- 



c in 7p 1 



* 120 

> 1% 



— O— 



LM337M 



■ Pulse Testing required 
1% Duty Cycle is 



"LF 



(max. 



max - i-n _v„ , . 

Load) ° lrnln " 
O ' ' v O (max. 



Load) 
Load) 



v O (min Load) - v O (max. Load) 

I Regulation (mV) - V Q , min Load | - V Q | max Loaa , Load Regulation (%V Q ) ! ■ X 100 

» w O (mm. Load) 



FIGURE 3 - STANDARD TEST CIRCUIT 



r 



To Calculate R2: 



\v re) / 



LM337M 



"out 
— o 



Rl 5 120 



r © 



This assumes l a 
is negligible- 



Pulse Testing Required: 
1% Duty Cycle is suggested 



FIGURE 4 - RIPPLE REJECTION TEST CIRCUIT 



r 



Cin -T-luF 



I » 

C adi 10 uF 
I 
I 



LM337M 



Rl | 120 D1 ' i^1N4002 



Irl © 



V = -l 25 V 



14.3 V ^.^^ 

f - 120 Hz 



•Di Discharges C ad j if Output is shorted t 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

O OA 



LM337M 




FIGURE 9 - TEMPERATURE STABILITY 



FIGURE 10 - MINIMUM OPERATING CURRENT 



-50 -25 25 50 75 100 125 150 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE (°C) 













55°C 
2S°C 


















- t j- 

— T , = 


















— Tj ■- 150°C 






















A, 

































































































































10 20 30 40 

K n . INPUT - OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL IVdcl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



LM337M 



FIGURE 11 — RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



























Cad," 


10 






















































































V. - V 


„ . 5 V 














l L ■ 500 mA 
f = 120 Hi 
















°C 





























-5 -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40 
Vn OUTPUT VOLTAGE IV) 



FIGURE 12 — RIPPLE REJECTION versus OUTPUT CURRENT 

100 



001 







































































in t 


F 








































* >— 1 r— 








































Wil 


ho 


1 c 


dj 






































- 








































































































































= -15 V 








































f = 120 H 
Tj.25°C 

I I 



















































































l . OUTPUT CURRENT (A) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-86 



LM337M 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 



BASIC CIRCUIT OPERATION 

The LM337M is a 3-terminal floating regulator. In op- 
eration, the LM337M develops and maintains a nominal 
- 1.25 volt reference (V re f) between its output and ad- 
justment terminals. This reference voltage is converted 
to a programming current OpROG' D V R1 < see Figure 
17), and this constant current flows through R2 from 
ground. The regulated output voltage is given by: 

R2 

Vout = V re f (1 + p^> + 'adjRZ 

Since the current into the adjustment terminal (l a( jjl 
represents an error term in the equation, the LM337M 
was designed to control l ar jj to less than 100 (±A and 
keep it constant. To do this, all quiescent operating cur- 
rent is returned to the output terminal. This imposes 
the requirement for a minimum load current. If the load 
current is less than this minimum, the output voltage 
will increase. 

Since the LM337M is a floating regulator, it is only 
the voltage differential across the circuit that is impor- 
tant to performance, and operation at high voltages with 
respect to ground is possible. 



FIGURE 17— BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 





















t — o ♦ 








IpROG 


\ 




>adj ' 


a n v oui 






f 




Adjust y 


Vref ! 


: R1 


7 


V, n ° 


LM337M 




1 — o- 


V ou t 
















V,ef = 


-1 25 VTvpicallv 
















LOAD REGULATION 

The LM337M is capable of providing extremely good 
load regulation, but a few precautions are needed to 
obtain maximum performance. For best performance, 
the programming resistor (R1) should be connected as 
close to the regulator as possible to minimize line drops 
which effectively appear in series with the reference, 
thereby degrading regulation. The ground end of R2 can 



be returned near the load ground to provide remote 
ground sensing and improve load regulation. 



EXTERNAL CAPACITORS 

A 1.0 ^F tantalum input bypass capacitor (Cj n ) is rec- 
ommended to reduce the sensitivity to input line 
impedance. 

The adjustment terminal may be bypassed to ground 
to improve ripple rejection. This capacitor (C a( jj) pre- 
vents ripple from being amplified as the output voltage 
is increased. A 10 /if capacitor should improve ripple 
rejection about 15 dB at 120 Hz in a 10 volt application. 

An output capacitor (C D ) in the form of a 1.0 fiF tan- 
talum or 10 /iF aluminum electrolytic capacitor is re- 
quired for stability. 

PROTECTION DIODES 

When external capacitors are used with any I.C. reg- 
ulator it is sometimes necessary to add protection 
diodes to prevent the capacitors from discharging 
through low current points into the regulator. 

Figure 18 shows the LM337M with the recommended 
protection diodes for output voltages in excess of -25 
V or high capacitance values (C > 25 n?, C a( jj > 10 
li?). Diode Di prevents C from discharging thru the 
I.C. during an input short circuit. Diode D2 protects 
against capacitor C a( jj discharging through the I.C. dur- 
ing an output short circuit. The combination of diodes 
D1 and D2 prevents C ac jj from discharging through the 
I.C. during an input short circuit. 

FIGURE 18— VOLTAGE REGULATOR WITH 
PROTECTION DIODES 




1N4002 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-87 



LOW DROPOUT VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

The LM2931 series consists of positive fixed and adjustable out- 
put voltage regulators that are specifically designed to maintain 
proper regulation with an extremely low input-to-output voltage 
differential. These devices are capable of supplying output cur- 
rents in excess of 100 mA and feature a low bias current of 0.4 
mA at 10 mA output. 

Designed primarily to survive in the harsh automotive environ- 
ment, these devices will protect all external load circuitry from 
input fault conditions caused by reverse battery connection, two 
battery jump starts, and excessive line transients during load 
dump. This series also includes internal current limiting, thermal 
shutdown, and additionally, is able to withstand temporary power- 
up with mirror-image insertion. 

Due to the low dropout voltage and bias current specifications, 
the LM2931 series is ideally suited for battery powered industrial 
and consumer equipment where an extension of useful battery 
life is desirable. The 'C suffix adjustable output regulators feature 
an output inhibit pin which is extremely useful in microprocessor- 
based systems. 

• Input-to-Output Voltage Differential of Less Than 0.6 V at 
100 mA 

• Output Current in Excess of 100 mA 

• Low Bias Current 

• 60 V Load Dump Protection 

• - 50 V Reverse Transient Protection 

• Internal Current Limiting with Thermal Shutdown 

• Temporary Mirror-Image Protection 

• Ideally Suited for Battery-powered Equipment 



INTERNAL SCHEMATIC 



Input o 




Ground o- 
•Deleted on Adjustable Regulators 



LOW DROPOUT 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



Z SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 29-04 




T SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 221A-04 

(Heatsink surface 
connected to Pin 2) 



Pin 1. Input 

2. Ground 

3. Output 




N.c. DE|5 
Gnd ! 



Input 



ICE 



m N.c. 
m Output 



(Top View) 

ADJUSTABLE 

Output 



Inhibit . 



OH 5 
Input QE 8 1 



10 Adjust 

ml 

m 

ID Output 



Gnd 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SOP-8 



(Top View) 



ADJUSTABLE 


T SUFFIX 


Pin 1. Adjust 


PLASTIC PACKAGE 


2. Output Inhibit 


CASE 314D-01 


3. Ground 




4. Input 




5. Output 


(Heatsink surface 




connected to Pin 31 









ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Output 


Package 

Case 
Number 


Voltage 


Tolerance 


LM2931AD-5.0 


5.0 V 


±2.5% 


751 


LM2931AT-5.0 


5.0 V 


±2.5% 


221A-02 


LM2931AZ-5.0 


5.0 V 


±2.5% 


29-02 


LM2931D-5.0 


5.0 V 


±5.0% 


751 


LM2931T-5.0 


5.0 V 


± 5.0% 


221A-02 


LM2931Z-5.0 


5.0 V 


±5.0% 


29-02 


LM2931 ACD 


Adjustable 


±2.5% 


751 


LM2931ACT 


Adjustable 


±2.5% 


314D-01 


LM2931CD 


Adjustable 


± 5.0% 


751 


LM2931CT 


Adjustable 


± 5.0% 


314D-01 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-88 



LM2931 Series 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 




Input Voltage Continuous 


Vin 


40 


Vdc 


Transient Input Voltage (t ^ 100 ms) 


v in(r) 


60 


Vpk 


Transient Reverse Polarity Input Voltage 
1.0% Duty Cycle, t ^ 100 ms 


-Vinlr) 


-50 




Power Dissipation 
Case 29-04 {TO-92} 
T A = 25 C C 

Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient 
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 


pd 

H 1 A 

W JA 

»JC 


Internally Limited 
178 
83 


Watts 

°c/w 
°c/w 


Case 751-02 (SOP-8) 
T A = 25°C 

Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient 
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 


pd 
«ja 

»JC 


Internally Limited 
180 
45 


Watts 

x/w 
°ow 


Case 221A-03 and 314D-01 (TO-220 Type) 
T A = 25°C 

Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient 
Thermal Resistance Junction to Case 


pd 

«JA 

»jc 


Internally Limited 
65 
5.0 


Watts 

■c/w 

°C/W 


Junction Temperature Range 


Tj 


-40 to - 125 


°c 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to + 150 


•c 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS <V in - 14 V, l - 10 mA, C = 100 /iF, Cq(ESR) = 0.3 SI, Tj = 25°C, 
Note 1, unless otherwise noted.) 







LM2931A-5.0 


LM2931 5 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


FIXED OUTPUT 


Output Voltage 
Vin = 1" V, lo = 10 mA, Tj * 25°C 
V in = 6.0 V to 26 V, l « 100 mA. Tj = -40 to 125°C 


vo 


4.875 
4.75 


5.0 


5.125 
5.25 


4.75 
4.50 


5.0 


5.25 
5.50 


V 


Line Regulation 
V in = 9.0 V to 16 V 
V in = 6.0 V to 26 V 


Regime 




2.0 
4.0 


10 
30 




2.0 
4.0 


10 
30 


mV 


Load Regulation do = 5.0 mA to 100 mA) 


Regioad 




14 


50 




14 


50 


mV 


Output Impedance 
lO = 10 mA. Alo = 10 mA, f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz 






200 






200 




mi! 


Bias Current 
Vin = 14 V, lo = 100 mA, Tj = 25=C 
V in - 6.0 V to 26 V, l = 10 mA, tj - -40 to 125=C 


IB 




5.8 
0.4 


30 

1.0 




5.8 
0.4 


30 
1.0 


mA 


Output Noise Voltage (f = 10 Hz to 100 kHz! 


Vn 




700 






700 




^Vrms 


Long-Term Stability 


s 




20 






20 




mV 
kHR 


Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz) 


RR 


60 


90 




60 


90 




dB 


Dropout Voltage 
lO = 10 mA 
l = 100 mA 


Vin-Vo 




0.015 
0.16 


0.2 
0.6 




0.015 
0.16 


0.2 
0.6 


V 


Over-Voltage Shutdown Threshold 


v th(OV) 


26 


29.5 


40 


26 


29.5 


40 


V 


Output Voltage with Reverse Polarity Input (Vj n = -15 V) 


-v 


-0.3 







-0.3 







V 



NOTES: 

1) Low duty cycle pulse techniques are used during test to maintain junction temperature as close to ambient as possible. 

2) The reference voltage on the adjustable device is measured from the output to the adjust pin across R-j. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-89 



LM2931 Series 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V in = 14 V, V = 3.0 V, l = 10 mA, Rj = 27 k, C • 100 C (ESR) = 0.3 H, 
Tj = 25°C, Note 1, unless otherwise noted.) 







LM2931AC 


LM2931C 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min | Typ | Max 


Min | Typ | Max 


Unit 



ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT 



Reference Voltage (Note 2, Figure 18) 
lO = 10 mA. Tj = 25°C 
Iq ~ : 100 mA, Tj = -40 to 125°C 


Vref 


1.17 
1.14 


1.20 


1.23 
1.26 


1.14 
1.08 


1.20 


1.26 
1.32 


V 


Output Voltage Range 


v Orange 


3.0 


2.7 to 
29.5 


24 


3.0 


2.7 to 
29.5 


24 


V 


Line Regulation (V in = V + 0.6 V to 26 V) 


Regime 


— 


0.2 


1.5 


— 


0.2 


1.5 


mV/V 


Load Regulation do = 5.0 mA to 100 mA) 


Regioad 


— 


0.3 


1.0 


— 


0.3 


1.0 


%/V 


Output Impedance 
lO = 10 mA, Al = 1.0 mA, f = 10 Hz to 10 kHz 


ZO 




40 






40 




m(W 


Bias Current 
lO = 100 mA 
lO = 10 mA 

Output Inhibited (V t h(OI) = 2 5 V) 


IB 




- 


6.0 
0.4 
0.2 


1.0 
1.0 


= 

— 


6.0 
0.4 
0.2 


1.0 
1.0 


mA 


Adjustment Pin Current 


'Adj 




0.2 






0.2 






Output Noise Voltage (t = 10 Hz to 100 kHz) 


Vn 




140 






140 




jiVrms/ 
V 


Long-Term Stability 


S 




0.4 






0.4 




%/kHR 


Ripple Rejection If = 120 Hz) 


RR 


0.10 


0.003 




0.10 


0.003 




%/V 


Dropout Voltage 
lO = 10 mA 
lO = 100 mA 


Vin-Vo 




0.015 
0.16 


0.2 
0.6 




0.015 
0.16 


0.2 
0.6 


V 


Over-Voltage Shutdown Threshold 


Vth(OV) 


26 


29.5 


40 


26 


29.5 


40 


V 


Output Voltage with Reverse Polarity Input (Vj n = -15 V) 




-0.3 







-0.3 







V 


Output Inhibit Threshold Voltages 
Output "On," Tj = 25"C 

Tj = - 40 !o 1 25°C 
Output "Off," Tj = 25°C 

Tj = -40 to 125°C 


Vth(OI) 


2.50 
3.25 


2.15 
2.26 


1.90 
1.20 


2.50 
3.25 


2.15 
2.26 


1.90 
1.20 


V 


Output Inhibit Threshold Current (V tn (oi) = 2.5 V) 


•th(OI) 




30 


50 




30 


50 


liA 



DEFINITIONS 



Dropout Voltage — The input/output voltage differential 
at which the regulator output no longer maintains reg- 
ulation against further reductions in input voltage. Mea- 
sured when the output decreases 100 mV from nominal 
value at 14V input, dropout voltage is affected by junc- 
tion temperature and load current. 
Line Regulation — The change in output voltage for a 
change in the input voltage. The measurement is made 
under conditions of low dissipation or by using pulse 
techniques such that the average chip temperature is 
not significantly affected. 

Load Regulation — The change in output voltage for a 
change in load current at constant chip temperature. 



Maximum Power Dissipation — The maximum total de- 
vice dissipation for which the regulator will operate 
within specifications. 

Bias Current — That part of the input current that is not 
delivered to the load. 

Output Noise Voltage — The rms ac voltage at the out- 
put, with constant load and no input ripple, measured 
over a specified frequency range. 

Long-Term Stability — Output voltage stability under 
accelerated life test conditions with the maximum rated 
voltage listed in the devices electrical characteristics 
and maximum power dissipation. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-90 



LM2931 Series 




FIGURE 3 



- PEAK OUTPUT CURRENT versus 
INPUT VOLTAGE 




Dashed lines below Vj n = 5.0 V 
are for Adjustable output 
devices only 



10 15 20 

V in , INPUT VOLTAGE IVI 



S 4.0 
< 

o 

J 3.0 

ZD 

g 2.0 

o 

:.> 

1.0 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus 
INPUT VOLTAGE 



2.0 3.0 4.0 

% INPUT VOLTAGE IVI 





1 1 






















>= 5.0 V 




















TA 


= 2S 


°c 


































































































































































h 


50 S! / 




= 


00 m 


- 























































FIGURE 5 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE versus 
INPUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 6 — LOAD DUMP CHARACTERISTICS 















































































































































vo = 


5.0 V _ 














"L = 


500 n 














TA = 


2S°C 



















10 20 30 
V irl , INPUT VOLTAGE IVI 




II 






1 

! 




S> 1 — ! - 




t TIME 150 ms DIV.I 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-91 



FIGURE 7 — BIAS CURRENT versus INPUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 8 — BIAS CURRENT versus OUTPUT CURRENT 




FIGURE 9 — BIAS CURRENT versus JUNCTION TEMPERATURE FIGURE 10 — OUTPUT IMPEDANCE versus FREQUENCY 




Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE ("CI t, FREQUENCY (Hz) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-92 



LM2931 Series 




FIGURE 15- 



fvOLTAGE 



ersus 



1.240 













LM29 


I 

31C Adjustable 
100 mA 

Vn ♦ 1.0 V 












'0 = 
Vin = 














25°C 





















































































3.0 6.0 9.0 12 15 18 
V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE IV) 



21 24 



FIGURE 16 — OUTPUT INHIBIT-THRESHOLDS 
versus OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



2.6 

s 25 

o 
n 

tn 

<£ 24 

5L= 2.3 
z 

z> 

£ 2.2 

=> 

o 

9 2.1 
£ 2.0 



1 1 

1 M9Q1ir Ariinetahla 












10 = 10 mA 

v,„ = v + 














10 V 








Output 


Off' 


TA = 


25°C 








































































































-Output 



































6.0 90 12 15 
Vfj. OUTPUT VOLTAGE IVI 



21 24 



FIGURE 17 — FIXED OUTPUT REGULATOR 

Input 



1 



LM2931 5.0 
Fixed 
Output 



Output 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 

FIGURE 18 — ADJUSTABLE OUTPUT REGULATOR 

Output 



v,„o- 



I 



-ov 



c O 



51 < 

k ? Output 
5 1 Inhibit 



LM2931C 
Adjustable 
Output 



>R1 



Co 



Switch Position 1 = Output 'On,' 2 r Output 'Off' 
V0 = V r ef I 1 * ST) + 'Adj R2 22.5 k ; 



Rl ■ R2 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-93 



LM2931 Series 



FIGURE 19 — 5.0 A LOW DIFFERENTIAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR 



FIGURE 20 — CURRENT BOOST REGULATOR WITH 
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROJECTION 



Input O- 




Output 
5.0 V h 5.0 A 




The LM2931 series can be current boosted with a PNP transistor. The 
D45VH7. on a heatsink, will provide an output current of 5.0 A with an 
input to output voltage differential of approximately 1.0 V. Resistor R in 
conjunction with the VfjE of the PNP determines when the pass transistor 
begins conducting. This circuit is not short-circuit proof. 



The circuit of Figure 19 can be modified to provide supply protection 
against short circuits by adding the current sense resistor Rgc and an 
additional PNP transistor. The current sensing PNP must be capable of 
handling the short-circuit current of the LM2931. Safe operating area of 
both transistors must be considered under worst case conditions. 



FIGURE 21 — CONSTANT INTENSITY LANIP FLASHER 




f osc - 2.2 H 2 



APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

The LM2931 series regulators are designed with many 
protection features making them essentially blow-out 
proof. These features include internal current limiting, 
thermal shutdown, overvoltage and reverse polarity in- 
put protection, and the capability to withstand tempo- 
rary power-up with mirror-image insertion. Typical ap- 
plication circuits for the fixed and adjustable output 
device are shown in Figures 17 and 18. 

The input bypass capacitor Cj n is recommended if the 
regulator is located an appreciable distance (3 4") from 
the supply input filter. This will reduce the circuit's sen- 
sitivity to the input line impedance at high frequencies. 

This regulator series is not internally compensated 
and thus requires an external output capacitor for sta- 
bility. The capacitance value required is dependent upon 
the load current, output voltage for the adjustable reg- 
ulator, and the type of capacitor selected. The least- 
stable condition is encountered at maximum load cur- 
rent and minimum output voltage. Figure 22 shows that 
for operation in the "Stable" region, under the condi- 
tions specified, the magnitude of the output capacitor 
impedance |ZqI must not exceed 0.4 SI. This limit must 



FIGURE 22 — OUTPUT NOISE VOLTAGE versus 
OUTPUT CAPACITOR IMPEDANCE 




|Z [. MAGNITUDE Of CAPACITOR IMPEDANCE (mfll 

be observed over the entire operating temperature 
range of the regulator circuit. 

With economical electrolytic capacitors, cold temper- 
ature operation can pose a serious stability problem. As 
the electrolyte freezes, around -30°C, the capacitance 
will decrease and the equivalent series resistance ESR 
will increase drastically, causing the circuit to oscillate. 
Quality electrolytic capacitors with extended tempera- 
ture ranges of - 40 to 85°C and - 55 to 105°C are readily 
available. Solid tantalum capacitors may be a better 
choice if small size is a requirement, however, the max- 
imum |Zol limit over temperature must be observed. 

Note that in the stable region, the output noise voltage 
is linearly proportional to |Zol- In effect, Co dictates the 
high frequency roll-off point of the circuit. Operation in 
the area titled "Marginally Stable" will cause the output 
of the regulator to exhibit random bursts of oscillation 
that decay in an under-damped fashion. Continuous os- 
cillation occurs when operating in the area titled "Un- 
stable." It is suggested that oven testing of the entire 
circuit be performed with maximum load, minimum in- 
put voltage, and minimum ambient temperature. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-94 



® 



MC1466L 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



PRECISION WIDE RANGE VOLTAGE 
AND CURRENT REGULATOR 

This unique "floating" regulator can deliver hundreds of volts 
— limited only by the breakdown voltage of the external series 
pass transistor. Output voltage and output current are adjustable. 
The MC1466 integrated circuit voltage and current regulator is 
designed to give "laboratory" power-supply performance. 

• Voltage/Current Regulation with Automatic Crossover 

• Excellent Line Voltage Regulation, 0.03% +3.0 mV (Max) 

• Excellent Load Voltage Regulation, 0.03% +3.0 mV (Max) 

• Excellent Current Regulation, 0.2% +1.0 mA 

• Short-Circuit Protection 

• Output Voltage Adjustable to Zero Volts 

• Internal Reference Voltage 

• Adjustable Internal Current Source 

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



PRECISION WIDE RANGE 

VOLTAGE and 
CURRENT REGULATOR 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 




ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1466L 


0°C to +70° C 


Ceramic DIP 



FIGURE 1 - O-TO-15 VDC, 10-AMPERES REGULATOR 



FIGURE 2 - 0-TO-40 VDC, 0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR 




FIGURE 3 - O-TO-250 VDC, 0.1-AMPERE REGULATOR 




1 11" 



FIGURE 4 - REMOTE PROGRAMMING 



1N4005 0REDUIV 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-95 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T A = + 25°C unless otherwise notedl 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Auxiliary Voltage 


Vaux 


30 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation (Package LimitationJ 
Derate above T A = + 50°C 








PD 

1/flj A 


750 
6.0 


mW 
mW/"C 


Operating Temperature Range 


T A 


Oto +70 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


•c 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (T A = +25°C, V aU x = + 25 vdc unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristic 

Auxiliary Voltage (See Notes 1 & 2) 
(Voltage from pin 14 to pin 7) 



Characteristic Definition 



Symbol 



Min 



Typ 



Max 




Auxiliary Current 



Internal Reference Voltage 
(Voltage from pin 12 to pin 7) 



V|R 



18.2 



Reference Current (See Note 3} 



Iref 



Input Current — Pin 8 



Power Dissipation 



PD 




Input Offset Voltage, Voltage Control 
Amplifier (See Note 41 



Load Voltage Regulation 
(See Note 5) 



AV iov 
AV re f/V re , 



1.0 
0.015 



3.0 
0.03 



Line Voltage Regulation 
(See Note 6) 



AV iov 
AVrefA/ref 



1.0 
0.015 



3.0 
0.03 



Temperature Coefficient of Output 
Voltage (T A = to +75°C) 



TC V 




Input Offset Voltage, Current Control 

Amplifier (See Note 4) 
(Voltage from pin 10 to pin 11) 



Load Current Regulation 
(See Note 7) 



I, ioJ_ I0„f_|_ 50_£_ £ 



il L /l L 

Alref 



'Pins 1 and 4 no connection. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC1466L 



NOTE 1 : 

The instantaneous input voltage, V aux , must not exceed the 
maximum value of 30 volts for the MC1466. The instantaneous 
value of V au)( must be greater than 21 volts for the MC1466 for 
proper internal regulation. 
NOTE 2: 

The auxiliary supply voltage V aux , must "float" and be electri- 
cally isolated from the unregulated high voltage supply, Vj n . 
NOTE 3: 

Reference current may be set to any value of current less than 
1.2 mAdc by applying the relationship: 
8 55 

NOTE 4: 

A built-in offset voltage (15 mVdc nominal) is provided so that 
the power supply output voltage or current may be adjusted to 
zero. 
NOTE 5: 

Load Voltage Regulation is a function of two additive compo- 
nents, AVj ov and AV re f, where -Wj ov is the change in input offset 
voltage (measured between pins 8 and 9) and AV re f is the 
change in voltage across R2 (measured between pin 8 and 
ground). Each component may be measured separately or the 
sum may be measured across the load. The measurement pro- 
cedure for the test circuit shown is: 

a. With S1 open (I4 - 0) measure the value of V jov (u and 
V re f / ■) ) 

b. Close SI, adjust R4 so that l 4 = 500 M A and note V iov (2 ) 

and v ref (2)- 
Then AV iov = V iov (1) - V iov (2 ) 
% Reference Regulation = 

' v rsftl>- v rgf(Zl' no o%) = ^£tl(ioo%) 
v ref(1l V ref 



Load Voltage Regulation = 

^(100%) + AV iov . 
v ref 

NOTE 6: 

Line Voltage Regulation is a function of the same two additive 
components as Load Voltage Regulation, AVj ov and AV re f (see 
Note 5). The measurement procedure is: 

a. Set the auxiliary voltage, V aux , to 22 volts. Read the value 
ofV iov(1) and V ref(1l . 

b. Change the V aux to 28 volts and note the value of V, ov (2) 
and V re f (2). Then compute Line Voltage Regulation: 

AV iov = AV iov(1) - V iov (2) 
% Reference Regulation = 

l V ref(1) - V rg ff 2 )] (1QQ%) = ^Yref (100 o /0 , 
v ref(1) 
Line Voltage Regulation = 

^^(100%) + AV iov . 
v ref 

NOTE 7: 

Load Current Regulation is measured by the following 
procedure: 

a. With S2 open, adjust R3 for an initial load current, l|_d), such 
that V Q is 8.0 Vdc. 

b. With S2 closed, adjust Rj for V = 1.0 Vdc and read l L(2 ). 
Then Load Current Regulation = 

''ua-'un* (100 o /o) h , 

'U1I 

where l re f ,s 10 mAdc, Load Current Regulation is specified 
in this manner because l re f passes through the load in a 
i that of load current and does not pass 
t sense resistor, m s . 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-97 



MC1466L 



FIGURE 6 - TYPICAL CIRCUIT CONNECTION 




NORMAL DESIGN PROCEDURE AND DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 



1. Constant Voltage: 

For constant voltage operation, output voltage V D is given by: 

Vo = Href) m 
where R2 is the resistance from pin 8 to ground and l re f is the 
output current of pin 3. 

The recommended value of l re f is 1.0 mAdc. Resistor R1 sets 
the value of l re f : 
i 85 

= r7 

where R1 is the resistance between pins 2 and 12. 

2. Constant Current: 

For constant current operation: 

(a) Select R s for a 250 mV drop at the maximum desired reg- 
ulated output current, l ma x- 

(b) Adjust potentiometer R3 to set constant current output at 
desired value between zero and l m ax- 

3. If Vj n is greater than 20 Vdc, CR2, CR3, and CR4 are necessary 
to protect the MC1466 during short circuit or transient 
conditions. 

4. In applications where very low output noise is desired, R2 may 
be bypassed with C1 (0.1 to 2.0 ^.F). When R2 is bypassed, 
CR1 is necessary for protection during short circuit conditions. 

5. CR5 is recommended to protect the MC1466 from simultane- 
ous pass transistor failure and output short circuit. 



6. The RC network (10 pF, 240 pF, 1.2 kH> is used for compen- 
sation. The values shown are valid for all applications. How- 
ever, the 10 pF capacitor may be omitted if f T of Q1 and Q2 is 
greater than 0.5 MHz. 

7. For remote sense applications, the positive voltage sense ter- 
minal (Pin 9) is connected to the positive load terminal through 
a separate sense lead; and the negative sense terminal (the 
ground side of R2) is connected to the negative load terminal 
through a separate sense lead. 

8. C may be selected by using the relationship: 

C = (100 /iF} l|_(max)' where iL(max) is tne maximum load 
current in amperes. 

9. C2 is necessary for the internal compensation of the MC1466. 

10. For optimum regulation, current out of Pin 5, I5 should not 
exceed 0.5 mAdc. Therefore select Q1 and Q2 such that: 

0.5 mAdc 

where: l ma x = maximum short-circuit load current (mAdc) 

01 = minimum beta of Q1 

#2 = minimum beta of Q2 
Although Pin 5 will source up to 1 .5 mAdc, I5 > 0.5 mAdc will 
result in a degradation in regulation. 

11. CR6 is recommended when V D > 150 Vdc and should be rated 
such that Peak Inverse Voltage > V . 



12. In applications where R2 might be rapidly reduced in value, it 
is recommended that CR3 be replaced by Q2 and R4. 




This design consideration prevents R2 from being destroyed 
by excessive discharge current from C . Components Q2 and 
R4 should be selected such that: 

R4 = -and 

V C EO of Q2 * V 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-98 



MC1466L 



OPERATION AND APPLICATIONS 

This section describes the operation and design of the MCI 466 voltage and current regulator and also provides information 
on useful applications. 



SUBJECT SEQUENCE 



Theory of Operation 
Applications 
Transient Failures 
Voltage/Current Mode Indicator 



THEORY OF OPERATION 

The schematic of Figure 5 can be simplified by break- 
ing it down into basic functions, beginning with a simplified 
version of the voltage reference, Figure 7. Zener diodes 
CR1 and CR5 with their associated forward biased diodes 
CR2 through CR4 and CR6 through CR8 form the stable 
reference needed to balance the differential amplifier. At 
balance (Vr[ = Vrj2), the output voltage, (V\2 - V7), 
is at a value that is twice the drop across either of the two 
diode strings: V12 - V7 = 2 (VQR1 * VCR2 + VCR3 + 
Vcr4). Other voltages, temperature compensated or other- 
wise, are also derived from these diodes strings for use in 
other parts of the circuit. 

The voltage controlled current source (Figure 8) is a 
PNP-NPN composite which, due to the high NPN beta. 



yields a good working PNP from a lateral device working 
at a collector current of only a few microamperes. Its base 
voltage (Vr->) is derived from a temperature compensated 
portion of the diode string and consequently the overall 
current is dependent on the value of emitter resistor Rl. 
Temperature compensation of the base emitter junction 
of Q3 is not important because approximately 9 volts 
exists between and V12, making the AVre's very 
small in percentage. Circuit reference voltage is derived 
from the product of Ir and Rr; if Ir is set at 1 mA 
(Rl f 8.5 kH), then Rr (in kn) = V . Other values of 
current may be used as long as the following restraints are 
kept in mind: 1) package dissipation will be increased by 
about 11 mW/m A and 2) bias current for the voltage control 
amplifier is 3 ;uA, temperature dependent, and is extracted 
from the reference current. The reference current should 



FIGURE 7 - REFERENCE VOLTAGE REGULATOR 



Equivalent 
A Diode V 2 = 9 V 




Regulated 
Voltage 
18 V 



FIGURE 8 - VOLTAGE CONTROLLED CURRENT SOURCE 



r-VVV— 
120 02 



V B 2 



y z -V BE ^8 ; 55 
R1 Rl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 

"X QQ 

j-yy 



peciea oias current. 

Loop amplification in the constant voltage mode is 
supplied by the voltage controlled amplifier (Figure 9), a 
standard high gain differential amplifier- The inputs are 
diode-protected against differential overvoltages and an 
emitter degenerating resistor, Ros. nas been added to one 
of the transistors. For an emitter current in botl 
Q6 of 1/2 milliampere 1 
age in this differential amplifier of 15 mV to insure that 
the output voltage will be zero when the reference voltage 
is zero. Without Ros. 'he output voltage could be a few 
millivolts above zero due to the inherent offset. Since the 
load resistor is so large in this stage compared with the 
load (Q9) it will be more instructive to look at the gain on 




where 



2r e + Re 

0.026 
r e m — — and 
'E 

Re = added emitter degenerating resistance. 



For l£ = 0.5 mA, 
1 

gm = 



I 



104 + 30 134 



= 7.5 mA/volt. 



(2) 



FIGURE 9 - VOLTAGE CONTROL AMPLIFIER 







6^ 




19.6 k '. 




; 8 k 








— H- 





Preregulated 
18 V 




Reference Voltage 
Vr 



+ 7.25 V6 9 
+ Output 




This level is further boosted by the output stage such that 
in the constant voltage mode overall transconductance is 
about 300 mA/volt. 

A second differential stage nearly identical to the first 
stage, serves as the current control amplifier (Figure 10). 
The gain of this stage insures a rapid crossover from the 
constant voltage to constant current modes and provides 
a convenient point to control the maximum deliverable 
load current. In use, a reference voltage derived from the 
preregulator and a voltage divider is applied to pin 10 
while the output current is sampled across Rs by pin 1 1 . 
When II Rs is 15 mV below the reference value, voltage 
Vj begins to rapidly rise, eventually gaining complete 
control of Q9 and limiting output current to a value of 
V2/RS- If V2 is derived from a variable source, short 
circuit current may be controlled over the complete out- 
put current capability of the regulator. Since the constant- 
voltage to constant-current change-over requires only a few 
millivolts the voltage regulation maintains its quality to 
the current limit and accordingly shows a very sharp 
"knee" (1% +1 mA, Figure 11). fJote that the regulator 
can switch back into the constant voltage mode if the 
output voltage reaches a value greater than Vr. Operation 
through zero milliamperes is guaranteed by the inclusion 
of another emitter offsetting resistor. 

FIGURE 11 - V, CURVE FOR O-TO-40 V, 
0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR 



CO „ 

f- 40- 

O 

> 30- 










VOLTAGE 
o O 






> 








0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 




1. CURRENT (AMPERES) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 



MC1466L 



Transistor Q9 and five diodes comprise the essential 
parts of the output stage (Figure 12). The diodes perform 
an "OR" function which allows only one mode of operation 
at a time - constant current or constant voltage. However, 
an additional stage (Q9) must be included to invert the 
logic and make it compatible with the driving requirements 
of series pass transistors as well as provide additional gain. 
A 1.5 mA collector current source sets the maximum de- 
liverable output current and boosts the output impedance 
to that of the current source. 

Note that the negative (substrate) side of the MC1466 is 
7.25 volts lower than the output voltage, and the reference 
regulator guarantees that the positive side is 1 1 volts above 
the output. Thus the IC remains at a voltage (relative to 
ground) solely dependent on the output, "floating" above 
and below V D . Vpg across Q9 is only two or three Vjjj;'s 
depending on the number of transistors used in the series pass 
configuration. 

Performance characteristics of the regulator may be approx- 
imately calculated for a given circuit (Figure 2). Assuming 
that the two added transistors (Q12 and Q13) have minimum 
betas of 20, then the overall regulator transconductance will 
be: 

gmx = (400)300 mA/volt = 120 A/volt. (3) 

For a change in current of 500 mA the output voltage 
will drop only: 

0.5 

AV = = 4.2 mV. (4) 

120 

FIGURE 12 — MC1466 OUTPUT STAGE 



Preregulated 
18 V 




The analysis thus far does not consider changes in Vr 
due to output current changes. If I]_ increases by 500 mA 
the collector current of Q9 decreases by 1 .25 mA, causing 
the collector current of Q5 to increase by 30 /iA. Accord- 
ingly, Ir will be decreased by =0.30 (iA which will drop 
the output by 0.03%. This figure may be improved con- 
siderably by either using high beta devices as the pass 
transistors, or by increasing Ir. Note again, however, that 
the maximum power rating of the package must be kept 
in mind. For example if Ir = 4 mA, power dissipation is 

PD = 20V(8mA) + (ll Vx3mA)= l93mW. (5) 

This indicates that the circuit may be safely operated up 
to 118°C using 20 volts at the auxiliary supply voltage. 
If, however, the auxiliary supply voltage is 35 volts, 

PD = 35 V(8mA) + 26V(3mA)= 358 mW. (6) 

which dictates that the maximum operating temperature 
must be less than 91°C to keep package dissipation within 
specified limits. 

Line voltage regulation is also a function of the voltage 
change between pins 8 and 9, and the change of V re f. In 
this case, however, these voltages change due to changes in 
the internal regulator's voltages, which in turn are caused 
by changes in V aux . Note that line voltage regulation is 
not a function of Vi n . Note also that the instantaneous 
value of V aux must always be between 20 and 35 volts. 

Figure 6 shows six external diodes (CRj to CR(,) added 
for protective purposes. CR] should be used if the output 
voltage is less than 20 volts and CR2, CR3 are absent. For 
V G higher than 20 volts, CR[ should be discarded in favor 
of CR2 and CR3 Diode CR4 prevents 1C failure if the 
series pass transistors develop collector-base shorts while 
the main power transistor suffers a simultaneous open emit- 
ter. If the possibility of such a transistor failure mode 
seems remote, CR4 may be deleted. To prevent instant- 
aneous differential and common mode breakdown of the 
current sense amplifier, CR5 must be placed across the 
current limit resistor R s . 

Load transients occasionally produce a damaging reversal 
of current flow from output to input V Q > 1 50 volts (which 
will destroy the IC). Diode CR prevents such reversal 
and renders the circuit immune from destruction for such 
conditions, e.g.. adding a large output capacitor after the 
supply is turned "on". Diodes CR] , CRt, CR3, and CR5 
may be general purpose silicon units such as 1N4001 or 
equivalent whereas CR4 and CR6 should have a peak inverse 
voltage rating equal to Vj n or greater. 

APPLICATIONS 

Figure 2 shows a typical 0-to-40 volts, 0.5-ampere regu- 
lator with better than 0.01% performance. The RC network 
between pins 5 and 6 and the capacitor between pins 13 and 
14 provide frequency compensation for the MC1466. The 
external pass transistors are used to boost load current, since 
the output current of the regulator is less than 2 mA. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-101 



MC1466L 



Figure 1 is a O-to-15 volts, 10-ampere regulator with the 
pass transistor configuration necessary to boost the load 
current to 10 amperes. Note that C has been increased to 
1000 juF following the general rule: 

C Q = 100uF/Al L . 

The prime advantage of the MC1466 is its use as a high 
voltage regulator, as shown in Figure 3 . This 0-to-250 volts 
0.1-ampere regulator is typical of high voltage applications, 
limited only by the breakdown and safe areas of the output 
pass transistors. 

The primary limiting factor in high voltage series regula- 
tors is the pass transistor. Figure 1 3 shows a safe area curve 
for the MJ413. Looking at Figure 3, we see that if the 
output is shorted, the transistor will have a collector cur- 
rent of 100 mA, with a VrjE approximately equal to 260 
volts. Thus this point falls on the dc line of the safe area 
curve, insuring that the transistor will not enter secondary 
breakdown. 

In this respect (Safe Operating Area ) the foldback circuit 
of Figure 14 is superior for handling high voltages and yet 
is short-circuit protected. This is due to the fact that load 
current is diminished as output voltage drops (VcE increases 
as V Q drops) as seen in Figure 15. By careful design the 
load current at a short, Isc can be made low enough such 
that the combined V£E (Vin) and Isc still falls within the 
dc safe operating area of the transistor. For the illustrated 
design (Figure 14), an input voltage of 210 volts is compa- 



tible with a short circuit current of 100 mA. Yet current 
foldback allows us to design for a maximum regulated load 
current of 500 mA. the pertinent design equations are: 



Let R2 (kfi) = V 

v I isc J 



Ri (kn) = r - a v 



Rsc = 



0.25 
(1 - a) ISC ' 



FIGURE 13 - SAFE AREA CURVE FOR THE MJ413 



I 10 



z 

I i.ot 



0.01 
10 



Tj - nxrc 

SECONDARY BREAKDOWN LIMITATION 
THERMAL LIMITATION AT Tq = 1ST 
(BASE-EMITTER DISSIPATION IS 
PERCEPTIBLE ABOVE I C - 5 Al 

The Safe Operating Area Curves Indicate 
^ - Vce limits below which thedev ice will 
not enter secondary breakdown. Collector 
load lines for specific circuits must fall 
within the applicable Safe Area to avoid 
causing a catastrophic failure. To insure 
operation below the maximum Tj, power, 
temperature derating must be observed for 
both steady state and pulse power 
conditions. 

_J I I I I Mil I L 




2 4.0 6.0 10 20 40 60 100 200 400 1000 

V CE . COLLECTOR EMITTER VOLTAGE IVOLTS) 



FIGURE 14 - A 200 V, 0.5-AMPERE REGULATOR WITH CURRENT FOLDBACK 



MJ421 

OREQUIV OREQUIV 



0.1 |iF 



r 



1.2k? /tn 10 pF 



J 




H— • V in - 210 V 



MJ413 OR EQUIV 




r sc 2.5 n/iw 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-102 



MC1466L 



The terms IgC ar >d 'k correspond to the short-circuit the normal ac line often contains bursts of voltage running 

from hundreds to thousands of volts in magnitude and only 
microseconds in duration. Under some conditions this en- 
ergy is dissipated across the internal zener connected be- 
tween pins 9 and 7. This transient condition may produce 
a total failure of the regulator device without any apparent 
explanation. This type of failure is identified by absence 
of the 7 volt zener (CR l ) between pin 9 and pin 7. To pre- 
vent this failure mode the use of a shielded power 
transformer is recommended, as shown in Figure 6. In 
addition, it is recommended that CI, C3 and C4 be 
included to aid in transient repression. These capacitors 
should have good high frequency characteristics. 

If the possibility of transients on the output exists, the 
addition of a resistor and zener diode between pins 9 and 
7 as shown on Figure 17 should be added. 



VOLTAGE/CURRENT MODE INDICATOR 

There may be times when it is desirable to know when the 
MC1466 is in the constant current mode or constant voltage 
mode. A mode indicator can be easily added to provide this 
feature. Figure 18 shows how a PNP transistor has replaced 
a protection diode between pins 8 and 9 of Figure 2. When 
the MC1466 goes from constant voltage mode to constant 
current mode, V will drop below Vg and the PNP transistor 
will turn on. The 1 mA current supplied by pin 8 will now 
be shunted to base of Q2 thereby turning on the indicator 
device II. 

In industrial areas where electrical machinery is used 

FIGURE 16 - REMOTE SENSE 



MJE340 
OR EQUIV 




Note: All Ground Connections at Load Site. 



current and maximum available load current as shown in 
Figure 15. 



FIGURE IB - TYPICAL FOLDBACK PERFORMANCE 

250 I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 




'SC 200 40O Ik 600 800 



l , OUTPUT CURRENT ImAdcl 

Figure 1 6 shows a remote sense application which should 
be used when high current or long wire lengths are used. This 
type of wiring is recommended for any application where the 
best possible regulation is desired. Since the sense lines draw 
only a small current, large voltage drops do not destroy the 
excellent regulation of the MC1466. 

TRANSIENT FAILURES 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-103 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-104 



ft 




MC1468 
MC1568 



DUAL + 15-V0LT REGULATOR 

The MC1568/MC1468 is a dual polarity tracking regulator 
designed to provide balanced positive and negative output volt- 
ages at currents to 100 mA. Internally, the device is set for 
±15-volt outputs but an external adjustment can be used to 
change both outputs simultaneously from 8.0 to 20 volts. Input 
voltages up to ±30 volts can be used and there is provision for 
adjustable current limiting. 

• Internally Set to ± 15 V Tracking Outputs 

• Output Currents to 100 mA 

• Outputs Balanced to within 1.0% (MC1568) 

• Line and Load Regulation of 0.06% 

• 1.0% Maximum Output Variation Due to Temperature 
Changes 

• Standby Current Drain of 3.0 mA 

• Externally Adjustable Current Limit 

• Remote Sensing Provisions 



DUAL ± 15- VOLT 
TRACKING REGULATOR 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 



CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



vcc 



Compen 



3(5) 

— ° SENSE 
2(4) I" 1 




Gnd A 10(1 1 ^ 



b Compen ( - ) 



Adjust 9(14 ) 8(12) 



Pin numbers adjacent to terminals are for the G suffix package and pin 
numbers in parentheses are for the L suffix package. 




G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 603C-01 




14 

^ r ^ ^ ' ■ ' -< r ' r 



o 



1 (Top View) 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC1468G 


OX to + 70°C 


Metal Can 


MC1468L 


0°C to +70°C 


Ceramic DIP 


MC1568G 


-55°Cto +125X 


Metal Can 


MC1568L 


-55Xto + 125X 


Ceramic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-105 



MC1468, MC1568 



MAXIMUM RATINGS (T C = + 25X unless otherwise noted.) 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 




vcdIVeeI 






Input Voltage 


30 


Vdc 


Peak Load Current 


'pk 


100 


mA 


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 




G Package 


L Package 




T A = + 25X 


PD 


0.83 


1.25 


Watts 


Derate above Ta = + 25°C 


1'»JA 


6.6 


10 


mW/°C 


Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 


«JA 


150 


100 


X/W 


T C = + 25X 


PD 


1.8 


2.5 


Watts 


Derate above Tc = +25°C 


1/»JC 


14.3 


20 


mwrc 


Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 


»JC 


70 


50 


X/W 


Storage Junction to Temperature Range 


Tj. T stq 


-65 to +150 


X 


Minimum Short-Circuit Resistance 


Rsc(min) 


4.0 


Ohms 


OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE 


Ambient Temperature 


T A 






X 


MC1468 




Oto +70 




MC1568 




-55 to +125 





ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (V C C = +20 V, V E £ = "20 V, C1 = C2 = 1500 pF, C3 = C4 = 1.0 /xF, R S C + - ^SC" = 



4.0 H, = = 0, Tc = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) {See Figure 1.) 







MC1568 


MC1468 




Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Output Voltage 


vo 


±14.5 


±15 


±15.5 


±14.5 


±15 


±15.5 


Vdc 


Input Voltage 


Vin 






±30 






±30 


Vdc 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


tVin-Vo! 


2.0 






2.0 






Vdc 


Output Voltage Balance (L package only) 


V B al 




±50 


±150 




±50 


±300 


mV 


Line Regulation Voltage 
(Vj n = 18 V to 30 V) 
("How to Thigh®) 


fegii ne 






10 
20 






10 
20 


mV 


Load Regulation Voltage 
(II = to 50 mA, Tj = constant) 
( T A = T low 10 Thigh) 


Reload 






10 
30 






10 
30 


mV 


Output Voltage Range 
L Package (See Figure 4) 
G Package (See Figures 2 and 13) 


V R 


±8.0 
±14.5 




±20 
±20 


±8.0 
± 14.5 




±20 
±20 


Vdc 


Ripple Rejection (f = 120 Hz) 


RR 




75 






75 




dB 


Output Voltage Temperature Stability 
(Tlow 'O Thigh) 


|ts Vo I 




0.3 


1.0 




0.3 


1.0 


% 


Short-Circuit Current Limit 
(Rsc - 10 ohms) 


!SC 




60 






60 




mA 


Output Noise Voltage 
(BW = 100 Hz-10 kHz) 


Vn 




100 






100 




/xV(RMS) 


Positive Standby Current 
(V in = +30 V) 


lB + 




2.4 


4.0 




2.4 


4.0 


mA 


Negative Standby Current 
(V in = -30 V) 


l B - 




1.0 


3.0 




1.0 


3.0 


mA 


Long-Term Stability 


AV /At 




0.2 






0.2 




%/k Hr 



® T| ovv = 0°C for MC1468 ® Thigh = +70X for MC1468 

= -55"CforMC1568 - + 125'C for MCI 568 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-106 



MC1468, MC1568 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 



FIGURE 1 — BASIC 50-mA REGULATOR 



INPUT I -i- 1 

• • 

+ 20V _L 



r-i 

Crn 

• 





4.7 

-VSv ♦ 


3(51 


Rsc+ L M 


V0 + 


SENSE 1 + 1 


v<x 


COMPENI+I 




MC1S68 

MCI 468 GNO 
COMPENI-I 


v - 


SENSE | - ) 



1500 pF 
10111 



"se- 



es 

1.0 if 



,-v 

- 15V 



C1 and C2 should be located as close to the device as possible. A 0.1 
mF ceramic capacitor (C- m ) may be required on the input lines if the 
device is located an appreciable distance from the rectifier filter capac- 
itors. C3 and C4 may be increased to improve load transient response 
and to reduce the output noise voltage. At low temperature operation, 
it may be necessary to bypass C4 with a 0.1 ceramic disc capacitor. 



FIGURE 2 — VOLTAGE ADJUST AND 
BALANCE ADJUST CIRCUIT 

(14.5 V s V out « 20 V) 

«sc+ 



r-Wv-» 



V u + SENSE I + 1 Vmj 
V K COMPENI + I 



MC1568L 
MC1W& 



Vrf COMPEN I - 1 

V0- SENSEI-I ■*'«* 
7 (ill O— - 



L^v^—I- 



IT 



ISOOpF 



IL C3 
1.0 tif 



GNO 



u 

1.0 jif 



«sc- -v 

Balance adjust available in MC1568L, MC1468L ceramic dual in-line 
package only. 



FIGURE 3 — ±1.5-AMPERE REGULATOR 

(Short-Circuit Protected, with Proper Heatsinking) 



INPUT | + ) 
I -t- 20 V to +30 VI 

" 1+ I 



MJ29S5 
OR EOUIV 



— w- 
0.33 n 

UK 



0.6 V 



V CC V + SENSE ( + 1 

COMPENI + I 



MC1568 
MCN63 

COHPEN(-) 
Vee V - SENSE!- 1 



1.0 uf 



INPUTI-I 
I - 30 V 10 -30 V) 



0.33(1 
2.0 V» 




lSV ac 



FIGURE 4 — OUTPUT VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT 

FOR MVs |±Vol « 14.5 V 
(Ceramic-Packaged Devices Only) 




-»-»o 



The presence of Bal a( jj, pin 2, on devices housed in the dual in-line 
package (L suffix) allows the user to adjust the output voltages down 
to +8.0 V. The required value of resistor R2 can be calculated from 



R2 : 



R1 R in , (if. + V z ) 



* R1 



"int IV - * ■ 
Where: Rj nt = An Internal Resistor = Rl = 1.0 kfl 
4 = 0.68 V 
V z - 6.6 V 

Some common design values are listed below: 
sVqIV] R2 TcV l%/°C). 



IB + (mA) 



14 

12 
10 
8.0 



1.2 k 
1.8 k 
3.5 k 



0.003 
0.022 
0.025 
0.028 



10 
7.2 
S.0 
2.6 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-107 



(V C c = +20 V, V EE = -20 V, V = ±15 V, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 
FIGURE 5 - LOAD REGULATION FIGURE 6 - REGULATOR DROPOUT VOLTAGE 




20 40 60 80 100 20 40 60 80 100 

l L , LOAD CURRENT (mAI t '-0*0 CURRENT (mA) 



FIGURE 7 — MAXIMUM CURRENT CAPABILITY 



200 

I 

& 160 



.V in -V o = 3.0V 

vec = IVeeI 



CURVE NUMBER 
1 -GPACKAGE.NO HEATSINK 
2 — L PACKAGE, NO HEATSINK 

3 — G PACKAGE, INFINITE HEATSINK 

4— L PACKAGE, INFINITE HEATSINK 




-26 +25 **) 1 +100 +126 

T A , AMBIENT TEMPERATURE fx. 



FIGURE 8 — MAXIMUM CURRENT CAPABILITY 

ES3 




2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 12 14 
|V in -V |, INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL (VI 



FIGURE 9 — Isc versus Rsc 



FIGURE 10 — CURRENT-LIMITING CHARACTERISTICS 



q 40 
| 30 

CO 

O 20 
10 






























































Tj ■ 


= 25°C 


































































































4.0 8.0 12 16 2 


24 2 


8 3 




R S C, SHORT-CIRCUIT RESISTOR (OHMS) 



-25 +25 +50 +75 + 100 
Tj, JUNCTION TEMPERATURE i°C) 



125 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-108 



MC1468, MC1568 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
(Vcc = +20V,Vee = -20V, Vq = ±15V,Ta = + 25°C unless otherwise noted.l 



FIGURE 11 — STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN 



FIGURE 12 — STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN 




20 22 24 26 
± Vj n , INPUT VOLTAGE ( ± V) 




17 18 19 

iV . OUTPUT VOLTAGE ( ± V) 



FIGURE 13 — TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT OF 
OUTPUT VOLTAGE 



0.05 
0.04 

P 

g 0.03 
t 

§ 002 

I 0.01 

IS 

£ o 



_V CC = V EE = 30V 
R S C = 4 OHMS 



THERMAL SHIFT . 



% CHANGE IN Vq 



CHANGE IN JUNCTION TEMPERATURE - 



16 17 18 19 

±V , OUTPUT VOLTAGE I ±V) 



FIGURE 14 — LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 















' 














r 




r 


OSITIV 


REGU 


_AT0R 


















T- 








AI L = 


0-10 
= 10 01 


mA 
















f<SC 


IMS 
























N 


EGATIV 


REGU 


ATOR 
















1 1 





























TIME, 20 ,xs'DIV 



FIGURE 15 — LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE FIGURE 16 — RIPPLE REJECTION 




M 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-109 



MC1468, MC1568 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 
(Vcc = +20 V, V E £ = -20 V, Vq = ±15 V, T A = +25°C unless otherwise noted.) 



FIGURE 17 — OUTPUT IMPEDANCE 




f, TEST FREQUENCY (Hz) 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-110 



ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 



Temperature Range 



Package 



MC1723CD 

MC1723CG 

MC1723CL 

MC1723CP 

MC1723G 

MC1723L 



LM723CH, MA723HC 
LM723CD, ,|A723DC 
LM723CN. nA723PC 



O-Cto +70-C 
O'Cto + 70°C 
0°Cto + 7CTC 
PC to +70°C 
-55'Cto + 125°C 
-55'Cto + 125°C 



SO-H 
Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 
Plastic DIP 
Metal Can 
Ceramic DIP 



MONOLITHIC VOLTAGE REGULATOR 

The MC1723 is a positive or negative voltage regulator designed 
to deliver load current to 150 mAdc. Output current capability can 
be increased to several amperes through use of one or more external 
pass transistors. MC1723 is specif ied for operation over the military 
temperature range (-55°C to +125°C| and the MC1723C over the 
commercial temperature range (0 to +70°CI 

• Output Voltage Adjustable from 2 Vdc to 37 Vdc 

• Output Current to 150 mAdc Without External Pass Transistors 

• 0.01% Line and 0.03% Load Regulation 

• Adjustable Short-Circuit Protection 



FIGURE 1 — CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC 



i CBjvf 




INVERTING INVERTING 
INPUT INPUT 
PIN NUMBERS ADJACENT TO TERMINALS ARE FOR THE METAL PACKAGE. 
PIN NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS ARE FOR DUAL IN LINE PACKAGES 



MC1723 
MC1723C 



VOLTAGE REGULATOR 



SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




P SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 646-06 



(Bottom View! 

G SUFFIX 

METAL PACKAGE 
CASE 603-04 








10 



L SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 632-08 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751A-02 
SO-14 



FIGURE 2 - TYPICAL CIRCUIT CONNECTION 

a< Vfl<37) 

6(10) *SC 




For best results 10 k < R2 < 100 h 
m drift R3'fniiR2 



FIGURE 3 - 


TYPICAL NPN CURRENT BOOST CONNECTION 






















RSC * 33 
















(12) S 


2N3D55 f\ f\ 
OR EOlllvV^ \J 




lL ="2A<fcrn*, 


Ufa ■ 20 Vdc •— . 




6 HQ) [ 












10 121 


















MC1723 
IMC1723C) 


I (3) 






0-1 *iF ? 






12 k 


5 (61* 




2(41 








Ci ilOOoF 

9113) ; 


10k 






^5 171 








■ 













MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-111 



— - - 








Pulse Voltage from V C c to Vee (50 ms) 


Vinlpl 


50 


v peak 


Continuous Voltage from V cc to Vee 


Vin 


40 


Vdc 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


Vin - V 


40 


Vdc 


Maximum Output Current 


lL 


150 


mAdc 


Current from V re ( 


'ref 


15 


mAdc 


Current from V z 


lj 


25 


mA 


Voltage Between Non-Inverting Input and Vee 


Vie 


8.0 


Vdc 


Differential Input Voltage 


Vid 


iB.'O 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 
Plastic Package 
T A = +25°C 

Derate above T A = +25°C 
Thermal Resistance. Junction to Air 
Metal Package 
T A = +25°C 

Derate above T A = +25°C 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 
T C = +25°C 

riorafo ahnua Tn = + 9 c i'-'l" 

L/yrdic (Juuvc i A ~ \^ 

Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 
Dual In Line Ceramic Package 

Derate above T A = +25°C 

Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 


PD 
8JA 

P D 
1/»JA 
«JA 
PD 
1/0 JA 
9JC 
p D 
"»JA 
«JA 


1.25 
10 
100 

1.0 
6.6 
150 
2.1 
14 
35 
1.5 
10 
100 


W 
mW/°C 

°c/w 

Watt 

mW/°C 
°C/W 

Watts 

mW/°C 
°C/W 

Watt 

mW/°C 
°C/W 


Operating and Storage Junction Temperature Range 
Metal Package 
Dual In-Line Ceramic 


T J. T stg 


-65 to +150 
-65 to +175 


°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 

MC1723C 
MC1723 


T A 


to +70 
-55 to +125 


°C 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (Unless otherwise noted: Ta = + 25°C, Vj n 12 Vdc, Vo = 5.0 
C1 = 100 pF, C re f = and divider impedance as seen by the error amplifier < 10 kft connected as 



Vdc, If 1.0 
shown in Fig 



mAdc, Rgc 
ure 2) 



= 0, 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC1723 


MC1723C 


Unit 


Mm 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Input Voltage Range 


V.r, 


9.5 




40 


9.5 




40 


Vdc 


Output Voltage Range 


v 


2 




37 


2.0 




37 


Vdc 


Input-Output Voltage Differential 


V,n-V C 


3.0 




38 


3.0 




38 


Vdc 


Reference Voltage 


v ref 


6.95 


7.16 


7.35 


6.80 


7.15 


7.50 


Vdc 


Standby Current Drain { 1 L - 0, V m = 30 V) 


'ib 




2.3 


3.5 




2.3- 


4.0 


mAdc 


Output Noise Voltage (f = 100 Hz to 10 kHz) 
Cref = 
C ref = 5.0 mF 
















uV(RMS) 


Vn 




20 
2.5 






20 
2.5 




Average Temperature Coefficient of Output 
Voltage <T, ow © <T A < T high © , 


TCV 




002 


0.015 




0.003 


0.015 


%/°C 


Line Regulation 

, T(S - t25 o c Jl2V<V, n <15V 
(Ta , +25 ci^ 12v<V n<40v 

(T lov „©<TA<Th,gh©) 

12 V<V, n <15 V 


Regiine 














%V Q 




0.01 
0.02 


1 

0.2 

0.3 




0.01 

0.1 


0.1 
5 

0.3 




Load Regulation 1 1.0 mA<l L <50 mAI 

Ta ■ +25°c 

T,ow©<T A <Th,gh© 


Re 9load 




0.03 


0.15 
0.6 




0.03 


2 
0.6 


%V Q 


Ripple Rejection (f = 50 Hz to 10 kHz) 
Cref " 
C re f = 5.0 mF 


RR 




74 
86 






74 
86 




dB 


Short Circuit Current Limit{Rsc = 10S1, 
V - 0) 


'sc 




65 






65 




mAdc 


Long Term Stability 


Vo' t 




0.1 






0.1 




%/1000Hr 



©Tlow - 0°C for MC1723C 
- -55°C for MC1723 



•'Thigh " +70° C tor MC1723C 
- +125°C for MC1723 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-112 



MC1723, MC1723C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS 

(Vj n = 12 Vdc, Vo = 5.0 Vdc, l[_ = 1.0 mAdc, Rsc = 0, Ta = +25°C unless otherwise noted 

FIGURE 5 



FIGURE 4 - MAXIMUM LOAD CURRENT AS A FUNCTION 
OF INPUT OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL 



- LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS 
WITHOUT CURRENT LIMITING 




10 20 30 

Vin-VQ. INPUT OUTPUT VOLTAGE IVOLTSI 




20 40 60 80 

10, OUTPUT CURRENT ImA) 



FIGURE 6 - LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS 
WITH CURRENT LIMITING 



FIGURE 7 - LOAD REGULATION CHARACTERISTICS 
WITH CURRENT LIMITING 





MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-113 



MC1723, MC1723C 



TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS (continued) 



FIGURE 10 - LINE REGULATION AS A FUNCTION 
OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL 



5.0 IS 25 

Yin -Vo, INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 11 - LOAD REGULATION AS A FUNCTION 
OF INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE DIFFERENTIAL 













1 


= 1 mt 


ta l[_ = 


50 mA 









































































































10 20 30 40 50 

Vin-VQ, INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 



FIGURE 12 - STANDBY CURRENT DRAIN AS 
A FUNCTION OF INPUT VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 13 - LINE TRANSIENT RESPONSE 




20 30 
Vjn.lNPUT VOLTAGE (VOLTS) 

FIGURE 14 - LOAD TRANSIENT RESPONSE 





h 


OAD 


1 

:urre 


NT 






1 


L -40 


nA 












Y 


























































. 






















ou 


TPUT 


iont 


GE 






























c 



















-5.0 +10 +20 

t. TIME (us) 



+ 30 +40 +45 







IN 


UT VC 


LTAG 


E 






























t 















































J TPUT 


VOLT 
*" — ■ 


\GE — 










t 


























V. 





























-5,0 + 10 +20 +30 +40 +45 

t. TIME (us) 



FIGURE 15 - OUTPUT IMPEDANCE AS 
FUNCTION OF FREQUENCY 




100 1.0 k 10 k 100 k 

f, FREQUENCY (Hi) 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-114 



MCI 723, MC1723C 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS 

Pin numbers adjacent to terminals are for the metal package; 
pin numbers in parenthesis are for the dual in-line packages. 

FIGURE 16 - TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR 2 < V < 7 FIGURE 17 - MC1723.C FOLDBACK CONNECTION 




61101 R SC 
-o » Wv— 



1 (31 
2141 



-»V 



T iioua pF 

X I 



Vsense 0.66 



For best results 10 k < Rl + R2 < 100 k. 
For minimum drift R3 -- Rli,H2 



FIGURE 18 - *5 V. 1-AMPERE SWITCHING REGULATOR 

^2N4918 oi Equiv 




^ Iknee V 

' L- * Rsr ' 

SC (1-ollsc 

FIGURE 19 - +5 V, 1-AMPERE HIGH 
EFFICIENCY REGULATOR 



: 1 mH 




Vin I 
♦6.5 V • «— 

Vin 2 4r 
*10V» 



2N3055 
or Equiv 



1 uF 



(513 

1. 



MCI723 
(MCI723C) 




I 13) 
2141 



;i000pF 



FIGURE 20 - +15 V, l-AMPERE REGULATOR 
WITH REMOTE SENSE 



"in 

►20 V«- 



eh 




MC1723 
IMCI723CI 



100 pF^; 
9(131 



12k 
—Wv- 



Load 
-Sense 



vo 



r 



FIGURE 21 - -15 V NEGATIVE REGULATOR 

(12)8 | 1 6110) 



MCI 723 
(MCI723C) 



>12k 



r 



'■ |,V T_(^)» 



V0--15V 
2N3055 
Equiv 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-115 



TYPICAL APPLICATIONS (continued) 
FIGURE 22 — +12 V, 1-AMPERE REGULATOR 
USING PNP CURRENT BOOST 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-116 



® 



MOTOROLA 



Specifications and Applications 
Information 



OVERVOLTAGE "CROWBAR" SENSING CIRCUIT 



These overvoltage protection circuits (OVP) protect sensitive elec- 
tronic circuitry from overvoltage transients or regulator failures 
when used in conjunction with an external "crowbar" SCR. They 
sense the overvoltage condition and quickly "crowbar" or short 
circuit the supply, forcing the supply into current limiting or open- 
ing the fuse or circuit breaker. 

The protection voltage threshold is adjustable and the MC3423/ 
3523 can be programmed for minimum duration of overvoltage 
condition before tripping, thus supplying noise immunity. 

The MC3423/3523 is essentially a "two terminal" system, there- 
fore it can be used with either positive or negative supplies. 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Differential Power Supply Voltage 


vcc-vee 


40 


Vdc 


Sense Voltage ( 1 ) 


v Sense 1 


6.5 


Vdc 


Sense Voltage (2) 


v Sense 2 


6.5 


Vdc 


Remote Activation Input Voltage 


Vact 


7.0 


Vdc 


Output Current 


'0 


300 


m A 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 
MC3423 
MC3523 


T A 


to +70 
-55 to +125 


°C 


Operating Junction Temperature 
Plastic Package 
Ceramic Package 


Li 


125 
150 


°C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


°C 



TYPICAL APPLICATION 



o— 



Current 
Limited 

DC 
Power 
Supplv 



O.V.P. 
MC3523/3423 



'out 

— o 



MC3423 
MC3523 



OVERVOLTAGE 
SENSING CIRCUIT 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




P1 SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 
(MC3423 only) 



U SUFFIX 

CERAMIC PACKAGE 
CASE 693-02 



D SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 751-02 
SO-8 





PIN CONNECTIONS 


vcc[7 


W 


1 1 Drive 
8 | Output 


Sense 1 jT^ 






Sense 2 ^ 




c 1 Indicator 
Jj Output 


Current I 4 
Source |_ 




- 1 Remote 
Activation 




(Top View) 





ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Temperature Range 


Package 


MC3423D 




SO-8 


MC3423P1 


Oto +70'C 


Plastic DIP 


MC3423U 




Ceramic DIP 


MC3523U 


-55 to +125°C 


Ceramic DIP 









MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-117 



MC3423, MC3523 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (5 V s V c c -VeE < 36 V. T| 0W < T A < T h i g h unless otherwise noted.) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


Supply Voltage Range 


Vcc-Vee 


4.5 




40 


Vdc 


Output Voltage 
ll = 100 mA) 


v 


VcC-2-2 


Vcc-1-8 




Vdc 


Indicator Output Voltage 
(l {ind) " 16 mA) 


V OL (lndl 




0.1 


0.4 


Vdc 


Sense Trip Voltage 
(T A = 25°C) 


Vgg n jg i 
v Sense 2 


2.45 


2.6 


2.75 


Vdc 


Temperature Coefficient of Vs en se 1 
{Figure 2) 


TCV S1 




0.06 




%/°C 


Remote Activation Input Current 
(V| H s 2.0 V, V CC -V EE = 5.0 V) 
(V| L = 0.8 V, V CC -V EE = 5.0 V) 


l|H 
l|L 




5.0 
-120 


40 
-180 


"A 


Source Current 


'Source 


0.1 


0.2 


0.3 


mA 


Output Current Risetime 
<T A • 25°C) 


<r 




400 




mA/us 


Propagation Delay Time 
(T A - 25°C! 


<pd 




0.5 




us 


Supply Current 
MC3423 
MC3523 


id 




6.0 
5.0 


10 

7.0 


mA 



T low " - 56 ° c for MC3523 T high - +125°C for MC3523 

- 0°C for MC3423 = +70°C for MC3423 



FIGURE 1 - BLOCK DIAGRAM 




Remote Output 



FIGURE 2 - SENSE VOLTAGE TEST CIRCUIT 



(B)< 



■/.. 



A 



Vcc 





Switch 1 


Switch 2 


v Sense 1 


Position A 


Closed 


v Sense 2 


Position E 


Open 



Ramp V| until output goes high; this is 
tha Vsense threshold. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-118 



MC3423, MC3523 



FIGURE 3 - BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 



(+ Sense 
Lead) 



w 



w 7 



(- Sense Lead) 



Vtrip = V reT (l +( ^>-2.6V(1+p2) 

R2 < 10 kil for minimum drift 
For minimum value of Rq, see Figure 9 

•See text for explanation 



FIGURE 4 - CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION FOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE ABOVE 36 V 




Vtrip = V ref !l +f ^)~2.6V<1 + -) 
•R2 < 10 kfi 

Vg 50 V; 2N6504 or equivalent 
V s *£ 100 V; 2N6505 or equivalent 
V s < 200 V; 2N6506 or equivalent 
V s 400 V; 2N6507 or equivalent 
V s < 600 V; 2N6508 or equivalent 
V s < 800 V; 2N6509 or equivalent 



FIGURE 5 - BASIC CONFIGURATION FOR PROGRAMMABLE DURATION OF 
OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION BEFORE TRIP 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-119 



BASIC CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION 

The basic circuit configuration of the MC3423/3523 
OVP is shown in Figure 3 for supply voltages from 4.5 V 
to 36 V, and in Figure 4 for trip voltages above 36 V. The 
threshold or trip voltage at which the MC3423/3523 will 
trigger and supply gate drive to the crowbar SCR, Q1, is 
determined by the selection of R1 and R2. Their values 
can be determined by the equation given in Figures 3 and 
4, or by the graph shown in Figure 8. The minimum value 
of the gate current limiting resistor, Rq, is given in 
Figure 9. Using this value of Rq, the SCR, Q1 , will receive 
the greatest gate current possible without damaging the 
MC3423/3523. If lower output currents are required, Rq 
can be increased in value. The switch, SI , shown in Figure 
3 may be used to reset the SCR crowbar. Otherwise, the 
power supply, across which the SCR is connected, must 
be shut down to reset the crowbar. If a non current- 
limited supply is used, a fuse or circuit breaker, F1, 
should be used to protect the SCR and/or the load. 

The circuit configurations shown in Figures 3 and 4 
will have a typical propogation delay of 1.0 (is. If faster 
operation is desired, pin 3 may be connected to pin 2 with 
pin 4 left floating. This will result in decreasing the propo- 
gation delay to approximately 0.5 /is at the expense of a 
slightly increased TC for the trip voltage value. 

CONFIGURATION FOR PROGRAMMABLE MINIMUM 
DURATION OF OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION 
BEFORE TRIPPING 

In many instances, the MC3423/3523 OVP witl be used 
in a noise environment. To prevent false tripping of the 
OVP circuit by noise which would not normally harm the 
load, MC3423/3523 has a programmable delay feature. To 
implement this feature, the circuit configuration of Figure 
5 is used. In this configuration, a capacitor is connected 
from pin 3 to Vf=E. The value of this capacitor determines 
the minimum duration of the overvoltage condition which 
is necessary to trip the OVP. The value of C can be found 
from Figure 10. The circuit operates in the following 
manner: When \/qC rises above the trip point set by R1 
and R2, an internal current source (pin 4) begins charging 
the capacitor, C, connected to pin 3. If the overvoltage 
condition disappears before this occurs, the capacitor is 
discharged at a rate — 10 times faster than the charging 
rate, resetting the timing feature until the next overvoltage 
condition occurs. 

Occasionally, it is desired that immediate crowbarring 
of the supply occur when a high overvoltage condition 
occurs, while retaining the false tripping immunity of 
Figure 5. In this case, the circuit of Figure 6 can be used. 
The circuit will operate as previously described for small 
overvoltages, but will immediately trip if the power 
supply voltage exceeds Vz 1 + 1 .4 V . 



FIGURE 6 - CONFIGURATION FOR PROGRAMMABLE 
DURATION OF OVERVOLTAGE CONDITION BEFORE 
TRIP/WITH IMMEDIATE TRIP AT 
HIGH OVERVOLTAGES 



Power 
Supply 



(+ Sense 
Lead) 



(- Sense Land) 



ADDITIONAL FEATURES 

1. Activation Indication Output 

An additional output for use as an indicator of OVP 
activation is provided by the MC3423/3523. This out- 
put is an open collector transistor which saturates 
when the OVP is activated. In addition, it can be used 
to clock an edge triggered flip-flop whose output 
inhibits or shuts down the power supply when the 
OVP trips. This reduces or eliminates the heatsinking 
requirements for the crowbar SCR. 

2. Remote Activation Input 

Another feature of the MC3423/3523 is its remote 
activation input, pin 5. If the volage on this CMOS/TTL 
compatible input is held below 0.8 V, the MC3423/ 
3523 operates normally. However, if it is raised to a 
voltage above 2.0 V, the OVP output is activated 
independent of whether or not an overvoltage con- 
dition is present. It should be noted that pin 5 has an 
internal pull-up current source. This feature can be 
used to accomplish an orderly and sequenced shut- 
down of system power supplies during a system 
fault condition. In addition, the activation indication 
output of one MC3423/3523 can be used to activate 
another MC3423/3523 if a single transistor inverter is 
used to interface the former's indication output to 
the latter's remote activation input, as shown in 
Figure 7. In this circuit, the indication output (pin 6) 
of the MC3423 on power supply 1 is used to activate 
the MC3423 associated with power supply 2. Q1 is 
any small PNP with adequate voltage rating. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-120 



MC3423, MC3523 



FIGURE 7 - CIRCUIT CONFIGURATION FOR 
ACTIVATING ONE MC3523 FROM ANOTHER 




Note that both supplies have their negative output 
leads tied together {i.e., both are positive supplies). If 
their positive leads are common (two negative supplies) 
the emitter of Q1 would be moved to the positive lead 
of supply 1 and R1 would therefore have to be resized 
to deliver the appropriate drive to Q1 . 

CROWBAR SCR CONSIDERATIONS 

Referring to Figure 1 1 , it can be seen that the crowbar 
SCR, when activated, is subject to a large current surge 
from the output capacitance, C out . This capacitance con- 
sists of the power supply output caps, the load's decou- 
pling caps, and in the case of Figure 1 1A, the supply's 
input filter caps. This surge current is illustrated in Figure 
12, and can cause SCR failure or degradation by any one 
of three mechanisms: di/dt, absolute peak surge, or l^t. 
The interrelationship of these failure methods and the 
breadth of the applications make specification of the SCR 
by the semiconductor manufacturer difficult and expen- 
sive. Therefore, the designer must empirically determine 
the SCR and circuit elements which result in reliable and 
effective OVP operation. However, an understanding of 
the factors which influence the SCR's di/dt and surge 
capabilities simplifies this task. 

1. di/dt 

As the gate region of the SCR is driven on, its area 
of conduction takes a finite amount of time to grow, 
starting as a very small region and gradually spreading. 
Since the anode current flows through this turned-on 
gate region, very high current densities can occur in 
the gate region if high anode currents appear quickly 
(di/dt). This can result in immediate destruction of 
the SCR or gradual degradation of its forward blocking 
voltage capabilities - depending on the severity of the 
occasion. 



FIGURE 8- R1 versus TRIP VOLTAGE 

















































R 


! = 2.1 











































































































































































































































Vt.THIP VOLTAGE iVOLTSI 



FIGURE 9- MINIMUM R G versus SUPPLY VOLTAGE 





































itV C C 


< 11 V 





























































































































10 20 30 40 50 GO 70 10 

H E . GATE CURRENT LIMITING RESISTOR I0HMSI 



FIGURE 10 - CAPACITANCE v 
MINIMUM OVER VOLT AGE DURATION 



2 3 5 7 1 




t d , DELAY TIME Imsl 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-121 



MC3423, MC3523 



FIGURE 1 1 - TYPICAL CROWBAR OVP CIRCUIT 
CONFIGURATIONS 



J- 



V in 



DC 
Power 
Supply 



DC 
Power 
Supply 



X 



ov 

Sense 



OV 
Sense 



IT 



• Needed if supply not current limited 



The value of di/dt that an SCR can safely handle is 
influenced by its construction and the characteristics of 
the gate drive signal. A center-gate-fire SCR has more 
di/dt capability than a corner-gate-fire type, and heavily 
overdriving (3 to 5 times Iqt' the SCR gate with a fast 
< 1.0 ms rise time signal will maximize its di/dt capa- 
bility. Atypical maximum number in phase control SCRs 
of less than 50 A(RMS) rating might be 200 fijfis, as- 
suming a gate current of five times Iqx and < 1.0 ixs 
rise time. If having done this, a di/dt problem is seen 
to still exist, the designer can also decrease the di/dt of 
the current waveform by adding inductance in series 
with the SCR, as shown in Figure 13. Of course, this 
reduces the circuit's ability to rapidly reduce the dc bus 
voltage and a tradeoff must be made between speedy 
voltage reduction and di/dt. 



FIGURE 12 - CROWBAR SCR SURGE CURRENT 
WAVEFORM 




2. Surge Current 

If the peak current and/or the duration of the surge 
is excessive, immediate destruction due to device over- 
heating will result. The surge capability of the SCR is 
directly proportional to its die area. If the surge current 
cannot be reduced (by adding series resistance — see 
Figure 131 to a safe level which is consistent with the 
system's requirements for speedy bus voltage reduc- 
tion, the designer must use a higher current SCR. This 
may result in the average current capability of the SCR 
exceeding the steady state current requirements im- 
posed by the dc power supply. 



FIGURE 13 - CIRCUIT ELEMENTS AFFECTING 
SCR SURGE & di/dt 




R & L EMPIRICALLY DETERMINED! 



A WORD ABOUT FUSING 

Before leaving the subject of the crowbar SCR, a few 
words about fuse protection are in order. Referring back 
to Figure 11A, it will be seen that a fuse is necessary if 
the power supply to be protected is not output current 
limited. This fuse is not meant to prevent SCR failure 
but rather to prevent a fire! 

In order to protect the SCR, the fuse would have to 
possess an l^t rating less than that of the SCR and yet 
have a high enough continuous current rating to survive 
normal supply output currents. In addition, it must be 
capable of successfully clearing the high short circuit 
currents from the supply. Such a fuse as this is quite 
expensive, and may not even be available. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-122 



MC3423, MC3523 



The usual design compromise then is to use a c 
variety fuse (3AG or 3AB style) which cannot be relied on 
to blow before the thyristor does, and trust that if the 
SCR does fail, it will fail short circuit. In the majority of 
the designs, this will be the case, though this is difficult to 
guarantee. Of course, a sufficiently high surge will cause 
an open. These comments also apply to the fuse in Figure 
11B. 

For a complete and detailed treatment of SCR and 
fuse selection, refer to Motorola Application Note 
AN-789. 



CROWBAR SCR SELECTION GUIDE 

As an aid in selecting an SCR for crowbar use, the 
following selection guide is presented. 



DEVICE 


irms 


'fsm 


PACKAGE 


2N6400 Series 


16A 


160 A 


TO220 Plastic 


2N6504 Series 


25A 


160A 


TO220 Plastic 


2N1842 Series 


16A 


125A 


Metal Stud 


2N2573 Series 


25A 


260A 


Metal TO-3 Type 


2N681 Series 


25A 


200A 


Metal Stud 


MCR3935-1 Series 


35A 


3 50 A 


Metal Stud 


MCR81-5 Series 


80A 


1000A 


Metal Stud 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-123 



POWER SUPPLY SUPERVISORY/OVER-UNDER-VOLTAGE 
PROTECTION CIRCUIT 

The MC3425 is a power supply supervisory circuit containing 
all the necessary functions required to monitor over- and under- 
voltage fault conditions. These integrated circuits contain dedi- 
cated over- and under-voltage sensing channels with indepen- 
dently programmable time delays. The over-voltage channel has 
a high current Drive Output for use in conjunction with an external 
SCR "Crowbar" for shutdown. The under-voltage channel input 
comparator has hysteresis which is externally programmable, and 
an open-collector output for fault indication. 

• Dedicated Over- And Under-Voltage Sensing 

• Programmable Hysteresis Of Under-Voltage Comparator 

• Internal 2.5 V Reference 

• 300 mA Over-Voltage Drive Output 

• 30 mA Under-Voltage Indicator Output 

• Programmable Time Delays 

• 4.5 V to 40 V Operation 



MAXIMUM RATINGS 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Power Supply Voltage 


vcc 


40 


Vdc 


Comparator Input Voltage Range (Note 1) 


V|R 


-0.3 to +40 


Vdc 


Drive Output Short-Circuit Current 


'OSIDRV) 


Internally 
Limited 


mA 


Indicator Output Voltage 


V|ND 


to 40 


Vdc 


Indicator Output Sink Current 


l|ND 


30 


mA 


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 
Maximum Power Dissipation @ T/\ = 70X 
Thermal Resistance Junction to Air 


PD 

R«ja 


1000 
80 


mW 

°C/W 


Operating Junction Temperature 


Tj 


+ 150 


°C 


Operating Ambient Temperature Range 


T A 


to +70 


"C 


Storage Temperature Range 


T stg 


- 55 to + 1 50 


X 



NOTE: (1) The input signal voltage should not be allowed to go negative by more than 300 mV or 
positive by more than 40 V, independent of Vcc, without device destruction. 



TYPICAL APPLICATION 

Over-Voltage Crowbar Protection, Under-Voltage Indication 



DC 
Power 
Supply 



MC3425 



-o v out 



_q Under-Voltage 
Indication 



POWER SUPPLY SUPERVISORY/ 
OVER-UNDER-VOLTAGE 
PROTECTION CIRCUIT 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT 




PI SUFFIX 

PLASTIC PACKAGE 
CASE 626-05 



PIN CONNECTIONS 



O.V. DRV I 
Output I 



O.V. Sense 



U.V. 



E 




~8~| V C C 


LZ 




~7~| Gnd 


E 




—\ U.V. IND 
-5-1 Output 


E 




~s] U.V. DLY 



(Top View) 



ORDERING INFORMATION 


Device 


Temperature 
Range 


Package 


MC3425P1 


Oto +70°C 


Plastic DIP 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-124 



MC3425 



ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS (4,5 VsVcc s 40 V; Ta = T| ow to Thigh l see Nole 21 unless otherwise specified .) 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Unit 


REFERENCE SECTION 


Sense Trip Voltage (Reference Voltage) 
V C c = 15 V 
Ta = 25°C 

flow to Thigh 'Mote 2) 


v Sense 


2.4 
2.33 


2.5 
2.5 


2.6 
2.63 


Vdc 


Line Regulation of Vsense 
4.5 V s V CC k 40 V; Tj - 25°C 


R egiine 




7.0 


15 


mV 


Power Supply Voltage Operating Range 


vcc 


4.5 




40 


Vdc 


Power Supply Current 
Vcc = 40 V; Ta = 25°C; No Output Loads 
O.V. Sense (Pin 3) = V; 
U.V. Sense (Pin 4) = V cc 


ICC(off) 




8.5 


10 


mA 


O.V. Sense (Pin 3) = Vcc; 
U.V. Sense (Pin 4) = V 


ICC(on) 




16.5 


19 


mA 


INPUT SECTION 


Input Bias Current, O.V. and U.V. Sense 


he 




1.0 


2.0 


MA 


Hysteresis Activation Voltage, U.V. Sense 
V C C = 15V;T A = 25°C; 
l H = 10% 
l H = 90% 


VH(act) 




0.6 
0.8 




V 


Hysteresis Current, U.V. Sense 
Vcc = 15 V; T A = 26°C; U.V. Sense (Pin 4) = 2.5 V 


'H 


9.0 


12.5 


16 


MA 


Delay Pin Voltage (IqlY = m A) 
Low State 
High State 


VOL(DLY) 
v OH(DLY) 


Vcc-0.6 


0.2 
Vcc-0.15 


0.5 


V 


Delay Pin Source Current 
V CC = 15 V; V DLY = 0V 


'DLY(source) 


140 


200 


260 


MA 


Delay Pin Sink Current 
V CC = 15 V; VrjLY = 2 5 V 


iDLY(sink) 


1.8 


3.0 




mA 


OUTPUT SECTION 


Drive Output Peak Current (T A = 25°C) 


iDRV(peak) 


200 


300 




mA 


Drive Output Voltage 

l DRV = 100 mA; T A = 25°C 


v OH(DRV) 


Vcc-2.5 


Vcc-2.0 




V 


Drive Output Leakage Current 
V DRV = V 


'DRVfleakl 




15 


200 


nA 


Drive Output Current Slew Rate (Ta = 25°C) 


di/dt 




2.0 




AZ/is 


Drive Output Vcc Transient Rejection 
Vcc = V to 15 V at dV/dt - 200 V/jis; 
O.V. Sense (Pin 3) = V; T A = 25°C 


bRVItrans) 




1.0 




mA 
(Peak) 


Indicator Output Saturation Voltage 
l|ND = 30 mA; Ta = 25°C 


VlND(sat) 




560 


800 


mV 


Indicator Output Leakage Current 
VOH(IND) = 40 V 


hND(leak) 




25 


200 


nA 


Output Comparator Threshold Voltage 
(Note 3) 


v th(OCI 


2.33 


2.5 


2.63 


V 


Propagation Delay Time 
(V CC = 15 V; T A = 25°C) 
Input to Drive Output or Indicator Output 
100 mV Overdrive, CrjLY = jjF 


<PLH(IN/OUT) 




1.7 




/•s 


Input to Delay 


'PLHIIN/DLYI 




700 




ns 


2.5 V Overdrive (0 V to 5.0 V Step) 










NOTES: 

12) T| 0V » = 0-C T high - +70>C 

(3) The Vth(OC) ''m'ts are approximately the Vs ense limits over the applicable temperature range. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-125 



MC3425 



FIGURE 1 — HYSTERESIS CURRENT versus 
HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION VOLTAGE 



FIGURE 2 — HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION VOLTAGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 




0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6 
V H (act|. HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION VOLTAGE (V| 



VH(act) = Voltage Level 
at which Hystersis 
Current Hnl is 90% 
of full value. 




-25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE | D C) 



FIGURE 3 — HYSTERESIS CURRENT 
versus TEMPERATURE 




-25 +25 +50 +75 +100 +125 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |°C| 



-50 
-55 



FIGURE 4 — SENSE TRIP VOLTAGE CHANGE 
versus TEMPERATURE 



v Sense' 


= 2 400 


/ V Sense ' = 2 500 V V Sense ' = 2.BO0V 








' 


























































{_ v cc = 1 S V 








'VSerise at T A = 25°C 































































-25 25 50 75 100 125 
T A . AMBIENT TEMPERATURE |°C) 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-126 



MC3425 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-127 



FIGURE 11 — OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION AND 
UNDER VOLTAGE FAULT INDICATION WITH 
PROGRAMMABLE DELAY 



Power 
Supply 
4.5 10 40 V 



vcc 




u.v. 

Sense 




U.V. 
IND 


MC3425 




O.V. 




o.v. 


Sense 




DRV 


O.V. 

DLV Gnd 


U.V. 
DLY 



>R2B 2 
CDLY i 



U.V. Fault 
Indicator 



J 1 



c dly 



Gnd 
-O 



U.V. Hysteresis = Ih | 
! DLY = 12500 C D LY 



+ 5.0 V 

O— ^\_9~" Power 
Supply 



FIGURE 12 — OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION OF 5.0 V 
SUPPLY WITH LINE LOSS DETECTOR 

Vo = 5.0 V 
Vo(trip) = 6.25 V 
-O 



vcc 


u.v. 


U.V. 


Sense 


IND 


MC3425 


O.V. 


o.v. 


Sense 


DRV 


O.V. 


U.V. 


DLY Gnd DLY 



2 

001 nF 



1 



7 



1 



0.33 M F 



Line Loss 
Output 
— O 



U.V. DLY 2.5 V 

Pin 5 -I 1 / I 



U.V. IND ■ 
Pin 6 



1 I 0FF 

L_l ON 



FIGURE 13 — OVERVOLTAGE AUDIO ALARM CIRCUIT 

O .»„ 



FIGURE 14 — PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY SWITCH 



12 V 
Power 
Supply 



vcc 



o.v. 

Sense 



U.V. 
Sense 



O.V. 
DRV 



U.V. o.v. 

DLY DLY Gnd 



^ 0.1 yf 



Alarm On When 

Vt » 13.6 V 



-OGnd 



Input Signal 5 n M F 
I V. p-p 



10 k \ 



12 VO 


Vcc 




o.v. 


o.v. 


Sense 


DRV 


MC3425 




U.V. 




Sense 




U.V 


O.V 


DLY Gnd 


DLY 



1|iF* 



Output Pulse When 

,|in P u " < 25000 C DLY 
■O 

1.0 k 




C DLY 



O.V. Sense 
Pin 3 



O.V. DLY 

Pin 2 



O.V. DRV 
Pin 1 



WW" 

n_n_ 



2.5 V 
ON 
OFF 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-128 



MC3425 



CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 

The MC3425 is a power supply supervisory circuit 
containing all the necessary functions required to 
monitor over- and under-voltage fault conditions. The 
block diagram is shown below in Figure 15. The Over- 
Voltage (O.V.) and Under-Voltage (U.V.) Input Com- 
parators are both referenced to an internal 2.5 V reg- 
ulator. The U.V. Input Comparator has a feedback ac- 
tivated 12.5 iiA current sink Oh) which is used for 
programming the input hysteresis voltage (Vh). The 
source resistance feeding this input (Rh) determines 
the amount of hysteresis voltage by Vh = IhRh = 
12.5 x 10~ 6 Rh- 

Separate Delay pins (O.V. DLY, U.V. DLY) are provided 
for each channel to independently delay the Drive and 
Indicator outputs, thus providing greater input noise im- 
munity. The two Delay pins are essentially the outputs of 
the respective input comparators, and provide a constant 
current source, lDLY(source|. of typically 200 n A when the 
non-inverting input voltage is greater than the inverting 
input level. A capacitor connected from these Delay pins 
to ground, will establish a predictable delay time (tQLY) 
for the Drive and Indicator outputs. The Delay pins are in- 
ternally connected to the non-inverting inputs of the O.V. 
and U.V. Output Comparators, which are referenced to 
the internal 2.5 V regulator. Therefore, delay time (tDLYl 



is based on the constant current source, iDLY(source)' 
charging the external delay capacitor (Cqly) to 2.5 volts. 

VrefCDLY 2.5 C D LY 

'DLY = = = 12500C D LY 

!DLY(source) 200 ^A 

Figure 5 provides CqlY values for a wide range of time 
delays. The Delay pins are pulled low when the respective 
input comparator's non-inverting input is less than the 
inverting input. The sink current, iDLY(sink). capability 
of the Delay pins is 3> 1 .8 mA and is much greater than 
the typical 200 ^A source current, thus enabling a rela- 
tively fast delay capacitor discharge time. 

The Over-Voltage Drive Output is a current-limited 
emitter-follower capable of sourcing 300 mA at a turn-on 
slew rate of 2.0 A//is, ideal for driving "Crowbar" SCR's. 
The Under-Voltage Indicator Output is an open-collector, 
NPN transistor, capable of sinking 30 mA to provide suf- 
ficient drive for LED's, small relays or shut-down circuitry. 
These current capabilities apply to both channels operat- 
ing simultaneously, providing device power dissipation 
limits are not exceeded. 

The MC3425 has an internal 2.5 V bandgap reference 
regulator with an accuracy of ± 4.0% for the basic de- 
vices and ± 1 .0% for the A-suffix device types at 25°C. 
The reference has a typical temperature coefficient of 
30 ppm/°C for A-suffix devices. 



FIGURE 15 — BLOCK DIAGRAM 




Note: All voltages and currents are nominal. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-129 



MC3425 



CROWBAR SCR CONSIDERATIONS 

Referring to Figure 1 6, it can be seen that the crowbar 
SCR. when activated, is subject to a large current surge 
from the outputcapacitance, C ou t. Thiscapacitance 
consists of the power supply output capacitors, the load's 
decoupling capacitors, and in the case of Figure 1 6A, the 
supply's input filter capacitors. This surge current is illus- 
trated in Figure 1 7, and can cause SCR failure or degra- 
dation by any one of three mechanisms: di/dt, absolute 
peak surge, or |2t. The interrelationship of these failure 
methods and the breadth of the applications make speci- 
fication of the SCR by the semiconductor manufacturer 
difficult and expensive. Therefore, the designer must 
empirically determine the SCR and circuit elements 
which result in reliable and effective OVP operation. 
However, an understanding of the factors which influence 
the SCR's di/dt and surge capabilities simplifies this task. 

1. di/dt 

As the gate region of the SCR is driven on, its area 
of conduction takes a finite amount of time to grow, 
starting as a very small region and gradually spreading. 
Since the anode current flows through this turned-on 



gate region, very high current densities can occur in 
the gate region if high anode currents appear quickly 
(di/dt). This can result in immediate destruction of 
the SCR or gradual degradation of its forward blocking 
voltage capabilities — depending on the severity of the 
occasion. 

The value of di/dt that an SCR can safely handle is 
influenced by its construction and the characteristics 
of the gate drive signal. A center-gate-fire SCR has 
more di/dt capability than a corner-gate-fire type, and 
heavily overdriving (3 to 5 times IqtI 'he SCR gate 
with a fast <1 .0 us rise time signal will maximize its 
di/dt capability. A typical maximum number in phase 
control SCRs of less than 50 A(RMS) rating might be 
200 A/^s, assuming a gate current of five times \qj 
and< 1 ,0/iS rise time. If having done this, a di/dt prob- 
lem is seen to still exist, the designer can also decrease 
the di/dt of the current waveform by adding induc- 
tance in series with the SCR, as shown in Figure 1 8. 
Of course, this reduces the circuit's ability to rapidly 
reduce the dc bus voltage and a tradeoff must be made 
between speedy voltage reduction and di/dt. 




MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-130 



MC3425 



FIGURE 17 - CROWBAR SCR SURGE CURRENT 
WAVEFORM 





L 1 

/^x 'P k 

dt fy/////vyYk \ Sur 9 e Due *° 

^tyY//VV/V/Yk V Output Capacitor 

t/^//yy//^^A^\. \, Current Limited 
^yvy^y^y^y^^/yy^. \ Supply Output 





2. Surge Current 

If the peak current and/or the duration of the surge 
is excessive, immediate destruction due to device 
overheating wilt result. The surge capability of the SCR 
is directly proportional to its die area. If the surge 
current cannot be reduced (by adding series resistance 
— see Figure 18} to a safe level which is consistent 
with the system's requirements for speedy bus voltage 
reduction, the designer must use a higher current SCR. 
This may result in the average current capability of the 
SCR exceeding the steady state current requirements 
imposed by the dc power supply. 



FIGURE 18 - CIRCUIT ELEMENTS AFFECTING 
SCR SURGE & di/dt 




R & L EMPIRICALLY DETERMINED 



A WORD ABOUT FUSING 

Before leaving the subject of the crowbar SCR, a few 
words about fuse protection are in order. Referring back to 
Figure 1 6A, it will be seen that a fuse is necessary if the 
power supply to be protected is not output current limited. 
This fuse is not meant to prevent SCR failure but rather 
to prevent a fire! 

In order to protect the SCR, the fuse would have to 
possess an |2t rating less than that of the SCR and yet 
have a high enough continuous current rating to survive 
normal supply output currents. In addition, it must be 
capable of successfully clearing the high short circuit 
currents from the supply. Such a fuse as this is quite 
expensive, and may not even be available. 

The usual design compromise then is to use a garden 
variety fuse (3AG or 3AB style) which cannot be relied on 
to blow before the thyristor does, and trust that if the 
SCR does fail, it will fail short circuit. In the majority of 
the designs, this will be the case, though this is difficult to 
guarantee. Of course, a sufficiently high surge will cause 
an open. These comments also apply to the fuse in Figure 
16B. 



CROWBAR SCR SELECTION GUIDE 

As an aid in selecting an SCR for crowbar use, the 
following selection guide is presented. 



DEVICE 


'RMS 


Ifsm 


PACKAGE 


MCR67 Series 


12 A 


100 A 


Metal Stud 


MCR68 Series 


12 A 


100 A 


TO-220 Plastic 


2N1842 Series 


16 A 


125 A 


Metal Stud 


2N6400 Series 


16 A 


160 A 


TO-220 Plastic 


2N6504 Series 


25 A 


160 A 


TO-220 Plastic 


2N681 Series 


25 A 


200 A 


Metal Stud 


2N2573 Series 


25 A 


260 A 


TO-3 Metal Can 


MCR69 Series 


25 A 


300 A 


TO-220 Plastic 


MCR70 Series 


35 A 


350 A 


Metal Stud 


MCR71 Series 


55 A 


550 A 


Metal Stud 



For a complete and detailed treatment of SCR and fuse selection 
refer to Motorola Application Note AN789. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-131 



THREE-TERMINAL POSITIVE VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

These voltage regulators are monolithic integrated circuits de- 
signed as fixed-voltage regulators for a wide variety of applications 
including local, on -card regulation These regulators employ internal 
current limiting, thermal shutdown, and safe-area compensation. 
With adequate heatsinking they can deliver output currents in excess 
of 1 ampere. Although designed primarily as a fixed voltage regu- 
lator, these devices can be used with external components to obtain 
adjustable voltages and currents 

• Output Current in Excess of 1 Ampere 

• No External Components Required 

• Internal Thermal Overload Protection 

• Interna) Short-Circuit Current Limiting 

• Output Transistor Safe-Area Compensation 

• Output Voltage Offered in 2% and 4% Tolerance 



REPRESENTATIVE 
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 




ORDERING INFORMATION 



Device 


Output Voltage 
Tolerance 


Tested Operating 
Junction Temp. Range 


Package 


MC78XXK 
MC78XXAK- 


4% 

2% 


-55 to + 150X 


Metal 
Power 


MC7SXXCK 
MC78XXACK" 


4% 
2% 


Oto + 125T 




MC78XXCT 
MC78XXACT 


4% 

2°. 




Plastic 
Power 


MC78XXBT 




-40 to +125'C 





Series 



THREE TERMINAL 
POSITIVE FIXED 
VOLTAGE REGULATORS 

SILICON MONOLITHIC 
INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 



K SUFFIX 




METAL PACKAGE 


/o\ 


CASE 1 03 




/ 1 2 \ 




© ® I 




Input Output / 




\ Ground / 




\o/ 








IBoUom Viewl 


Pins 1 and 2 electrically isolated from case Case 


is Ihird electrical connection 





T SUFFIX 




PLASTIC PACKAGE 




CASE 221A-04 




PIN 1. INPUT 


*f (Heatsmk 


2. GROUND i&J 


surface connected 


3. OUTPUT 3^ 


to Pin 2.1 



STANDARD APPLICATION 



C 

33 



ul 



:c -- 



A common ground is required between the 
input and the Output voltages The input volt 
age must remain typically 2 0V above the out 
put voltage even during the low point on the 
mput ripple voltage 

XX = these two digits of the rype number indi 
cate voltage 
* = C in is required if regulator is located an 
appreciable distance from power supply 
filter. 

" = Co is not needed for stability; however, 
it does improve transient response 

XX indicates nominal voiiage 



; in 5, 12 and 15 volt devices. 



TYPE NO /VOLTAGE 


MC7805 


5.0 Volts 


MC7812 


12 


Volts 


MC7806 


6.0 Volts 


MC7815 


15 


Volts 


MC7808 


8.0 Volts 


MC7818 


18 


Volts 


MC7809 


9.0 Volts 


MC7824 


24 


Volts 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-132 



Rating 


Symbol 


Value 


Unit 


Input Voltage 15.0 V - 18 VI 
(24 VI 


Vin 


35 
40 


Vdc 


Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics 
Plastic Package 
T A = + 25°C 

Derate above Ta = + 25°C 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 




?D 
e JA 


Internally Limited 
15.4 
65 


Watts 
mW/°C 
°C/W 


T C = +25°C 

Derate above Tq = +75°C (See Figure 11 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 




pd 

vejc 

«JC 


Internally Limited 
200 
5.0 


Watts 

mW/°C 
°OW 


Metal Package 
T A = + 25"C 

Derate above T A = + 25°C 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Air 




pd 

V»JA 


Internally Limited 
22.5 
45 


Watts 
mWCC 
°C/W 


T C = + 2S°C 

Derate above Tq = + 65°C (See Figure 2) 
Thermal Resistance, Junction to Case 




PD 

I'OJC 
»JC 


Internally Limited 
182 

5.5 


y^/atts 
mW/°C 
°C/W 


Storage Junction Temperature Range 


T stg 


-65 to +150 


% 


Operating Junction Temperature Range 


MC7800.A 

MC7800CAC 

MC7800B 


Tj 


-55 to +150 
to + 1 50 
-40 to +150 


°c 



DEFINITIONS 



Line Reg ulaiion The change in output voltage for a change in 
the input voltage The measurement is made under conditions of 
low dissipation or by using pulse techniques such that the aver- 
age chip temperature is not sigmf icanily affected 
* 

Load Regulation The change in output voltage for a change in 
load current at constant chip temperature 

Maximum Power Dissipation The maximum total device dissi 
pation for which the regulator will operate within specifications 



Quiescent Current - That part of the input current that is not 
delivered to the load 

Output Noise Voltage The rms ac voltage at the output, with 
constani load and no input ripple measured over a specified fre- 
quency range 

Long Term Stability - Output voltage stability under accelerated 
life test conditions with the maximum rated voltage listed m 
the devices electrical characteristics and maximum power 
dissipation 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-133 



MC7800 Series 



MC7805. B. C 



• Tj = T| w '° Thigh (Note 1 ] unless otherwise notedl. 



Characteristic 


Symbol 


MC7B05 


MC7S05B 


MC7805C 




Min 


Typ 




Min 


Typ 


Ma* 


Min 


Typ 


Mm 


Output Voltage (Tj = +25°C) 


v 


4 8 


5 


5 2 


4 8 


5 


5 2 


4.8 


50 


5 2 


Vdc 


Output Voltage 

(5 mA *S l $ 1 .0 A. P ^ 1 5 WJ 
7.0 Vdc=£ V, n e 20 Vdc 
8 Vdc ^ V, n <: 20 Vdc 


Vq 


4 65 


5 


5.35 


475 


50 


526 


4 75 


50 


5 25 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Tj - +25°C, Note 2) 
7 Vdc^ V, n $ 25 Vdc 
8.0 Vdc < V, n t 12 Vdc 


Re 8line 


- 


20 

to 


50 
25 


- 


7 

2.0 


100 
50 


- 


70 
2 


100 
50 


mV 


Load Regulation (Tj = + 25°C. Note 2) 
5 mA sS l ^ 1 5 A 
250 mA Iq ^ 750 mA 


Re 9load 




25 
80 


25 












100 
50 


mV 


Quiescent Current (Tj | +25°C| 


'B 


- 


3 2 


6 


- 


4 3 


80 


- 


4 3 


80 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 

7 Vdc*; v m £ 25 Vdc 

8 Vdc^ V, n ^ 25 Vdc 
5 mA lg t= 10 A 


•Mb 




_ 
3 


- 
8 


— 




— 
1 3 


— 


— 


1.3 
05 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 

8 Vdc - V lf1 ^ 18 Vdc. 1 -- 120 Hz 




68 


75 


- 


- 


68 


- 


- 


68 


- 


dB 


Dropout Voltage (Iq ^ 1 A, Tj - *25°C) 


v ,n " v O 




2 


2 5 




20 






20 




Vdc 


Output Noise Voltage <T A - *25 2 C) 
10Nl* 4 100 kHz 


Vn 




10 


40 




10 






10 




VO 


Output Resistance f - 1 kHz 


'0 




17 






17 






17 




mil 


Short Circuit Current Limit {T A : *25°Q 
V in -- 35 Vdc 


'sc 




2 


1 2 




2 






2 




A 


Peak Output Current (Tj = *25°C) 


'max 


1 3 


2 5 


3 3 




2 2 






2 2 




A 


Ave- age Temperaiure Coefficient of 
Output Voltage 


TCV 




±0 6 







-1 1 






-1 1 




mV : 

°C 



MC7805A. AC 



T| ow to T h | qn [Note 1 1 unless otherwise noted) 



Characteristics 


Symbol 


MC7805A 


MC7805AC 


Unit 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Min 


Typ 


Max 


Output Voltage (Tj = *25°C) 




4 9 


5 


5 1 


4 9 


50 


5 1 


Vdc 


Output Voltage 
(5 mA v l Q 1 A. Pq 1 5 W] 
7 5 Vdc ^ V, n < 20 Vdc 


v 


48 


50 


5 2 


4 8 


5 


5 2 


Vdc 


Line Regulation (Note 21 

7 5 Vdc ^ V m ^ 25 Vdc Iq = 500 mA 
SOVdc ^ V, n *; 12 Vdc 

8 Vdc ^ V in ^ 12 Vdc. Tj -- +25°C 
7 3 Vdc ^ V, n 20 Vdc. Tj - *2%°t 


"egt.ne 




2 

3 
1 
20 


10 
10 
40 
10 




7 
10 
2 
7 


50 
50 
25 
50 


mV 


Load Regulation (Note 2) 
50mA^ 1 5 A. Tj -- *25°C 
5 mA <; Iq < 1 OA 
250 mA«l ^ 750mA. Tj = + 25 D C 
250 mA^lrj^ 750 mA 


R e9load 




2 
2 
10 
10 


25 
25 
15 
25 




25 

25 

80 


100 
100 

50 


mV 


Quiescent Current 
Tj = -25°C 


'b 




3 2 


50 
40 




4 3 


6 
6 


mA 


Quiescent Current Change 
8 Vdc ^ V, n ^ 25 Vdc. I = 500 mA 
7 5 Vdc ^ V in <: 20 Vdc. Tj = *25°C 
50mASI €lOA 


J% 




3 
2 
04 


05 
5 
02 






08 
08 
05 


mA 


Ripple Rejection 
8.0 Vdc sS V m e 18 Vdc. f = 1 20 Hz. 

Tj = +25°C 
8.0 Vdc < V in sS 18 Vdc. f = 120 Hz. 
Iq ■ 500 mA 


Rfl 


68 
68 


75 
75 






68 




dB 


Dropout Voltage (l = 1 .0 A. Tj = +25°C) 






2.0 


2 5 




2 




Vdc 


Output Noise Voltage (T A = *25°C) 
10Hz *S f<: 100kHz 


Vn 




10 


40 




10 




„V/V 


Output Resistance (f = 1.0 kHz| 


'O 




2 






17 




mil 


Shori Circuit Current Limit (T A = +25°C| 
V in = 35Vdc 


'SC 




02 


12 




02 




A 


Peak Output Current (Tj = +25°C) 


'max 


13 


2 5 


3 3 




22 




A 


Average Temperature Coefficient of Output Voltage 


TCV 




±0.6 






-1 1 




mV/°C 



NOTES 1 T| ow = 55°C for MC78XX. A T hjgn = +1 50°C for MC78XX. A 

= 0° for MC78XXC. AC - *125°C for MC78XXC. AC, 8 

= -40°C for MC78XXB 
2. Load and line regulation are specified at constant junction 



temperaiure Changes in Vq due to heating effects must betaken into account 
duty cycle is used. 



MOTOROLA LINEAR/INTERFACE DEVICES 
3-134 



MC7800 Series 



MC7806, B,